NY-UCC Uniform Commercial Code NY

Contents

ARTICLE 1 No title

PART 1 General Provisions

§ 1-101 — Short Titles

Section 1--101. Short Titles.

(a) This act may be cited as the Uniform Commercial Code.

(b) This article may be cited as Uniform Commercial Code -- General

Provisions.

§ 1-102 — Scope of Article

Section 1--102. Scope of Article.

This article applies to a transaction to the extent that it is

governed by another article of this act.

§ 1-103 — Construction of Uniform Commercial Code to Promote its Purposes and Policies; Applicability of Supplemental Principles of Law

Section 1--103. Construction of Uniform Commercial Code to Promote its

Purposes and Policies; Applicability of Supplemental

Principles of Law.

(a) This act must be liberally construed and applied to promote its

underlying purposes and policies, which are:

(1) to simplify, clarify, and modernize the law governing commercial

transactions;

(2) to permit the continued expansion of commercial practices through

custom, usage, and agreement of the parties; and

(3) to make uniform the law among the various jurisdictions.

(b) Unless displaced by the particular provisions of this act, the

principles of law and equity, including the law merchant and the law

relative to capacity to contract, principal and agent, estoppel, fraud,

misrepresentation, duress, coercion, mistake, bankruptcy, and other

validating or invalidating cause supplement its provisions.

§ 1-104 — Construction Against Implied Repeal

Section 1--104. Construction Against Implied Repeal.

This act being a general act intended as a unified coverage of its

subject matter, no part of it shall be deemed to be impliedly repealed

by subsequent legislation if such construction can reasonably be

avoided.

§ 1-105 — Severability

Section 1--105. Severability.

If any provision or clause of this act or its application to any

person or circumstance is held invalid, the invalidity does not affect

other provisions or applications of this act which can be given effect

without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the

provisions of this act are severable.

§ 1-106 — Use of Singular and Plural; Gender

Section 1--106. Use of Singular and Plural; Gender.

In this act, unless the statutory context otherwise requires:

(1) words in the singular number include the plural, and those in the

plural include the singular; and

(2) words of any gender also refer to any other gender.

§ 1-107 — Section Captions

Section 1--107. Section Captions.

Section captions are part of this act. The subsection headings in

article nine are not part of this act for purposes of construction.

§ 1-108 — Relation to Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act

Section 1--108. Relation to Electronic Signatures in Global and National

Commerce Act.

This article modifies, limits, and supersedes the federal Electronic

Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 7001

et seq., except that nothing in this article modifies, limits, or

supersedes Section 7001(c) of that act or authorizes electronic delivery

of any of the notices described in Section 7003(b) of that act.

PART 2 General Definitions and Principles of Interpretation

§ 1-201 — General Definitions

Section 1--201. General Definitions.

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires, words or phrases defined in

this section, or in the additional definitions contained in other

articles of this act that apply to particular articles or parts thereof,

have the meanings stated.

(b) Subject to definitions contained in other articles of this Act

that apply to particular articles or parts thereof:

(1) "Action", in the sense of a judicial proceeding, includes

recoupment, counterclaim, set-off, suit in equity, and any other

proceeding in which rights are determined.

(2) "Aggrieved party" means a party entitled to pursue a remedy.

(3) "Agreement", as distinguished from "contract", means the bargain

of the parties in fact, as found in their language or inferred from

other circumstances, including course of performance, course of dealing,

or usage of trade as provided in Section 1--303.

(4) "Bank" means a person engaged in the business of banking and

includes a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union, and

trust company.

(5) "Bearer" means a person in control of a negotiable electronic

document of title or a person in possession of a negotiable instrument,

negotiable tangible document of title, or certificated security that is

payable to bearer or indorsed in blank.

(6) "Bill of lading" means a document of title evidencing the receipt

of goods for shipment issued by a person engaged in the business of

directly or indirectly transporting or forwarding goods. The term does

not include a warehouse receipt.

(7) "Branch" includes a separately incorporated foreign branch of a

bank.

(8) "Burden of establishing" a fact means the burden of persuading the

trier of fact that the existence of the fact is more probable than its

nonexistence.

(9) "Buyer in ordinary course of business" means a person that buys

goods in good faith, without knowledge that the sale violates the rights

of another person in the goods, and in the ordinary course from a

person, other than a pawnbroker, in the business of selling goods of

that kind. A person buys goods in the ordinary course if the sale to the

person comports with the usual or customary practices in the kind of

business in which the seller is engaged or with the seller's own usual

or customary practices. A person that sells oil, gas, or other minerals

at the wellhead or minehead is a person in the business of selling goods

of that kind. A buyer in ordinary course of business may buy for cash,

by exchange of other property, or on secured or unsecured credit, and

may acquire goods or documents of title under a preexisting contract for

sale. Only a buyer that takes possession of the goods or has a right to

recover the goods from the seller under article 2 may be a buyer in

ordinary course of business. "Buyer in ordinary course of business" does

not include a person that acquires goods in a transfer in bulk or as

security for or in total or partial satisfaction of a money debt.

(10) "Conspicuous", with reference to a term, means so written,

displayed, or presented that, based on the totality of the

circumstances, a reasonable person against which it is to operate ought

to have noticed it. Whether a term is "conspicuous" or not is a decision

for the court.

(11) "Consumer" means an individual who enters into a transaction

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

(12) "Contract", as distinguished from "agreement", means the total

legal obligation that results from the parties' agreement as determined

by this act as supplemented by any other applicable laws.

(13) "Creditor" includes a general creditor, a secured creditor, a

lien creditor, and any representative of creditors, including an

assignee for the benefit of creditors, a trustee in bankruptcy, a

receiver in equity, and an executor or administrator of an insolvent

debtor's or assignor's estate.

(14) "Defendant" includes a person in the position of defendant in a

counterclaim, cross-claim, or third-party claim.

(15) "Delivery", with respect to an electronic document of title means

voluntary transfer of control and with respect to an instrument, a

tangible document of title, or an authoritative tangible copy of a

record evidencing chattel paper, means voluntary transfer of possession.

(16) "Document of title" means a record (A) that in the regular course

of business or financing is treated as adequately evidencing that the

person in possession or control of the record is entitled to receive,

control, hold, and dispose of the record and the goods the record covers

and (B) that purports to be issued by or addressed to a bailee and to

cover goods in the bailee's possession which are either identified or

are fungible portions of an identified mass. The term includes a bill of

lading, transport document, dock warrant, dock receipt, warehouse

receipt, and order for delivery of goods. An electronic document of

title means a document of title evidenced by a record consisting of

information stored in an electronic medium. A tangible document of title

means a document of title evidenced by a record consisting of

information that is inscribed on a tangible medium.

(16-a) "Electronic" means relating to technology having electrical,

digital, magnetic, wireless, optical, electromagnetic, or similar

capabilities.

(17) "Fault" means a default, breach, or wrongful act or omission.

(18) "Fungible goods" means:

(A) goods of which any unit, by nature or usage of trade, is the

equivalent of any other like unit; or

(B) goods that by agreement are treated as equivalent.

(19) "Genuine" means free of forgery or counterfeiting.

(20) "Good faith" means honesty in fact in the transaction or conduct

concerned.

(21) "Holder" means:

(A) the person in possession of a negotiable instrument that is

payable either to bearer or to an identified person that is the person

in possession; or

(B) the person in possession of a negotiable tangible document of

title if the goods are deliverable either to bearer or to the order of

the person in possession; or

(C) the person in control, other than pursuant to Section 7--106(g),

of a negotiable electronic document of title.

(22) "Insolvency proceeding" includes an assignment for the benefit of

creditors or other proceeding intended to liquidate or rehabilitate the

estate of the person involved.

(23) "Insolvent" means:

(A) having generally ceased to pay debts in the ordinary course of

business other than as a result of bona fide dispute;

(B) being unable to pay debts as they become due; or

(C) being insolvent within the meaning of federal bankruptcy law.

(24) "Money" means a medium of exchange that is currently authorized

or adopted by a domestic or foreign government. The term includes a

monetary unit of account established by an intergovernmental

organization or by agreement between two or more countries. The term

does not include an electronic record that is a medium of exchange

recorded and transferable in a system that existed and operated for the

medium of exchange before the medium of exchange was authorized or

adopted by the government.

(25) "Organization" means a person other than an individual.

(26) "Party", as distinguished from "third party", means a person that

has engaged in a transaction or made an agreement subject to this act.

(27) "Person" means an individual, corporation, business trust,

estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company, association,

joint venture, government, governmental subdivision, agency, or any

other legal or commercial entity. The term includes a protected series,

however denominated, of an entity if the protected series is established

under law other than this act that limits, or limits if conditions

specified under the law are satisfied, the ability of a creditor of the

entity or of any other protected series of the entity to satisfy a claim

from assets of the protected series.

(28) "Present value" means the amount as of a date certain of one or

more sums payable in the future, discounted to the date certain by use

of either an interest rate specified by the parties if that rate is not

manifestly unreasonable at the time the transaction is entered into or,

if an interest rate is not so specified, a commercially reasonable rate

that takes into account the facts and circumstances at the time the

transaction is entered into.

(29) "Purchase" means taking by sale, lease, discount, negotiation,

mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, issue or reissue, gift, or

any other voluntary transaction creating an interest in property.

(30) "Purchaser" means a person that takes by purchase.

(31) "Record" means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium

or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in

perceivable form.

(32) "Remedy" means any remedial right to which an aggrieved party is

entitled with or without resort to a tribunal.

(33) "Representative" means a person empowered to act for another,

including an agent, an officer of a corporation or association, and a

trustee, executor, or administrator of an estate.

(34) "Right" includes remedy.

(35) "Security interest" means an interest in personal property or

fixtures which secures payment or performance of an obligation.

"Security interest" includes any interest of a consignor and a buyer of

accounts, chattel paper, a payment intangible, or a promissory note in a

transaction that is subject to Article 9. "Security interest" does not

include the special property interest of a buyer of goods on

identification of those goods to a contract for sale under Section

2--401, but a buyer may also acquire a "security interest" by complying

with article 9. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2--505, the

right of a seller or lessor of goods under Article 2 or 2-A to retain or

acquire possession of the goods is not a "security interest", but a

seller or lessor may also acquire a "security interest" by complying

with article 9. The retention or reservation of title by a seller of

goods notwithstanding shipment or delivery to the buyer under section

2--401 is limited in effect to a reservation of a "security interest."

Whether a transaction in the form of a lease creates a "security

interest" is determined pursuant to section 1--203.

(36) "Send", in connection with a record or notification means:

(A) to deposit in the mail, deliver for transmission, or transmit by

any other usual means of communication with postage or cost of

transmission provided for, addressed to any address reasonable under the

circumstances; or

(B) to cause the record or notification to be received within the time

it would have been received if properly sent pursuant to subparagraph

(A).

(37) "Sign" means, with present intent to authenticate or adopt a

record:

(A) execute or adopt a tangible symbol; or

(B) attach to or logically associate with the record an electronic

symbol, sound, or process.

"Signed, "signing", and "signature" have corresponding meanings.

(38) "State" means a state of the United States, the District of

Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any

territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the

United States.

(39) "Surety" includes a guarantor or other secondary obligor.

(40) "Term" means a portion of an agreement that relates to a

particular matter.

(41) "Unauthorized signature" means a signature made without actual,

implied, or apparent authority. The term includes a forgery.

(42) "Warehouse receipt" means a document of title issued by a person

engaged in the business of storing goods for hire.

(43) "Writing" includes printing, typewriting, or any other

intentional reduction to tangible form. "Written" has a corresponding

meaning.

§ 1-202 — Notice; Knowledge

Section 1--202. Notice; Knowledge.

(a) Subject to subsection (f), a person has "notice" of a fact if the

person:

(1) has actual knowledge of it;

(2) has received a notice or notification of it; or

(3) from all the facts and circumstances known to the person at the

time in question, has reason to know that it exists.

(b) "Knowledge" means actual knowledge. "Knows" has a corresponding

meaning.

(c) "Discover", "learn", or words of similar import refer to knowledge

rather than to reason to know.

(d) A person "notifies" or "gives" a notice or notification to another

person by taking such steps as may be reasonably required to inform the

other person in ordinary course, whether or not the other person

actually comes to know of it.

(e) Subject to subsection (f), a person "receives" a notice or

notification when:

(1) it comes to that person's attention; or

(2) it is duly delivered in a form reasonable under the circumstances

at the place of business through which the contract was made or at

another location held out by that person as the place for receipt of

such communications.

(f) Notice, knowledge, or a notice or notification received by an

organization is effective for a particular transaction from the time it

is brought to the attention of the individual conducting that

transaction and, in any event, from the time it would have been brought

to the individual's attention if the organization had exercised due

diligence. An organization exercises due diligence if it maintains

reasonable routines for communicating significant information to the

person conducting the transaction and there is reasonable compliance

with the routines. Due diligence does not require an individual acting

for the organization to communicate information unless the communication

is part of the individual's regular duties or the individual has reason

to know of the transaction and that the transaction would be materially

affected by the information.

§ 1-203 — Lease Distinguished From Security Interest

Section 1--203. Lease Distinguished From Security Interest.

(a) Whether a transaction in the form of a lease creates a lease or

security interest is determined by the facts of each case.

(b) A transaction in the form of a lease creates a security interest

if the consideration that the lessee is to pay the lessor for the right

to possession and use of the goods is an obligation for the term of the

lease and is not subject to termination by the lessee, and:

(1) the original term of the lease is equal to or greater than the

remaining economic life of the goods;

(2) the lessee is bound to renew the lease for the remaining economic

life of the goods or is bound to become the owner of the goods;

(3) the lessee has an option to renew the lease for the remaining

economic life of the goods for no additional consideration or for

nominal additional consideration upon compliance with the lease

agreement; or

(4) the lessee has an option to become the owner of the goods for no

additional consideration or for nominal additional consideration upon

compliance with the lease agreement.

(c) A transaction in the form of a lease does not create a security

interest merely because:

(1) the present value of the consideration the lessee is obligated to

pay the lessor for the right to possession and use of the goods is

substantially equal to or is greater than the fair market value of the

goods at the time the lease is entered into;

(2) the lessee assumes risk of loss of the goods;

(3) the lessee agrees to pay, with respect to the goods, taxes,

insurance, filing, recording, or registration fees, or service or

maintenance costs;

(4) the lessee has an option to renew the lease or to become the owner

of the goods;

(5) the lessee has an option to renew the lease for a fixed rent that

is equal to or greater than the reasonably predictable fair market rent

for the use of the goods for the term of the renewal at the time the

option is to be performed; or

(6) the lessee has an option to become the owner of the goods for a

fixed price that is equal to or greater than the reasonably predictable

fair market value of the goods at the time the option is to be

performed.

(d) Additional consideration is nominal if it is less than the

lessee's reasonably predictable cost of performing under the lease

agreement if the option is not exercised. Additional consideration is

not nominal if:

(1) when the option to renew the lease is granted to the lessee, the

rent is stated to be the fair market rent for the use of the goods for

the term of the renewal determined at the time the option is to be

performed; or

(2) when the option to become the owner of the goods is granted to the

lessee, the price is stated to be the fair market value of the goods

determined at the time the option is to be performed.

(e) The "remaining economic life of the goods" and "reasonably

predictable" fair market rent, fair market value, or cost of performing

under the lease agreement must be determined with reference to the facts

and circumstances at the time the transaction is entered into.

§ 1-204 — Value

Section 1--204. Value.

Except as otherwise provided in articles 3, 4, 5, and 12 of this act a

person gives value for rights if the person acquires them:

(a) in return for a binding commitment to extend credit or for the

extension of immediately available credit, whether or not drawn upon and

whether or not a charge-back is provided for in the event of

difficulties in collection;

(b) as security for, or in total or partial satisfaction of, a

preexisting claim;

(c) by accepting delivery under a preexisting contract for purchase;

or

(d) in return for any consideration sufficient to support a simple

contract.

§ 1-205 — Reasonable Time; Seasonableness

Section 1--205. Reasonable Time; Seasonableness.

(a) Whether a time for taking an action required by this act is

reasonable depends on the nature, purpose, and circumstances of the

action.

(b) An action is taken seasonably if it is taken at or within the time

agreed or, if no time is agreed, at or within a reasonable time.

§ 1-206 — Presumptions

Section 1--206. Presumptions.

Whenever this act creates a "presumption" with respect to a fact, or

provides that a fact is "presumed," the trier of fact must find the

existence of the fact unless and until evidence is introduced that

supports a finding of its nonexistence.

§ 1-207 — Statute of Frauds for Kinds of Personal Property Not Otherwise Covered

Section 1--207. Statute of Frauds for Kinds of Personal Property Not

Otherwise Covered.

(a) Except in the cases described in subsection (b) of this section a

contract for the sale of personal property is not enforceable by way of

action or defense beyond five thousand dollars in amount or value of

remedy unless there is some writing which indicates that a contract for

sale has been made between the parties at a defined or stated price,

reasonably identifies the subject matter, and is signed by the party

against whom enforcement is sought or by his authorized agent.

(b) Subsection (a) of this section does not apply to contracts for the

sale of goods (Section 2--201) nor of securities (Section 8--113) nor to

security agreements (Section 9--203).

(c) Subsection (a) of this section does not apply to a qualified

financial contract as that term is defined in paragraph two of

subdivision b of section 5-701 of the general obligations law if either

(1) there is, as provided in paragraph three of subdivision b of section

5-701 of such law, sufficient evidence to indicate that a contract has

been made or (2) the parties thereto, by means of a prior or subsequent

written contract, have agreed to be bound by the terms of such qualified

financial contract from the time they reach agreement (by telephone, by

exchange of electronic messages, or otherwise) on those terms.

PART 3 Territorial Applicability and General Rules

§ 1-301 — Territorial Applicability; Parties' Power to Choose Applicable Law

Section 1--301. Territorial Applicability; Parties' Power to Choose

Applicable Law.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, when a transaction

bears a reasonable relation to this state and also to another state or

nation, the parties may agree that the law either of this state or of

such other state or nation shall govern their rights and duties so long

as none of the parties to the transaction is a consumer and a resident

of New York. Where a consumer is a resident of the state of New York,

New York state law shall apply.

(b) In the absence of an agreement effective under subsection (a), and

except as provided in subsection (c), this act applies to transactions

bearing an appropriate relation to this state.

(c) If one of the following provisions of this act specifies the

applicable law, that provision governs and a contrary agreement is

effective only to the extent permitted by the law so specified:

(1) Section 2--402;

(2) Sections 2-A--105 and 2-A--106;

(3) Section 4--102;

(4) Section 4-A--507;

(5) Section 5--116;

(6) Section 8--110;

(7) Sections 9--301 through 9--307; and

(8) Section 12--107.

§ 1-302 — Variation by Agreement

Section 1--302. Variation by Agreement.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or elsewhere in

this act, the effect of provisions of this act may be varied by

agreement.

(b) The obligations of good faith, diligence, reasonableness, and care

prescribed by this act may not be disclaimed by agreement. The parties,

by agreement, may determine the standards by which the performance of

those obligations is to be measured if those standards are not

manifestly unreasonable. Whenever this act requires an action to be

taken within a reasonable time, a time that is not manifestly

unreasonable may be fixed by agreement.

(c) The presence in certain provisions of this act of the phrase

"unless otherwise agreed", or words of similar import, does not imply

that the effect of other provisions may not be varied by agreement under

this section.

§ 1-303 — Course of Performance, Course of Dealing, and Usage of Trade

Section 1--303. Course of Performance, Course of Dealing, and Usage of

Trade.

(a) A "course of performance" is a sequence of conduct between the

parties to a particular transaction that exists if:

(1) the agreement of the parties with respect to the transaction

involves repeated occasions for performance by a party; and

(2) the other party, with knowledge of the nature of the performance

and opportunity for objection to it, accepts the performance or

acquiesces to it without objection.

(b) A "course of dealing" is a sequence of conduct concerning previous

transactions between the parties to a particular transaction that is

fairly to be regarded as establishing a common basis of understanding

for interpreting their expressions and other conduct.

(c) A "usage of trade" is any practice or method of dealing having

such regularity of observance in a place, vocation, or trade as to

justify an expectation that it will be observed with respect to the

transaction in question. The existence and scope of such a usage must be

proved as facts. If it is established that such a usage is embodied in a

trade code or similar record, the interpretation of the record is a

question of law.

(d) A course of performance or course of dealing between the parties

or usage of trade in the vocation or trade in which they are engaged or

of which they are or should be aware is relevant in ascertaining the

meaning of the parties' agreement, may give particular meaning to

specific terms of the agreement, and may supplement or qualify the terms

of the agreement. A usage of trade applicable in the place in which part

of the performance under the agreement is to occur may be so utilized as

to that part of the performance.

(e) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (f), the express terms

of an agreement and any applicable course of performance, course of

dealing, or usage of trade must be construed whenever reasonable as

consistent with each other. If such a construction is unreasonable:

(1) express terms prevail over course of performance, course of

dealing, and usage of trade;

(2) course of performance prevails over course of dealing and usage of

trade; and

(3) course of dealing prevails over usage of trade.

(f) Subject to Section 2--209, a course of performance is relevant to

show a waiver or modification of any term inconsistent with the course

of performance.

(g) Evidence of a relevant usage of trade offered by one party is not

admissible unless that party has given the other party notice that the

court finds sufficient to prevent unfair surprise to the other party.

§ 1-304 — Obligation of Good Faith

Section 1--304. Obligation of Good Faith.

Every contract or duty within this act imposes an obligation of good

faith in its performance and enforcement.

§ 1-305 — Remedies to be Liberally Administered

Section 1--305. Remedies to be Liberally Administered.

(a) The remedies provided by this act must be liberally administered

to the end that the aggrieved party may be put in as good a position as

if the other party had fully performed but neither consequential or

special damages nor penal damages may be had except as specifically

provided in this act or by other rule of law.

(b) Any right or obligation declared by this act is enforceable by

action unless the provision declaring it specifies a different and

limited effect.

§ 1-306 — Waiver or Renunciation of Claim or Right After Breach

Section 1--306. Waiver or Renunciation of Claim or Right After Breach.

A claim or right arising out of an alleged breach may be discharged in

whole or in part without consideration by agreement of the aggrieved

party in a signed record.

§ 1-307 — Prima Facie evidence by Third-party Documents

Section 1--307. Prima Facie evidence by Third-party Documents.

A document in due form purporting to be a bill of lading, policy or

certificate of insurance, official weigher's or inspector's certificate,

consular invoice, or any other document authorized or required by the

contract to be issued by a third party is prima facie evidence of its

own authenticity and genuineness and of the facts stated in the document

by the third party.

§ 1-308 — Performance or Acceptance Under Reservation of Rights

Section 1--308. Performance or Acceptance Under Reservation of Rights.

A party that with explicit reservation of rights performs or promises

performance or assents to performance in a manner demanded or offered by

the other party does not thereby prejudice the rights reserved. Such

words as "without prejudice," "under protest," or the like are

sufficient.

§ 1-309 — Option to Accelerate at Will

Section 1--309. Option to Accelerate at Will.

A term providing that one party or that party's successor in interest

may accelerate payment or performance or require collateral or

additional collateral "at will" or when the party "deems itself

insecure," or words of similar import, means that the party has power to

do so only if that party in good faith believes that the prospect of

payment or performance is impaired. The burden of establishing lack of

good faith is on the party against which the power has been exercised.

§ 1-310 — Subordinated Obligations

Section 1--310. Subordinated Obligations.

An obligation may be issued as subordinated to performance of another

obligation of the person obligated, or a creditor may subordinate its

right to performance of an obligation by agreement with either the

person obligated or another creditor of the person obligated.

Subordination does not create a security interest as against either the

common debtor or a subordinated creditor.

ARTICLE 2 Sales

PART 1 Short Title, General Construction and Subject Matter

§ 2-101 — Short Title

Section 2--101. Short Title.

This Article shall be known and may be cited as Uniform Commercial

Code--Sales.

§ 2-102 — Scope; Certain Security and Other Transactions Excluded From This Article

Section 2--102. Scope; Certain Security and Other Transactions Excluded

From This Article.

(1) Unless the context otherwise requires, and except as provided in

subsection (3), this Article applies to transactions in goods and, in

the case of a hybrid transaction, it applies to the extent provided in

subsection (2).

(2) In a hybrid transaction:

(a) If the sale-of-goods aspects do not predominate, only the

provisions of this Article which relate primarily to the sale-of-goods

aspects of the transaction apply, and the provisions that relate

primarily to the transaction as a whole do not apply.

(b) If the sale-of-goods aspects predominate, this Article applies to

the transaction but does not preclude application in appropriate

circumstances of other law to aspects of the transaction which do not

relate to the sale of goods.

(3) This Article does not:

(a) apply to a transaction that, even though in the form of an

unconditional contract to sell or present sale, operates only to create

a security interest; or

(b) impair or repeal a statute regulating sales to consumers, farmers,

or other specified classes of buyers.

§ 2-103 — Definitions and Index of Definitions

Section 2--103. Definitions and Index of Definitions.

(1) In this Article unless the context otherwise requires

(a) "Buyer" means a person who buys or contracts to buy goods.

(b) "Good faith" in the case of a merchant means honesty in fact

and the observance of reasonable commercial standards of fair

dealing in the trade.

(c) "Receipt" of goods means taking physical possession of them.

(d) "Seller" means a person who sells or contracts to sell goods.

(2) Other definitions applying to this Article or to specified Parts

thereof, and the sections in which they appear are:

"Acceptance". Section 2--606.

"Banker's credit". Section 2--325.

"Between merchants". Section 2--104.

"Cancellation". Section 2--106 (4).

"Commercial unit". Section 2--105.

"Confirmed credit". Section 2--325.

"Conforming to contract". Section 2--106.

"Contract for sale". Section 2--106.

"Cover". Section 2--712.

"Entrusting". Section 2--403.

"Financing agency". Section 2--104.

"Future goods". Section 2--105.

"Goods". Section 2--105.

"Identification". Section 2--501.

"Installment contract". Section 2--612.

"Letter of Credit". Section 2--325.

"Lot". Section 2--105.

"Merchant". Section 2--104.

"Overseas". Section 2--323.

"Person in position of seller". Section 2--707.

"Present sale". Section 2--106.

"Sale". Section 2--106.

"Sale on approval". Section 2--326.

"Sale or return". Section 2--326.

"Termination". Section 2--106.

(3) The following definitions in other Articles apply to this Article:

"Check". Section 3--104.

"Consignee". Section 7--102.

"Consignor". Section 7--102.

"Consumer goods". Section 9--102.

"Control". Section 7--106.

"Dishonor". Section 3--507.

"Draft". Section 3--104.

(4) In addition Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article.

§ 2-104 — Definitions: "Merchant"; "Between Merchants"; "Financing Agency"

Section 2--104. Definitions: "Merchant"; "Between Merchants"; "Financing

Agency".

(1) "Merchant" means a person who deals in goods of the kind or

otherwise by his occupation holds himself out as having knowledge or

skill peculiar to the practices or goods involved in the transaction or

to whom such knowledge or skill may be attributed by his employment of

an agent or broker or other intermediary who by his occupation holds

himself out as having such knowledge or skill.

(2) "Financing agency" means a bank, finance company or other person

who in the ordinary course of business makes advances against goods or

documents of title or who by arrangement with either the seller or the

buyer intervenes in ordinary course to make or collect payment due or

claimed under the contract for sale, as by purchasing or paying the

seller's draft or making advances against it or by merely taking it for

collection whether or not documents of title accompany the draft.

"Financing agency" includes also a bank or other person who similarly

intervenes between persons who are in the position of seller and buyer

in respect to the goods (Section 2--707).

(3) "Between merchants" means in any transaction with respect to which

both parties are chargeable with the knowledge or skill of merchants.

§ 2-105 — Definitions: Transferability; "Goods"; "Future" Goods; "Lot"; "Commercial Unit"

Section 2--105. Definitions: Transferability; "Goods"; "Future" Goods;

"Lot"; "Commercial Unit".

(1) "Goods" means all things (including specially manufactured goods)

which are movable at the time of identification to the contract for sale

other than the money in which the price is to be paid, investment

securities (Article 8) and things in action. "Goods" also includes the

unborn young of animals and growing crops and other identified things

attached to realty as described in the section on goods to be severed

from realty (Section 2--107).

(2) Goods must be both existing and identified before any interest in

them can pass. Goods which are not both existing and identified are

"future" goods. A purported present sale of future goods or of any

interest therein operates as a contract to sell.

(3) There may be a sale of a part interest in existing identified

goods.

(4) An undivided share in an identified bulk of fungible goods is

sufficiently identified to be sold although the quantity of the bulk is

not determined. Any agreed proportion of such a bulk or any quantity

thereof agreed upon by number, weight or other measure may to the extent

of the seller's interest in the bulk be sold to the buyer who then

becomes an owner in common.

(5) "Lot" means a parcel or a single article which is the subject

matter of a separate sale or delivery, whether or not it is sufficient

to perform the contract.

(6) "Commercial unit" means such a unit of goods as by commercial

usage is a single whole for purposes of sale and division of which

materially impairs its character or value on the market or in use. A

commercial unit may be a single article (as a machine) or a set of

articles (as a suite of furniture or an assortment of sizes) or a

quantity (as a bale, gross, or carload) or any other unit treated in use

or in the relevant market as a single whole.

§ 2-106 — Definitions

Section 2--106. Definitions. "Contract"; "Agreement"; "Contract for

Sale"; "Sale"; "Present Sale"; "Conforming" to

Contract; "Termination"; "Cancellation"; "Hybrid

Transaction".

(1) In this Article, unless the context otherwise requires, "contract"

and "agreement" are limited to those relating to the present or future

sale of goods. "Contract for sale" includes both a present sale of goods

and a contract to sell goods at a future time. A "sale" consists in the

passing of title from the seller to the buyer for a price (Section

2--401). A "present sale" means a sale which is accomplished by the

making of the contract.

(2) Goods or conduct including any part of a performance are

"conforming" or conform to the contract when they are in accordance with

the obligations under the contract.

(3) "Termination" occurs when either party pursuant to a power created

by agreement or law puts an end to the contract otherwise than for its

breach. On "termination" all obligations which are still executory on

both sides are discharged but any right based on prior breach or

performance survives.

(4) "Cancellation" occurs when either party puts an end to the

contract for breach by the other and its effect is the same as that of

"termination" except that the cancelling party also retains any remedy

for breach of the whole contract or any unperformed balance.

(5) "Hybrid transaction" means a single transaction involving a sale

of goods and:

(a) the provision of services;

(b) a lease of other goods; or

(c) a sale, lease, or license of property other than goods.

§ 2-107 — Goods to Be Severed From Realty: Recording

Section 2--107. Goods to Be Severed From Realty: Recording.

(1) A contract for the sale of minerals or the like (including oil and

gas) or a structure or its materials to be removed from realty is a

contract for the sale of goods within this Article if they are to be

severed by the seller but until severance a purported present sale

thereof which is not effective as a transfer of an interest in land is

effective only as a contract to sell.

(2) A contract for the sale apart from the land of growing crops or

other things attached to realty and capable of severance without

material harm thereto but not described in subsection (1) or of timber

to be cut is a contract for the sale of goods within this Article

whether the subject matter is to be severed by the buyer or by the

seller even though it forms part of the realty at the time of

contracting, and the parties can by identification effect a present sale

before severance.

(3) The provisions of this section are subject to any third party

rights provided by the law relating to realty records, and the contract

for sale may be executed and recorded as a document transferring an

interest in land and shall then constitute notice to third parties of

the buyer's rights under the contract for sale.

PART 2 Form, Formation and Readjustment of Contract

§ 2-201 — Formal Requirements; Statute of Frauds

Section 2--201. Formal Requirements; Statute of Frauds.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in this section a contract for the

sale of goods for the price of $500 or more is not enforceable by way of

action or defense unless there is a record sufficient to indicate that a

contract for sale has been made between the parties and signed by the

party against whom enforcement is sought or by the party's authorized

agent or broker. A record is not insufficient because it omits or

incorrectly states a term agreed upon but the contract is not

enforceable under this subsection beyond the quantity of goods shown in

the record.

(2) Between merchants if within a reasonable time a record in

confirmation of the contract and sufficient against the sender is

received and the party receiving it has reason to know its contents, it

satisfies the requirements of subsection (1) against the party unless

notice in a record of objection to its contents is given within ten days

after it is received.

(3) A contract which does not satisfy the requirements of subsection

(1) but which is valid in other respects is enforceable

(a) if the goods are to be specially manufactured for the buyer

and are not suitable for sale to others in the ordinary

course of the seller's business and the seller, before notice

of repudiation is received and under circumstances which

reasonably indicate that the goods are for the buyer, has

made either a substantial beginning of their manufacture or

commitments for their procurement; or

(b) if the party against whom enforcement is sought admits in his

pleading, testimony or otherwise in court that a contract for

sale was made, but the contract is not enforceable under this

provision beyond the quantity of goods admitted; or

(c) with respect to goods for which payment has been made and

accepted or which have been received and accepted (Section

2--606).

(4) Subsection one does not apply to a qualified financial contract as

that term is defined in paragraph two of subdivision b of section 5-701

of the general obligations law if either (a) there is, as provided in

paragraph three of subdivision b of section 5-701 of such law,

sufficient evidence to indicate that a contract has been made or (b) the

parties thereto, by means of a prior or subsequent written contract,

have agreed to be bound by the terms of such qualified financial

contract from the time they reach agreement (by telephone, by exchange

or electronic messages, or otherwise) on those terms.

§ 2-202 — Final Written Expression: Parol or Extrinsic Evidence

Section 2--202. Final Written Expression: Parol or Extrinsic Evidence.

Terms with respect to which the confirmatory memoranda of the parties

agree or which are otherwise set forth in a record intended by the

parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to such

terms as are included therein may not be contradicted by evidence of any

prior agreement or of a contemporaneous oral agreement but may be

explained or supplemented

(a) by course of performance, course of dealing, or usage of trade

(Section 1--303); and

(b) by evidence of consistent additional terms unless the court finds

the record to have been intended also as a complete and exclusive

statement of the terms of the agreement.

§ 2-203 — Seals Inoperative

Section 2--203. Seals Inoperative.

The affixing of a seal to a record evidencing a contract for sale or

an offer to buy or sell goods does not constitute the record a sealed

instrument and the law with respect to sealed instruments does not apply

to such a contract or offer.

§ 2-204 — Formation in General

Section 2--204. Formation in General.

(1) A contract for sale of goods may be made in any manner sufficient

to show agreement, including conduct by both parties which recognizes

the existence of such a contract.

(2) An agreement sufficient to constitute a contract for sale may be

found even though the moment of its making is undetermined.

(3) Even though one or more terms are left open a contract for sale

does not fail for indefiniteness if the parties have intended to make a

contract and there is a reasonably certain basis for giving an

appropriate remedy.

§ 2-205 — Firm Offers

Section 2--205. Firm Offers.

An offer by a merchant to buy or sell goods in a signed record which

by its terms gives assurance that it will be held open is not revocable,

for lack of consideration, during the time stated or if no time is

stated for a reasonable time, but in no event may such period of

irrevocability exceed three months; but any such term of assurance on a

form supplied by the offeree must be separately signed by the offeror.

§ 2-206 — Offer and Acceptance in Formation of Contract

Section 2--206. Offer and Acceptance in Formation of Contract.

(1) Unless otherwise unambiguously indicated by the language or

circumstances

(a) an offer to make a contract shall be construed as inviting

acceptance in any manner and by any medium reasonable in the

circumstances;

(b) an order or other offer to buy goods for prompt or current

shipment shall be construed as inviting acceptance either by

a prompt promise to ship or by the prompt or current shipment

of conforming or non-conforming goods, but such a shipment of

non-conforming goods does not constitute an acceptance if the

seller seasonably notifies the buyer that the shipment is

offered only as an accommodation to the buyer.

(2) Where the beginning of a requested performance is a reasonable

mode of acceptance an offeror who is not notified of acceptance within a

reasonable time may treat the offer as having lapsed before acceptance.

§ 2-207 — Additional Terms in Acceptance or Confirmation

Section 2--207. Additional Terms in Acceptance or Confirmation.

(1) A definite and seasonable expression of acceptance or a written

confirmation which is sent within a reasonable time operates as an

acceptance even though it states terms additional to or different from

those offered or agreed upon, unless acceptance is expressly made

conditional on assent to the additional or different terms.

(2) The additional terms are to be construed as proposals for addition

to the contract. Between merchants such terms become part of the

contract unless:

(a) the offer expressly limits acceptance to the terms of the

offer;

(b) they materially alter it; or

(c) notification of objection to them has already been given or

is given within a reasonable time after notice of them is

received.

(3) Conduct by both parties which recognizes the existence of a

contract is sufficient to establish a contract for sale although the

writings of the parties do not otherwise establish a contract. In such

case the terms of the particular contract consist of those terms on

which the writings of the parties agree, together with any supplementary

terms incorporated under any other provisions of this Act.

§ 2-208 — Course of Performance or Practical Construction

Section 2--208. Course of Performance or Practical Construction.

(1) Where the contract for sale involves repeated occasions for

performance by either party with knowledge of the nature of the

performance and opportunity for objection to it by the other, any course

of performance accepted or acquiesced in without objection shall be

relevant to determine the meaning of the agreement.

(2) The express terms of the agreement and any such course of

performance, as well as any course of dealing and usage of trade, shall

be construed whenever reasonable as consistent with each other; but when

such construction is unreasonable, express terms shall control course of

performance and course of performance shall control both course of

dealing and usage of trade (Section 1--205).

(3) Subject to the provisions of the next section on modification and

waiver, such course of performance shall be relevant to show a waiver or

modification of any term inconsistent with such course of performance.

§ 2-209 — Modification, Rescission and Waiver

Section 2--209. Modification, Rescission and Waiver.

(1) An agreement modifying a contract within this Article needs no

consideration to be binding.

(2) A signed agreement which excludes modification or rescission

except by a signed writing or other signed record cannot be otherwise

modified or rescinded, but except as between merchants such a

requirement on a form supplied by the merchant must be separately signed

by the other party.

(3) The requirements of the statute of frauds section of this Article

(Section 2--201) must be satisfied if the contract as modified is within

its provisions.

(4) Although an attempt at modification or rescission does not satisfy

the requirements of subsection (2) or (3) it can operate as a waiver.

(5) A party who has made a waiver affecting an executory portion of

the contract may retract the waiver by reasonable notification received

by the other party that strict performance will be required of any term

waived, unless the retraction would be unjust in view of a material

change of position in reliance on the waiver.

§ 2-210 — Delegation of Performance; Assignment of Rights

Section 2--210. Delegation of Performance; Assignment of Rights.

(1) A party may perform his duty through a delegate unless otherwise

agreed or unless the other party has a substantial interest in having

his original promisor perform or control the acts required by the

contract. No delegation of performance relieves the party delegating of

any duty to perform or any liability for breach.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9--406, unless otherwise

agreed, all rights of either seller or buyer can be assigned except

where the assignment would materially change the duty of the other

party, or increase materially the burden or risk imposed on him by his

contract, or impair materially his chance of obtaining return

performance. A right to damages for breach of the whole contract or a

right arising out of the assignor's due performance of his entire

obligation can be assigned despite agreement otherwise.

(3) Unless the circumstances indicate the contrary a prohibition of

assignment of "the contract" is to be construed as barring only the

delegation to the assignee of the assignor's performance.

(4) An assignment of "the contract" or of "all my rights under the

contract" or an assignment in similar general terms is an assignment of

rights and unless the language or the circumstances (as in an assignment

for security) indicate the contrary, it is a delegation of performance

of the duties of the assignor and its acceptance by the assignee

constitutes a promise by him to perform those duties. This promise is

enforceable by either the assignor or the other party to the original

contract.

(5) The other party may treat any assignment which delegates

performance as creating reasonable grounds for insecurity and may

without prejudice to his rights against the assignor demand assurances

from the assignee (Section 2--609).

PART 3 General Obligation and Construction of Contract

§ 2-301 — General Obligations of Parties

Section 2--301. General Obligations of Parties.

The obligation of the seller is to transfer and deliver and that of

the buyer is to accept and pay in accordance with the contract.

§ 2-302 — Unconscionable Contract or Clause

Section 2--302. Unconscionable Contract or Clause.

(1) If the court as a matter of law finds the contract or any clause

of the contract to have been unconscionable at the time it was made the

court may refuse to enforce the contract, or it may enforce the

remainder of the contract without the unconscionable clause, or it may

so limit the application of any unconscionable clause as to avoid any

unconscionable result.

(2) When it is claimed or appears to the court that the contract or

any clause thereof may be unconscionable the parties shall be afforded a

reasonable opportunity to present evidence as to its commercial setting,

purpose and effect to aid the court in making the determination.

§ 2-303 — Allocation or Division of Risks

Section 2--303. Allocation or Division of Risks.

Where this Article allocates a risk or a burden as between the parties

"unless otherwise agreed", the agreement may not only shift the

allocation but may also divide the risk or burden.

§ 2-304 — Price Payable in Money, Goods, Realty, or Otherwise

Section 2--304. Price Payable in Money, Goods, Realty, or Otherwise.

(1) The price can be made payable in money or otherwise. If it is

payable in whole or in part in goods each party is a seller of the goods

which he is to transfer.

(2) Even though all or part of the price is payable in an interest in

realty the transfer of the goods and the seller's obligations with

reference to them are subject to this Article, but not the transfer of

the interest in realty or the transferor's obligations in connection

therewith.

§ 2-305 — Open Price Term

Section 2--305. Open Price Term.

(1) The parties if they so intend can conclude a contract for sale

even though the price is not settled. In such a case the price is a

reasonable price at the time for delivery if

(a) nothing is said as to price; or

(b) the price is left to be agreed by the parties and they fail

to agree; or

(c) the price is to be fixed in terms of some agreed market or

other standard as set or recorded by a third person or agency

and it is not so set or recorded.

(2) A price to be fixed by the seller or by the buyer means a price

for him to fix in good faith.

(3) When a price left to be fixed otherwise than by agreement of the

parties fails to be fixed through fault of one party the other may at

his option treat the contract as cancelled or himself fix a reasonable

price.

(4) Where, however, the parties intend not to be bound unless the

price be fixed or agreed and it is not fixed or agreed there is no

contract. In such a case the buyer must return any goods already

received or if unable so to do must pay their reasonable value at the

time of delivery and the seller must return any portion of the price

paid on account.

§ 2-306 — Output, Requirements and Exclusive Dealings

Section 2--306. Output, Requirements and Exclusive Dealings.

(1) A term which measures the quantity by the output of the seller or

the requirements of the buyer means such actual output or requirements

as may occur in good faith, except that no quantity unreasonably

disproportionate to any stated estimate or in the absence of a stated

estimate to any normal or otherwise comparable prior output or

requirements may be tendered or demanded.

(2) A lawful agreement by either the seller or the buyer for exclusive

dealing in the kind of goods concerned imposes unless otherwise agreed

an obligation by the seller to use best efforts to supply the goods and

by the buyer to use best efforts to promote their sale.

§ 2-307 — Delivery in Single Lot or Several Lots

Section 2--307. Delivery in Single Lot or Several Lots.

Unless otherwise agreed all goods called for by a contract for sale

must be tendered in a single delivery and payment is due only on such

tender but where the circumstances give either party the right to make

or demand delivery in lots the price if it can be apportioned may be

demanded for each lot.

§ 2-308 — Absence of Specified Place for Delivery

Section 2--308. Absence of Specified Place for Delivery.

Unless otherwise agreed

(a) the place for delivery of goods is the seller's place of business

or if he has none his residence; but

(b) in a contract for sale of identified goods which to the knowledge

of the parties at the time of contracting are in some other place, that

place is the place for their delivery; and

(c) documents of title may be delivered through customary banking

channels.

§ 2-309 — Absence of Specific Time Provisions; Notice of Termination

Section 2--309. Absence of Specific Time Provisions; Notice of

Termination.

(1) The time for shipment or delivery or any other action under a

contract if not provided in this Article or agreed upon shall be a

reasonable time.

(2) Where the contract provides for successive performances but is

indefinite in duration it is valid for a reasonable time but unless

otherwise agreed may be terminated at any time by either party.

(3) Termination of a contract by one party except on the happening of

an agreed event requires that reasonable notification be received by the

other party and an agreement dispensing with notification is invalid if

its operation would be unconscionable.

§ 2-310 — Open Time for Payment or Running of Credit; Authority to Ship Under Reservation

Section 2--310. Open Time for Payment or Running of Credit; Authority to

Ship Under Reservation.

Unless otherwise agreed

(a) payment is due at the time and place at which the buyer is to

receive the goods even though the place of shipment is the place of

delivery; and

(b) if the seller is authorized to send the goods he may ship them

under reservation, and may tender the documents of title, but the buyer

may inspect the goods after their arrival before payment is due unless

such inspection is inconsistent with the terms of the contract (Section

2--513); and

(c) if delivery is authorized and made by way of documents of title

otherwise than by subsection (b) then payment is due regardless of where

the goods are to be received (i) at the time and place at which the

buyer is to receive delivery of the tangible documents or (ii) at the

time the buyer is to receive delivery of the electronic documents and at

the seller's place of business or if none, the seller's residence; and

(d) where the seller is required or authorized to ship the goods on

credit the credit period runs from the time of shipment but post-dating

the invoice or delaying its dispatch will correspondingly delay the

starting of the credit period.

§ 2-311 — Options and Cooperation Respecting Performance

Section 2--311. Options and Cooperation Respecting Performance.

(1) An agreement for sale which is otherwise sufficiently definite

(subsection (3) of Section 2--204) to be a contract is not made invalid

by the fact that it leaves particulars of performance to be specified by

one of the parties. Any such specification must be made in good faith

and within limits set by commercial reasonableness.

(2) Unless otherwise agreed specifications relating to assortment of

the goods are at the buyer's option and except as otherwise provided in

subsections (1) (c) and (3) of Section 2--319 specifications or

arrangements relating to shipment are at the seller's option.

(3) Where such specification would materially affect the other party's

performance but is not seasonably made or where one party's cooperation

is necessary to the agreed performance of the other but is not

seasonably forthcoming, the other party in addition to all other

remedies

(a) is excused for any resulting delay in his own performance;

and

(b) may also either proceed to perform in any reasonable manner

or after the time for a material part of his own performance

treat the failure to specify or to cooperate as a breach by

failure to deliver or accept the goods.

§ 2-312 — Warranty of Title and Against Infringement; Buyer's Obligation Against Infringement

Section 2--312. Warranty of Title and Against Infringement; Buyer's

Obligation Against Infringement.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) there is in a contract for sale a

warranty by the seller that

(a) the title conveyed shall be good, and its transfer rightful;

and

(b) the goods shall be delivered free from any security interest

or other lien or encumbrance of which the buyer at the time

of contracting has no knowledge.

(2) A warranty under subsection (1) will be excluded or modified only

by specific language or by circumstances which give the buyer reason to

know that the person selling does not claim title in himself or that he

is purporting to sell only such right or title as he or a third person

may have.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed a seller who is a merchant regularly

dealing in goods of the kind warrants that the goods shall be delivered

free of the rightful claim of any third person by way of infringement or

the like but a buyer who furnishes specifications to the seller must

hold the seller harmless against any such claim which arises out of

compliance with the specifications.

§ 2-313 — Express Warranties by Affirmation, Promise, Description, Sample

Section 2--313. Express Warranties by Affirmation, Promise, Description,

Sample.

(1) Express warranties by the seller are created as follows:

(a) Any affirmation of fact or promise made by the seller to the

buyer which relates to the goods and becomes part of the

basis of the bargain creates an express warranty that the

goods shall conform to the affirmation or promise.

(b) Any description of the goods which is made part of the basis

of the bargain creates an express warranty that the goods

shall conform to the description.

(c) Any sample or model which is made part of the basis of the

bargain creates an express warranty that the whole of the

goods shall conform to the sample or model.

(2) It is not necessary to the creation of an express warranty that

the seller use formal words such as "warrant" or "guarantee" or that he

have a specific intention to make a warranty, but an affirmation merely

of the value of the goods or a statement purporting to be merely the

seller's opinion or commendation of the goods does not create a

warranty.

§ 2-314 — Implied Warranty: Merchantability; Usage of Trade

Section 2--314. Implied Warranty: Merchantability; Usage of Trade.

(1) Unless excluded or modified (Section 2--316), a warranty that the

goods shall be merchantable is implied in a contract for their sale if

the seller is a merchant with respect to goods of that kind. Under this

section the serving for value of food or drink to be consumed either on

the premises or elsewhere is a sale.

(2) Goods to be merchantable must be at least such as

(a) pass without objection in the trade under the contract

description; and

(b) in the case of fungible goods, are of fair average quality

within the description; and

(c) are fit for the ordinary purposes for which such goods are

used; and

(d) run, within the variations permitted by the agreement, of

even kind, quality and quantity within each unit and among

all units involved; and

(e) are adequately contained, packaged, and labeled as the

agreement may require; and

(f) conform to the promises or affirmations of fact made on the

container or label if any.

(3) Unless excluded or modified (Section 2--316) other implied

warranties may arise from course of dealing or usage of trade.

§ 2-315 — Implied Warranty: Fitness for Particular Purpose

Section 2--315. Implied Warranty: Fitness for Particular Purpose.

Where the seller at the time of contracting has reason to know any

particular purpose for which the goods are required and that the buyer

is relying on the seller's skill or judgment to select or furnish

suitable goods, there is unless excluded or modified under the next

section an implied warranty that the goods shall be fit for such

purpose.

§ 2-316 — Exclusion or Modification of Warranties

Section 2--316. Exclusion or Modification of Warranties.

(1) Words or conduct relevant to the creation of an express warranty

and words or conduct tending to negate or limit warranty shall be

construed wherever reasonable as consistent with each other; but subject

to the provisions of this Article on parol or extrinsic evidence

(Section 2--202) negation or limitation is inoperative to the extent

that such construction is unreasonable.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), to exclude or modify the implied

warranty of merchantability or any part of it the language must mention

merchantability and in case of a writing must be conspicuous, and to

exclude or modify any implied warranty of fitness the exclusion must be

by a writing and conspicuous. Language to exclude all implied warranties

of fitness is sufficient if it states, for example, that "There are no

warranties which extend beyond the description on the face hereof. "

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2)

(a) unless the circumstances indicate otherwise, all implied

warranties are excluded by expressions like "as is", "with

all faults" or other language which in common understanding

calls the buyer's attention to the exclusion of warranties

and makes plain that there is no implied warranty; and

(b) when the buyer before entering into the contract has examined

the goods or the sample or model as fully as he desired or

has refused to examine the goods there is no implied warranty

with regard to defects which an examination ought in the

circumstances to have revealed to him; and

(c) an implied warranty can also be excluded or modified by

course of dealing or course of performance or usage of trade.

(4) Remedies for breach of warranty can be limited in accordance with

the provisions of this Article on liquidation or limitation of damages

and on contractual modification of remedy (Sections 2--718 and 2--719).

§ 2-317 — Cumulation and Conflict of Warranties Express or Implied

Section 2--317. Cumulation and Conflict of Warranties Express or

Implied.

Warranties whether express or implied shall be construed as consistent

with each other and as cumulative, but if such construction is

unreasonable the intention of the parties shall determine which warranty

is dominant. In ascertaining that intention the following rules apply:

(a) Exact or technical specifications displace an inconsistent sample

or model or general language of description.

(b) A sample from an existing bulk displaces inconsistent general

language of description.

(c) Express warranties displace inconsistent implied warranties other

than an implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose.

§ 2-318 — Third Party Beneficiaries of Warranties Express or Implied

Section 2--318. Third Party Beneficiaries of Warranties Express or

Implied.

A seller's warranty whether express or implied extends to any natural

person if it is reasonable to expect that such person may use, consume

or be affected by the goods and who is injured in person by breach of

the warranty. A seller may not exclude or limit the operation of this

section.

§ 2-319 — F

Section 2--319. F. O. B. and F. A. S. Terms.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed the term F. O. B. (which means "free on

board") at a named place, even though used only in connection with the

stated price, is a delivery term under which

(a) when the term is F. O. B. the place of shipment, the seller

must at that place ship the goods in the manner provided in

this Article (Section 2--504) and bear the expense and risk

of putting them into the possession of the carrier; or

(b) when the term is F. O. B. the place of destination, the

seller must at his own expense and risk transport the goods

to that place and there tender delivery of them in the manner

provided in this Article (Section 2--503);

(c) when under either (a) or (b) the term is also F. O. B.

vessel, car or other vehicle, the seller must in addition at

his own expense and risk load the goods on board. If the term

is F. O. B. vessel the buyer must name the vessel and in an

appropriate case the seller must comply with the provisions

of this Article on the form of bill of lading (Section

2--323).

(2) Unless otherwise agreed the term F. A. S. vessel (which means

"free alongside") at a named port, even though used only in connection

with the stated price, is a delivery term under which the seller must

(a) at his own expense and risk deliver the goods alongside the

vessel in the manner usual in that port or on a dock

designated and provided by the buyer; and

(b) obtain and tender a receipt for the goods in exchange for

which the carrier is under a duty to issue a bill of lading.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed in any case falling within subsection (1)

(a) or (c) or subsection (2) the buyer must seasonably give any needed

instructions for making delivery, including when the term is F. A. S.

or F. O. B. the loading berth of the vessel and in an appropriate case

its name and sailing date. The seller may treat the failure of needed

instructions as a failure of cooperation under this Article (Section

2--311). He may also at his option move the goods in any reasonable

manner preparatory to delivery or shipment.

(4) Under the term F. O. B. vessel or F. A. S. unless otherwise agreed

the buyer must make payment against tender of the required documents and

the seller may not tender nor the buyer demand delivery of the goods in

substitution for the documents.

§ 2-320 — C

Section 2--320. C. I. F. and C. & F. Terms.

(1) The term C. I. F. means that the price includes in a lump sum the

cost of the goods and the insurance and freight to the named

destination. The term C. & F. or C. F. means that the price so includes

cost and freight to the named destination.

(2) Unless otherwise agreed and even though used only in connection

with the stated price and destination, the term C. I. F. destination or

its equivalent requires the seller at his own expense and risk to

(a) put the goods into the possession of a carrier at the port

for shipment and obtain a negotiable bill or bills of lading

covering the entire transportation to the named destination;

and

(b) load the goods and obtain a receipt from the carrier (which

may be contained in the bill of lading) showing that the

freight has been paid or provided for; and

(c) obtain a policy or certificate of insurance, including any

war risk insurance, of a kind and on terms then current at

the port of shipment in the usual amount, in the currency of

the contract, shown to cover the same goods covered by the

bill of lading and providing for payment of loss to the order

of the buyer or for the account of whom it may concern; but

the seller may add to the price the amount of the premium for

any such war risk insurance; and

(d) prepare an invoice of the goods and procure any other

documents required to effect shipment or to comply with the

contract; and

(e) forward and tender with commercial promptness all the

documents in due form and with any indorsement necessary to

perfect the buyer's rights.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed the term C. & F. or its equivalent has the

same effect and imposes upon the seller the same obligations and risks

as a C. I. F. term except the obligation as to insurance.

(4) Under the term C. I. F. or C. & F. unless otherwise agreed the

buyer must make payment against tender of the required documents and the

seller may not tender nor the buyer demand delivery of the goods in

substitution for the documents.

§ 2-321 — C

Section 2--321. C. I. F. or C. & F.: "Net Landed Weights"; "Payment on

Arrival"; Warranty of Condition on Arrival.

Under a contract containing a term C. I. F. or C. & F.

(1) Where the price is based on or is to be adjusted according to "net

landed weights", "delivered weights", "out turn" quantity or quality or

the like, unless otherwise agreed the seller must reasonably estimate

the price. The payment due on tender of the documents called for by the

contract is the amount so estimated, but after final adjustment of the

price a settlement must be made with commercial promptness.

(2) An agreement described in subsection (1) or any warranty of

quality or condition of the goods on arrival places upon the seller the

risk of ordinary deterioration, shrinkage and the like in transportation

but has no effect on the place or time of identification to the contract

for sale or delivery or on the passing of the risk of loss.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed where the contract provides for payment on

or after arrival of the goods the seller must before payment allow such

preliminary inspection as is feasible; but if the goods are lost

delivery of the documents and payment are due when the goods should have

arrived.

§ 2-322 — Delivery "Ex-Ship"

Section 2--322. Delivery "Ex-Ship".

(1) Unless otherwise agreed a term for delivery of goods "ex-ship"

(which means from the carrying vessel) or in equivalent language is not

restricted to a particular ship and requires delivery from a ship which

has reached a place at the named port of destination where goods of the

kind are usually discharged.

(2) Under such a term unless otherwise agreed

(a) the seller must discharge all liens arising out of the

carriage and furnish the buyer with a direction which puts

the carrier under a duty to deliver the goods; and

(b) the risk of loss does not pass to the buyer until the goods

leave the ship's tackle or are otherwise properly unloaded.

§ 2-323 — Form of Bill of Lading Required in Overseas Shipment; "Overseas"

Section 2--323. Form of Bill of Lading Required in Overseas Shipment;

"Overseas".

(1) Where the contract contemplates overseas shipment and contains a

term C. I. F. or C. & F. or F. O. B. vessel, the seller unless otherwise

agreed must obtain a negotiable bill of lading stating that the goods

have been loaded on board or, in the case of a term C. I. F. or C. &

F., received for shipment.

(2) Where in a case within subsection (1) a tangible bill of lading

has been issued in a set of parts, unless otherwise agreed if the

documents are not to be sent from abroad the buyer may demand tender of

the full set; otherwise only one part of the bill of lading need be

tendered. Even if the agreement expressly requires a full set:

(a) due tender of a single part is acceptable within the

provisions of this Article on cure of improper delivery

(subsection (1) of Section 2--508); and

(b) even though the full set is demanded, if the documents are

sent from abroad the person tendering an incomplete set may

nevertheless require payment upon furnishing an indemnity

which the buyer in good faith deems adequate.

(3) A shipment by water or by air or a contract contemplating such

shipment is "overseas" insofar as by usage of trade or agreement it is

subject to the commercial, financing or shipping practices

characteristic of international deep water commerce.

§ 2-324 — "No Arrival, No Sale" Term

Section 2--324. "No Arrival, No Sale" Term.

Under a term "no arrival, no sale" or terms of like meaning, unless

otherwise agreed,

(a) the seller must properly ship conforming goods and if they arrive

by any means he must tender them on arrival but he assumes no obligation

that the goods will arrive unless he has caused the non-arrival; and

(b) where without fault of the seller the goods are in part lost or

have so deteriorated as no longer to conform to the contract or arrive

after the contract time, the buyer may proceed as if there had been

casualty to identified goods (Section 2--613).

§ 2-325 — "Letter of Credit" Term; "Confirmed Credit"

Section 2--325. "Letter of Credit" Term; "Confirmed Credit".

(1) Failure of the buyer seasonably to furnish an agreed letter of

credit is a breach of the contract for sale.

(2) The delivery to seller of a proper letter of credit suspends the

buyer's obligation to pay. If the letter of credit is dishonored, the

seller may on seasonable notification to the buyer require payment

directly from him.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed the term "letter of credit" or "banker's

credit" in a contract for sale means an irrevocable credit issued by a

financing agency of good repute and, where the shipment is overseas, of

good international repute. The term "confirmed credit" means that the

credit must also carry the direct obligation of such an agency which

does business in the seller's financial market.

§ 2-326 — Sale on Approval and Sale or Return; Rights of Creditors

Section 2--326. Sale on Approval and Sale or Return; Rights of

Creditors.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed, if delivered goods may be returned by the

buyer even though they conform to the contract, the transaction is

(a) a "sale on approval" if the goods are delivered primarily for

use, and

(b) a "sale or return" if the goods are delivered primarily for

resale.

(2) Goods held on approval are not subject to the claims of the

buyer's creditors until acceptance; goods held on sale or return are

subject to such claims while in the buyer's possession.

(3) Any "or return" term of a contract for sale is to be treated as a

separate contract for sale within the statute of frauds section of this

Article (Section 2--201) and as contradicting the sale aspect of the

contract within the provisions of this Article on parol or extrinsic

evidence (Section 2--202).

§ 2-327 — Special Incidents of Sale on Approval and Sale or Return

Section 2--327. Special Incidents of Sale on Approval and Sale or

Return.

(1) Under a sale on approval unless otherwise agreed

(a) although the goods are identified to the contract the risk of

loss and the title do not pass to the buyer until acceptance;

and

(b) use of the goods consistent with the purpose of trial is not

acceptance but failure seasonably to notify the seller of

election to return the goods is acceptance, and if the goods

conform to the contract acceptance of any part is acceptance

of the whole; and

(c) after due notification of election to return, the return is

at the seller's risk and expense but a merchant buyer must

follow any reasonable instructions.

(2) Under a sale or return unless otherwise agreed

(a) the option to return extends to the whole or any commercial

unit of the goods while in substantially their original

condition, but must be exercised seasonably; and

(b) the return is at the buyer's risk and expense.

§ 2-328 — Sale by Auction

Section 2--328. Sale by Auction.

(1) In a sale by auction if goods are put up in lots each lot is the

subject of a separate sale.

(2) A sale by auction is complete when the auctioneer so announces by

the fall of the hammer or in other customary manner. Where a bid is made

while the hammer is falling in acceptance of a prior bid the auctioneer

may in his discretion reopen the bidding or declare the goods sold under

the bid on which the hammer was falling.

(3) Such a sale is with reserve unless the goods are in explicit terms

put up without reserve. In an auction with reserve the auctioneer may

withdraw the goods at any time until he announces completion of the

sale. In an auction without reserve, after the auctioneer calls for bids

on an article or lot, that article or lot cannot be withdrawn unless no

bid is made within a reasonable time. In either case a bidder may

retract his bid until the auctioneer's announcement of completion of the

sale, but a bidder's retraction does not revive any previous bid.

(4) If the auctioneer knowingly receives a bid on the seller's behalf

or the seller makes or procures such a bid, and notice has not been

given that liberty for such bidding is reserved, the buyer may at his

option avoid the sale or take the goods at the price of the last good

faith bid prior to the completion of the sale. This subsection shall not

apply to any bid at a forced sale.

PART 4 Title, Creditors and Good Faith Purchasers

§ 2-401 — Passing of Title; Reservation for Security; Limited Application of This Section

Section 2--401. Passing of Title; Reservation for Security; Limited

Application of This Section.

Each provision of this Article with regard to the rights, obligations

and remedies of the seller, the buyer, purchasers or other third parties

applies irrespective of title to the goods except where the provision

refers to such title. Insofar as situations are not covered by the other

provisions of this Article and matters concerning title become material

the following rules apply:

(1) Title to goods cannot pass under a contract for sale prior to

their identification to the contract (Section 2--501), and unless

otherwise explicitly agreed the buyer acquires by their identification a

special property as limited by this Act. Any retention or reservation by

the seller of the title (property) in goods shipped or delivered to the

buyer is limited in effect to a reservation of a security interest.

Subject to these provisions and to the provisions of the Article on

Secured Transactions (Article 9), title to goods passes from the seller

to the buyer in any manner and on any conditions explicitly agreed on by

the parties.

(2) Unless otherwise explicitly agreed title passes to the buyer at

the time and place at which the seller completes his performance with

reference to the physical delivery of the goods, despite any reservation

of a security interest and even though a document of title is to be

delivered at a different time or place; and in particular and despite

any reservation of a security interest by the bill of lading

(a) if the contract requires or authorizes the seller to send the

goods to the buyer but does not require him to deliver them

at destination, title passes to the buyer at the time and

place of shipment; but

(b) if the contract requires delivery at destination, title

passes on tender there.

(3) Unless otherwise explicitly agreed where delivery is to be made

without moving the goods,

(a) if the seller is to deliver a tangible document of title,

title passes at the time when and the place where he delivers

such documents and if the seller is to deliver an electronic

document of title, title passes when the seller delivers the

document; or

(b) if the goods are at the time of contracting already

identified and no documents of title are to be delivered,

title passes at the time and place of contracting.

(4) A rejection or other refusal by the buyer to receive or retain the

goods, whether or not justified, or a justified revocation of acceptance

revests title to the goods in the seller. Such revesting occurs by

operation of law and is not a "sale".

§ 2-402 — Rights of Seller's Creditors Against Sold Goods

Section 2--402. Rights of Seller's Creditors Against Sold Goods.

(1) Except as provided in subsections (2) and (3), rights of unsecured

creditors of the seller with respect to goods which have been identified

to a contract for sale are subject to the buyer's rights to recover the

goods under this Article (Sections 2--502 and 2--716).

(2) A creditor of the seller may treat a sale or an identification of

goods to a contract for sale as void if as against him a retention of

possession by the seller as fraudulent under any rule of law of the

state where the goods are situated, except that retention of possession

in good faith and current course of trade by a merchant-seller for a

commercially reasonable time after a sale or identification is not

fraudulent.

(3) Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to impair the rights of

creditors of the seller

(a) under the provisions of the Article on Secured Transactions

(Article 9); or

(b) where identification to the contract or delivery is made not

in current course of trade but in satisfaction of or as

security for a pre-existing claim for money, security or the

like and is made under circumstances which under any rule of

law of the state where the goods are situated would apart

from this Article constitute the transaction a fraudulent

transfer or voidable preference.

§ 2-403 — Power to Transfer; Good Faith Purchase of Goods; "Entrusting"

Section 2--403. Power to Transfer; Good Faith Purchase of Goods;

"Entrusting".

(1) A purchaser of goods acquires all title which his transferor had

or had power to transfer except that a purchaser of a limited interest

acquires rights only to the extent of the interest purchased. A person

with voidable title has power to transfer a good title to a good faith

purchaser for value. When goods have been delivered under a transaction

of purchase the purchaser has such power even though

(a) the transferor was deceived as to the identity of the

purchaser, or

(b) the delivery was in exchange for a check which is later

dishonored, or

(c) it was agreed that the transaction was to be a "cash sale",

or

(d) the delivery was procured through fraud punishable as

larcenous under the criminal law.

(2) Any entrusting of possession of goods to a merchant who deals in

goods of that kind gives him power to transfer all rights of the

entruster to a buyer in ordinary course of business.

(3) "Entrusting" includes any delivery and any acquiescence in

retention of possession regardless of any condition expressed between

the parties to the delivery or acquiescence and regardless of whether

the procurement of the entrusting or the possessor's disposition of the

goods has been such as to be larcenous under the criminal law.

(4) The rights of other purchasers of goods and of lien creditors are

governed by the Articles on Secured Transactions (Article 9), Bulk

Transfers (Article 6) and Documents of Title (Article 7).

PART 5 Performance

§ 2-501 — Insurable Interest in Goods; Manner of Identification of Goods

Section 2--501. Insurable Interest in Goods; Manner of Identification of

Goods.

(1) The buyer obtains a special property and an insurable interest in

goods by identification of existing goods as goods to which the contract

refers even though the goods so identified are non-conforming and he has

an option to return or reject them. Such identification can be made at

any time and in any manner explicitly agreed to by the parties. In the

absence of explicit agreement identification occurs

(a) when the contract is made if it is for the sale of goods

already existing and identified;

(b) if the contract is for the sale of future goods other than

those described in paragraph (c), when goods are shipped,

marked or otherwise designated by the seller as goods to

which the contract refers;

(c) when the crops are planted or otherwise become growing crops

or the young are conceived if the contract is for the sale of

unborn young to be born within twelve months after

contracting or for the sale of crops to be harvested within

twelve months or the next normal harvest season after

contracting whichever is longer.

(2) The seller retains an insurable interest in goods so long as title

to or any security interest in the goods remains in him and where the

identification is by the seller alone he may until default or insolvency

or notification to the buyer that the identification is final substitute

other goods for those identified.

(3) Nothing in this section impairs any insurable interest recognized

under any other statute or rule of law.

§ 2-502 — Buyer's Right to Goods on Seller's Repudiation, Failure to Deliver, or Insolvency

Section 2--502. Buyer's Right to Goods on Seller's Repudiation, Failure

to Deliver, or Insolvency.

(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) and even though the goods have

not been shipped a buyer who has paid a part or all of the price of

goods in which he has a special property under the provisions of the

immediately preceding section may on making and keeping good a tender of

any unpaid portion of their price recover them from the seller if:

(a) in the case of goods bought for personal, family, or

household purposes, the seller repudiates or fails to deliver

as required by the contract; or

(b) in all cases, the seller becomes insolvent within ten days

after receipt of the first installment on their price.

(2) The buyer's right to recover the goods under paragraph (a) of

subsection (1) vests upon acquisition of a special property, even if the

seller had not then repudiated or failed to deliver.

(3) If the identification creating his special property has been made

by the buyer he acquires the right to recover the goods only if they

conform to the contract for sale.

§ 2-503 — Manner of Seller's Tender of Delivery

Section 2--503. Manner of Seller's Tender of Delivery.

(1) Tender of delivery requires that the seller put and hold

conforming goods at the buyer's disposition and give the buyer any

notification reasonably necessary to enable him to take delivery. The

manner, time and place for tender are determined by the agreement and

this Article, and in particular

(a) tender must be at a reasonable hour, and if it is of goods

they must be kept available for the period reasonably

necessary to enable the buyer to take possession; but

(b) unless otherwise agreed the buyer must furnish facilities

reasonably suited to the receipt of the goods.

(2) Where the case is within the next section respecting shipment

tender requires that the seller comply with its provisions.

(3) Where the seller is required to deliver at a particular

destination tender requires that he comply with subsection (1) and also

in any appropriate case tender documents as described in subsections (4)

and (5) of this section.

(4) Where goods are in the possession of a bailee and are to be

delivered without being moved

(a) tender requires that the seller either tender a negotiable

document of title covering such goods or procure

acknowledgment by the bailee of the buyer's right to

possession of the goods; but

(b) tender to the buyer of a non-negotiable document of title or

of a record directing the bailee to deliver is sufficient

tender unless the buyer seasonably objects, and receipt by

the bailee of notification of the buyer's rights fixes those

rights as against the bailee and all third persons; but risk

of loss of the goods and of any failure by the bailee to

honor the non-negotiable document of title or to obey the

direction remains on the seller until the buyer has had a

reasonable time to present the document or direction, and a

refusal by the bailee to honor the document or to obey the

direction defeats the tender.

(5) Where the contract requires the seller to deliver documents

(a) he must tender all such documents in correct form, except as

provided in this Article with respect to bills of lading in a

set (subsection (2) of Section 2--323); and

(b) tender through customary banking channels is sufficient and

dishonor of a draft accompanying the documents constitutes

non-acceptance or rejection.

§ 2-504 — Shipment by Seller

Section 2--504. Shipment by Seller.

Where the seller is required or authorized to send the goods to the

buyer and the contract does not require him to deliver them at a

particular destination, then unless otherwise agreed he must

(a) put the goods in the possession of such a carrier and make such a

contract for their transportation as may be reasonable having regard to

the nature of the goods and other circumstances of the case; and

(b) obtain and promptly deliver or tender in due form any document

necessary to enable the buyer to obtain possession of the goods or

otherwise required by the agreement or by usage of trade; and

(c) promptly notify the buyer of the shipment.

Failure to notify the buyer under paragraph (c) or to make a proper

contract under paragraph (a) is a ground for rejection only if material

delay or loss ensues.

§ 2-505 — Seller's Shipment Under Reservation

Section 2--505. Seller's Shipment Under Reservation.

(1) Where the seller has identified goods to the contract by or before

shipment:

(a) his procurement of a negotiable bill of lading to his own

order or otherwise reserves in him a security interest in the

goods. His procurement of the bill to the order of a

financing agency or of the buyer indicates in addition only

the seller's expectation of transferring that interest to the

person named.

(b) a non-negotiable bill of lading to himself or his nominee

reserves possession of the goods as security but except in a

case of conditional delivery (subsection (2) of Section

2--507) a non-negotiable bill of lading naming the buyer as

consignee reserves no security interest even though the

seller retains possession or control of the bill of lading.

(2) When shipment by the seller with reservation of a security

interest is in violation of the contract for sale it constitutes an

improper contract for transportation within the preceding section but

impairs neither the rights given to the buyer by shipment and

identification of the goods to the contract nor the seller's powers as a

holder of a negotiable document of title.

§ 2-506 — Rights of Financing Agency

Section 2--506. Rights of Financing Agency.

(1) A financing agency by paying or purchasing for value a draft which

relates to a shipment of goods acquires to the extent of the payment or

purchase and in addition to its own rights under the draft and any

document of title securing it any rights of the shipper in the goods

including the right to stop delivery and the shipper's right to have the

draft honored by the buyer.

(2) The right to reimbursement of a financing agency which has in good

faith honored or purchased the draft under commitment to or authority

from the buyer is not impaired by subsequent discovery of defects with

reference to any relevant document which was apparently regular.

§ 2-507 — Effect of Seller's Tender; Delivery on Condition

Section 2--507. Effect of Seller's Tender; Delivery on Condition.

(1) Tender of delivery is a condition to the buyer's duty to accept

the goods and, unless otherwise agreed, to his duty to pay for them.

Tender entitles the seller to acceptance of the goods and to payment

according to the contract.

(2) Where payment is due and demanded on the delivery to the buyer of

goods or documents of title, his right as against the seller to retain

or dispose of them is conditional upon his making the payment due.

§ 2-508 — Cure by Seller of Improper Tender or Delivery; Replacement

Section 2--508. Cure by Seller of Improper Tender or Delivery;

Replacement.

(1) Where any tender or delivery by the seller is rejected because

non-conforming and the time for performance has not yet expired, the

seller may seasonably notify the buyer of his intention to cure and may

then within the contract time make a conforming delivery.

(2) Where the buyer rejects a non-conforming tender which the seller

had reasonable grounds to believe would be acceptable with or without

money allowance the seller may if he seasonably notifies the buyer have

a further reasonable time to substitute a conforming tender.

§ 2-509 — Risk of Loss in the Absence of Breach

Section 2--509. Risk of Loss in the Absence of Breach.

(1) Where the contract requires or authorizes the seller to ship the

goods by carrier

(a) if it does not require him to deliver them at a particular

destination, the risk of loss passes to the buyer when the

goods are duly delivered to the carrier even though the

shipment is under reservation (Section 2--505); but

(b) if it does require him to deliver them at a particular

destination and the goods are there duly tendered while in

the possession of the carrier, the risk of loss passes to the

buyer when the goods are there duly so tendered as to enable

the buyer to take delivery.

(2) Where the goods are held by a bailee to be delivered without being

moved, the risk of loss passes to the buyer

(a) on his receipt of possession or control of a negotiable

document of title covering the goods; or

(b) on acknowledgment by the bailee of the buyer's right to

possession of the goods; or

(c) after his receipt of possession or control of a

non-negotiable document of title or other direction to

deliver in a record, as provided in subsection (4) (b) of

Section 2--503.

(3) In any case not within subsection (1) or (2), the risk of loss

passes to the buyer on his receipt of the goods if the seller is a

merchant; otherwise the risk passes to the buyer on tender of delivery.

(4) The provisions of this section are subject to contrary agreement

of the parties and to the provisions of this Article on sale on approval

(Section 2--327) and on effect of breach on risk of loss (Section

2--510).

§ 2-510 — Effect of Breach on Risk of Loss

Section 2--510. Effect of Breach on Risk of Loss.

(1) Where a tender or delivery of goods so fails to conform to the

contract as to give a right of rejection the risk of their loss remains

on the seller until cure or acceptance.

(2) Where the buyer rightfully revokes acceptance he may to the extent

of any deficiency in his effective insurance coverage treat the risk of

loss as having rested on the seller from the beginning.

(3) Where the buyer as to conforming goods already identified to the

contract for sale repudiates or is otherwise in breach before risk of

their loss has passed to him, the seller may to the extent of any

deficiency in his effective insurance coverage treat the risk of loss as

resting on the buyer for a commercially reasonable time.

§ 2-511 — Tender of Payment by Buyer; Payment by Check

Section 2--511. Tender of Payment by Buyer; Payment by Check.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed tender of payment is a condition to the

seller's duty to tender and complete any delivery.

(2) Tender of payment is sufficient when made by any means or in any

manner current in the ordinary course of business unless the seller

demands payment in legal tender and gives any extension of time

reasonably necessary to procure it.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Act on the effect of an

instrument on an obligation (Section 3--802), payment by check is

conditional and is defeated as between the parties by dishonor of the

check on due presentment.

§ 2-512 — Payment by Buyer Before Inspection

Section 2--512. Payment by Buyer Before Inspection.

(1) Where the contract requires payment before inspection

non-conformity of the goods does not excuse the buyer from so making

payment unless

(a) the non-conformity appears without inspection; or

(b) despite tender of the required documents the circumstances

would justify injunction against honor under this Code (Section

5--109(b)).

(2) Payment pursuant to subsection (1) does not constitute an

acceptance of goods or impair the buyer's right to inspect or any of his

remedies.

§ 2-513 — Buyer's Right to Inspection of Goods

Section 2--513. Buyer's Right to Inspection of Goods.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed and subject to subsection (3), where goods

are tendered or delivered or identified to the contract for sale, the

buyer has a right before payment or acceptance to inspect them at any

reasonable place and time and in any reasonable manner. When the seller

is required or authorized to send the goods to the buyer, the inspection

may be after their arrival.

(2) Expenses of inspection must be borne by the buyer but may be

recovered from the seller if the goods do not conform and are rejected.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed and subject to the provisions of this

Article on C.I.F. contracts (subsection (3) of Section 2--321), the

buyer is not entitled to inspect the goods before payment of the price

when the contract provides

(a) for delivery "C.O.D." or on other like terms; or

(b) for payment against documents of title, except where such

payment is due only after the goods are to become available

for inspection.

(4) A place or method of inspection fixed by the parties is presumed

to be exclusive but unless otherwise expressly agreed it does not

postpone identification or shift the place for delivery or for passing

the risk of loss. If compliance becomes impossible, inspection shall be

as provided in this section unless the place or method fixed was clearly

intended as an indispensable condition failure of which avoids the

contract.

§ 2-514 — When Documents Deliverable on Acceptance; When on Payment

Section 2--514. When Documents Deliverable on Acceptance; When on

Payment.

Unless otherwise agreed documents against which a draft is drawn are

to be delivered to the drawee on acceptance of the draft if it is

payable more than three days after presentment; otherwise, only on

payment.

§ 2-515 — Preserving Evidence of Goods in Dispute

Section 2--515. Preserving Evidence of Goods in Dispute.

In furtherance of the adjustment of any claim or dispute

(a) either party on reasonable notification to the other and for the

purpose of ascertaining the facts and preserving evidence has the right

to inspect, test and sample the goods including such of them as may be

in the possession or control of the other; and

(b) the parties may agree to a third party inspection or survey to

determine the conformity or condition of the goods and may agree that

the findings shall be binding upon them in any subsequent litigation or

adjustment.

PART 6 Breach, Repudiation and Excuse

§ 2-601 — Buyer's Rights on Improper Delivery

Section 2--601. Buyer's Rights on Improper Delivery.

Subject to the provisions of this Article on breach in installment

contracts (Section 2--612) and unless otherwise agreed under the

sections on contractual limitations of remedy (Sections 2--718 and

2--719), if the goods or the tender of delivery fail in any respect to

conform to the contract, the buyer may

(a) reject the whole; or

(b) accept the whole; or

(c) accept any commercial unit or units and reject the rest.

§ 2-602 — Manner and Effect of Rightful Rejection

Section 2--602. Manner and Effect of Rightful Rejection.

(1) Rejection of goods must be within a reasonable time after their

delivery or tender. It is ineffective unless the buyer seasonably

notifies the seller.

(2) Subject to the provisions of the two following sections on

rejected goods (Sections 2--603 and 2--604).

(a) after rejection any exercise of ownership by the buyer with

respect to any commercial unit is wrongful as against the

seller; and

(b) if the buyer has before rejection taken physical possession

of goods in which he does not have a security interest under

the provisions of this Article (subsection (3) of Section

2--711), he is under a duty after rejection to hold them with

reasonable care at the seller's disposition for a time

sufficient to permit the seller to remove them; but

(c) the buyer has no further obligations with regard to goods

rightfully rejected.

(3) The seller's rights with respect to goods wrongfully rejected are

governed by the provisions of this Article on seller's remedies in

general (Section 2--703).

§ 2-603 — Merchant Buyer's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected Goods

Section 2--603. Merchant Buyer's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected Goods.

(1) Subject to any security interest in the buyer (subsection (3) of

Section 2--711), when the seller has no agent or place of business at

the market of rejection a merchant buyer is under a duty after rejection

of goods in his possession or control to follow any reasonable

instructions received from the seller with respect to the goods and in

the absence of such instructions to make reasonable efforts to sell them

for the seller's account if they are perishable or threaten to decline

in value speedily. Instructions are not reasonable if on demand

indemnity for expenses is not forthcoming.

(2) When the buyer sells goods under subsection (1), he is entitled to

reimbursement from the seller or out of the proceeds for reasonable

expenses of caring for and selling them, and if the expenses include no

selling commission then to such commission as is usual in the trade or

if there is none to a reasonable sum not exceeding ten per cent on the

gross proceeds.

(3) In complying with this section the buyer is held only to good

faith and good faith conduct hereunder is neither acceptance nor

conversion nor the basis of an action for damages.

§ 2-604 — Buyer's Options as to Salvage of Rightfully Rejected Goods

Section 2--604. Buyer's Options as to Salvage of Rightfully Rejected

Goods.

Subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding section on

perishables if the seller gives no instructions within a reasonable time

after notification of rejection the buyer may store the rejected goods

for the seller's account or reship them to him or resell them for the

seller's account with reimbursement as provided in the preceding

section. Such action is not acceptance or conversion.

§ 2-605 — Waiver of Buyer's Objections by Failure to Particularize

Section 2--605. Waiver of Buyer's Objections by Failure to

Particularize.

(1) The buyer's failure to state in connection with rejection a

particular defect which is ascertainable by reasonable inspection

precludes him from relying on the unstated defect to justify rejection

or to establish breach

(a) where the seller could have cured it if stated seasonably; or

(b) between merchants when the seller has after rejection made a

request in writing for a full and final written statement of

all defects on which the buyer proposes to rely.

(2) Payment against documents made without reservation of rights

precludes recovery of the payment for defects apparent in the documents.

§ 2-606 — What Constitutes Acceptance of Goods

Section 2--606. What Constitutes Acceptance of Goods.

(1) Acceptance of goods occurs when the buyer

(a) after a reasonable opportunity to inspect the goods signifies

to the seller that the goods are conforming or that he will

take or retain them in spite of their non-conformity; or

(b) fails to make an effective rejection (subsection (1) of

Section 2--602), but such acceptance does not occur until the

buyer has had a reasonable opportunity to inspect them; or

(c) does any act inconsistent with the seller's ownership; but if

such act is wrongful as against the seller it is an

acceptance only if ratified by him.

(2) Acceptance of a part of any commercial unit is acceptance of that

entire unit.

§ 2-607 — Effect of Acceptance; Notice of Breach; Burden of Establishing Breach After Acceptance; Notice of Claim or Litigation to Person Answerabl...

Section 2--607. Effect of Acceptance; Notice of Breach; Burden of

Establishing Breach After Acceptance; Notice of Claim

or Litigation to Person Answerable Over.

(1) The buyer must pay at the contract rate for any goods accepted.

(2) Acceptance of goods by the buyer precludes rejection of the goods

accepted and if made with knowledge of a non-conformity cannot be

revoked because of it unless the acceptance was on the reasonable

assumption that the non-conformity would be seasonably cured but

acceptance does not of itself impair any other remedy provided by this

Article for non-conformity.

(3) Where a tender has been accepted

(a) the buyer must within a reasonable time after he discovers or

should have discovered any breach notify the seller of breach

or be barred from any remedy; and

(b) if the claim is one for infringement or the like (subsection

(3) of Section 2--312) and the buyer is sued as a result of

such a breach he must so notify the seller within a

reasonable time after he receives notice of the litigation or

be barred from any remedy over for liability established by

the litigation.

(4) The burden is on the buyer to establish any breach with respect to

the goods accepted.

(5) Where the buyer is sued for breach of a warranty or other

obligation for which his seller is answerable over

(a) he may give his seller written notice of the litigation. If

the notice states that the seller may come in and defend and

that if the seller does not do so he will be bound in any

action against him by his buyer by any determination of fact

common to the two litigations, then unless the seller after

seasonable receipt of the notice does come in and defend he

is so bound.

(b) if the claim is one for infringement or the like (subsection

(3) of Section 2--312) the original seller may demand in

writing that his buyer turn over to him control of the

litigation including settlement or else be barred from any

remedy over and if he also agrees to bear all expense and to

satisfy any adverse judgment, then unless the buyer after

seasonable receipt of the demand does turn over control the

buyer is so barred.

(6) The provisions of subsections (3), (4) and (5) apply to any

obligation of a buyer to hold the seller harmless against infringement

or the like (subsection (3) of Section 2--312).

§ 2-608 — Revocation of Acceptance in Whole or in Part

Section 2--608. Revocation of Acceptance in Whole or in Part.

(1) The buyer may revoke his acceptance of a lot or commercial unit

whose non-conformity substantially impairs its value to him if he has

accepted it

(a) on the reasonable assumption that its non-conformity would be

cured and it has not been seasonably cured; or

(b) without discovery of such non-conformity if his acceptance

was reasonably induced either by the difficulty of discovery

before acceptance or by the seller's assurances.

(2) Revocation of acceptance must occur within a reasonable time after

the buyer discovers or should have discovered the ground for it and

before any substantial change in condition of the goods which is not

caused by their own defects. It is not effective until the buyer

notifies the seller of it.

(3) A buyer who so revokes has the same rights and duties with regard

to the goods involved as if he had rejected them.

§ 2-609 — Right to Adequate Assurance of Performance

Section 2--609. Right to Adequate Assurance of Performance.

(1) A contract for sale imposes an obligation on each party that the

other's expectation of receiving due performance will not be impaired.

When reasonable grounds for insecurity arise with respect to the

performance of either party the other may in writing demand adequate

assurance of due performance and until he receives such assurance may if

commercially reasonable suspend any performance for which he has not

already received the agreed return.

(2) Between merchants the reasonableness of grounds for insecurity and

the adequacy of any assurance offered shall be determined according to

commercial standards.

(3) Acceptance of any improper delivery or payment does not prejudice

the aggrieved party's right to demand adequate assurance of future

performance.

(4) After receipt of a justified demand failure to provide within a

reasonable time not exceeding thirty days such assurance of due

performance as is adequate under the circumstances of the particular

case is a repudiation of the contract.

§ 2-610 — Anticipatory Repudiation

Section 2--610. Anticipatory Repudiation.

When either party repudiates the contract with respect to a

performance not yet due the loss of which will substantially impair the

value of the contract to the other, the aggrieved party may

(a) for a commercially reasonable time await performance by the

repudiating party; or

(b) resort to any remedy for breach (Section 2--703 or Section

2--711), even though he has notified the repudiating party that he would

await the latter's performance and has urged retraction; and

(c) in either case suspend his own performance or proceed in

accordance with the provisions of this Article on the seller's right to

identify goods to the contract notwithstanding breach or to salvage

unfinished goods (Section 2--704).

§ 2-611 — Retraction of Anticipatory Repudiation

Section 2--611. Retraction of Anticipatory Repudiation.

(1) Until the repudiating party's next performance is due he can

retract his repudiation unless the aggrieved party has since the

repudiation cancelled or materially changed his position or otherwise

indicated that he considers the repudiation final.

(2) Retraction may be by any method which clearly indicates to the

aggrieved party that the repudiating party intends to perform, but must

include any assurance justifiably demanded under the provisions of this

Article (Section 2--609).

(3) Retraction reinstates the repudiating party's rights under the

contract with due excuse and allowance to the aggrieved party for any

delay occasioned by the repudiation.

§ 2-612 — "Installment Contract"; Breach

Section 2--612. "Installment Contract"; Breach.

(1) An "installment contract" is one which requires or authorizes the

delivery of goods in separate lots to be separately accepted, even

though the contract contains a clause "each delivery is a separate

contract" or its equivalent.

(2) The buyer may reject any installment which is non-conforming if

the non-conformity substantially impairs the value of that installment

and cannot be cured or if the non-conformity is a defect in the required

documents; but if the non-conformity does not fall within subsection (3)

and the seller gives adequate assurance of its cure the buyer must

accept that installment.

(3) Whenever non-conformity or default with respect to one or more

installments substantially impairs the value of the whole contract there

is a breach of the whole. But the aggrieved party reinstates the

contract if he accepts a non-conforming installment without seasonably

notifying of cancellation or if he brings an action with respect only to

past installments or demands performance as to future installments.

§ 2-613 — Casualty to Identified Goods

Section 2--613. Casualty to Identified Goods.

Where the contract requires for its performance goods identified when

the contract is made, and the goods suffer casualty without fault of

either party before the risk of loss passes to the buyer, or in a proper

case under a "no arrival, no sale" term (Section 2--324) then

(a) if the loss is total the contract is avoided; and

(b) if the loss is partial or the goods have so deteriorated as no

longer to conform to the contract the buyer may nevertheless demand

inspection and at his option either treat the contract as avoided or

accept the goods with due allowance from the contract price for the

deterioration or the deficiency in quantity but without further right

against the seller.

§ 2-614 — Substituted Performance

Section 2--614. Substituted Performance.

(1) Where without fault of either party the agreed berthing, loading,

or unloading facilities fail or an agreed type of carrier becomes

unavailable or the agreed manner of delivery otherwise becomes

commercially impracticable but a commercially reasonable substitute is

available, such substitute performance must be tendered and accepted.

(2) If the agreed means or manner of payment fails because of domestic

or foreign governmental regulation, the seller may withhold or stop

delivery unless the buyer provides a means or manner of payment which is

commercially a substantial equivalent. If delivery has already been

taken, payment by the means or in the manner provided by the regulation

discharges the buyer's obligation unless the regulation is

discriminatory, oppressive or predatory.

§ 2-615 — Excuse by Failure of Presupposed Conditions

Section 2--615. Excuse by Failure of Presupposed Conditions.

Except so far as a seller may have assumed a greater obligation and

subject to the preceding section on substituted performance:

(a) Delay in delivery or non-delivery in whole or in part by a seller

who complies with paragraphs (b) and (c) is not a breach of his duty

under a contract for sale if performance as agreed has been made

impracticable by the occurrence of a contingency the non-occurrence of

which was a basic assumption on which the contract was made or by

compliance in good faith with any applicable foreign or domestic

governmental regulation or order whether or not it later proves to be

invalid.

(b) Where the causes mentioned in paragraph (a) affect only a part of

the seller's capacity to perform, he must allocate production and

deliveries among his customers but may at his option include regular

customers not then under contract as well as his own requirements for

further manufacture. He may so allocate in any manner which is fair and

reasonable.

(c) The seller must notify the buyer seasonably that there will be

delay or non-delivery and, when allocation is required under paragraph

(b), of the estimated quota thus made available for the buyer.

§ 2-616 — Procedure on Notice Claiming Excuse

Section 2--616. Procedure on Notice Claiming Excuse.

(1) Where the buyer receives notification of a material or indefinite

delay or an allocation justified under the preceding section he may by

written notification to the seller as to any delivery concerned, and

where the prospective deficiency substantially impairs the value of the

whole contract under the provisions of this Article relating to breach

of installment contracts (Section 2--612), then also as to the whole,

(a) terminate and thereby discharge any unexecuted portion of the

contract; or

(b) modify the contract by agreeing to take his available quota

in substitution.

(2) If after receipt of such notification from the seller the buyer

fails so to modify the contract within a reasonable time not exceeding

thirty days the contract lapses with respect to any deliveries affected.

(3) The provisions of this section may not be negated by agreement

except in so far as the seller has assumed a greater obligation under

the preceding section.

PART 7 Remedies

§ 2-701 — Remedies for Breach of Collateral Contracts Not Impaired

Section 2--701. Remedies for Breach of Collateral Contracts Not

Impaired.

Remedies for breach of any obligation or promise collateral or

ancillary to a contract for sale are not impaired by the provisions of

this Article.

§ 2-702 — Seller's Remedies on Discovery of Buyer's Insolvency

Section 2--702. Seller's Remedies on Discovery of Buyer's Insolvency.

(1) Where the seller discovers the buyer to be insolvent he may refuse

delivery except for cash including payment for all goods theretofore

delivered under the contract, and stop delivery under this Article

(Section 2--705).

(2) Where the seller discovers that the buyer has received goods on

credit while insolvent he may reclaim the goods upon demand made within

ten days after the receipt, but if misrepresentation of solvency has

been made to the particular seller in writing within three months before

delivery the ten day limitation does not apply. Except as provided in

this subsection the seller may not base a right to reclaim goods on the

buyer's fraudulent or innocent misrepresentation of solvency or of

intent to pay.

(3) The seller's right to reclaim under subsection (2) is subject to

the rights of a buyer in ordinary course or other good faith purchaser

under this Article (Section 2--403). Successful reclamation of goods

excludes all other remedies with respect to them.

§ 2-703 — Seller's Remedies in General

Section 2--703. Seller's Remedies in General.

Where the buyer wrongfully rejects or revokes acceptance of goods or

fails to make a payment due on or before delivery or repudiates with

respect to a part or the whole, then with respect to any goods directly

affected and, if the breach is of the whole contract (Section 2--612),

then also with respect to the whole undelivered balance, the aggrieved

seller may

(a) withhold delivery of such goods;

(b) stop delivery by any bailee as hereafter provided (Section

2--705);

(c) proceed under the next section respecting goods still unidentified

to the contract;

(d) resell and recover damages as hereafter provided (Section

2--706);

(e) recover damages for non-acceptance (Section 2--708) or in a proper

case the price (Section 2--709);

(f) cancel.

§ 2-704 — Seller's Right to Identify Goods to the Contract Notwithstanding Breach or to Salvage Unfinished Goods

Section 2--704. Seller's Right to Identify Goods to the Contract

Notwithstanding Breach or to Salvage Unfinished Goods.

(1) An aggrieved seller under the preceding section may

(a) identify to the contract conforming goods not already

identified if at the time he learned of the breach they are

in his possession or control;

(b) treat as the subject of resale goods which have demonstrably

been intended for the particular contract even though those

goods are unfinished.

(2) Where the goods are unfinished an aggrieved seller may in the

exercise of reasonable commercial judgment for the purposes of avoiding

loss and of effective realization either complete the manufacture and

wholly identify the goods to the contract or cease manufacture and

resell for scrap or salvage value or proceed in any other reasonable

manner.

§ 2-705 — Seller's Stoppage of Delivery in Transit or Otherwise

Section 2--705. Seller's Stoppage of Delivery in Transit or Otherwise.

(1) The seller may stop delivery of goods in the possession of a

carrier or other bailee when he discovers the buyer to be insolvent

(Section 2--702) and may stop delivery of carload, truckload, planeload

or larger shipments of express or freight when the buyer repudiates or

fails to make a payment due before delivery or if for any other reason

the seller has a right to withhold or reclaim the goods.

(2) As against such buyer the seller may stop delivery until

(a) receipt of the goods by the buyer; or

(b) acknowledgment to the buyer by any bailee of the goods except

a carrier that the bailee holds the goods for the buyer; or

(c) such acknowledgment to the buyer by a carrier by reshipment

or as a warehouse; or

(d) negotiation to the buyer of any negotiable document of title

covering the goods.

(3) (a) To stop delivery the seller must so notify as to enable the

bailee by reasonable diligence to prevent delivery of the

goods.

(b) After such notification the bailee must hold and deliver the

goods according to the directions of the seller but the

seller is liable to the bailee for any ensuing charges or

damages.

(c) If a negotiable document of title has been issued for goods

the bailee is not obliged to obey a notification to stop

until surrender of possession or control of the document.

(d) A carrier who has issued a non-negotiable bill of lading is

not obliged to obey a notification to stop received from a

person other than the consignor.

§ 2-706 — Seller's Resale Including Contract for Resale

Section 2--706. Seller's Resale Including Contract for Resale.

(1) Under the conditions stated in Section 2--703 on seller's

remedies, the seller may resell the goods concerned or the undelivered

balance thereof. Where the resale is made in good faith and in a

commercially reasonable manner the seller may recover the difference

between the resale price and the contract price together with any

incidental damages allowed under the provisions of this Article (Section

2--710), but less expenses saved in consequence of the buyer's breach.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (3) or unless otherwise

agreed resale may be at public or private sale including sale by way of

one or more contracts to sell or of identification to an existing

contract of the seller. Sale may be as a unit or in parcels and at any

time and place and on any terms but every aspect of the sale including

the method, manner, time, place and terms must be commercially

reasonable. The resale must be reasonably identified as referring to the

broken contract, but it is not necessary that the goods be in existence

or that any or all of them have been identified to the contract before

the breach.

(3) Where the resale is at private sale the seller must give the buyer

reasonable notification of his intention to resell.

(4) Where the resale is at public sale

(a) only identified goods can be sold except where there is a

recognized market for a public sale of futures in goods of

the kind; and

(b) it must be made at a usual place or market for public sale if

one is reasonably available and except in the case of goods

which are perishable or threaten to decline in value speedily

the seller must give the buyer reasonable notice of the time

and place of the resale; and

(c) if the goods are not to be within the view of those attending

the sale the notification of sale must state the place where

the goods are located and provide for their reasonable

inspection by prospective bidders; and

(d) the seller may buy.

(5) A purchaser who buys in good faith at a resale takes the goods

free of any rights of the original buyer even though the seller fails to

comply with one or more of the requirements of this section.

(6) The seller is not accountable to the buyer for any profit made on

any resale. A person in the position of a seller (Section 2--707) or a

buyer who has rightfully rejected or justifiably revoked acceptance must

account for any excess over the amount of his security interest, as

hereinafter defined (subsection (3) of Section 2--711).

§ 2-707 — "Person in the Position of a Seller"

Section 2--707. "Person in the Position of a Seller".

(1) A "person in the position of a seller" includes as against a

principal an agent who has paid or become responsible for the price of

goods on behalf of his principal or anyone who otherwise holds a

security interest or other right in goods similar to that of a seller.

(2) A person in the position of a seller may as provided in this

Article withhold or stop delivery (Section 2--705) and resell (Section

2--706) and recover incidental damages (Section 2--710).

§ 2-708 — Seller's Damages for Non-acceptance or Repudiation

Section 2--708. Seller's Damages for Non-acceptance or Repudiation.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) and to the provisions of this Article

with respect to proof of market price (Section 2--723), the measure of

damages for non-acceptance or repudiation by the buyer is the difference

between the market price at the time and place for tender and the unpaid

contract price together with any incidental damages provided in this

Article (Section 2--710), but less expenses saved in consequence of the

buyer's breach.

(2) If the measure of damages provided in subsection (1) is inadequate

to put the seller in as good a position as performance would have done

then the measure of damages is the profit (including reasonable

overhead) which the seller would have made from full performance by the

buyer, together with any incidental damages provided in this Article

(Section 2--710), due allowance for costs reasonably incurred and due

credit for payments or proceeds of resale.

§ 2-709 — Action for the Price

Section 2--709. Action for the Price.

(1) When the buyer fails to pay the price as it becomes due the seller

may recover, together with any incidental damages under the next

section, the price

(a) of goods accepted or of conforming goods lost or damaged

within a commercially reasonable time after risk of their

loss has passed to the buyer; and

(b) of goods identified to the contract if the seller is unable

after reasonable effort to resell them at a reasonable price

or the circumstances reasonably indicate that such effort

will be unavailing.

(2) Where the seller sues for the price he must hold for the buyer any

goods which have been identified to the contract and are still in his

control except that if resale becomes possible he may resell them at any

time prior to the collection of the judgment. The net proceeds of any

such resale must be credited to the buyer and payment of the judgment

entitles him to any goods not resold.

(3) After the buyer has wrongfully rejected or revoked acceptance of

the goods or has failed to make a payment due or has repudiated (Section

2--610), a seller who is held not entitled to the price under this

section shall nevertheless be awarded damages for non-acceptance under

the preceding section.

§ 2-710 — Seller's Incidental Damages

Section 2--710. Seller's Incidental Damages.

Incidental damages to an aggrieved seller include any commercially

reasonable charges, expenses or commissions incurred in stopping

delivery, in the transportation, care and custody of goods after the

buyer's breach, in connection with return or resale of the goods or

otherwise resulting from the breach.

§ 2-711 — Buyer's Remedies in General; Buyer's Security Interest in Rejected Goods

Section 2--711. Buyer's Remedies in General; Buyer's Security Interest

in Rejected Goods.

(1) Where the seller fails to make delivery or repudiates or the buyer

rightfully rejects or justifiably revokes acceptance then with respect

to any goods involved, and with respect to the whole if the breach goes

to the whole contract (Section 2--612), the buyer may cancel and whether

or not he has done so may in addition to recovering so much of the price

as has been paid

(a) "cover" and have damages under the next section as to all the

goods affected whether or not they have been identified to

the contract; or

(b) recover damages for non-delivery as provided in this Article

(Section 2--713).

(2) Where the seller fails to deliver or repudiates the buyer may also

(a) if the goods have been identified recover them as provided in

this Article (Section 2--502); or

(b) in a proper case obtain specific performance or replevy the

goods as provided in this Article (Section 2--716).

(3) On rightful rejection or justifiable revocation of acceptance a

buyer has a security interest in goods in his possession or control for

any payments made on their price and any expenses reasonably incurred in

their inspection, receipt, transportation, care and custody and may hold

such goods and resell them in like manner as an aggrieved seller

(Section 2--706).

§ 2-712 — "Cover"; Buyer's Procurement of Substitute Goods

Section 2--712. "Cover"; Buyer's Procurement of Substitute Goods.

(1) After a breach within the preceding section the buyer may "cover"

by making in good faith and without unreasonable delay any reasonable

purchase of or contract to purchase goods in substitution for those due

from the seller.

(2) The buyer may recover from the seller as damages the difference

between the cost of cover and the contract price together with any

incidental or consequential damages as hereinafter defined (Section

2--715), but less expenses saved in consequence of the seller's breach.

(3) Failure of the buyer to effect cover within this section does not

bar him from any other remedy.

§ 2-713 — Buyer's Damages for Non-Delivery or Repudiation

Section 2--713. Buyer's Damages for Non-Delivery or Repudiation.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Article with respect to proof of

market price (Section 2--723), the measure of damages for non-delivery

or repudiation by the seller is the difference between the market price

at the time when the buyer learned of the breach and the contract price

together with any incidental and consequential damages provided in this

Article (Section 2--715), but less expenses saved in consequence of the

seller's breach.

(2) Market price is to be determined as of the place for tender or, in

cases of rejection after arrival or revocation of acceptance, as of the

place of arrival.

§ 2-714 — Buyer's Damages for Breach in Regard to Accepted Goods

Section 2--714. Buyer's Damages for Breach in Regard to Accepted Goods.

(1) Where the buyer has accepted goods and given notification

(subsection (3) of Section 2--607) he may recover as damages for any

non-conformity of tender the loss resulting in the ordinary course of

events from the seller's breach as determined in any manner which is

reasonable.

(2) The measure of damages for breach of warranty is the difference at

the time and place of acceptance between the value of the goods accepted

and the value they would have had if they had been as warranted, unless

special circumstances show proximate damages of a different amount.

(3) In a proper case any incidental and consequential damages under

the next section may also be recovered.

§ 2-715 — Buyer's Incidental and Consequential Damages

Section 2--715. Buyer's Incidental and Consequential Damages.

(1) Incidental damages resulting from the seller's breach include

expenses reasonably incurred in inspection, receipt, transportation and

care and custody of goods rightfully rejected, any commercially

reasonable charges, expenses or commissions in connection with effecting

cover and any other reasonable expense incident to the delay or other

breach.

(2) Consequential damages resulting from the seller's breach include

(a) any loss resulting from general or particular requirements

and needs of which the seller at the time of contracting had

reason to know and which could not reasonably be prevented by

cover or otherwise; and

(b) injury to person or property proximately resulting from any

breach of warranty.

§ 2-716 — Buyer's Right to Specific Performance or Replevin

Section 2--716. Buyer's Right to Specific Performance or Replevin.

(1) Specific performance may be decreed where the goods are unique or

in other proper circumstances.

(2) The decree for specific performance may include such terms and

conditions as to payment of the price, damages, or other relief as the

court may deem just.

(3) The buyer has a right of replevin for goods identified to the

contract if after reasonable effort he is unable to effect cover for

such goods or the circumstances reasonably indicate that such effort

will be unavailing or if the goods have been shipped under reservation

and satisfaction of the security interest in them has been made or

tendered. In the case of goods bought for personal, family or household

purposes, the buyer's right of replevin vests upon acquisition of a

special property, even if the seller had not then repudiated or failed

to deliver.

§ 2-717 — Deduction of Damages From the Price

Section 2--717. Deduction of Damages From the Price.

The buyer on notifying the seller of his intention to do so may deduct

all or any part of the damages resulting from any breach of the contract

from any part of the price still due under the same contract.

§ 2-718 — Liquidation or Limitation of Damages; Deposits

Section 2--718. Liquidation or Limitation of Damages; Deposits.

(1) Damages for breach by either party may be liquidated in the

agreement but only at an amount which is reasonable in the light of the

anticipated or actual harm caused by the breach, the difficulties of

proof of loss, and the inconvenience or nonfeasibility of otherwise

obtaining an adequate remedy. A term fixing unreasonably large

liquidated damages is void as a penalty.

(2) Where the seller justifiably withholds delivery of goods because

of the buyer's breach, the buyer is entitled to restitution of any

amount by which the sum of his payments exceeds

(a) the amount to which the seller is entitled by virtue of terms

liquidating the seller's damages in accordance with

subsection (1), or

(b) in the absence of such terms, twenty per cent of the value of

the total performance for which the buyer is obligated under

the contract or $500, whichever is smaller.

(3) The buyer's right to restitution under subsection (2) is subject

to offset to the extent that the seller establishes

(a) a right to recover damages under the provisions of this

Article other than subsection (1), and

(b) the amount or value of any benefits received by the buyer

directly or indirectly by reason of the contract.

(4) Where a seller has received payment in goods their reasonable

value or the proceeds of their resale shall be treated as payments for

the purposes of subsection (2); but if the seller has notice of the

buyer's breach before reselling goods received in part performance, his

resale is subject to the conditions laid down in this Article on resale

by an aggrieved seller (Section 2--706).

§ 2-719 — Contractual Modification or Limitation of Remedy

Section 2--719. Contractual Modification or Limitation of Remedy.

(1) Subject to the provisions of subsections (2) and (3) of this

section and of the preceding section on liquidation and limitation of

damages,

(a) the agreement may provide for remedies in addition to or in

substitution for those provided in this Article and may limit

or alter the measure of damages recoverable under this

Article, as by limiting the buyer's remedies to return of the

goods and repayment of the price or to repair and replacement

of non-conforming goods or parts; and

(b) resort to a remedy as provided is optional unless the remedy

is expressly agreed to be exclusive, in which case it is the

sole remedy.

(2) Where circumstances cause an exclusive or limited remedy to fail

of its essential purpose, remedy may be had as provided in this Act.

(3) Consequential damages may be limited or excluded unless the

limitation or exclusion is unconscionable. Limitation of consequential

damages for injury to the person in the case of consumer goods is prima

facie unconscionable but limitation of damages where the loss is

commercial is not.

§ 2-720 — Effect of "Cancellation" or "Rescission" on Claims for Antecedent Breach

Section 2--720. Effect of "Cancellation" or "Rescission" on Claims for

Antecedent Breach.

Unless the contrary intention clearly appears, expressions of

"cancellation" or "rescission" of the contract or the like shall not be

construed as a renunciation or discharge of any claim in damages for an

antecedent breach.

§ 2-721 — Remedies for Fraud

Section 2--721. Remedies for Fraud.

Remedies for material misrepresentation or fraud include all remedies

available under this Article for non-fraudulent breach. Neither

rescission or a claim for rescission of the contract for sale nor

rejection or return of the goods shall bar or be deemed inconsistent

with a claim for damages or other remedy.

§ 2-722 — Who Can Sue Third Parties for Injury to Goods

Section 2--722. Who Can Sue Third Parties for Injury to Goods.

Where a third party so deals with goods which have been identified to

a contract for sale as to cause actionable injury to a party to that

contract

(a) a right of action against the third party is in either party to

the contract for sale who has title to or a security interest or a

special property or an insurable interest in the goods; and if the goods

have been destroyed or converted a right of action is also in the party

who either bore the risk of loss under the contract for sale or has

since the injury assumed that risk as against the other;

(b) if at the time of the injury the party plaintiff did not bear the

risk of loss as against the other party to the contract for sale and

there is no arrangement between them for disposition of the recovery,

his suit or settlement is, subject to his own interest, as a fiduciary

for the other party to the contract;

(c) either party may with the consent of the other sue for the benefit

of whom it may concern.

§ 2-723 — Proof of Market Price: Time and Place

Section 2--723. Proof of Market Price: Time and Place.

(1) If an action based on anticipatory repudiation comes to trial

before the time for performance with respect to some or all of the

goods, any damages based on market price (Section 2--708 or Section

2--713) shall be determined according to the price of such goods

prevailing at the time when the aggrieved party learned of the

repudiation.

(2) If evidence of a price prevailing at the times or places described

in this Article is not readily available the price prevailing within any

reasonable time before or after the time described or at any other place

which in commercial judgment or under usage of trade would serve as a

reasonable substitute for the one described may be used, making any

proper allowance for the cost of transporting the goods to or from such

other place.

(3) Evidence of a relevant price prevailing at a time or place other

than the one described in this Article offered by one party is not

admissible unless and until he has given the other party such notice as

the court finds sufficient to prevent unfair surprise.

§ 2-724 — Admissibility of Market Quotations

Section 2--724. Admissibility of Market Quotations.

Whenever the prevailing price or value of any goods regularly bought

and sold in any established commodity market is in issue, reports in

official publications or trade journals or in newspapers or periodicals

of general circulation published as the reports of such market shall be

admissible in evidence. The circumstances of the preparation of such a

report may be shown to affect its weight but not its admissibility.

§ 2-725 — Statute of Limitations in Contracts for Sale

Section 2--725. Statute of Limitations in Contracts for Sale.

(1) An action for breach of any contract for sale must be commenced

within four years after the cause of action has accrued. By the original

agreement the parties may reduce the period of limitation to not less

than one year but may not extend it.

(2) A cause of action accrues when the breach occurs, regardless of

the aggrieved party's lack of knowledge of the breach. A breach of

warranty occurs when tender of delivery is made, except that where a

warranty explicitly extends to future performance of the goods and

discovery of the breach must await the time of such performance the

cause of action accrues when the breach is or should have been

discovered.

(3) Where an action commenced within the time limited by subsection

(1) is so terminated as to leave available a remedy by another action

for the same breach such other action may be commenced after the

expiration of the time limited and within six months after the

termination of the first action unless the termination resulted from

voluntary discontinuance or from dismissal for failure or neglect to

prosecute.

(4) This section does not alter the law on tolling of the statute of

limitations nor does it apply to causes of action which have accrued

before this Act becomes effective.

ARTICLE 2-A Leases

PART 1 General Provisions

§ 2-a-101 — Short Title

Section 2-A-101. Short Title.

This Article shall be known and may be cited as the Uniform Commercial

Code - Leases.

§ 2-a-102 — Scope

Section 2-A-102. Scope.

(1) This Article applies to any transaction, regardless of form, that

creates a lease and, in the case of a hybrid lease, it applies to the

extent provided in subsection (2).

(2) In a hybrid lease:

(a) if the lease-of-goods aspects do not predominate:

(i) only the provisions of this article which relate primarily to the

lease-of-goods aspects of the transaction apply, and the provisions that

relate primarily to the transaction as a whole do not apply;

(ii) Section 2-A-209 applies if the lease is a finance lease; and

(iii) Section 2-A-407 applies to the promises of the lessee in a

finance lease to the extent the promises are consideration for the right

to possession and use of the leased goods; and

(b) if the lease-of-goods aspects predominate, this Article applies to

the transaction, but does not preclude application in appropriate

circumstances of other law to aspects of the lease which do not relate

to the lease of goods.

§ 2-a-103 — Definitions and Index of Definitions

Section 2-A-103. Definitions and Index of Definitions.

(1) In this Article unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) "Buyer in ordinary course of business" means a person who in

good faith and without knowledge that the sale to him is in

violation of the ownership rights or security interest or

leasehold interest of a third party in the goods, buys in

ordinary course from a person in the business of selling

goods of that kind but does not include a pawnbroker.

"Buying" may be for cash or by exchange of other property or

on secured or unsecured credit and includes acquiring goods

or documents of title under a preexisting contract for sale

but does not include a transfer in bulk or as security for or

in total or partial satisfaction of a money debt.

(b) "Cancellation" occurs when either party puts an end to the

lease contract for default by the other party.

(c) "Commercial unit" means such a unit of goods as by commercial

usage is a single whole for purposes of lease and division of

which materially impairs its character or value on the market

or in use. A commercial unit may be a single article, as a

machine, or a set of articles, as a suite of furniture, or a

line of machinery, or a quantity, as a gross or carload, or

any other unit treated in use or in the relevant market as a

single whole.

(d) "Conforming goods or performance under a lease contract"

means goods or performance that are in accordance with the

obligations under the lease contract.

(e) "Consumer lease" means a lease that a lessor regularly

engaged in the business of leasing or selling makes to a

lessee who is an individual and who takes under the lease

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

(f) "Fault" means wrongful act, omission, breach, or default.

(g) "Finance lease" means a lease with respect to which: (i) the

lessor does not select, manufacture, or supply the goods;

(ii) the lessor acquires the goods or the right to possession

and use of the goods in connection with the lease; and (iii)

one of the following occurs: (A) the lessee receives a copy

of the contract by which the lessor acquired the goods or the

right to possession and use of the goods before signing the

lease contract; (B) the lessee's approval of the contract by

which the lessor acquired the goods or the right to

possession and use of the goods is a condition to

effectiveness of the lease contract; (C) the lessee, before

signing the lease contract, receives an accurate and complete

statement designating the promises and warranties, and any

disclaimers of warranties, limitations or modifications of

remedies, or liquidated damages, including those of any third

party, such as the manufacturer of the goods, provided to the

lessor by the person supplying the goods in connection with

or as part of the contract by which the lessor acquired the

goods or the right to possession and use of the goods; or (D)

if the lease is not a consumer lease, the lessor, before the

lessee signs the lease contract, informs the lessee in

writing (a) of the identity of the person supplying the goods

to the lessor, unless the lessee has selected that person and

directed the lessor to acquire the goods or the right to

possession and use of the goods from that person, (b) that

the lessee is entitled under this Article to the promises and

warranties, including those of any third party, provided to

the lessor by the person supplying the goods in connection

with or as part of the contract by which the lessor acquired

the goods or the right to possession and use of the goods,

and (c) that the lessee may communicate with the person

supplying the goods to the lessor and receive an accurate and

complete statement of those promises and warranties,

including any disclaimers and limitations of them or of

remedies.

(h) "Goods" means all things that are movable at the time of

identification to the lease contract, or are fixtures

(Section 2-A-309), but the term does not include money,

documents, instruments, accounts, chattel paper, general

intangibles, or minerals or the like, including oil and gas,

before extraction. The term also includes the unborn young

of animals.

(h-1) "Hybrid lease" means a single transaction involving a lease

of goods and:

(i) the provision of services;

(ii) a sale of other goods; or

(iii) a sale, lease, or license of property other than goods.

(i) "Installment lease contract" means a lease contract that

authorizes or requires the delivery of goods in separate lots

to be separately accepted, even though the lease contract

contains a clause "each delivery is a separate lease" or its

equivalent.

(j) "Lease" means a transfer of the right to possession and use

of goods for a term in return for consideration, but a sale,

including a sale on approval or a sale or return, or

retention or creation of a security interest is not a lease.

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term

includes a sublease.

(k) "Lease agreement" means the bargain, with respect to the

lease, of the lessor and the lessee in fact as found in their

language or by implication from other circumstances including

course of dealing or usage of trade or course of performance

as provided in this Article. Unless the context clearly

indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublease agreement.

(l) "Lease contract" means the total legal obligation that

results from the lease agreement as affected by this Article

and any other applicable rules of law. Unless the context

clearly indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublease

contract.

(m) "Leasehold interest" means the interest of the lessor or the

lessee under a lease contract.

(n) "Lessee" means a person who acquires the right to possession

and use of goods under a lease. Unless the context clearly

indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublessee.

(o) "Lessee in ordinary course of business" means a person who in

good faith and without knowledge that the lease to him is in

violation of the ownership rights or security interest or

leasehold interest of a third party in the goods leases in

ordinary course from a person in the business of selling or

leasing goods of that kind but does not include a pawnbroker.

"Leasing" may be for cash or by exchange of other property or

on secured or unsecured credit and includes acquiring goods

or documents of title under a preexisting lease contract but

does not include a transfer in bulk or as security for or in

total or partial satisfaction of a money debt.

(p) "Lessor" means a person who transfers the right to possession

and use of goods under a lease. Unless the context clearly

indicates otherwise, the term includes a sublessor.

(q) "Lessor's residual interest" means the lessor's interest in

the goods after expiration, termination, or cancellation of

the lease contract.

(r) "Lien" means a charge against or interest in goods to secure

payment of a debt or performance of an obligation, but the

term does not include a security interest.

(s) "Lot" means a parcel or a single article that is the subject

matter of a separate lease or delivery, whether or not it is

sufficient to perform the lease contract.

(t) "Merchant lessee" means a lessee that is a merchant with

respect to goods of the kind subject to the lease.

(u) "Present value" means the amount as of a date certain of one

or more sums payable in the future, discounted to the date

certain. The discount is determined by the interest rate

specified by the parties if the rate was not manifestly

unreasonable at the time the transaction was entered into;

otherwise, the discount is determined by a commercially

reasonable rate that takes into account the facts and

circumstances of each case at the time the transaction was

entered into.

(v) "Purchase" includes taking by sale, lease, mortgage, security

interest, pledge, gift, or any other voluntary transaction

creating an interest in goods.

(w) "Sublease" means a lease of goods the right to possession and

use of which was acquired by the lessor as a lessee under an

existing lease.

(x) "Supplier" means a person from whom a lessor buys or leases

goods to be leased under a finance lease.

(y) "Supply contract" means a contract under which a lessor buys

or leases goods to be leased.

(z) "Termination" occurs when either party pursuant to a power

created by agreement or law puts an end to the lease contract

otherwise than for default.

(2) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in

which they appear are:

"Accessions". Section 2-A-310(1).

"Construction mortgage". Section 2-A-309(1)(d).

"Encumbrance". Section 2-A-309(1)(e).

"Fixtures". Section 2-A-309(1)(a).

"Fixture filing". Section 2-A-309(1)(b).

"Purchase money lease". Section 2-A-309(1)(c).

(3) The following definitions in other articles apply to this Article:

"Account". Section 9--102(a)(2).

"Between merchants". Section 2--104(3).

"Buyer". Section 2--103(1)(a).

"Chattel paper". Section 9--102(a)(11).

"Consumer goods". Section 9--102(a)(23).

"Document". Section 9--102(a)(30).

"Entrusting". Section 2--403(3).

"General intangible". Section 9--102(a)(42).

"Good faith". Section 2--103(1)(b).

"Instrument". Section 9--102(a)(47).

"Merchant". Section 2--104(1).

"Mortgage". Section 9--102(a)(55).

"Pursuant to commitment". Section 9--102(a)(69).

"Receipt". Section 2--103(1)(c).

"Sale". Section 2--106(1).

"Sale on approval". Section 2--326.

"Sale or return". Section 2--326.

"Seller". Section 2--103(1)(d).

(4) In addition, Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article.

§ 2-a-104 — Leases Subject to Other Law

Section 2-A-104. Leases Subject to Other Law.

(1) A lease, although subject to this Article, is also subject to any

applicable:

(a) certificate of title statute of this state;

(b) certificate of title statute of another jurisdiction (Section

2-A-105); or

(c) consumer protection law of this state, both decisional and

statutory.

(2) In case of conflict between this Article, other than Sections

2-A-105, 2-A-304(3), and 2-A-305(3), and a statute referred to in

subsection (1), the statute controls. Decisional consumer protection law

may supplement the application of provisions of this Article.

(3) Failure to comply with an applicable law has only the effect

specified therein.

§ 2-a-105 — Territorial Application of Article to Goods Covered by Certificate of Title

Section 2-A-105. Territorial Application of Article to Goods Covered by

Certificate of Title.

Subject to the provisions of Sections 2-A-304(3) and 2-A-305(3), with

respect to goods covered by a certificate of title issued under a

statute of this state or of another jurisdiction, compliance and the

effect of compliance or noncompliance with a certificate of title

statute are governed by the law (including the conflict of laws rules)

of the jurisdiction issuing the certificate until the earlier of (a)

surrender of the certificate, or (b) four months after the goods are

removed from that jurisdiction and thereafter until a new certificate of

title is issued by another jurisdiction.

§ 2-a-106 — Limitation on Power of Parties to Consumer Lease to Choose Applicable Law and Judicial Forum

Section 2-A-106. Limitation on Power of Parties to Consumer Lease to

Choose Applicable Law and Judicial Forum.

(1) If the law chosen by the parties to a consumer lease is that of a

jurisdiction other than a jurisdiction in which the lessee resides at

the time the lease agreement becomes enforceable or within thirty days

thereafter or in which the goods are to be used, the choice is not

enforceable.

(2) If the judicial forum chosen by the parties to a consumer lease is

a forum that would not otherwise have jurisdiction over the lessee, the

choice is not enforceable.

§ 2-a-107 — Waiver or Renunciation of Claim or Right After Default

Section 2-A-107. Waiver or Renunciation of Claim or Right After Default.

Any claim or right arising out of an alleged default or breach of

warranty may be discharged in whole or in part without consideration by

a waiver or renunciation in a signed record delivered by the aggrieved

party.

§ 2-a-108 — Unconscionability

Section 2-A-108. Unconscionability.

(1) If the court as a matter of law finds a lease contract or any

clause of a lease contract to have been unconscionable at the time it

was made the court may refuse to enforce the lease contract, or it may

enforce the remainder of the lease contract without the unconscionable

clause, or it may so limit the application of any unconscionable clause

as to avoid any unconscionable result.

(2) With respect to a consumer lease, if the court as a matter of law

finds that a lease contract or any clause of a lease contract has been

induced by unconscionable conduct or that unconscionable conduct has

occurred in the collection of a claim arising from a lease contract, the

court may grant appropriate relief.

(3) Before making a finding of unconscionability under subsection (1)

or (2), the court, on its own motion or that of a party, shall afford

the parties a reasonable opportunity to present evidence as to the

setting, purpose, and effect of the lease contract or clause thereof, or

of the conduct.

(4) In an action in which the lessee claims unconscionability with

respect to a consumer lease:

(a) if the court finds unconscionability under subsection (1) or

(2), the court shall award reasonable attorney's fees to the

lessee.

(b) in determining attorney's fees, the amount of recovery on

behalf of the claimant under subsections (1) and (2) is not

controlling.

§ 2-a-109 — Option to Accelerate at Will

Section 2-A-109. Option to Accelerate at Will.

(1) A term providing that one party or his or her successor in

interest may accelerate payment or performance or require collateral or

additional collateral "at will" or "when he or she deems himself or

herself insecure" or in words of similar import must be construed to

mean that he or she has power to do so only if he or she in good faith

believes that the prospect of payment or performance is impaired.

(2) With respect to a consumer lease, the burden of establishing good

faith under subsection (1) is on the party who exercised the power;

otherwise the burden of establishing lack of good faith is on the party

against whom the power has been exercised.

PART 2 Formation and Construction of Lease Contract

§ 2-a-201 — Statute of Frauds

Section 2-A-201. Statute of Frauds.

(1) A lease contract is not enforceable by way of action or defense

unless:

(a) the total payments to be made under the lease contract,

excluding payments for options to renew or buy, are less than

$1,000; or

(b) there is a record, signed by the party against whom

enforcement is sought or by that party's authorized agent,

sufficient to indicate that a lease contract has been made

between the parties and to describe the goods leased and the

lease term.

(2) Any description of leased goods or of the lease term is sufficient

and satisfies subsection (1)(b), whether or not it is specific, if it

reasonably identifies what is described.

(3) A record is not insufficient because it omits or incorrectly

states a term agreed upon, but the lease contract is not enforceable

under subsection (1)(b) beyond the lease term and the quantity of goods

shown in the record.

(4) A lease contract that does not satisfy the requirements of

subsection (1), but which is valid in other respects, is enforceable:

(a) if the goods are to be specially manufactured or obtained for

the lessee and are not suitable for lease or sale to others

in the ordinary course of the lessor's business, and the

lessor, before notice of repudiation is received and under

circumstances that reasonably indicate that the goods are for

the lessee, has made either a substantial beginning of their

manufacture or commitments for their procurement;

(b) if the party against whom enforcement is sought admits in

that party's pleading, testimony, or otherwise in court that

a lease contract was made, but the lease contract is not

enforceable under this provision beyond the quantity of goods

admitted; or

(c) with respect to goods that have been received and accepted by

the lessee.

(5) The lease term under a lease contract referred to in subsection

(4) is:

(a) if there is a record signed by the party against whom

enforcement is sought or by that party's authorized agent

specifying the lease term, the term so specified;

(b) if the party against whom enforcement is sought admits in

that party's pleading, testimony, or otherwise in court a

lease term, the term so admitted; or

(c) a reasonable lease term.

(6) A lease contract enforceable under this section shall not be

rendered unenforceable by the operation of New York General Obligations

Law Section 5-701.

§ 2-a-202 — Final Written Expression: Parol or Extrinsic Evidence

Section 2-A-202. Final Written Expression: Parol or Extrinsic Evidence.

Terms with respect to which the confirmatory memoranda of the parties

agree or which are otherwise set forth in a record intended by the

parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to such

terms as are included therein may not be contradicted by evidence of any

prior agreement or of a contemporaneous oral agreement but may be

explained or supplemented:

(a) by course of dealing or usage of trade or by course of

performance; and

(b) by evidence of consistent additional terms unless the court

finds the record to have been intended also as a complete and

exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement.

§ 2-a-203 — Seals Inoperative

Section 2-A-203. Seals Inoperative.

The affixing of a seal to a record evidencing a lease contract or an

offer to enter into a lease contract does not render the record a sealed

instrument and the law with respect to sealed instruments does not apply

to the lease contract or offer.

§ 2-a-204 — Formation in General

Section 2-A-204. Formation in General.

(1) A lease contract may be made in any manner sufficient to show

agreement, including conduct by both parties which recognizes the

existence of a lease contract.

(2) An agreement sufficient to constitute a lease contract may be

found although the moment of its making is undetermined.

(3) Although one or more terms are left open, a lease contract does

not fail for indefiniteness if the parties have intended to make a lease

contract and there is a reasonably certain basis for giving an

appropriate remedy.

§ 2-a-205 — Firm Offers

Section 2-A-205. Firm Offers.

An offer by a merchant to lease goods to or from another person in a

signed record that by its terms gives assurance it will be held open is

not revocable, for lack of consideration, during the time stated or, if

no time is stated, for a reasonable time, but in no event may the period

of irrevocability exceed three months. Any such term of assurance on a

form supplied by the offeree must be separately signed by the offeror.

§ 2-a-206 — Offer and Acceptance in Formation of Lease Contract

Section 2-A-206. Offer and Acceptance in Formation of Lease Contract.

(1) Unless otherwise unambiguously indicated by the language or

circumstances, an offer to make a lease contract must be construed as

inviting acceptance in any manner and by any medium reasonable in the

circumstances.

(2) If the beginning of a requested performance is a reasonable mode

of acceptance, an offeror who is not notified of acceptance within a

reasonable time may treat the offer as having lapsed before acceptance.

§ 2-a-208 — Modification, Rescission and Waiver

Section 2-A-208. Modification, Rescission and Waiver.

(1) An agreement modifying a lease contract needs no consideration to

be binding.

(2) A signed lease agreement that excludes modification or rescission

except by a signed record may not be otherwise modified or rescinded,

but, except as between merchants, such a requirement on a form supplied

by a merchant must be separately signed by the other party.

(3) Although an attempt at modification or rescission does not satisfy

the requirements of subsection (2), it may operate as a waiver.

(4) A party who has made a waiver affecting an executory portion of a

lease contract may retract the waiver by reasonable notification

received by the other party that strict performance will be required of

any term waived, unless the retraction would be unjust in view of a

material change of position in reliance on the waiver.

§ 2-a-209 — Lessee Under Finance Lease as Beneficiary of Supply Contract

Section 2-A-209. Lessee Under Finance Lease as Beneficiary of Supply

Contract.

(1) The benefit of a supplier's promises to the lessor under the

supply contract and of all warranties, whether express or implied,

including those of any third party provided in connection with or as

part of the supply contract, extends to the lessee to the extent of the

lessee's leasehold interest under a finance lease related to the supply

contract, but is subject to the terms of the warranty and of the supply

contract and all defenses or claims arising therefrom.

(2) The extension of the benefit of a supplier's promises and of

warranties to the lessee under subsection (1) does not: (i) modify the

rights and obligations of the parties to the supply contract, whether

arising therefrom or otherwise, or (ii) impose any duty or liability

under the supply contract on the lessee.

(3) Any modification or rescission of the supply contract by the

supplier and lessor is effective between the supplier and the lessee

unless, before the modification or rescission, the supplier has received

notice that the lessee has entered into a finance lease related to the

supply contract. If the modification or rescission is effective between

the supplier and the lessee, the lessor is deemed to have assumed, in

addition to the obligations of the lessor to the lessee under the lease

contract, promises of the supplier to the lessor and warranties that

were so modified or rescinded as they existed and were available to the

lessee before modification or rescission.

(4) In addition to the extension of the benefit of the supplier's

promises and of warranties to the lessee under subsection (1), the

lessee retains all rights which the lessee may have against the supplier

that arise from any agreement between the lessee and supplier or under

other law.

§ 2-a-210 — Express Warranties

Section 2-A-210. Express Warranties.

(1) Express warranties by the lessor are created as follows:

(a) any affirmation of fact or promise made by the lessor to the

lessee which relates to the goods and becomes part of the

basis of the bargain creates an express warranty that the

goods will conform to the affirmation or promise.

(b) any description of the goods which is made part of the basis

of the bargain creates an express warranty that the goods

will conform to the description.

(c) any sample or model that is made part of the basis of the

bargain creates an express warranty that the whole of the

goods will conform to the sample or model.

(2) It is not necessary to the creation of an express warranty that

the lessor use formal words, such as "warrant" or "guarantee," or that

the lessor have a specific intention to make a warranty, but an

affirmation merely of the value of the goods or a statement purporting

to be merely the lessor's opinion or commendation of the goods does not

create a warranty.

§ 2-a-211 — Warranties Against Interference and Against Infringement; Lessee's Obligation Against Infringement

Section 2-A-211. Warranties Against Interference and Against

Infringement; Lessee's Obligation Against

Infringement.

(1) There is in a lease contract a warranty that for the lease term no

person holds a claim to or interest in the goods that arose from an act

or omission of the lessor, other than a claim by way of infringement or

the like, which will interfere with the lessee's enjoyment of its

leasehold interest.

(2) Except in a finance lease there is in a lease contract by a lessor

who is a merchant regularly dealing in goods of the kind a warranty that

the goods are delivered free of the rightful claim of any person by way

of infringement or the like.

(3) A lessee who furnishes specifications to a lessor or a supplier

shall hold the lessor and the supplier harmless against any claim by way

of infringement or the like that arises out of compliance with the

specifications.

§ 2-a-212 — Implied Warranty of Merchantability

Section 2-A-212. Implied Warranty of Merchantability.

(1) Except in a finance lease, a warranty that the goods will be

merchantable is implied in a lease contract if the lessor is a merchant

with respect to goods of that kind.

(2) Goods to be merchantable must be at least such as:

(a) pass without objection in the trade under the description in

the lease agreement;

(b) in the case of fungible goods, are of fair average quality

within the description;

(c) are fit for the ordinary purposes for which goods of that

type are used;

(d) run, within the variation permitted by the lease agreement,

of even kind, quality, and quantity within each unit and

among all units involved;

(e) are adequately contained, packaged, and labeled as the lease

agreement may require; and

(f) conform to any promises or affirmations of fact made on the

container or label.

(3) Other implied warranties may arise from course of dealing or usage

of trade.

§ 2-a-213 — Implied Warranty of Fitness for Particular Purpose

Section 2-A-213. Implied Warranty of Fitness for Particular Purpose.

Except in a finance lease, if the lessor at the time the lease

contract is made has reason to know of any particular purpose for which

the goods are required and that the lessee is relying on the lessor's

skill or judgment to select or furnish suitable goods, there is in the

lease contract an implied warranty that the goods will be fit for that

purpose.

§ 2-a-214 — Exclusion or Modification of Warranties

Section 2-A-214. Exclusion or Modification of Warranties.

(1) Words or conduct relevant to the creation of an express warranty

and words or conduct tending to negate or limit a warranty must be

construed wherever reasonable as consistent with each other; but,

subject to the provisions of Section 2-A-202 on parol or extrinsic

evidence, negation or limitation is inoperative to the extent that the

construction is unreasonable.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), to exclude or modify the implied

warranty of merchantability or any part of it the language must mention

"merchantability", be by a writing, and be conspicuous. Subject to

subsection (3), to exclude or modify any implied warranty of fitness the

exclusion must be by a writing and be conspicuous. Language to exclude

all implied warranties of fitness is sufficient if it is in writing, is

conspicuous and states, for example, "there is no warranty that the

goods will be fit for a particular purpose".

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), but subject to subsection (4),

(a) unless the circumstances indicate otherwise, all implied

warranties are excluded by expressions like "as is," or "with

all faults," or by other language that in common

understanding calls the lessee's attention to the exclusion

of warranties and makes plain that there is no implied

warranty, if in writing and conspicuous;

(b) if the lessee before entering into the lease contract has

examined the goods or the sample or model as fully as desired

or has refused to examine the goods, there is no implied

warranty with regard to defects that an examination ought in

the circumstances to have revealed; and

(c) an implied warranty may also be excluded or modified by

course of dealing, course of performance, or usage of trade.

(4) To exclude or modify a warranty against interference or against

infringement (Section 2-A-211) or any part of it, the language must be

specific, be by a writing, and be conspicuous, unless the circumstances,

including course of performance, course of dealing, or usage of trade,

give the lessee reason to know that the goods are being leased subject

to a claim or interest of any person.

§ 2-a-215 — Cumulation and Conflict of Warranties Express or Implied

Section 2-A-215. Cumulation and Conflict of Warranties Express or

Implied.

Warranties, whether express or implied, must be construed as

consistent with each other and as cumulative, but if that construction

is unreasonable, the intention of the parties determines which warranty

is dominant. In ascertaining that intention the following rules apply:

(1) exact or technical specifications displace an inconsistent sample

or model or general language of description.

(2) a sample from an existing bulk displaces inconsistent general

language of description.

(3) express warranties displace inconsistent implied warranties other

than an implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose.

§ 2-a-216 — Third-Party Beneficiaries of Express or Implied Warranties

Section 2-A-216. Third-Party Beneficiaries of Express or Implied

Warranties.

A warranty to or for the benefit of a lessee under this Article,

whether express or implied, extends to any natural person if it is

reasonable to expect that such person may use, consume, or be affected

by the goods and who is injured in person by breach of the warranty.

This section does not displace principles of law and equity that extend

a warranty to or for the benefit of a lessee to other persons. The

operation of this section may not be excluded, modified, or limited, but

an exclusion, modification, or limitation of the warranty, including any

with respect to rights and remedies, effective against the lessee is

also effective against the beneficiary designated under this section.

§ 2-a-217 — Identification

Section 2-A-217. Identification.

Identification of goods as goods to which a lease contract refers may

be made at any time and in any manner explicitly agreed to by the

parties. In the absence of explicit agreement, identification occurs:

(1) when the lease contract is made if the lease contract is for a

lease of goods that are existing and identified;

(2) when the goods are shipped, marked, or otherwise designated by the

lessor as goods to which the lease contract refers, if the lease

contract is for a lease of goods that are not existing and identified;

or

(3) when the young are conceived, if the lease contract is for a lease

of unborn young of animals.

§ 2-a-218 — Insurance and Proceeds

Section 2-A-218. Insurance and Proceeds.

(1) A lessee obtains an insurable interest when existing goods are

identified to the lease contract even though the goods identified are

nonconforming and the lessee has an option to reject them.

(2) If a lessee has an insurable interest only by reason of the

lessor's identification of the goods, the lessor, until default or

insolvency or notification to the lessee that identification is final,

may substitute other goods for those identified.

(3) Notwithstanding a lessee's insurable interest under subsections

(1) and (2), the lessor retains an insurable interest until an option to

buy has been exercised by the lessee and risk of loss has passed to the

lessee.

(4) Nothing in this section impairs any insurable interest recognized

under any other statute or rule of law.

(5) The parties by agreement may determine that one or more parties

have an obligation to obtain and pay for insurance covering the goods

and by agreement may determine the beneficiary of the proceeds of the

insurance.

§ 2-a-219 — Risk of Loss

Section 2-A-219. Risk of Loss.

(1) Except in the case of a finance lease, risk of loss is retained by

the lessor and does not pass to the lessee. In the case of a finance

lease, risk of loss passes to the lessee.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Article on the effect of default

on risk of loss (Section 2-A-220), if risk of loss is to pass to the

lessee and the time of passage is not stated, the following rules apply:

(a) if the lease contract requires or authorizes the goods to be

shipped by carrier:

(i) and it does not require delivery at a particular

destination, the risk of loss passes to the lessee when

the goods are duly delivered to the carrier; but

(ii) if it does require delivery at a particular destination

and the goods are there duly tendered while in the

possession of the carrier, the risk of loss passes to the

lessee when the goods are there duly so tendered as to

enable the lessee to take delivery.

(b) if the goods are held by a bailee to be delivered without

being moved, the risk of loss passes to the lessee on

acknowledgment by the bailee of the lessee's right to

possession of the goods.

(c) in any case not within paragraph (a) or (b), the risk of loss

passes to the lessee on the lessee's receipt of the goods if

the lessor, or, in the case of a finance lease, the supplier,

is a merchant; otherwise the risk passes to the lessee on

tender of delivery.

§ 2-a-220 — Effect of Default on Risk of Loss

Section 2-A-220. Effect of Default on Risk of Loss.

(1) Where risk of loss is to pass to the lessee and the time of

passage is not stated:

(a) if a tender or delivery of goods so fails to conform to the

lease contract as to give a right of rejection, the risk of

their loss remains with the lessor, or, in the case of a

finance lease, the supplier, until cure or acceptance.

(b) if the lessee rightfully revokes acceptance, he or she, to

the extent of any deficiency in his or her effective

insurance coverage, may treat the risk of loss as having

remained with the lessor from the beginning.

(2) Whether or not risk of loss is to pass to the lessee, if the

lessee as to conforming goods already identified to a lease contract

repudiates or is otherwise in default under the lease contract, the

lessor, or, in the case of a finance lease, the supplier, to the extent

of any deficiency in his or her effective insurance coverage may treat

the risk of loss as resting on the lessee for a commercially reasonable

time.

§ 2-a-221 — Casualty to Identified Goods

Section 2-A-221. Casualty to Identified Goods.

If a lease contract requires goods identified when the lease contract

is made, and the goods suffer casualty without fault of the lessee, the

lessor or the supplier before delivery, or the goods suffer casualty

before risk of loss passes to the lessee pursuant to the lease agreement

or Section 2-A-219, then:

(1) if the loss is total, the lease contract is avoided; and

(2) if the loss is partial or the goods have so deteriorated as to no

longer conform to the lease contract, the lessee may nevertheless demand

inspection and at his or her option either treat the lease contract as

avoided or, except in a finance lease that is not a consumer lease,

accept the goods with due allowance from the rent payable for the

balance of the lease term for the deterioration or the deficiency in

quantity but without further right against the lessor.

PART 3 Effect of Lease Contract

§ 2-a-301 — Enforceability of Lease Contract

Section 2-A-301. Enforceability of Lease Contract.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article, a lease contract is

effective and enforceable according to its terms between the parties,

against purchasers of the goods, and against creditors of the parties.

§ 2-a-302 — Title to and Possession of Goods

Section 2-A-302. Title to and Possession of Goods.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article, each provision of this

Article applies whether the lessor or a third party has title to the

goods, and whether the lessor, the lessee, or a third party has

possession of the goods, notwithstanding any statute or rule of law that

possession or the absence of possession is fraudulent.

§ 2-a-303 — Alienability of Party's Interest Under Lease Contract or of Lessor's Residual Interest in Goods; Delegation of Performance; Transfer of R...

Section 2-A-303. Alienability of Party's Interest Under Lease Contract

or of Lessor's Residual Interest in Goods; Delegation

of Performance; Transfer of Rights.

(1) As used in this section, "creation of a security interest"

includes the sale of a lease contract that is subject to Article 9,

secured transactions, by reason of Section 9--109(a)(3).

(2) Except as provided in subsection (3) and Section 9--407, a

provision in a lease agreement which (i) prohibits the voluntary or

involuntary transfer, including a transfer by sale, sublease, creation

or enforcement of a security interest, or attachment, levy, or other

judicial process, of an interest of a party under the lease contract or

of the lessor's residual interest in the goods, or (ii) makes such a

transfer an event of default, gives rise to the rights and remedies

provided in subsection (4), but a transfer that is prohibited or is an

event of default under the lease agreement is otherwise effective.

(3) A provision in a lease agreement which (i) prohibits a transfer of

a right to damages for default with respect to the whole lease contract

or of a right to payment arising out of the transferor's due performance

of the transferor's entire obligation, or (ii) makes such a transfer an

event of default, is not enforceable, and such a transfer is not a

transfer that materially impairs the prospect of obtaining return

performance by, materially changes the duty of, or materially increases

the burden or risk imposed on, the other party to the lease contract

within the purview of subsection (4).

(4) Subject to subsection (3) and Section 9--407:

(a) if a transfer is made which is made an event of default under

the lease agreement, the party to the lease contract not

making the transfer, unless that party waives the default or

otherwise agrees, has the rights and remedies described in

Section 2-A-501(2);

(b) if paragraph (a) is not applicable and if a transfer is made

that (i) is prohibited under a lease agreement or (ii)

materially impairs the prospect of obtaining return

performance by, materially changes the duty of, or materially

increases the burden or risk imposed on, the other party to

the lease contract, unless the party not making the transfer

agrees at any time to the transfer in the lease contract or

otherwise, then, except as limited by contract, (i) the

transferor is liable to the party not making the transfer for

damages caused by the transfer to the extent that the damages

could not reasonably be prevented by the party not making the

transfer and (ii) a court having jurisdiction may grant other

appropriate relief, including cancellation of the lease

contract or an injunction against the transfer.

(5) A transfer of "the lease" or of "all my rights under the lease",

or a transfer in similar general terms, is a transfer of rights and,

unless the language or the circumstances, as in a transfer for security,

indicate the contrary, the transfer is a delegation of duties by the

transferor to the transferee. Acceptance by the transferee constitutes a

promise by the transferee to perform those duties. The promise is

enforceable by either the transferor or the other party to the lease

contract.

(6) Unless otherwise agreed by the lessor and the lessee, a delegation

of performance does not relieve the transferor as against the other

party of any duty to perform or of any liability for default.

(7) In a consumer lease, to prohibit the transfer of an interest of a

party under the lease contract or to make a transfer an event of

default, the language must be specific, by a writing, and conspicuous.

§ 2-a-304 — Subsequent Lease of Goods by Lessor

Section 2-A-304. Subsequent Lease of Goods by Lessor.

(1) Subject to Section 2-A-303, a subsequent lessee from a lessor of

goods under an existing lease contract obtains, to the extent of the

leasehold interest transferred, the leasehold interest in the goods that

the lessor had or had power to transfer, and, except as provided in

subsection (2) and Section 2-A-527(4), takes subject to the existing

lease contract. A lessor with voidable title has power to transfer a

good leasehold interest to a good faith subsequent lessee for value, but

only to the extent set forth in the preceding sentence. If goods have

been delivered under a transaction of purchase, the lessor has that

power even though:

(a) the lessor's transferor was deceived as to the identity of

the lessor;

(b) the delivery was in exchange for a check which is later

dishonored;

(c) it was agreed that the transaction was to be a "cash sale";

or

(d) the delivery was procured through fraud punishable as

larcenous under the criminal law.

(2) A subsequent lessee in the ordinary course of business from a

lessor who is a merchant dealing in goods of that kind to whom the goods

were entrusted by a prior lessee before the interest of the subsequent

lessee became enforceable against that lessor obtains, to the extent of

the leasehold interest transferred, all of that lessor's and the prior

lessee's rights to the goods and takes free of the existing lease

contract.

(3) A subsequent lessee from the lessor of goods that are subject to

an existing lease contract and are covered by a certificate of title

issued under a statute of this state or of another jurisdiction takes no

greater rights than those provided both by this section and by the

certificate of title statute.

§ 2-a-305 — Sale or Sublease of Goods by Lessee

Section 2-A-305. Sale or Sublease of Goods by Lessee.

(1) Subject to the provisions of Section 2-A-303, a buyer or sublessee

from the lessee of goods under an existing lease contract obtains, to

the extent of the interest transferred, the leasehold interest in the

goods that the lessee had or had power to transfer, and except as

provided in subsection (2) and Section 2-A-511(4), takes subject to the

existing lease contract. A lessee with a voidable leasehold interest has

power to transfer a good leasehold interest to a good faith buyer for

value or a good faith sublessee for value, but only to the extent set

forth in the preceding sentence. When goods have been delivered under a

transaction of lease the lessee has that power even though:

(a) the lessor was deceived as to the identity of the lessee;

(b) the delivery was in exchange for a check which is later

dishonored; or

(c) the delivery was procured through fraud punishable as

larcenous under the criminal law.

(2) A buyer in the ordinary course of business or a sublessee in the

ordinary course of business from a lessee who is a merchant dealing in

goods of that kind to whom the goods were entrusted by the lessor

obtains, to the extent of the interest transferred, all of the lessor's

and lessee's rights to the goods, and takes free of the existing lease

contract.

(3) A buyer or sublessee from the lessee of goods that are subject to

an existing lease contract and are covered by a certificate of title

issued under a statute of this state or of another jurisdiction takes no

greater rights than those provided both by this section and by the

certificate of title statute.

§ 2-a-306 — Priority of Certain Liens Arising by Operation of Law

Section 2-A-306. Priority of Certain Liens Arising by Operation of Law.

If a person in the ordinary course of his or her business furnishes

services or materials with respect to goods subject to a lease contract,

a lien upon those goods in the possession of that person given by

statute or rule of law for those materials or services takes priority

over any interest of the lessor or lessee under the lease contract or

this Article unless the lien is created by statute and the statute

provides otherwise or unless the lien is created by rule of law and the

rule of law provides otherwise.

§ 2-a-307 — Priority of Liens Arising by Attachment or Levy on, Security Interests in, and Other Claims to Goods

Section 2-A-307. Priority of Liens Arising by Attachment or Levy on,

Security Interests in, and Other Claims to Goods.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2-A-306, a creditor of a

lessee takes subject to the lease contract.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (3) and in Sections

2-A-306 and 2-A-308, a creditor of a lessor takes subject to the lease

contract unless the creditor holds a lien that attached to the goods

before the lease contract became enforceable.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9--317, 9--321, and

9--323, a lessee takes a leasehold interest subject to a security

interest held by a creditor of the lessor.

§ 2-a-308 — Special Rights of Creditors

Section 2-A-308. Special Rights of Creditors.

(1) A creditor of a lessor in possession of goods subject to a lease

contract may treat the lease contract as void if as against the creditor

retention of possession by the lessor is fraudulent under any statute or

rule of law, but retention of possession in good faith and current

course of trade by the lessor for a commercially reasonable time after

the lease contract becomes enforceable is not fraudulent.

(2) Nothing in this Article impairs the rights of creditors of a

lessor if the lease contract (a) becomes enforceable, not in current

course of trade but in satisfaction of or as security for a preexisting

claim for money, security, or the like, and (b) is made under

circumstances which under any statute or rule of law apart from this

Article would constitute the transaction a fraudulent transfer or

voidable preference.

(3) A creditor of a seller may treat a sale or an identification of

goods to a contract for sale as void if as against the creditor

retention of possession by the seller is fraudulent under any statute or

rule of law, but retention of possession of the goods pursuant to a

lease contract entered into by the seller as lessee and the buyer as

lessor in connection with the sale or identification of the goods is not

fraudulent if the buyer bought for value and in good faith.

§ 2-a-309 — Lessor's and Lessee's Rights When Goods Become Fixtures

Section 2-A-309. Lessor's and Lessee's Rights When Goods Become

Fixtures.

(1) In this section:

(a) Goods are "fixtures" when they become so related to

particular real estate that an interest in them arises under

real estate law;

(b) A "fixture filing" is the filing, in the office where a

mortgage on the real estate would be filed or recorded, of a

financing statement covering goods that are or are to become

fixtures and conforming to the requirements of Section 9--502

(a) and (b);

(c) A lease is a "purchase money lease" unless the lessee has

possession or use of the goods or the right to possession or

use of the goods before the lease agreement is enforceable;

(d) A mortgage is a "construction mortgage" to the extent it

secures an obligation incurred for the construction of an

improvement on land including the acquisition cost of the

land, if the recorded writing so indicates; and

(e) "Encumbrance" includes real estate mortgages and other liens

on real estate and all other rights in real estate that are

not ownership interests.

(2) Under this Article a lease may be of goods that are fixtures or

may continue in goods that become fixtures, but no lease exists under

this Article of ordinary building materials incorporated into an

improvement on land.

(3) This Article does not prevent creation of a lease of fixtures

pursuant to real estate law.

(4) The perfected interest of a lessor of fixtures has priority over a

conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of the real estate if:

(a) the lease is a purchase money lease, the conflicting interest

of the encumbrancer or owner arises before the goods become

fixtures, the interest of the lessor is perfected by a

fixture filing before the goods become fixtures or within ten

days thereafter, and the lessee has an interest of record in

the real estate or is in possession of the real estate; or

(b) the interest of the lessor is perfected by a fixture filing

before the interest of the encumbrancer or owner is of

record, the lessor's interest has priority over any

conflicting interest of a predecessor in title of the

encumbrancer or owner, and the lessee has an interest of

record in the real estate or is in possession of the real

estate.

(5) The interest of a lessor of fixtures, whether or not perfected,

has priority over the conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner

of the real estate if:

(a) the fixtures are readily removable factory or office

machines, readily removable equipment that is not primarily

used or leased for use in the operation of the real estate,

or readily removable replacement of domestic appliances that

are goods subject to a consumer lease, and before the goods

become fixtures the lease contract is enforceable; or

(b) the conflicting interest is a lien on the real estate

obtained by legal or equitable proceedings after the lease

contract is enforceable; or

(c) the encumbrancer or owner has consented in writing to the

lease or has disclaimed an interest in the goods as fixtures;

or

(d) the lessee has a right to remove the goods as against the

encumbrancer or owner. If the lessee's right to remove

terminates, the priority of the interest of the lessor

continues for a reasonable time.

(6) Notwithstanding subsection (4)(a) but otherwise subject to

subsections (4) and (5), the interest of a lessor of fixtures, including

the lessor's residual interest, is subordinate to the conflicting

interest of an encumbrancer of the real estate under a construction

mortgage recorded before the goods become fixtures if the goods become

fixtures before the completion of the construction. To the extent given

to refinance a construction mortgage, the conflicting interest of an

encumbrancer of the real estate under a mortgage has this priority to

the same extent as the encumbrancer of the real estate under the

construction mortgage.

(7) In cases not within the preceding subsections, priority between

the interest of a lessor of fixtures, including the lessor's residual

interest, and the conflicting interest of an encumbrancer or owner of

the real estate who is not the lessee is determined by the priority

rules governing conflicting interests in real estate.

(8) If the interest of a lessor of fixtures, including the lessor's

residual interest, has priority over all conflicting interests of all

owners and encumbrancers of the real estate, the lessor or the lessee

may (i) on default, expiration, termination, or cancellation of the

lease agreement but subject to the lease agreement and this Article, or

(ii) if necessary to enforce other rights and remedies of the lessor or

the lessee under this Article, remove the goods from the real estate,

free and clear of all conflicting interests of all owners and

encumbrancers of the real estate, but the lessor or the lessee must

reimburse any encumbrancer or owner of the real estate who is not the

lessee and who has not otherwise agreed for the cost of repair of any

physical injury, but not for any diminution in value of the real estate

caused by the absence of the goods removed or by any necessity of

replacing them. A person entitled to reimbursement may refuse permission

to remove until the party seeking removal gives adequate security for

the performance of this obligation.

(9) Even though the lease agreement does not create a security

interest, the interest of a lessor of fixtures, including the lessor's

residual interest, is perfected by filing a financing statement as a

fixture filing for leased goods that are or are to become fixtures in

accordance with the relevant provisions of the article on secured

transactions (Article 9).

§ 2-a-310 — Lessor's and Lessee's Rights When Goods Become Accessions

Section 2-A-310. Lessor's and Lessee's Rights When Goods Become

Accessions.

(1) Goods are "accessions" when they are installed in or affixed to

other goods.

(2) The interest of a lessor or a lessee under a lease contract

entered into before the goods became accessions is superior to all

interests in the whole except as stated in subsection (4).

(3) The interest of a lessor or a lessee under a lease contract

entered into at the time or after the goods became accessions is

superior to all subsequently acquired interests in the whole except as

stated in subsection (4) but is subordinate to interests in the whole

existing at the time the lease contract was made unless the holders of

such interests in the whole have in writing consented to the lease or

disclaimed an interest in the goods as part of the whole.

(4) The interest of a lessor or a lessee under a lease contract

described in subsection (2) or (3) is subordinate to the interest of:

(a) a buyer in the ordinary course of business or a lessee in the

ordinary course of business of any interest in the whole

acquired after the goods became accessions; or

(b) a creditor with a security interest in the whole perfected

before the lease contract was made to the extent that the

creditor makes subsequent advances without knowledge of the

lease contract.

(5) When under subsections (2) or (3) and (4) a lessor or a lessee of

accessions holds an interest that is superior to all interests in the

whole, the lessor or the lessee may (a) on default, expiration,

termination, or cancellation of the lease contract by the other party

but subject to the provisions of the lease contract and this Article, or

(b) if necessary to enforce his or her other rights and remedies under

this Article, remove the goods from the whole, free and clear of all

interests in the whole, but he or she must reimburse any holder of an

interest in the whole who is not the lessee and who has not otherwise

agreed for the cost of repair of any physical injury but not for any

diminution in value of the whole caused by the absence of the goods

removed or by any necessity for replacing them. A person entitled to

reimbursement may refuse permission to remove until the party seeking

removal gives adequate security for the performance of this obligation.

§ 2-a-311 — Priority Subject to Subordination

Section 2-A-311. Priority Subject to Subordination.

Nothing in this Article prevents subordination by agreement by any

person entitled to priority.

PART 4 Performance of Lease Contract: Repudiated, Substituted and Excused

§ 2-a-401 — Insecurity: Adequate Assurance of Performance

Section 2-A-401. Insecurity: Adequate Assurance of Performance.

(1) A lease contract imposes an obligation on each party that the

other's expectation of receiving due performance will not be impaired.

(2) If reasonable grounds for insecurity arise with respect to the

performance of either party, the insecure party may demand in writing

adequate assurance of due performance. Until the insecure party receives

that assurance, if commercially reasonable the insecure party may

suspend any performance for which he or she has not already received the

agreed return.

(3) A repudiation of the lease contract occurs if assurance of due

performance adequate under the circumstances of the particular case is

not provided to the insecure party within a reasonable time, not to

exceed thirty days after receipt of a demand by the other party.

(4) Between merchants, the reasonableness of grounds for insecurity

and the adequacy of any assurance offered must be determined according

to commercial standards.

(5) Acceptance of any nonconforming delivery or payment does not

prejudice the aggrieved party's right to demand adequate assurance of

future performance.

§ 2-a-402 — Anticipatory Repudiation

Section 2-A-402. Anticipatory Repudiation.

If either party repudiates a lease contract with respect to a

performance not yet due under the lease contract, the loss of which

performance will substantially impair the value of the lease contract to

the other, the aggrieved party may:

(1) for a commercially reasonable time, await retraction of

repudiation and performance by the repudiating party;

(2) make demand pursuant to Section 2-A-401 and await assurance of

future performance adequate under the circumstances of the particular

case; or

(3) resort to any right or remedy upon default under the lease

contract or this Article, even though the aggrieved party has notified

the repudiating party that the aggrieved party would await the

repudiating party's performance and assurance and has urged retraction.

In addition, whether or not the aggrieved party is pursuing one of the

foregoing remedies, the aggrieved party may suspend performance or, if

the aggrieved party is the lessor, proceed in accordance with the

provisions of this Article on the lessor's right to identify goods to

the lease contract notwithstanding default or to salvage unfinished

goods (Section 2-A-524).

§ 2-a-403 — Retraction of Anticipatory Repudiation

Section 2-A-403. Retraction of Anticipatory Repudiation.

(1) Until the repudiating party's next performance is due, the

repudiating party can retract the repudiation unless, since the

repudiation, the aggrieved party has canceled the lease contract or

materially changed the aggrieved party's position or otherwise indicated

that the aggrieved party considers the repudiation final.

(2) Retraction may be by any method that clearly indicates to the

aggrieved party that the repudiating party intends to perform under the

lease contract and includes any assurance demanded under Section

2-A-401.

(3) Retraction reinstates a repudiating party's rights under a lease

contract with due excuse and allowance to the aggrieved party for any

delay occasioned by the repudiation.

§ 2-a-404 — Substituted Performance

Section 2-A-404. Substituted Performance.

(1) If without fault of the lessee, the lessor and the supplier, the

agreed berthing, loading, or unloading facilities fail or the agreed

type of carrier becomes unavailable or the agreed manner of delivery

otherwise becomes commercially impracticable, but a commercially

reasonable substitute is available, the substitute performance must be

tendered and accepted.

(2) If the agreed means or manner of payment fails because of domestic

or foreign governmental regulation:

(a) the lessor may withhold or stop delivery or cause the

supplier to withhold or stop delivery unless the lessee

provides a means or manner of payment that is commercially a

substantial equivalent; and

(b) if delivery has already been taken, payment by the means or

in the manner provided by the regulation discharges the

lessee's obligation unless the regulation is discriminatory,

oppressive, or predatory.

§ 2-a-405 — Excused Performance

Section 2-A-405. Excused Performance.

(1) Subject to Section 2-A-404 on substituted performance, the

following rules apply:

(a) delay in delivery or nondelivery in whole or in part by a

lessor or a supplier who complies with paragraph (b) and

subsection (2) is not a default under the lease contract if

performance as agreed has been made impracticable by the

occurrence of a contingency the nonoccurrence of which was a

basic assumption on which the lease contract was made or by

compliance in good faith with any applicable foreign or

domestic governmental regulation or order, whether or not the

regulation or order later proves to be invalid.

(b) if the causes mentioned in paragraph (a) affect only part of

the lessor's or the supplier's capacity to perform, he or she

shall allocate production and deliveries among his or her

customers but at his or her option may include regular

customers not then under contract for sale or lease as well

as his or her own requirements for further manufacture. He or

she may so allocate in any manner that is fair and

reasonable.

(2) The lessor seasonably shall notify the lessee and in the case of a

finance lease the supplier seasonably shall notify the lessor and the

lessee, if known, that there will be delay or nondelivery and, if

allocation is required under subsection (1) (b), of the estimated quota

thus made available for the lessee.

§ 2-a-406 — Procedure on Excused Performance

Section 2-A-406. Procedure on Excused Performance.

(1) If the lessee receives notification of a material or indefinite

delay or an allocation justified under Section 2-A-405, the lessee may

by written notification to the lessor as to any goods involved, and with

respect to all of the goods if under an installment lease contract the

value of the whole lease contract is substantially impaired (Section

2-A-510):

(a) terminate the lease contract (Section 2-A-505(2)); or

(b) except in a finance lease that is not a consumer lease,

modify the lease contract by accepting the available quota in

substitution, with due allowance from the rent payable for

the balance of the lease term for the deficiency but without

further right against the lessor.

(2) If, after receipt of a notification from the lessor under Section

2-A-405, the lessee fails so to modify the lease agreement within a

reasonable time not exceeding thirty days, the lease contract lapses

with respect to any deliveries affected.

§ 2-a-407 — Irrevocable Promises: Finance Leases

Section 2-A-407. Irrevocable Promises: Finance Leases.

(1) In the case of a finance lease that is not a consumer lease the

lessee's promises under the lease contract become irrevocable and

independent upon the lessee's acceptance of the goods.

(2) A promise that has become irrevocable and independent under

subsection (1):

(a) is effective and enforceable between the parties, and by or

against third parties including assignees of the parties; and

(b) is not subject to cancellation, termination, modification,

repudiation, excuse, or substitution without the consent of

the party to whom the promise runs.

(3) This section does not affect the validity under any other law of a

covenant in any lease contract making the lessee's promises irrevocable

and independent upon the lessee's acceptance of the goods.

PART 5 Default a In General B Default By Lessor C Default By Lessee

§ 2-a-501 — Default: Procedure

Section 2-A-501. Default: Procedure.

(1) Whether the lessor or the lessee is in default under a lease

contract is determined by the lease agreement and this Article.

(2) If the lessor or the lessee is in default under the lease

contract, the party seeking enforcement has rights and remedies as

provided in this Article and, except as limited by this Article, as

provided in the lease agreement.

(3) If the lessor or the lessee is in default under the lease

contract, the party seeking enforcement may reduce the party's claim to

judgment, or otherwise enforce the lease contract by self-help or any

available judicial procedure or nonjudicial procedure, including

administrative proceeding, arbitration, or the like, in accordance with

this Article.

(4) Except as otherwise provided in Section 1--305(a) or this Article

or the lease agreement, the rights and remedies referred to in

subsections (2) and (3) are cumulative.

(5) If the lease agreement covers both real property and goods, the

party seeking enforcement may proceed under this part as to the goods,

or under other applicable law as to both the real property and the goods

in accordance with that party's rights and remedies in respect of the

real property, in which case this part does not apply.

§ 2-a-502 — Notice After Default

Section 2-A-502. Notice After Default.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article or the lease agreement,

the lessor or lessee in default under the lease contract is not entitled

to notice of default or notice of enforcement from the other party to

the lease agreement.

§ 2-a-503 — Modification or Impairment of Rights and Remedies

Section 2-A-503. Modification or Impairment of Rights and Remedies.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Article, the lease agreement

may include rights and remedies for default in addition to or in

substitution for those provided in this Article and may limit or alter

the measure of damages recoverable under this Article.

(2) Resort to a remedy provided under this Article or in the lease

agreement is optional unless the remedy is expressly agreed to be

exclusive. If circumstances cause an exclusive or limited remedy to fail

of its essential purpose, or provision for an exclusive remedy is

unconscionable, remedy may be had as provided in this Article.

(3) Consequential damages may be liquidated under Section 2-A-504, or

may otherwise be limited, altered, or excluded unless the limitation,

alteration, or exclusion is unconscionable. Limitation, alteration, or

exclusion of consequential damages for injury to the person in the case

of consumer goods is prima facie unconscionable but limitation,

alteration, or exclusion of damages where the loss is commercial is not

prima facie unconscionable.

(4) Rights and remedies on default by the lessor or the lessee with

respect to any obligation or promise collateral or ancillary to the

lease contract are not impaired by this Article.

§ 2-a-504 — Liquidation of Damages

Section 2-A-504. Liquidation of Damages.

(1) Damages payable by either party for default, or any other act or

omission, including indemnity for loss or diminution of anticipated tax

benefits or loss or damage to lessor's residual interest, may be

liquidated in the lease agreement but only at an amount or by a formula

that is reasonable in light of the then anticipated harm caused by the

default or other act or omission.

(2) If the lease agreement provides for liquidation of damages, and

such provision does not comply with subsection (1), or such provision is

an exclusive or limited remedy that circumstances cause to fail of its

essential purpose, remedy may be had as provided in this Article.

(3) If the lessor justifiably withholds or stops delivery of goods

because of the lessee's default or insolvency (Section 2-A-525 or

2-A-526), the lessee is entitled to restitution of any amount by which

the sum of his or her payment exceeds:

(a) the amount to which the lessor is entitled by virtue of terms

liquidating the lessor's damages in accordance with

subsection (1); or

(b) in the absence of those terms, 20 percent of the then present

value of the total rent the lessee was obligated to pay for

the balance of the lease term, or, in the case of a consumer

lease, the lesser of such amount or $500.

(4) A lessee's right to restitution under subsection (3) is subject to

offset to the extent the lessor establishes:

(a) a right to recover damages under the provisions of this

Article other than subsection (1); and

(b) the amount or value of any benefits received by the lessee

directly or indirectly by reason of the lease contract.

§ 2-a-505 — Cancellation and Termination and Effect of Cancellation, Termination, Rescission, or Fraud on Rights and Remedies

Section 2-A-505. Cancellation and Termination and Effect of

Cancellation, Termination, Rescission, or Fraud on

Rights and Remedies.

(1) On cancellation of the lease contract, all obligations that are

still executory on both sides are discharged, but any right based on

prior default or performance survives, and the cancelling party also

retains any remedy for default of the whole lease contract or any

unperformed balance.

(2) On termination of the lease contract, all obligations that are

still executory on both sides are discharged but any right based on

prior default or performance survives.

(3) Unless the contrary intention clearly appears, expressions of

"cancellation," "rescission," or the like of the lease contract may not

be construed as a renunciation or discharge of any claim in damages for

an antecedent default.

(4) Rights and remedies for material misrepresentation or fraud

include all rights and remedies available under this Article for

default.

(5) Neither rescission nor a claim for rescission of the lease

contract nor rejection or return of the goods may bar or be deemed

inconsistent with a claim for damages or other right or remedy.

§ 2-a-506 — Statute of Limitations

Section 2-A-506. Statute of Limitations.

(1) An action for default under a lease contract, including breach of

warranty or indemnity, must be commenced within four years after the

cause of action accrued. In a lease contract that is not a consumer

lease, by the original lease contract the parties may reduce the period

of limitation to not less than one year.

(2) A cause of action for default accrues when the act or omission on

which the default or breach of warranty is based is or should have been

discovered by the aggrieved party, or when the default occurs, whichever

is later. A cause of action for indemnity accrues when the act or

omission on which the claim for indemnity is based is or should have

been discovered by the indemnified party, whichever is later.

(3) If an action commenced within the time limited by subsection (1)

is so terminated as to leave available a remedy by another action for

the same default or breach of warranty or indemnity, the other action

may be commenced after the expiration of the time limited and within six

months after the termination of the first action unless the termination

resulted from voluntary discontinuance or from dismissal for failure or

neglect to prosecute.

(4) This section does not alter the law on tolling of the statute of

limitations nor does it apply to causes of action that have accrued

before this Article becomes effective.

§ 2-a-507 — Proof of Market Rent: Time and Place

Section 2-A-507. Proof of Market Rent: Time and Place.

(1) Damages based on market rent (Section 2-A-519 or 2-A-528) are

determined according to the rent for the use of the goods concerned for

a lease term identical to the remaining lease term of the original lease

agreement and prevailing at the times specified in Sections 2-A-519 and

2-A-528.

(2) If evidence of rent for the use of the goods concerned for a lease

term identical to the remaining lease term of the original lease

agreement and prevailing at the times or places described in this

Article is not readily available, the rent prevailing within any

reasonable time before or after the time described or at any other place

or for a different lease term which in commercial judgment or under

usage of trade would serve as a reasonable substitute for the one

described may be used, making any proper allowance for the difference,

including the cost of transporting the goods to or from the other place.

(3) Evidence of a relevant rent prevailing at a time or place or for a

lease term other than the one described in this Article offered by one

party is not admissible unless and until he or she has given the other

party notice the court finds sufficient to prevent unfair surprise.

(4) If the prevailing rent or value of any goods regularly leased in

any established market is in issue, reports in official publications of

trade journals or in newspapers or periodicals of general circulation

published as the reports of that market are admissible in evidence. The

circumstances of the preparation of the report may be shown to affect

its weight but not its admissibility.

§ 2-a-508 — Lessee's Remedies

Section 2-A-508. Lessee's Remedies.

(1) If a lessor fails to deliver the goods in conformity to the lease

contract (Section 2-A-509) or repudiates the lease contract (Section

2-A-402), or a lessee rightfully rejects the goods (Section 2-A-509) or

justifiably revokes acceptance of the goods (Section 2-A-517), then with

respect to any goods involved, and with respect to all of the goods if

under an installment lease contract the value of the whole lease

contract is substantially impaired (Section 2-A-510), the lessor is in

default under the lease contract and the lessee may:

(a) cancel the lease contract (Section 2-A-505 (1));

(b) recover so much of the rent and security as has been paid and is

just under the circumstances;

(c) cover and recover damages as to all goods affected whether or not

they have been identified to the lease contract (Sections 2-A-518 and

2-A-520), or recover damages for nondelivery (Sections 2-A-519 and

2-A-520);

(d) exercise any other rights or pursue any other remedies provided in

the lease contract.

(2) If a lessor fails to deliver the goods in conformity to the lease

contract or repudiates the lease contract, the lessee may also:

(a) if the goods have been identified, recover them (Section 2-A-522);

or

(b) in a proper case, obtain specific performance or replevy the goods

(Section 2-A-521).

(3) If a lessor is otherwise in default under a lease contract, the

lessee may exercise the rights and pursue the remedies provided in the

lease contract, which may include a right to cancel the lease, and in

Section 2-A-519(3).

(4) If a lessor has breached a warranty, whether express or implied,

the lessee may recover damages (Section 2-A-519(4)).

(5) On rightful rejection or justifiable revocation of acceptance, a

lessee has a security interest in goods in the lessee's possession or

control for any rent and security interest that has been paid and any

expenses reasonably incurred in their inspection, receipt,

transportation, and care and custody and may hold those goods and

dispose of them in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner,

subject to Section 2-A-527(5).

(6) Subject to the provisions of Section 2-A-407, a lessee, on

notifying the lessor of the lessee's intention to do so, may deduct all

or any part of the damages resulting from any default under the lease

contract from any part of the rent still due under the same lease

contract.

§ 2-a-509 — Lessee's Rights on Improper Delivery: Rightful Rejection

Section 2-A-509. Lessee's Rights on Improper Delivery: Rightful

Rejection.

(1) Subject to the provisions of Section 2-A-510 on default in

installment lease contracts, if the goods or the tender or delivery fail

in any respect to conform to the lease contract, the lessee may reject

or accept the goods or accept any commercial unit or units and reject

the rest of the goods.

(2) Rejection of goods is ineffective unless it is within a reasonable

time after tender or delivery of the goods and the lessee seasonably

notifies the lessor.

§ 2-a-510 — Installment Lease Contracts: Rejection and Default

Section 2-A-510. Installment Lease Contracts: Rejection and Default.

(1) Under an installment lease contract a lessee may reject any

delivery that is nonconforming if the nonconformity substantially

impairs the value of that delivery and cannot be cured or the

nonconformity is a defect in the required documents; but if the

nonconformity does not fall within subsection (2) and the lessor or the

supplier gives adequate assurance of its cure, the lessee must accept

that delivery.

(2) Whenever nonconformity or default with respect to one or more

deliveries substantially impairs the value of the installment lease

contract as a whole there is a default with respect to the whole. But,

the aggrieved party reinstates the installment lease contract as a whole

if the aggrieved party accepts a nonconforming delivery without

seasonably notifying of cancellation or brings an action with respect

only to past deliveries or demands performance as to future deliveries.

§ 2-a-511 — Merchant Lessee's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected Goods

Section 2-A-511. Merchant Lessee's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected

Goods.

(1) Subject to any security interest of a lessee (Section 2-A-508(5)),

if a lessor or a supplier has no agent or place of business at the

market of rejection, a merchant lessee, after rejection of goods in his

or her possession or control, shall follow any reasonable instructions

received from the lessor or the supplier with respect to the goods. In

the absence of those instructions, a merchant lessee shall make

reasonable efforts to sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of the goods for

the lessor's account if they threaten to decline in value speedily.

Instructions are not reasonable if on demand indemnity for expenses is

not forthcoming.

(2) If a merchant lessee (subsection (1)) or any other lessee (Section

2-A-512) disposes of goods, he or she is entitled to reimbursement

either from the lessor or the supplier or out of the proceeds for

reasonable expenses of caring for and disposing of the goods and, if the

expenses include no disposition commission, to such commission as is

usual in the trade, or if there is none, to a reasonable sum not

exceeding 10 percent of the gross proceeds.

(3) In complying with this section or Section 2-A-512, the lessee is

held only to good faith. Good faith conduct hereunder is neither

acceptance or conversion nor the basis of an action for damages.

(4) A purchaser who purchases in good faith from a lessee pursuant to

this section or Section 2-A-512 takes the goods free of any rights of

the lessor and the supplier even though the lessee fails to comply with

one or more of the requirements of this Article.

§ 2-a-512 — Lessee's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected Goods

Section 2-A-512. Lessee's Duties as to Rightfully Rejected Goods.

(1) Except as otherwise provided with respect to goods that threaten

to decline in value speedily (Section 2-A-511) and subject to any

security interest of a lessee (Section 2-A-508(5)):

(a) the lessee, after rejection of goods in the lessee's

possession, shall hold them with reasonable care at the

lessor's or the supplier's disposition for a reasonable time

after the lessee's seasonable notification of rejection;

(b) if the lessor or the supplier gives no instructions within a

reasonable time after notification of rejection, the lessee

may store the rejected goods for the lessor's or the

supplier's account or ship them to the lessor or the supplier

or dispose of them for the lessor's or the supplier's account

with reimbursement in the manner provided in Section 2-A-511;

but

(c) the lessee has no further obligations with regard to goods

rightfully rejected.

(2) Action by the lessee pursuant to subsection (1) is not acceptance

or conversion.

§ 2-a-513 — Cure by Lessor of Improper Tender or Delivery; Replacement

Section 2-A-513. Cure by Lessor of Improper Tender or Delivery;

Replacement.

(1) If any tender or delivery by the lessor or the supplier is

rejected because nonconforming and the time for performance has not yet

expired, the lessor or the supplier may seasonably notify the lessee of

the lessor's or the supplier's intention to cure and may then make a

conforming delivery within the time provided in the lease contract.

(2) If the lessee rejects a nonconforming tender that the lessor or

the supplier had reasonable grounds to believe would be acceptable with

or without money allowance, the lessor or the supplier may have a

further reasonable time to substitute a conforming tender if he or she

seasonably notifies the lessee.

§ 2-a-514 — Waiver of Lessee's Objections

Section 2-A-514. Waiver of Lessee's Objections.

(1) In rejecting goods, a lessee's failure to state a particular

defect that is ascertainable by reasonable inspection precludes the

lessee from relying on the defect to justify rejection or to establish

default:

(a) if, stated seasonably, the lessor or the supplier could have

cured it (Section 2-A-513); or

(b) between merchants if the lessor or the supplier after

rejection has made a request in writing for a full and final

written statement of all defects on which the lessee proposes

to rely.

(2) A lessee's failure to reserve rights when paying rent or other

consideration against documents precludes recovery of the payment for

defects apparent on the face of the documents.

§ 2-a-515 — Acceptance of Goods

Section 2-A-515. Acceptance of Goods.

(1) Acceptance of goods occurs after the lessee has had a reasonable

opportunity to inspect the goods and

(a) the lessee signifies or acts with respect to the goods in a

manner that signifies to the lessor or the supplier that the

goods are conforming or that the lessee will take or retain

them in spite of their nonconformity; or

(b) the lessee fails to make an effective rejection of the goods

(Section 2-A-509 (2)).

(2) Acceptance of a part of any commercial unit is acceptance of that

entire unit.

§ 2-a-516 — Effect of Acceptance of Goods; Notice of Default; Burden of Establishing Default After Acceptance; Notice of Claim or Litigation to Perso...

Section 2-A-516. Effect of Acceptance of Goods; Notice of Default;

Burden of Establishing Default After Acceptance;

Notice of Claim or Litigation to Person Answerable

Over.

(1) A lessee must pay rent for any goods accepted in accordance with

the lease contract, with due allowance for goods rightfully rejected or

not delivered.

(2) A lessee's acceptance of goods precludes rejection of the goods

accepted. In the case of a finance lease, other than a consumer lease in

which the supplier assisted in the preparation of the lease contract or

participated in negotiating the terms of the lease contract with the

lessor, if made with knowledge of a nonconformity, acceptance cannot be

revoked because of it. In any other case, if made with knowledge of a

nonconformity, acceptance cannot be revoked because of it unless the

acceptance was on the reasonable assumption that the nonconformity would

be seasonably cured. Acceptance does not of itself impair any other

remedy provided by this Article or the lease agreement for

nonconformity.

(3) If a tender has been accepted:

(a) within a reasonable time after the lessee discovers or should

have discovered any default, the lessee shall notify the

lessor and the supplier, if any, or be barred from any remedy

against the party not notified;

(b) except in the case of a consumer lease, within a reasonable

time after the lessee receives notice of litigation for

infringement or the like (Section 2-A-211) the lessee shall

notify the lessor or be barred from any remedy over for

liability established by the litigation; and

(c) the burden is on the lessee to establish any default.

(4) If a lessee is sued for breach of a warranty or other obligation

for which a lessor or a supplier is answerable over the following apply:

(a) the lessee may give the lessor or the supplier, or both,

written notice of the litigation. If the notice states that

the person notified may come in and defend and that if the

person notified does not do so that person will be bound in

any action against that person by the lessee by any

determination of fact common to the two litigations, then

unless the person notified after seasonable receipt of the

notice does come in and defend that person is so bound; and

(b) the lessor or the supplier may demand in writing that the

lessee turn over control of the litigation including

settlement if the claim is one for infringement or the like

(Section 2-A-211) or else be barred from any remedy over. If

the demand states that the lessor or the supplier agrees to

bear all expense and to satisfy any adverse judgment, then

unless the lessee after seasonable receipt of the demand does

turn over control the lessee is so barred.

(5) Subsections (3) and (4) apply to any obligation of a lessee to

hold the lessor or the supplier harmless against infringement or the

like (Section 2-A-211).

§ 2-a-517 — Revocation of Acceptance of Goods

Section 2-A-517. Revocation of Acceptance of Goods.

(1) A lessee may revoke acceptance of a lot or commercial unit whose

nonconformity substantially impairs its value to the lessee if the

lessee has accepted it:

(a) except in the case of a finance lease, on the reasonable

assumption that its nonconformity would be cured and it has

not been seasonably cured; or

(b) without discovery of the nonconformity if the lessee's

acceptance was reasonably induced either by the lessor's

assurances or, except in the case of a finance lease, by the

difficulty of discovery before acceptance.

(2) Except in the case of a finance lease that is not a consumer

lease, a lessee may revoke acceptance of a lot or commercial unit if the

lessor defaults under the lease contract and the default substantially

impairs the value of that lot or commercial unit to the lessee.

(3) If the lease agreement so provides, the lessee may revoke

acceptance of a lot or commercial unit because of other defaults by the

lessor.

(4) Revocation of acceptance must occur within a reasonable time after

the lessee discovers or should have discovered the ground for it and

before any substantial change in condition of the goods which is not

caused by the nonconformity. Revocation is not effective until the

lessee notifies the lessor.

(5) A lessee who so revokes has the same right and duties with regard

to the goods involved as if the lessee had rejected them.

§ 2-a-518 — Cover; Substitute Goods

Section 2-A-518. Cover; Substitute Goods.

(1) After a default by a lessor under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-508(1) or, if agreed, after other default by

the lessor, the lessee may cover by making any purchase or lease of or

contract to purchase or lease goods in substitution for those due from

the lessor.

(2) Except as otherwise provided with respect to damages liquidated in

the lease agreement (Section 2-A-504) or otherwise determined pursuant

to agreement of the parties (Sections 1--302 and 2-A-503), if a lessee's

cover is by a lease agreement substantially similar to the original

lease agreement and the new lease agreement is made in good faith and in

a commercially reasonable manner, the lessee may recover from the lessor

as damages (a) the present value, as of the date of the commencement of

the term of the new lease agreement, of the rent under the new lease

agreement applicable to that period of the new lease term which is

comparable to the then remaining term of the original lease agreement

minus the present value as of the same date of the total rent for the

then remaining lease term of the original lease agreement, and (b) any

incidental or consequential damages, less expenses saved in consequence

of the lessor's default.

(3) If the lessee's cover is by lease agreement that qualifies for

treatment under subsection (2), the lessee may elect to proceed under

subsection (2) or Section 2-A-519. If a lessee's cover is by lease

agreement that for any reason does not qualify for treatment under

subsection (2), or is by purchase or otherwise, the lessee may recover

from the lessor as if the lessee had elected not to cover.

§ 2-a-519 — Lessee's Damages for Non-delivery, Repudiation, Default, and Breach of Warranty in Regard to Accepted Goods

Section 2-A-519. Lessee's Damages for Non-delivery, Repudiation,

Default, and Breach of Warranty in Regard to Accepted

Goods.

(1) Except as otherwise provided with respect to damages liquidated in

the lease agreement (Section 2-A-504) or otherwise determined pursuant

to agreement of the parties (Section 1--302 and 2-A-503), if a lessee

elects not to cover or a lessee elects to cover and the cover is by

lease agreement, whether or not the lease agreement qualifies for

treatment under Section 2-A-518(2), or is by purchase or otherwise, the

measure of damages for non-delivery or repudiation by the lessor or for

rejection or revocation of acceptance by the lessee is the present

value, as of the date of the default, of the then market rent minus the

present value as of the same date of the original rent, computed for the

remaining lease term of the original lease agreement, together with

incidental and consequential damages, less expenses saved in consequence

of the lessor's default.

(2) Market rent is to be determined as of the place for tender or, in

cases of rejection after arrival or revocation of acceptance, as of the

place of arrival.

(3) Except as otherwise agreed, if the lessee has accepted goods and

given notification (Section 2-A-516(3)), the measure of damages for

non-conforming tender or delivery or other default by a lessor is the

loss resulting in the ordinary course of events from the lessor's

default as determined in any manner that is reasonable together with

incidental and consequential damages, less expenses saved in consequence

of the lessor's default.

(4) Except as otherwise agreed, the measure of damages for breach of

warranty is the present value at the time and place of acceptance of the

difference between the value of the use of the goods accepted and the

value if they had been as warranted for the lease term, unless special

circumstances show proximate damages of a different amount, together

with incidental and consequential damages, less expenses saved in

consequence of the lessor's default or breach of warranty.

§ 2-a-520 — Lessee's Incidental and Consequential Damages

Section 2-A-520. Lessee's Incidental and Consequential Damages.

(1) Incidental damages resulting from a lessor's default include

expenses reasonably incurred in inspection, receipt, transportation, and

care and custody of goods rightfully rejected or goods the acceptance of

which is justifiably revoked, any commercially reasonable charges,

expenses or commissions in connection with effecting cover, and any

other reasonable expense incident to the default.

(2) Consequential damages resulting from a lessor's default include:

(a) any loss resulting from general or particular requirements

and needs of which the lessor at the time of contracting had

reason to know and which could not reasonably be prevented by

cover or otherwise; and

(b) injury to person or property proximately resulting from any

breach of warranty.

§ 2-a-521 — Lessee's Right to Specific Performance or Replevin

Section 2-A-521. Lessee's Right to Specific Performance or Replevin.

(1) Specific performance may be decreed if the goods are unique or in

other proper circumstances.

(2) A decree for specific performance may include any terms and

conditions as to payment of the rent, damages, or other relief that the

court deems just.

(3) A lessee has a right of replevin, detinue, sequestration, claim

and delivery, or the like for goods identified to the lease contract if

after reasonable effort the lessee is unable to effect cover for those

goods or the circumstances reasonably indicate that the effort will be

unavailing.

§ 2-a-522 — Lessee's Right to Goods on Lessor's Insolvency

Section 2-A-522. Lessee's Right to Goods on Lessor's Insolvency.

(1) Subject to subsection (2) and even though the goods have not been

shipped, a lessee who has paid a part or all of the rent and security

for goods identified to a lease contract (Section 2-A-217) on making and

keeping good a tender of any unpaid portion of the rent and security due

under the lease contract may recover the goods identified from the

lessor if the lessor becomes insolvent within ten days after receipt of

the first installment of rent and security.

(2) A lessee acquires the right to recover goods identified to a lease

contract only if they conform to the lease contract.

§ 2-a-523 — Lessor's Remedies

Section 2-A-523. Lessor's Remedies.

(1) If a lessee wrongfully rejects or revokes acceptance of goods or

fails to make a payment when due or repudiates with respect to a part or

the whole, then, with respect to any goods involved, and with respect to

all of the goods if under an installment lease contract the value of the

whole lease contract is substantially impaired (Section 2-A-510), the

lessee is in default under the lease contract and the lessor may:

(a) cancel the lease contract (Section 2-A-505 (1));

(b) proceed respecting goods not identified to the lease contract

(Section 2-A-524);

(c) withhold delivery of the goods and take possession of goods

previously delivered (Section 2-A-525);

(d) stop delivery of the goods by any bailee (Section 2-A-526);

(e) dispose of the goods and recover damages (Section 2-A-527), or

retain the goods and recover damages (Section 2-A-528), or in a proper

case recover rent (Section 2-A-529);

(f) exercise any other rights or pursue any other remedies provided in

the lease contract.

(2) If a lessor does not fully exercise a right or obtain a remedy to

which the lessor is entitled under subsection (1), the lessor may

recover the loss resulting in the ordinary course of events from the

lessee's default as determined in any reasonable manner, together with

incidental damages, less expenses saved in consequence of the lessee's

default.

(3) If a lessee is otherwise in default under a lease contract, the

lessor may exercise the rights and pursue the remedies provided in the

lease contract, which may include a right to cancel the lease. In

addition, unless otherwise provided in the lease contract:

(a) if the default substantially impairs the value of the lease

contract to the lessor, the lessor may exercise the rights and pursue

the remedies provided under subsection (1) or (2); or

(b) if the default does not substantially impair the value of the

lease contract to the lessor, the lessor may recover as provided in

subsection (2).

§ 2-a-524 — Lessor's Right to Identify Goods to Lease Contract

Section 2-A-524. Lessor's Right to Identify Goods to Lease Contract.

(1) After default by the lessee under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-523 (1) or Section 2-A-523 (3)(a) or, if

agreed, after other default by the lessee, the lessor may:

(a) identify to the lease contract conforming goods not already

identified if at the time the lessor learned of the default

they were in the lessor's or the supplier's possession or

control; and

(b) dispose of goods (Section 2-A-527(1)) that demonstrably have

been intended for the particular lease contract even though

those goods are unfinished.

(2) If the goods are unfinished, in the exercise of reasonable

commercial judgment for the purposes of avoiding loss and of effective

realization, an aggrieved lessor or the supplier may either complete

manufacture and wholly identify the goods to the lease contract or cease

manufacture and lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the goods for scrap

or salvage value or proceed in any other reasonable manner.

§ 2-a-525 — Lessor's Right to Possession of Goods

Section 2-A-525. Lessor's Right to Possession of Goods.

(1) If a lessor discovers the lessee to be insolvent, the lessor may

refuse to deliver the goods.

(2) After a default by the lessee under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-523(1) or 2-A-523(3)(a) or, if agreed, after

other default by the lessee, the lessor has the right to take possession

of the goods. If the lease contract so provides, the lessor may require

the lessee to assemble the goods and make them available to the lessor

at a place to be designated by the lessor which is reasonably convenient

to both parties. Without removal, the lessor may render unusable any

goods employed in trade or business, and may dispose of goods on the

lessee's premises (Section 2-A-527).

(3) The lessor may proceed under subsection (2) without judicial

process if it can be done without breach of the peace or the lessor may

proceed by action.

§ 2-a-526 — Lessor's Stoppage of Delivery in Transit or Otherwise

Section 2-A-526. Lessor's Stoppage of Delivery in Transit or Otherwise.

(1) A lessor may stop delivery of goods in the possession of a carrier

or other bailee if the lessor discovers the lessee to be insolvent and

may stop delivery of carload, truckload, planeload, or larger shipments

of express or freight if the lessee repudiates or fails to make a

payment due before delivery, whether for rent, security or otherwise

under the lease contract, or for any other reason the lessor has a right

to withhold or take possession of the goods.

(2) In pursuing its remedies under subsection (1), the lessor may stop

delivery until:

(a) receipt of the goods by the lessee;

(b) acknowledgment to the lessee by any bailee of the goods,

except a carrier, that the bailee holds the goods for the

lessee; or

(c) such an acknowledgment to the lessee by a carrier via

reshipment or as a warehouse.

(3) (a) To stop delivery, a lessor shall so notify as to enable the

bailee by reasonable diligence to prevent delivery of the goods.

(b) After notification, the bailee shall hold and deliver the

goods according to the directions of the lessor, but the

lessor is liable to the bailee for any ensuing charges or

damages.

(c) A carrier who has issued a nonnegotiable bill of lading is

not obliged to obey a notification to stop received from a

person other than the consignor.

§ 2-a-527 — Lessor's Rights to Dispose of Goods

Section 2-A-527. Lessor's Rights to Dispose of Goods.

(1) After a default by a lessee under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-523(1) or 2-A-523(3)(a) or after the lessor

refuses to deliver or takes possession of goods (Section 2-A-525 or

2-A-526), or, if agreed, after other default by a lessee, the lessor may

dispose of the goods concerned or the undelivered balance thereof by

lease, sale, or otherwise.

(2) Except as otherwise provided with respect to damages liquidated in

the lease agreement (Section 2-A-504) or otherwise determined pursuant

to agreement of the parties (Sections 1--302 and 2-A-503), if the

disposition is by lease agreement substantially similar to the original

lease agreement and the new lease agreement is made in good faith and in

a commercially reasonable manner, the lessor may recover from the lessee

as damages (a) accrued and unpaid rent as of the date of the

commencement of the term of the new lease agreement, (b) the present

value, as of the same date, of the total rent for the then remaining

lease term of the original lease agreement minus the present value, as

of the same date, of the rent under the new lease agreement applicable

to that period of the new lease term which is comparable to the then

remaining lease term of the original lease agreement, and (c) any

incidental damages allowed under Section 2-A-530, less expenses saved in

consequence of the lessee's default.

(3) If the lessor's disposition is by lease agreement that qualifies

for treatment under subsection (2), the lessor may elect to proceed

under subsection (2) or Section 2-A-528. If the lessor's disposition is

by lease agreement that for any reason does not qualify for treatment

under subsection (2), or is by sale or otherwise, the lessor may recover

from the lessee as if the lessor had elected not to dispose of the

goods.

(4) A subsequent buyer or lessee who buys or leases from the lessor in

good faith for value as a result of a disposition under this section

takes the goods free of the original lease contract and any rights of

the original lessee even though the lessor fails to comply with one or

more of the requirements of this Article.

(5) The lessor is not accountable to the lessee for any profit made on

any disposition. A lessee who has rightfully rejected or justifiably

revoked acceptance shall account to the lessor for any excess over the

amount of the lessee's security interest (Section 2-A-508(5)).

§ 2-a-528 — Lessor's Damages for Non-acceptance, Failure to Pay, Repudiation, or Other Default

Section 2-A-528. Lessor's Damages for Non-acceptance, Failure to Pay,

Repudiation, or Other Default.

(1) Except as otherwise provided with respect to damages liquidated in

the lease agreement (Section 2-A-504) or otherwise determined pursuant

to agreement of the parties (Sections 1--302 and 2-A-503), if a lessor

elects to retain the goods or a lessor elects to dispose of the goods

and the disposition is by lease agreement whether or not the lease

agreement qualifies for treatment under Section 2-A-527(2), or is by

sale or otherwise, the lessor may recover from the lessee as damages for

a default of the type described in Section 2-A-523(1) or 2-A-523 (3)(a),

or, if agreed, for other default of the lessee, (a) accrued and unpaid

rent as of the date of default if the lessee has never taken possession

of the goods, or, if the lessee has taken possession of the goods, as of

the date the lessor repossesses the goods or an earlier date on which

the lessee makes a tender of the goods to the lessor, (b) the present

value as of the date determined under clause (a) of the total rent for

the then remaining lease term of the original lease agreement minus the

present value as of the same date of the market rent at the place where

the goods are located computed for the same lease term, and (c) any

incidental damages allowed under Section 2-A-530, less expenses saved in

consequence of the lessee's default.

(2) If the measure of damages provided in subsection (1) is inadequate

to put a lessor in as good a position as performance would have, the

measure of damages is the present value of the profit, including

reasonable overhead, the lessor would have made from full performance by

the lessee, together with any incidental damages allowed under Section

2-A-530, due allowance for costs reasonably incurred and due credit for

payments or proceeds of disposition.

§ 2-a-529 — Lessor's Action for the Rent

Section 2-A-529. Lessor's Action for the Rent.

(1) After default by the lessee under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-523(1) or 2-A-523(3)(a) or, if agreed, after

other default by the lessee, if the lessor complies with subsection (2),

the lessor may recover from the lessee as damages:

(a) for goods accepted by the lessee and not repossessed by or

tendered to the lessor, and for conforming goods lost or

damaged within a commercially reasonable time after risk of

loss passes to the lessee (Section 2-A-219), (i) accrued and

unpaid rent as of the date of entry of judgment in favor of

the lessor, (ii) the present value as of the same date of the

rent for the then remaining lease term of the lease

agreement, and (iii) any incidental damages allowed under

Section 2-A-530, less expenses saved in consequence of the

lessee's default; and

(b) for goods identified to the lease contract, if the lessor is

unable after reasonable effort to dispose of them at a

reasonable price or the circumstances reasonably indicate

that effort will be unavailing, (i) accrued and unpaid rent

as of the date of entry of judgment in favor of the lessor,

(ii) the present value as of the same date of the rent for

the then remaining lease term of the lease agreement, and

(iii) any incidental damages allowed under Section 2-A-530,

less expenses saved in consequence of the lessee's default.

(2) Except as provided in subsection (3), the lessor shall hold for

the lessee for the remaining lease term of the lease agreement any goods

that have been identified to the lease contract and are in the lessor's

control.

(3) The lessor may dispose of the goods at any time before collection

of the judgment for damages obtained pursuant to subsection (1). If the

disposition is before the end of the remaining lease term of the lease

agreement, the lessor's recovery against the lessee for damages is

governed by Section 2-A-527 or Section 2-A-528, and the lessor will

cause an appropriate credit to be provided against a judgment for

damages to the extent that the amount of the judgment exceeds the

recovery available pursuant to Section 2-A-527 or Section 2-A-528.

(4) Payment of the judgment for damages obtained pursuant to

subsection (1) entitles the lessee to the use and possession of the

goods not then disposed of for the remaining lease term of and in

accordance with the lease agreement.

(5) After default by the lessee under the lease contract of the type

described in Section 2-A-523 (1) or Section 2-A-523 (3)(a) or, if

agreed, after other default by the lessee, a lessor who is held not

entitled to rent under this section must nevertheless be awarded damages

for non-acceptance under Section 2-A-527 or 2-A-528.

§ 2-a-530 — Lessor's Incidental Damages

Section 2-A-530. Lessor's Incidental Damages.

Incidental damages to an aggrieved lessor include any commercially

reasonable charges, expenses, or commissions incurred in stopping

delivery, in the transportation, care and custody of goods after the

lessee's default, in connection with return or disposition of the goods,

or otherwise resulting from the default.

§ 2-a-531 — Standing to Sue Third Parties for Injury to Goods

Section 2-A-531. Standing to Sue Third Parties for Injury to Goods.

(1) If a third party so deals with goods that have been identified to

a lease contract as to cause actionable injury to a party to the lease

contract (a) the lessor has a right of action against the third party,

and (b) the lessee also has a right of action against the third party if

the lessee:

(i) has a security interest in the goods;

(ii) has an insurable interest in the goods; or

(iii) bears the risk of loss under the lease contract or has

since the injury assumed that risk as against the lessor

and the goods have been converted or destroyed.

(2) If at the time of the injury the party plaintiff did not bear the

risk of loss as against the other party to the lease contract and there

is no arrangement between them for disposition of the recovery, his or

her suit or settlement, subject to his or her own interest, is as a

fiduciary for the other party to the lease contract.

(3) Either party with the consent of the other may sue for the benefit

of whom it may concern.

§ 2-a-532 — Lessor's Rights to Residual Interest

Section 2-A-532. Lessor's Rights to Residual Interest.

In addition to any other recovery permitted by this Article or other

law, the lessor may recover from the lessee an amount that will fully

compensate the lessor for any loss of or damage to the lessor's residual

interest in the goods caused by the default of the lessee.

ARTICLE 3 Commercial Paper

PART 1 Short Title, Form and Interpretation

§ 3-101 — Short Title

Section 3--101. Short Title.

This Article shall be known and may be cited as Uniform Commercial

Code--Commercial Paper.

§ 3-102 — Definitions and Index of Definitions

Section 3--102. Definitions and Index of Definitions.

(1) In this Article unless the context otherwise requires

(a) "Issue" means:

(i) the first delivery of an instrument to a holder or a

remitter; or

(ii) if agreed by the payee, the first transmission by the drawer

to the payee of an image of an item and information derived

from the item that enables the depositary bank to collect the

item by transferring or presenting under federal law an

electronic check.

(b) An "order" is a direction to pay and must be more than an

authorization or request. It must identify the person to pay

with reasonable certainty. It may be addressed to one or more

such persons jointly or in the alternative but not in

succession.

(c) A "promise" is an undertaking to pay and must be more than an

acknowledgment of an obligation.

(d) "Secondary party" means a drawer or endorser.

(e) "Instrument" means a negotiable instrument.

(2) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in

which they appear are:

"Acceptance". Section 3--410.

"Accommodation party". Section 3--415.

"Alteration". Section 3--407.

"Certificate of deposit". Section 3--104.

"Certification". Section 3--411.

"Check". Section 3--104.

"Definite time". Section 3--109.

"Dishonor". Section 3--507.

"Draft". Section 3--104.

"Holder in due course". Section 3--302.

"Negotiation". Section 3--202.

"Note". Section 3--104.

"Notice of dishonor". Section 3--508.

"On demand". Section 3--108.

"Presentment". Section 3--504.

"Protest". Section 3--509.

"Restrictive Indorsement". Section 3--205.

"Signature". Section 3--401.

(3) The following definitions in other Articles apply to this Article:

"Account". Section 4--104.

"Banking Day". Section 4--104.

"Clearing house". Section 4--104.

"Collecting bank". Section 4--105.

"Customer". Section 4--104.

"Depositary Bank". Section 4--105.

"Documentary Draft". Section 4--104.

"Intermediary Bank". Section 4--105.

"Item". Section 4--104.

"Midnight deadline". Section 4--104.

"Payor bank". Section 4--105.

(4) In addition Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article.

§ 3-103 — Limitations on Scope of Article

Section 3--103. Limitations on Scope of Article.

(1) This Article does not apply to money, documents of title or

investment securities.

(2) The provisions of this Article are subject to the provisions of

the Article on Bank Deposits and Collections (Article 4) and Secured

Transactions (Article 9).

§ 3-104 — Form of Negotiable Instruments; "Draft"; "Check"; "Certificate of Deposit"; "Note"

Section 3--104. Form of Negotiable Instruments; "Draft"; "Check";

"Certificate of Deposit"; "Note".

(1) Any writing to be a negotiable instrument within this Article must

(a) be signed by the maker or drawer; and

(b) contain an unconditional promise or order to pay a sum

certain in money and no other promise, order, obligation or

power given by the maker or drawer except as authorized by

this Article; and

(c) be payable on demand or at a definite time; and

(d) be payable to order or to bearer.

(2) A writing which complies with the requirements of this section is

(a) a "draft" ("bill of exchange") if it is an order;

(b) a "check" if it is a draft drawn on a bank and payable on

demand;

(c) a "certificate of deposit" if it is an acknowledgment by a

bank of receipt of money with an engagement to repay it;

(d) a "note" if it is a promise other than a certificate of

deposit.

(3) As used in other Articles of this Act, and as the context may

require, the terms "draft", "check", "certificate of deposit" and "note"

may refer to instruments which are not negotiable within this Article as

well as to instruments which are so negotiable.

§ 3-105 — When Promise or Order Unconditional

Section 3--105. When Promise or Order Unconditional.

(1) A promise or order otherwise unconditional is not made conditional

by the fact that the instrument

(a) is subject to implied or constructive conditions; or

(b) states its consideration, whether performed or promised, or

the transaction which gave rise to the instrument, or that

the promise or order is made or the instrument matures in

accordance with or "as per" such transaction; or

(c) refers to or states that it arises out of a separate

agreement or refers to a separate agreement for rights as to

prepayment or acceleration; or

(d) states that it is drawn under a letter of credit; or

(e) states that it is secured, whether by mortgage, reservation

of title or otherwise; or

(f) indicates a particular account to be debited or any other

fund or source from which reimbursement is expected; or

(g) is limited to payment out of a particular fund or the

proceeds of a particular source, if the instrument is issued

by a government or governmental agency or unit; or

(h) is limited to payment out of the entire assets of a

partnership, unincorporated association, trust or estate by

or on behalf of which the instrument is issued.

(2) A promise or order is not unconditional if the instrument

(a) states that it is subject to or governed by any other

agreement; or

(b) states that it is to be paid only out of a particular fund or

source except as provided in this section.

§ 3-106 — Sum Certain

Section 3--106. Sum Certain.

(1) The sum payable is a sum certain even though it is to be paid

(a) with a stated rate of interest or by stated installments; or

(b) with stated different rates of interest before and after

default or a specified date; or

(c) with a stated discount or addition if paid before or after

the date fixed for payment; or

(d) with exchange or less exchange, whether at a fixed rate or at

the current rate; or

(e) with costs of collection or an attorney's fee or both upon

default.

(2) For the purposes of subsection one of this section "a stated rate

of interest" shall also include a rate of interest that cannot be

calculated by looking only to the instrument but which is readily

ascertainable by a reference in the instrument to a published statute,

regulation, rule of court, generally accepted commercial or financial

index, compendium of interest rates, or announced rate of a named

financial institution.

(3) Nothing in this section shall validate any term which is otherwise

illegal.

§ 3-107 — Money

Section 3--107. Money.

(1) An instrument is payable in money if the medium of exchange in

which it is payable is money at the time the instrument is made. An

instrument payable in "currency" or "current funds" is payable in money.

(2) A promise or order to pay a sum stated in a foreign currency is

for a sum certain in money and may be satisfied by payment of that

number of dollars which the stated foreign currency will purchase at the

buying sight rate for that currency on the day on which the instrument

is payable, or, if payable on demand, on the day of demand.

§ 3-108 — Payable on Demand

Section 3--108. Payable on Demand.

Instruments payable on demand include those payable at sight or on

presentation and those in which no time for payment is stated.

§ 3-109 — Definite Time

Section 3--109. Definite Time.

(1) An instrument is payable at a definite time if by its terms it is

payable

(a) on or before a stated date or at a fixed period after a

stated date; or

(b) at a fixed period after sight; or

(c) at a definite time subject to any acceleration; or

(d) at a definite time subject to extension at the option of the

holder, or to extension to a further definite time at the

option of the maker or acceptor or automatically upon or

after a specified act or event.

(2) An instrument which by its terms is otherwise payable only upon an

act or event uncertain as to time of occurrence is not payable at a

definite time even though the act or event has occurred.

§ 3-110 — Payable to Order

Section 3--110. Payable to Order.

(1) An instrument is payable to order when by its terms it is payable

to the order or assigns of any person therein specified with reasonable

certainty, or to him or his order, or when it is conspicuously

designated on its face as "exchange" or the like and names a payee. It

may be payable to the order of

(a) the maker or drawer; or

(b) the drawee; or

(c) a payee who is not maker, drawer or drawee; or

(d) two or more payees together or in the alternative; or

(e) an estate, trust or fund, in which case it is payable to the

order of the representative of such estate, trust or fund or

his successors; or

(f) an office, or an officer by his title as such in which case

it is payable to the principal but the incumbent of the

office or his successors may act as if he or they were the

holder; or

(g) a partnership or unincorporated association, in which case it

is payable to the partnership or association and may be

indorsed or transferred by any person thereto authorized.

(2) An instrument not payable to order is not made so payable by such

words as "payable upon return of this instrument properly indorsed."

(3) An instrument made payable both to order and to bearer is payable

to order unless the bearer words are handwritten or typewritten.

§ 3-111 — Payable to Bearer

Section 3--111. Payable to Bearer.

An instrument is payable to bearer when by its terms it is payable to

(a) bearer or the order of bearer; or

(b) a specified person or bearer; or

(c) "cash" or the order of "cash", or any other indication which

does not purport to designate a specific payee.

§ 3-112 — Terms and Omissions Not Affecting Negotiability

Section 3--112. Terms and Omissions Not Affecting Negotiability.

(1) The negotiability of an instrument is not affected by

(a) the omission of a statement of any consideration or of the

place where the instrument is drawn or payable; or

(b) a statement that collateral has been given to secure

obligations either on the instrument or otherwise of an

obligor on the instrument or that in the case of default on

those obligations the holder may realize on or dispose of the

collateral; or

(c) a promise or power to maintain or protect collateral or to

give additional collateral; or

(d) a term authorizing a confession of judgment on the instrument

if it is not paid when due; or

(e) a term purporting to waive the benefit of any law intended

for the advantage or protection of any obligor; or

(f) a term in a draft providing that the payee by indorsing or

cashing it acknowledges full satisfaction of an obligation of

the drawer; or

(g) a statement in a draft drawn in a set of parts (Section

3--801) to the effect that the order is effective only if no

other part has been honored; or

(h) a term that specifies the law that governs the promise or

order; or

(i) an undertaking to resolve in a specified forum a dispute

concerning the promise or order.

(2) Nothing in this section shall validate any term which is otherwise

illegal.

§ 3-113 — Seal

Section 3--113. Seal.

An instrument otherwise negotiable is within this Article even though

it is under a seal.

§ 3-114 — Date, Antedating, Postdating

Section 3--114. Date, Antedating, Postdating.

(1) The negotiability of an instrument is not affected by the fact

that it is undated, antedated or postdated.

(2) Where an instrument is antedated or postdated the time when it is

payable is determined by the stated date if the instrument is payable on

demand or at a fixed period after date.

(3) Where the instrument or any signature thereon is dated, the date

is presumed to be correct.

§ 3-115 — Incomplete Instruments

Section 3--115. Incomplete Instruments.

(1) When a paper whose contents at the time of signing show that it is

intended to become an instrument is signed while still incomplete in any

necessary respect it cannot be enforced until completed, but when it is

completed in accordance with authority given it is effective as

completed.

(2) If the completion is unauthorized the rules as to material

alteration apply (Section 3--407), even though the paper was not

delivered by the maker or drawer; but the burden of establishing that

any completion is unauthorized is on the party so asserting.

§ 3-116 — Instruments Payable to Two or More Persons

Section 3--116. Instruments Payable to Two or More Persons.

An instrument payable to the order of two or more persons

(a) if in the alternative is payable to any one of them and may be

negotiated, discharged or enforced by any of them who has possession of

it;

(b) if not in the alternative is payable to all of them and may be

negotiated, discharged or enforced only by all of them.

§ 3-117 — Instruments Payable With Words of Description

Section 3--117. Instruments Payable With Words of Description.

An instrument made payable to a named person with the addition of

words describing him

(a) as agent or officer of a specified person is payable to his

principal but the agent or officer may act as if he were the holder;

(b) as any other fiduciary for a specified person or purpose is

payable to the payee and may be negotiated, discharged or enforced by

him;

(c) in any other manner is payable to the payee unconditionally and

the additional words are without effect on subsequent parties.

§ 3-118 — Ambiguous Terms and Rules of Construction

Section 3--118. Ambiguous Terms and Rules of Construction.

The following rules apply to every instrument:

(a) Where there is doubt whether the instrument is a draft or a note

the holder may treat it as either. A draft drawn on the drawer is

effective as a note.

(b) Handwritten terms control typewritten and printed terms, and

typewritten control printed.

(c) Words control figures except that if the words are ambiguous

figures control.

(d) Unless otherwise specified a provision for interest means interest

at the judgment rate at the place of payment from the date of the

instrument, or if it is undated from the date of issue.

(e) Unless the instrument otherwise specifies two or more persons who

sign as maker, acceptor or drawer or indorser and as a part of the same

transaction are jointly and severally liable even though the instrument

contains such words as "I promise to pay."

(f) Unless otherwise specified consent to extension authorizes a

single extension for not longer than the original period. A consent to

extension, expressed in the instrument, is binding on secondary parties

and accommodation makers. A holder may not exercise his option to extend

an instrument over the objection of a maker or acceptor or other party

who in accordance with Section 3--604 tenders full payment when the

instrument is due.

§ 3-119 — Other Writings Affecting Instrument

Section 3--119. Other Writings Affecting Instrument.

(1) As between the obligor and his immediate obligee or any transferee

the terms of an instrument may be modified or affected by any other

written agreement executed as a part of the same transaction, except

that a holder in due course is not affected by any limitation of his

rights arising out of the separate written agreement if he had no notice

of the limitation when he took the instrument.

(2) A separate agreement does not affect the negotiability of an

instrument.

§ 3-120 — Instruments "Payable Through" Bank

Section 3--120. Instruments "Payable Through" Bank.

An instrument which states that it is "payable through" a bank or the

like designates that bank as a collecting bank to make presentment but

does not of itself authorize the bank to pay the instrument.

§ 3-121 — Instruments Payable at Bank

Section 3--121. Instruments Payable at Bank.

A note or acceptance which states that it is payable at a bank is the

equivalent of a draft drawn on the bank payable when it falls due out of

any funds of the maker or acceptor in current account or otherwise

available for such payment.

§ 3-122 — Accrual of Cause of Action

Section 3--122. Accrual of Cause of Action.

(1) A cause of action against a maker or an acceptor accrues

(a) in the case of a time instrument on the day after maturity;

(b) in the case of a demand instrument upon its date or, if no

date is stated, on the date of issue.

(2) A cause of action against the obligor of a demand or time

certificate of deposit accrues upon demand, but demand on a time

certificate may not be made until on or after the date of maturity.

(3) A cause of action against a drawer of a draft or an indorser of

any instrument accrues upon demand following dishonor of the instrument.

Notice of dishonor is a demand.

(4) Unless an instrument provides otherwise, interest runs at the rate

provided by law for a judgment

(a) in the case of a maker, acceptor or other primary obligor of

a demand instrument, from the date of demand;

(b) in all other cases from the date of accrual of the cause of

action.

PART 2 Transfer and Negotiation

§ 3-201 — Transfer: Right to Indorsement

Section 3--201. Transfer: Right to Indorsement.

(1) Transfer of an instrument vests in the transferee such rights as

the transferor has therein, except that a transferee who has himself

been a party to any fraud or illegality affecting the instrument or who

as a prior holder had notice of a defense or claim against it cannot

improve his position by taking from a later holder in due course.

(2) A transfer of a security interest in an instrument vests the

foregoing rights in the transferee to the extent of the interest

transferred.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed any transfer for value of an instrument

not then payable to bearer gives the transferee the specifically

enforceable right to have the unqualified indorsement of the transferor.

Negotiation takes effect only when the indorsement is made and until

that time there is no presumption that the transferee is the owner.

§ 3-202 — Negotiation

Section 3--202. Negotiation.

(1) Negotiation is the transfer of an instrument in such form that the

transferee becomes a holder. If the instrument is payable to order it is

negotiated by delivery with any necessary indorsement; if payable to

bearer it is negotiated by delivery.

(2) An indorsement must be written by or on behalf of the holder and

on the instrument or on a paper so firmly affixed thereto as to become a

part thereof.

(3) An indorsement is effective for negotiation only when it conveys

the entire instrument or any unpaid residue. If it purports to be of

less it operates only as a partial assignment.

(4) Words of assignment, condition, waiver, guaranty, limitation or

disclaimer of liability and the like accompanying an indorsement do not

affect its character as an indorsement.

§ 3-203 — Wrong or Misspelled Name

Section 3--203. Wrong or Misspelled Name.

Where an instrument is made payable to a person under a misspelled

name or one other than his own he may indorse in that name or his own or

both; but signature in both names may be required by a person paying or

giving value for the instrument.

§ 3-204 — Special Indorsement; Blank Indorsement

Section 3--204. Special Indorsement; Blank Indorsement.

(1) A special indorsement specifies the person to whom or to whose

order it makes the instrument payable. Any instrument specially indorsed

becomes payable to the order of the special indorsee and may be further

negotiated only by his indorsement.

(2) An indorsement in blank specifies no particular indorsee and may

consist of a mere signature. An instrument payable to order and indorsed

in blank becomes payable to bearer and may be negotiated by delivery

alone until specially indorsed.

(3) The holder may convert a blank indorsement into a special

indorsement by writing over the signature of the indorser in blank any

contract consistent with the character of the indorsement.

§ 3-205 — Restrictive Indorsements

Section 3--205. Restrictive Indorsements.

An indorsement is restrictive which either

(a) is conditional; or

(b) purports to prohibit further transfer of the instrument; or

(c) includes the words "for collection", "for deposit", "pay any

bank", or like terms signifying a purpose of deposit or collection; or

(d) otherwise states that it is for the benefit or use of the indorser

or of another person.

§ 3-206 — Effect of Restrictive Indorsement

Section 3--206. Effect of Restrictive Indorsement.

(1) No restrictive indorsement prevents further transfer or

negotiation of the instrument.

(2) An intermediary bank, or a payor bank which is not the depositary

bank, is neither given notice nor otherwise affected by a restrictive

indorsement of any person except the bank's immediate transferor or the

person presenting for payment.

(3) Except for an intermediary bank, any transferee under an

indorsement which is conditional or includes the words "for collection",

"for deposit", "pay any bank", or like terms (subparagraphs (a) and (c)

of Section 3--205) must pay or apply any value given by him for or on

the security of the instrument consistently with the indorsement and to

the extent that he does so he becomes a holder for value. In addition

such transferee is a holder in due course if he otherwise complies with

the requirements of Section 3--302 on what constitutes a holder in due

course.

(4) The first taker under an indorsement for the benefit of the

indorser or another person (subparagraph (d) of Section 3--205) must pay

or apply any value given by him for or on the security of the instrument

consistently with the indorsement and to the extent that he does so he

becomes a holder for value. In addition such taker is a holder in due

course if he otherwise complies with the requirements of Section 3--302

on what constitutes a holder in due course. A later holder for value is

neither given notice nor otherwise affected by such restrictive

indorsement unless he has knowledge that a fiduciary or other person has

negotiated the instrument in any transaction for his own benefit or

otherwise in breach of duty (subsection (2) of Section 3--304).

§ 3-207 — Negotiation Effective Although It May Be Rescinded

Section 3--207. Negotiation Effective Although It May Be Rescinded.

(1) Negotiation is effective to transfer the instrument although the

negotiation is

(a) made by an infant, a corporation exceeding its powers, or any

other person without capacity; or

(b) obtained by fraud, duress or mistake of any kind; or

(c) part of an illegal transaction; or

(d) made in breach of duty.

(2) Except as against a subsequent holder in due course such

negotiation is in an appropriate case subject to rescission, the

declaration of a constructive trust or any other remedy permitted by

law.

§ 3-208 — Reacquisition

Section 3--208. Reacquisition.

Where an instrument is returned to or reacquired by a prior party he

may cancel any indorsement which is not necessary to his title and

reissue or further negotiate the instrument, but any intervening party

is discharged as against the reacquiring party and subsequent holders

not in due course and if his indorsement has been cancelled is

discharged as against subsequent holders in due course as well.

PART 3 Rights of a Holder

§ 3-301 — Rights of a Holder

Section 3--301. Rights of a Holder.

The holder of an instrument whether or not he is the owner may

transfer or negotiate it and, except as otherwise provided in Section

3--603 on payment or satisfaction, discharge it or enforce payment in

his own name.

§ 3-302 — Holder in Due Course

Section 3--302. Holder in Due Course.

(1) A holder in due course is a holder who takes the instrument

(a) for value; and

(b) in good faith; and

(c) without notice that it is overdue or has been dishonored or

of any defense against or claim to it on the part of any

person.

(2) A payee may be a holder in due course.

(3) A holder does not become a holder in due course of an instrument:

(a) by purchase of it at judicial sale or by taking it under

legal process; or

(b) by acquiring it in taking over an estate; or

(c) by purchasing it as part of a bulk transaction not in regular

course of business of the transferor.

(4) A purchaser of a limited interest can be a holder in due course

only to the extent of the interest purchased.

§ 3-303 — Taking for Value

Section 3--303. Taking for Value.

A holder takes the instrument for value

(a) to the extent that the agreed consideration has been performed or

that he acquires a security interest in or a lien on the instrument

otherwise than by legal process; or

(b) when he takes the instrument in payment of or as security for an

antecedent claim against any person whether or not the claim is due; or

(c) when he gives a negotiable instrument for it or makes an

irrevocable commitment to a third person.

§ 3-304 — Notice to Purchaser

Section 3--304. Notice to Purchaser.

(1) The purchaser has notice of a claim or defense if

(a) the instrument is so incomplete, bears such visible evidence

of forgery or alteration, or is otherwise so irregular as to

call into question its validity, terms or ownership or to

create an ambiguity as to the party to pay; or

(b) the purchaser has notice that the obligation of any party is

voidable in whole or in part, or that all parties have been

discharged.

(2) The purchaser has notice of a claim against the instrument when he

has knowledge that a fiduciary has negotiated the instrument in payment

of or as security for his own debt or in any transaction for his own

benefit or otherwise in breach of duty.

(3) The purchaser has notice that an instrument is overdue if he has

reason to know

(a) that any part of the principal amount is overdue or that

there is an uncured default in payment of another instrument

of the same series; or

(b) that acceleration of the instrument has been made; or

(c) that he is taking a demand instrument after demand has been

made or more than a reasonable length of time after its

issue. A reasonable time for a check drawn and payable within

the states and territories of the United States and the

District of Columbia is presumed to be thirty days.

(4) Knowledge of the following facts does not of itself give the

purchaser notice of a defense or claim

(a) that the instrument is antedated or postdated;

(b) that it was issued or negotiated in return for an executory

promise or accompanied by a separate agreement, unless the

purchaser has notice that a defense or claim has arisen from

the terms thereof;

(c) that any party has signed for accommodation;

(d) that an incomplete instrument has been completed, unless the

purchaser has notice of any improper completion;

(e) that any person negotiating the instrument is or was a

fiduciary;

(f) that there has been default in payment of interest on the

instrument or in payment of any other instrument, except one

of the same series.

(5) The filing or recording of a document does not of itself

constitute notice within the provisions of this Article to a person who

would otherwise be a holder in due course.

(6) To be effective notice must be received at such time and in such

manner as to give a reasonable opportunity to act on it.

(7) In any event, to constitute notice of a claim or defense, the

purchaser must have knowledge of the claim or defense or knowledge of

such facts that his action in taking the instrument amounts to bad

faith.

§ 3-305 — Rights of a Holder in Due Course

Section 3--305. Rights of a Holder in Due Course.

To the extent that a holder is a holder in due course he takes the

instrument free from

(1) all claims to it on the part of any person; and

(2) all defenses of any party to the instrument with whom the holder

has not dealt except

(a) infancy, to the extent that it is a defense to a simple

contract; and

(b) such other incapacity, or duress, or illegality of the

transaction, as renders the obligation of the party a

nullity; and

(c) such misrepresentation as has induced the party to sign the

instrument with neither knowledge nor reasonable opportunity

to obtain knowledge of its character or its essential terms;

and

(d) discharge in insolvency proceedings; and

(e) any other discharge of which the holder has notice when he

takes the instrument.

§ 3-306 — Rights of One Not Holder in Due Course

Section 3--306. Rights of One Not Holder in Due Course.

Unless he has the rights of a holder in due course any person takes

the instrument subject to

(a) all valid claims to it on the part of any person; and

(b) all defenses of any party which would be available in an action on

a simple contract; and

(c) the defenses of want or failure of consideration, non-performance

of any condition precedent, non-delivery, or delivery for a special

purpose (Section 3--408); and

(d) the defense that he or a person through whom he holds the

instrument acquired it by theft, or that payment or satisfaction to such

holder would be inconsistent with the terms of a restrictive

indorsement. The claim of any third person to the instrument is not

otherwise available as a defense to any party liable thereon unless the

third person himself defends the action for such party.

§ 3-307 — Burden of Establishing Signatures, Defenses and Due Course

Section 3--307. Burden of Establishing Signatures, Defenses and Due

Course.

(1) Unless specifically denied in the pleadings each signature on an

instrument is admitted. When the effectiveness of a signature is put in

issue

(a) the burden of establishing it is on the party claiming under

the signature; but

(b) the signature is presumed to be genuine or authorized except

where the action is to enforce the obligation of a purported

signer who has died or become incompetent before proof is

required.

(2) When signatures are admitted or established, production of the

instrument entitles a holder to recover on it unless the defendant

establishes a defense.

(3) After it is shown that a defense exists a person claiming the

rights of a holder in due course has the burden of establishing that he

or some person under whom he claims is in all respects a holder in due

course.

PART 4 Liability of Parties

§ 3-401 — Signature

Section 3--401. Signature.

(1) No person is liable on an instrument unless his signature appears

thereon.

(2) A signature is made by use of any name, including any trade or

assumed name, upon an instrument, or by any word or mark used in lieu of

a written signature.

§ 3-402 — Signature in Ambiguous Capacity

Section 3--402. Signature in Ambiguous Capacity.

Unless the instrument clearly indicates that a signature is made in

some other capacity it is an indorsement.

§ 3-403 — Signature by Authorized Representative

Section 3--403. Signature by Authorized Representative.

(1) A signature may be made by an agent or other representative, and

his authority to make it may be established as in other cases of

representation. No particular form of appointment is necessary to

establish such authority.

(2) An authorized representative who signs his own name to an

instrument

(a) is personally obligated if the instrument neither names the

person represented nor shows that the representative signed

in a representative capacity;

(b) except as otherwise established between the immediate

parties, is personally obligated if the instrument names the

person represented but does not show that the representative

signed in a representative capacity, or if the instrument

does not name the person represented but does show that the

representative signed in a representative capacity.

(3) Except as otherwise established the name of an organization

preceded or followed by the name and office of an authorized individual

is a signature made in a representative capacity.

§ 3-404 — Unauthorized Signatures

Section 3--404. Unauthorized Signatures.

(1) Any unauthorized signature is wholly inoperative as that of the

person whose name is signed unless he ratifies it or is precluded from

denying it; but it operates as the signature of the unauthorized signer

in favor of any person who in good faith pays the instrument or takes it

for value.

(2) Any unauthorized signature may be ratified for all purposes of

this Article. Such ratification does not of itself affect any rights of

the person ratifying against the actual signer.

§ 3-405 — Impostors; Signature in Name of Payee

Section 3--405. Impostors; Signature in Name of Payee.

(1) An indorsement by any person in the name of a named payee is

effective if

(a) an impostor by use of the mails or otherwise has induced the

maker or drawer to issue the instrument to him or his

confederate in the name of the payee; or

(b) a person signing as or on behalf of a maker or drawer intends

the payee to have no interest in the instrument; or

(c) an agent or employee of the maker or drawer has supplied him

with the name of the payee intending the latter to have no

such interest.

(2) Nothing in this section shall affect the criminal or civil

liability of the person so indorsing.

§ 3-406 — Negligence Contributing to Alteration or Unauthorized Signature

Section 3--406. Negligence Contributing to Alteration or Unauthorized

Signature.

Any person who by his negligence substantially contributes to a

material alteration of the instrument or to the making of an

unauthorized signature is precluded from asserting the alteration or

lack of authority against a holder in due course or against a drawee or

other payor who pays the instrument in good faith and in accordance with

the reasonable commercial standards of the drawee's or payor's business.

§ 3-407 — Alteration

Section 3--407. Alteration.

(1) Any alteration of an instrument is material which changes the

contract of any party thereto in any respect, including any such change

in

(a) the number or relations of the parties; or

(b) an incomplete instrument, by completing it otherwise than as

authorized; or

(c) the writing as signed, by adding to it or by removing any

part of it.

(2) As against any person other than a subsequent holder in due course

(a) alteration by the holder which is both fraudulent and

material discharges any party whose contract is thereby

changed unless that party assents or is precluded from

asserting the defense;

(b) no other alteration discharges any party and the instrument

may be enforced according to its original tenor, or as to

incomplete instruments according to the authority given.

(3) A subsequent holder in due course may in all cases enforce the

instrument according to its original tenor, and when an incomplete

instrument has been completed, he may enforce it as completed.

§ 3-408 — Consideration

Section 3--408. Consideration.

Want or failure of consideration is a defense as against any person

not having the rights of a holder in due course (Section 3--305), except

that no consideration is necessary for an instrument or obligation

thereon given in payment of or as security for an antecedent obligation

of any kind. Nothing in this section shall be taken to displace any

statute outside this Act under which a promise is enforceable

notwithstanding lack or failure of consideration. Partial failure of

consideration is a defense pro tanto whether or not the failure is in an

ascertained or liquidated amount.

§ 3-409 — Draft Not an Assignment

Section 3--409. Draft Not an Assignment.

(1) A check or other draft does not of itself operate as an assignment

of any funds in the hands of the drawee available for its payment, and

the drawee is not liable on the instrument until he accepts it.

(2) Nothing in this section shall affect any liability in contract,

tort or otherwise arising from any letter of credit or other obligation

or representation which is not an acceptance.

§ 3-410 — Definition and Operation of Acceptance

Section 3--410. Definition and Operation of Acceptance.

(1) Acceptance is the drawee's signed engagement to honor the draft as

presented. It must be written on the draft, and may consist of his

signature alone. It becomes operative when completed by delivery or

notification.

(2) A draft may be accepted although it has not been signed by the

drawer or is otherwise incomplete or is overdue or has been dishonored.

(3) Where the draft is payable at a fixed period after sight and the

acceptor fails to date his acceptance the holder may complete it by

supplying a date in good faith.

§ 3-411 — Certification of a Check

Section 3--411. Certification of a Check.

(1) Certification of a check is acceptance. Where a holder procures

certification the drawer and all prior indorsers are discharged.

(2) Unless otherwise agreed a bank has no obligation to certify a

check.

(3) A bank may certify a check before returning it for lack of proper

indorsement. If it does so the drawer is discharged.

§ 3-412 — Acceptance Varying Draft

Section 3--412. Acceptance Varying Draft.

(1) Where the drawee's proffered acceptance in any manner varies the

draft as presented the holder may refuse the acceptance and treat the

draft as dishonored in which case the drawee is entitled to have his

acceptance cancelled.

(2) The terms of the draft are not varied by an acceptance to pay at

any particular bank or place in the United States, unless the acceptance

states that the draft is to be paid only at such bank or place.

(3) Where the holder assents to an acceptance varying the terms of the

draft each drawer and indorser who does not affirmatively assent is

discharged.

§ 3-413 — Contract of Maker, Drawer and Acceptor

Section 3--413. Contract of Maker, Drawer and Acceptor.

(1) The maker or acceptor engages that he will pay the instrument

according to its tenor at the time of his engagement or as completed

pursuant to Section 3--115 on incomplete instruments.

(2) The drawer engages that upon dishonor of the draft and any

necessary notice of dishonor or protest he will pay the amount of the

draft to the holder or to any indorser who takes it up. The drawer may

disclaim this liability by drawing without recourse.

(3) By making, drawing or accepting the party admits as against all

subsequent parties including the drawee the existence of the payee and

his then capacity to indorse.

§ 3-414 — Contract of Indorser; Order of Liability

Section 3--414. Contract of Indorser; Order of Liability.

(1) Unless the indorsement otherwise specifies (as by such words as

"without recourse") every indorser engages that upon dishonor and any

necessary notice of dishonor and protest he will pay the instrument

according to its tenor at the time of his indorsement to the holder or

to any subsequent indorser who takes it up, even though the indorser who

takes it up was not obligated to do so.

(2) Unless they otherwise agree indorsers are liable to one another in

the order in which they indorse, which is presumed to be the order in

which their signatures appear on the instrument.

§ 3-415 — Contract of Accommodation Party

Section 3--415. Contract of Accommodation Party.

(1) An accommodation party is one who signs the instrument in any

capacity for the purpose of lending his name to another party to it.

(2) When the instrument has been taken for value before it is due the

accommodation party is liable in the capacity in which he has signed

even though the taker knows of the accommodation.

(3) As against a holder in due course and without notice of the

accommodation oral proof of the accommodation is not admissible to give

the accommodation party the benefit of discharges dependent on his

character as such. In other cases the accommodation character may be

shown by oral proof.

(4) An indorsement which shows that it is not in the chain of title is

notice of its accommodation character.

(5) An accommodation party is not liable to the party accommodated,

and if he pays the instrument has a right of recourse on the instrument

against such party.

(6) An accommodation party warrants to any subsequent holder who is

not the party accommodated and who takes the instrument in good faith

that

(a) all signatures are genuine or authorized; and

(b) the instrument has not been materially altered; and

(c) all prior parties had capacity to contract; and

(d) he has no knowledge of any insolvency proceeding instituted

with respect to the maker or acceptor or the drawer of an

unaccepted instrument.

§ 3-416 — Contract of Guarantor

Section 3--416. Contract of Guarantor.

(1) "Payment guaranteed" or equivalent words added to a signature mean

that the signer engages that if the instrument is not paid when due he

will pay it according to its tenor without resort by the holder to any

other party.

(2) "Collection guaranteed" or equivalent words added to a signature

mean that the signer engages that if the instrument is not paid when due

he will pay it according to its tenor, but only after the holder has

reduced his claim against the maker or acceptor to judgment and

execution has been returned unsatisfied, or after the maker or acceptor

has become insolvent or it is otherwise apparent that it is useless to

proceed against him.

(3) Words of guaranty which do not otherwise specify guarantee

payment.

(4) No words of guaranty added to the signature of a sole maker or

acceptor affect his liability on the instrument. Such words added to the

signature of one of two or more makers or acceptors create a presumption

that the signature is for the accommodation of the others.

(5) When words of guaranty are used presentment, notice of dishonor

and protest are not necessary to charge the user.

(6) Any guaranty written on the instrument is enforcible

notwithstanding any statute of frauds.

§ 3-417 — Warranties on Presentment and Transfer

Section 3--417. Warranties on Presentment and Transfer.

(1) Any person who obtains payment or acceptance and any prior

transferor warrants to a person who in good faith pays or accepts that

(a) he has a good title to the instrument or is authorized to

obtain payment or acceptance on behalf of one who has a good

title; and

(b) he has no knowledge that the signature of the maker or drawer

is unauthorized, except that this warranty is not given by a

holder in due course acting in good faith

(i) to a maker with respect to the maker's own signature; or

(ii) to a drawer with respect to the drawer's own signature,

whether or not the drawer is also the drawee; or

(iii) to an acceptor of a draft if the holder in due course

took the draft after the acceptance or obtained the

acceptance without knowledge that the drawer's signature

was unauthorized; and

(c) the instrument has not been materially altered, except that

this warranty is not given by a holder in due course acting

in good faith

(i) to the maker of a note; or

(ii) to the drawer of a draft whether or not the drawer is

also the drawee; or

(iii) to the acceptor of a draft with respect to an alteration

made prior to the acceptance if the holder in due course

took the draft after the acceptance, even though the

acceptance provided "payable as originally drawn" or

equivalent terms; or

(iv) to the acceptor of a draft with respect to an alteration

made after the acceptance.

(2) Any person who transfers an instrument and receives consideration

warrants to his transferee and if the transfer is by indorsement to any

subsequent holder who takes the instrument in good faith that

(a) he has a good title to the instrument or is authorized to

obtain payment or acceptance on behalf of one who has a good

title and the transfer is otherwise rightful; and

(b) all signatures are genuine or authorized; and

(c) the instrument has not been materially altered; and

(d) no defense of any party is good against him; and

(e) he has no knowledge of any insolvency proceeding instituted

with respect to the maker or acceptor or the drawer of an

unaccepted instrument.

(3) By transferring "without recourse" the transferor limits the

obligation stated in subsection (2) (d) to a warranty that he has no

knowledge of such a defense.

(4) A selling agent or broker who does not disclose the fact that he

is acting only as such gives the warranties provided in this section,

but if he makes such disclosure warrants only his good faith and

authority.

§ 3-418 — Finality of Payment or Acceptance

Section 3--418. Finality of Payment or Acceptance.

Except for recovery of bank payments as provided in the Article on

Bank Deposits and Collections (Article 4) and except for liability for

breach of warranty on presentment under the preceding section, payment

or acceptance of any instrument is final in favor of a holder in due

course, or a person who has in good faith changed his position in

reliance on the payment.

§ 3-419 — Conversion of Instrument; Innocent Representative

Section 3--419. Conversion of Instrument; Innocent Representative.

(1) An instrument is converted when

(a) a drawee to whom it is delivered for acceptance refuses to

return it on demand; or

(b) any person to whom it is delivered for payment refuses on

demand either to pay or to return it; or

(c) it is paid on a forged indorsement.

(2) In an action against a drawee under subsection (1) the measure of

the drawee's liability is the face amount of the instrument. In any

other action under subsection (1) the measure of liability is presumed

to be the face amount of the instrument.

(3) Subject to the provisions of this Act concerning restrictive

indorsements a representative, including a depositary or collecting

bank, who has in good faith and in accordance with the reasonable

commercial standards applicable to the business of such representative

dealt with an instrument or its proceeds on behalf of one who was not

the true owner is not liable in conversion or otherwise to the true

owner beyond the amount of any proceeds remaining in his hands.

(4) An intermediary bank or payor bank which is not a depositary bank

is not liable in conversion solely by reason of the fact that proceeds

of an item indorsed restrictively (Sections 3--205 and 3--206) are not

paid or applied consistently with the restrictive indorsement of an

indorser other than its immediate transferor.

PART 5 Presentment, Notice of Dishonor and Protest

§ 3-501 — When Presentment, Notice of Dishonor, and Protest Necessary or Permissible

Section 3--501. When Presentment, Notice of Dishonor, and Protest

Necessary or Permissible.

(1) Unless excused (Section 3--511) presentment is necessary to charge

secondary parties as follows:

(a) presentment for acceptance is necessary to charge the drawer

and indorsers of a draft where the draft so provides, or is

payable elsewhere than at the residence or place of business

of the drawee, or its date of payment depends upon such

presentment. The holder may at his option present for

acceptance any other draft payable at a stated date;

(b) presentment for payment is necessary to charge any indorser;

(c) in the case of any drawer, the acceptor of a draft payable at

a bank or the maker of a note payable at a bank, presentment

for payment is necessary, but failure to make presentment

discharges such drawer, acceptor or maker only as stated in

Section 3--502 (1) (b).

(2) Unless excused (Section 3--511)

(a) notice of any dishonor is necessary to charge any indorser;

(b) in the case of any drawer, the acceptor of a draft payable at

a bank or the maker of a note payable at a bank, notice of

any dishonor is necessary, but failure to give such notice

discharges such drawer, acceptor or maker only as stated in

Section 3--502 (1) (b).

(3) Unless excused (Section 3--511) protest of any dishonor is

necessary to charge the drawer and indorsers of any draft which on its

face appears to be drawn or payable outside of the states and

territories of the United States and the District of Columbia. The

holder may at his option make protest of any dishonor of any other

instrument and in the case of a foreign draft may on insolvency of the

acceptor before maturity make protest for better security.

(4) Notwithstanding any provision of this section, neither presentment

nor notice of dishonor nor protest is necessary to charge an indorser

who has indorsed an instrument after maturity.

§ 3-502 — Unexcused Delay; Discharge

Section 3--502. Unexcused Delay; Discharge.

(1) Where without excuse any necessary presentment or notice of

dishonor is delayed beyond the time when it is due

(a) any indorser is discharged; and

(b) any drawer or the acceptor of a draft payable at a bank or the

maker of a note payable at a bank who because the drawee or payor bank

becomes insolvent during the delay is deprived of funds maintained with

the drawee or payor bank to cover the instrument may discharge his

liability by written assignment to the holder of his rights against the

drawee or payor bank in respect of such funds, but such drawer, acceptor

or maker is not otherwise discharged.

(2) Where without excuse a necessary protest is delayed beyond the

time when it is due any drawer or indorser is discharged.

§ 3-503 — Time of Presentment

Section 3--503. Time of Presentment.

(1) Unless a different time is expressed in the instrument the time

for any presentment is determined as follows:

(a) where an instrument is payable at or a fixed period after a

stated date any presentment for acceptance must be made on or

before the date it is payable;

(b) where an instrument is payable after sight it must either be

presented for acceptance or negotiated within a reasonable

time after date or issue whichever is later;

(c) where an instrument shows the date on which it is payable

presentment for payment is due on that date;

(d) where an instrument is accelerated presentment for payment is

due within a reasonable time after the acceleration;

(e) with respect to the liability of any secondary party

presentment for acceptance or payment of any other instrument

is due within a reasonable time after such party becomes

liable thereon.

(2) A reasonable time for presentment is determined by the nature of

the instrument, any usage of banking or trade and the facts of the

particular case. In the case of an uncertified check which is drawn and

payable within the United States and which is not a draft drawn by a

bank the following are presumed to be reasonable periods within which to

present for payment or to initiate bank collection:

(a) with respect to the liability of the drawer, thirty days

after date or issue whichever is later; and

(b) with respect to the liability of an endorser, seven days

after his indorsement.

(3) Where any presentment is due on a day which is not a full business

day for either the person making presentment or the party to pay or

accept, presentment is due on the next following day which is a full

business day for both parties.

(4) Presentment to be sufficient must be made at a reasonable hour,

and if at a bank during its banking day.

§ 3-504 — How Presentment Made

Section 3--504. How Presentment Made.

(1) Presentment is a demand for acceptance or payment made upon the

maker, acceptor, drawee or other payor by or on behalf of the holder.

(2) Presentment may be made

(a) by mail, in which event the time of presentment is determined

by the time of receipt of the mail; or

(b) through a clearing house; or

(c) at the place of acceptance or payment specified in the

instrument or if there be none at the place of business or

residence of the party to accept or pay. If neither the party

to accept or pay nor anyone authorized to act for him is

present or accessible at such place presentment is excused.

(3) It may be made

(a) to any one of two or more makers, acceptors, drawees or other

payors; or

(b) to any person who has authority to make or refuse the

acceptance or payment.

(4) A draft accepted or a note made payable at a bank in the United

States must be presented at such bank.

(5) In the cases described in Section 4--210 presentment may be made

in the manner and with the result stated in that section.

§ 3-505 — Rights of Party to Whom Presentment Is Made

Section 3--505. Rights of Party to Whom Presentment Is Made.

(1) The party to whom presentment is made may without dishonor require

(a) exhibition of the instrument; and

(b) reasonable identification of the person making presentment

and evidence of his authority to make it if made for another;

and

(c) that the instrument be produced for acceptance or payment at

a place specified in it, or if there be none at any place

reasonable in the circumstances; and

(d) a signed receipt on the instrument for any partial or full

payment and its surrender upon full payment.

(2) Failure to comply with any such requirement invalidates the

presentment but the person presenting has a reasonable time in which to

comply and the time for acceptance or payment runs from the time of

compliance.

§ 3-506 — Time Allowed for Acceptance or Payment

Section 3--506. Time Allowed for Acceptance or Payment.

(1) Acceptance may be deferred without dishonor until the close of the

next business day following presentment. The holder may also in a good

faith effort to obtain acceptance and without either dishonor of the

instrument or discharge of secondary parties allow postponement of

acceptance for an additional business day.

(2) Except as a longer time is allowed in the case of documentary

drafts drawn under a letter of credit, and unless an earlier time is

agreed to by the party to pay, payment of an instrument may be deferred

without dishonor pending reasonable examination to determine whether it

is properly payable, but payment must be made in any event before the

close of business on the day of presentment.

§ 3-507 — Dishonor; Holder's Right of Recourse; Term Allowing Re-Presentment

Section 3--507. Dishonor; Holder's Right of Recourse; Term Allowing

Re-Presentment.

(1) An instrument is dishonored when

(a) a necessary or optional presentment is duly made and due

acceptance or payment is refused or cannot be obtained within

the prescribed time or in case of bank collections the

instrument is seasonably returned by the midnight deadline

(Section 4--301); or

(b) presentment is excused and the instrument is not duly

accepted or paid.

(2) Subject to any necessary notice of dishonor and protest, the

holder has upon dishonor an immediate right of recourse against the

drawers and indorsers.

(3) Return of an instrument for lack of proper indorsement is not

dishonor.

(4) A term in a draft or an indorsement thereof allowing a stated time

for re-presentment in the event of any dishonor of the draft by

nonacceptance if a time draft or by nonpayment if a sight draft gives

the holder as against any secondary party bound by the term an option to

waive the dishonor without affecting the liability of the secondary

party and he may present again up to the end of the stated time.

§ 3-508 — Notice of Dishonor

Section 3--508. Notice of Dishonor.

(1) Notice of dishonor may be given to any person who may be liable on

the instrument by or on behalf of the holder or any party who has

himself received notice, or any other party who can be compelled to pay

the instrument. In addition an agent or bank in whose hands the

instrument is dishonored may give notice to his principal or customer or

to another agent or bank from which the instrument was received.

(2) Any necessary notice must be given by a bank before its midnight

deadline and by any other person before midnight of the third business

day after dishonor or receipt of notice of dishonor.

(3) Notice may be given in any reasonable manner. It may be oral or

written and in any terms which identify the instrument and state that it

has been dishonored. A misdescription which does not mislead the party

notified does not vitiate the notice. Sending the instrument bearing a

stamp, ticket or writing stating that acceptance or payment has been

refused or sending a notice of debit with respect to the instrument is

sufficient.

(4) Written notice is given when sent although it is not received.

(5) Notice to one partner is notice to each although the firm has been

dissolved.

(6) When any party is in insolvency proceedings instituted after the

issue of the instrument notice may be given either to the party or to

the representative of his estate.

(7) When any party is dead or incompetent notice may be sent to his

last known address or given to his personal representative.

(8) Notice operates for the benefit of all parties who have rights on

the instrument against the party notified.

§ 3-509 — Protest; Noting for Protest

Section 3--509. Protest; Noting for Protest.

(1) A protest is a certificate of dishonor made under the hand and

seal of a United States consul or vice consul or a notary public or

other person authorized to certify dishonor by the law of the place

where dishonor occurs. It may be made upon information satisfactory to

such person.

(2) The protest must identify the instrument and certify either that

due presentment has been made or the reason why it is excused and that

the instrument has been dishonored by nonacceptance or nonpayment.

(3) The protest may also certify that notice of dishonor has been

given to all parties or to specified parties.

(4) Subject to subsection (5) any necessary protest is due by the time

that notice of dishonor is due.

(5) If, before protest is due, an instrument has been noted for

protest by the officer to make protest, the protest may be made at any

time thereafter as of the date of the noting.

§ 3-510 — Evidence of Dishonor and Notice of Dishonor

Section 3--510. Evidence of Dishonor and Notice of Dishonor.

The following are admissible as evidence and create a presumption of

dishonor and of any notice of dishonor therein shown:

(a) a document regular in form as provided in the preceding section

which purports to be a protest;

(b) the purported stamp or writing of the drawee, payor bank or

presenting bank on the instrument or accompanying it stating that

acceptance or payment has been refused for reasons consistent with

dishonor;

(c) any book or record of the drawee, payor bank, or any collecting

bank kept in the usual course of business which shows dishonor, even

though there is no evidence of who made the entry.

§ 3-511 — Waived or Excused Presentment, Protest or Notice of Dishonor or Delay Therein

Section 3--511. Waived or Excused Presentment, Protest or Notice of

Dishonor or Delay Therein.

(1) Delay in presentment, protest or notice of dishonor is excused

when the party is without notice that it is due or when the delay is

caused by circumstances beyond his control and he exercises reasonable

diligence after the cause of the delay ceases to operate.

(2) Presentment or notice or protest as the case may be is entirely

excused when

(a) the party to be charged has waived it expressly or by

implication either before or after it is due; or

(b) such party has himself dishonored the instrument or has

countermanded payment or otherwise has no reason to expect or

right to require that the instrument be accepted or paid; or

(c) by reasonable diligence the presentment or protest cannot be

made or the notice given.

(3) Presentment is also entirely excused when

(a) the maker, acceptor or drawee of any instrument except a

documentary draft is dead or in insolvency proceedings

instituted after the issue of the instrument; or

(b) acceptance or payment is refused but not for want of proper

presentment.

(4) Where a draft has been dishonored by nonacceptance a later

presentment for payment and any notice of dishonor and protest for

nonpayment are excused unless in the meantime the instrument has been

accepted.

(5) A waiver of protest is also a waiver of presentment and of notice

of dishonor even though protest is not required.

(6) Where a waiver of presentment or notice or protest is embodied in

the instrument itself it is binding upon all parties; but where it is

written above the signature of an indorser it binds him only.

PART 6 Discharge

§ 3-601 — Discharge of Parties

Section 3--601. Discharge of Parties.

(1) The extent of the discharge of any party from liability on an

instrument is governed by the sections on

(a) payment or satisfaction (Section 3--603); or

(b) tender of payment (Section 3--604); or

(c) cancellation or renunciation (Section 3--605); or

(d) impairment of right of recourse or of collateral (Section

3--606); or

(e) reacquisition of the instrument by a prior party (Section

3--208); or

(f) fraudulent and material alteration (Section 3--407); or

(g) certification of a check (Section 3--411); or

(h) acceptance varying a draft (Section 3--412); or

(i) unexcused delay in presentment or notice of dishonor or

protest (Section 3--502).

(2) Any party is also discharged from his liability on an instrument

to another party by any other act or agreement with such party which

would discharge his simple contract for the payment of money.

(3) The liability of all parties is discharged when any party who has

himself no right of action or recourse on the instrument

(a) reacquires the instrument in his own right; or

(b) is discharged under any provision of this Article, except as

otherwise provided with respect to discharge for impairment

of recourse or of collateral (Section 3--606).

§ 3-602 — Effect of Discharge Against Holder in Due Course

Section 3--602. Effect of Discharge Against Holder in Due Course.

No discharge of any party provided by this Article is effective

against a subsequent holder in due course unless he has notice thereof

when he takes the instrument.

§ 3-603 — Payment or Satisfaction

Section 3--603. Payment or Satisfaction.

(1) The liability of any party is discharged to the extent of his

payment or satisfaction to the holder even though it is made with

knowledge of a claim of another person to the instrument unless prior to

such payment or satisfaction the person making the claim either supplies

indemnity deemed adequate by the party seeking the discharge or enjoins

payment or satisfaction by order of a court of competent jurisdiction in

an action in which the adverse claimant and the holder are parties. This

subsection does not, however, result in the discharge of the liability

(a) of a party who in bad faith pays or satisfies a holder who

acquired the instrument by theft or who (unless having the

rights of a holder in due course) holds through one who so

acquired it; or

(b) of a party (other than an intermediary bank or a payor bank

which is not a depositary bank) who pays or satisfies the

holder of an instrument which has been restrictively indorsed

in a manner not consistent with the terms of such restrictive

indorsement.

(2) Payment or satisfaction may be made with the consent of the holder

by any person including a stranger to the instrument. Surrender of the

instrument to such a person gives him the rights of a transferee

(Section 3--201).

§ 3-604 — Tender of Payment

Section 3--604. Tender of Payment.

(1) Any party making tender of full payment to a holder when or after

it is due is discharged to the extent of all subsequent liability for

interest, costs and attorney's fees.

(2) The holder's refusal of such tender wholly discharges any party

who has a right of recourse against the party making the tender.

(3) Where the maker or acceptor of an instrument payable otherwise

than on demand is able and ready to pay at every place of payment

specified in the instrument when it is due, it is equivalent to tender.

§ 3-605 — Cancellation and Renunciation

Section 3--605. Cancellation and Renunciation.

(1) The holder of an instrument may even without consideration

discharge any party

(a) in any manner apparent on the face of the instrument or the

indorsement, as by intentionally cancelling the instrument or

the party's signature by destruction or mutilation, or by

striking out the party's signature; or

(b) by renouncing his rights by a writing signed and delivered or

by surrender of the instrument to the party to be discharged.

(2) Neither cancellation nor renunciation without surrender of the

instrument affects the title thereto.

(3) The obligation of a party to pay a check is not discharged solely

by destruction of the check in connection with a process in which

information is extracted from the check and an image of the check is

made and, subsequently, the information and image are transmitted for

payment.

§ 3-606 — Impairment of Recourse or of Collateral

Section 3--606. Impairment of Recourse or of Collateral.

(1) The holder discharges any party to the instrument to the extent

that without such party's consent the holder

(a) without express reservation of rights releases or agrees not

to sue any person against whom the party has to the knowledge

of the holder a right of recourse or agrees to suspend the

right to enforce against such person the instrument or

collateral or otherwise discharges such person, except that

failure or delay in effecting any required presentment,

protest or notice of dishonor with respect to any such person

does not discharge any party as to whom presentment, protest

or notice of dishonor is effective or unnecessary; or

(b) unjustifiably impairs any collateral for the instrument given

by or on behalf of the party or any person against whom he

has a right of recourse.

(2) By express reservation of rights against a party with a right of

recourse the holder preserves

(a) all his rights against such party as of the time when the

instrument was originally due; and

(b) the right of the party to pay the instrument as of that time;

and

(c) all rights of such party to recourse against others.

PART 7 Advice of International Sight Draft

§ 3-701 — Letter of Advice of International Sight Draft

Section 3--701. Letter of Advice of International Sight Draft.

(1) A "letter of advice" is a drawer's communication to the drawee

that a described draft has been drawn.

(2) Unless otherwise agreed when a bank receives from another bank a

letter of advice of an international sight draft the drawee bank may

immediately debit the drawer's account and stop the running of interest

pro tanto. Such a debit and any resulting credit to any account covering

outstanding drafts leaves in the drawer full power to stop payment or

otherwise dispose of the amount and creates no trust or interest in

favor of the holder.

(3) Unless otherwise agreed and except where a draft is drawn under a

credit issued by the drawee, the drawee of an international sight draft

owes the drawer no duty to pay an unadvised draft but if it does so and

the draft is genuine, may appropriately debit the drawer's account.

PART 8 Miscellaneous

§ 3-801 — Drafts in a Set

Section 3--801. Drafts in a Set.

(1) Where a draft is drawn in a set of parts, each of which is

numbered and expressed to be an order only if no other part has been

honored, the whole of the parts constitutes one draft but a taker of any

part may become a holder in due course of the draft.

(2) Any person who negotiates, indorses or accepts a single part of a

draft drawn in a set thereby becomes liable to any holder in due course

of that part as if it were the whole set, but as between different

holders in due course to whom different parts have been negotiated the

holder whose title first accrues has all rights to the draft and its

proceeds.

(3) As against the drawee the first presented part of a draft drawn in

a set is the part entitled to payment, or if a time draft to acceptance

and payment. Acceptance of any subsequently presented part renders the

drawee liable thereon under subsection (2). With respect both to a

holder and to the drawer payment of a subsequently presented part of a

draft payable at sight has the same effect as payment of a check

notwithstanding an effective stop order (Section 4--407).

(4) Except as otherwise provided in this section, where any part of a

draft in a set is discharged by payment or otherwise the whole draft is

discharged.

§ 3-802 — Effect of Instrument on Obligation for Which It Is Given

Section 3--802. Effect of Instrument on Obligation for Which It Is

Given.

(1) Unless otherwise agreed where an instrument is taken for an

underlying obligation

(a) the obligation is pro tanto discharged if a bank is drawer,

maker or acceptor of the instrument and there is no recourse

on the instrument against the underlying obligor; and

(b) in any other case the obligation is suspended pro tanto until

the instrument is due or if it is payable on demand until its

presentment. If the instrument is dishonored action may be

maintained on either the instrument or the obligation;

discharge of the underlying obligor on the instrument also

discharges him on the obligation.

(2) The taking in good faith of a check which is not postdated does

not of itself so extend the time on the original obligation as to

discharge a surety.

§ 3-803 — Notice to Third Party

Section 3--803. Notice to Third Party.

Where a defendant is sued for breach of an obligation for which a

third person is answerable over under this Article he may give the third

person written notice of the litigation, and the person notified may

then give similar notice to any other person who is answerable over to

him under this Article. If the notice states that the person notified

may come in and defend and that if the person notified does not do so he

will in any action against him by the person giving the notice be bound

by any determination of fact common to the two litigations, then unless

after seasonable receipt of the notice the person notified does come in

and defend he is so bound.

§ 3-804 — Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Instruments

Section 3--804. Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Instruments.

The owner of an instrument which is lost, whether by destruction,

theft or otherwise, may maintain an action in his own name and recover

from any party liable thereon upon due proof of his ownership, the facts

which prevent his production of the instrument and its terms. The court

shall require security, in an amount fixed by the court not less than

twice the amount allegedly unpaid on the instrument, indemnifying the

defendant, his heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns

against loss, including costs and expenses, by reason of further claims

on the instrument, but this provision does not apply where an action is

prosecuted or defended by the state or by a public officer in its

behalf.

§ 3-805 — Instruments Not Payable to Order or to Bearer

Section 3--805. Instruments Not Payable to Order or to Bearer.

This Article applies to any instrument whose terms do not preclude

transfer and which is otherwise negotiable within this Article but which

is not payable to order or to bearer, except that there can be no holder

in due course of such an instrument.

ARTICLE 4 Bank Deposits and Collections

PART 1 General Provisions and Definitions

§ 4-101 — Short Title

Section 4--101. Short Title.

This Article shall be known and may be cited as Uniform Commercial

Code--Bank Deposits and Collections.

§ 4-102 — Applicability

Section 4--102. Applicability.

(1) To the extent that items within this Article are also within the

scope of Articles 3 and 8, they are subject to the provisions of those

Articles. In the event of conflict the provisions of this Article govern

those of Article 3 but the provisions of Article 8 govern those of this

Article.

(2) The liability of a bank for action or non-action with respect to

any item handled by it for purposes of presentment, payment or

collection is governed by the law of the place where the bank is

located. In the case of action or non-action by or at a branch or

separate office of a bank, its liability is governed by the law of the

place where the branch or separate office is located.

§ 4-103 — Variation by Agreement; Measure of Damages; Certain Action Constituting Ordinary Care

Section 4--103. Variation by Agreement; Measure of Damages; Certain

Action Constituting Ordinary Care.

(1) The effect of the provisions of this Article may be varied by

agreement except that no agreement can disclaim a bank's responsibility

for its own lack of good faith or failure to exercise ordinary care or

can limit the measure of damages for such lack or failure; but the

parties may by agreement determine the standards by which such

responsibility is to be measured if such standards are not manifestly

unreasonable.

(2) Federal Reserve regulations and operating letters, clearing house

rules, and the like, have the effect of agreements under subsection (1),

whether or not specifically assented to by all parties interested in

items handled.

(3) Action or non-action approved by this Article or pursuant to

Federal Reserve regulations or operating letters constitutes the

exercise of ordinary care and, in the absence of special instructions,

action or non-action consistent with clearing house rules and the like

or with a general banking usage not disapproved by this Article, prima

facie constitutes the exercise of ordinary care.

(4) The specification or approval of certain procedures by this

Article does not constitute disapproval of other procedures which may be

reasonable under the circumstances.

(5) The measure of damages for failure to exercise ordinary care in

handling an item is the amount of the item reduced by an amount which

could not have been realized by the use of ordinary care, and where

there is bad faith it includes other damages, if any, suffered by the

party as a proximate consequence.

§ 4-104 — Definitions and Index of Definitions

Definitions and Index of Definitions.

(1) In this Article unless the context otherwise requires

(a) "Account" means any account with a bank and includes a

checking, time, interest or savings account;

(b) "Afternoon" means the period of a day between noon and

midnight;

(c) "Banking day" means that part of any day on which a bank is

open to the public for carrying on substantially all of its

banking functions;

(d) "Clearing house" means any association of banks or other

payors regularly clearing items;

(e) "Customer" means any person having an account with a bank or

for whom a bank has agreed to collect items and includes a

bank carrying an account with another bank;

(f) "Documentary draft" means any negotiable or non-negotiable

draft with accompanying documents, securities or other papers

to be delivered against honor of the draft;

(g) "Item" means any instrument for the payment of money even

though it is not negotiable but does not include money;

(h) "Midnight deadline" with respect to a bank is midnight on its

next banking day following the banking day on which it

receives the relevant item or notice or from which the time

for taking action commences to run, whichever is later;

(i) "Obligated bank" means the acceptor of a certified check, the

issuer of a cashier's check, or the drawer of a teller's

check;

(j) "Properly payable" includes the availability of funds for

payment at the time of decision to pay or dishonor;

(k) "Remitter" means the buyer from the obligated bank of a

cashier's check or a teller's check, and the drawer of a

certified check;

(l) "Settle" means to pay in cash, by clearing house settlement,

in a charge or credit or by remittance, or otherwise as

instructed. A settlement may be either provisional or final;

(m) "Suspends payments" with respect to a bank means that it has

been closed by order of the supervisory authorities, that a

public officer has been appointed to take it over or that it

ceases or refuses to make payments in the ordinary course of

business.

(2) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in

which they appear are:

"Collecting bank" Section 4--105.

"Depositary bank" Section 4--105.

"Intermediary bank" Section 4--105.

"Payor bank" Section 4--105.

"Presenting bank" Section 4--105.

"Remitting bank" Section 4--105.

(3) The following definitions in other Articles apply to this Article:

"Acceptance" Section 3--410.

"Certificate of deposit" Section 3--104.

"Certification" Section 3--411.

"Check" Section 3--104.

"Draft" Section 3--104.

"Holder in due course" Section 3--302.

"Notice of dishonor" Section 3--508.

"Presentment" Section 3--504.

"Protest" Section 3--509.

"Secondary party" Section 3--102.

(4) In addition Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article.

§ 4-105 — "Depositary Bank"; "Intermediary Bank"; "Collecting Bank"; "Payor Bank"; "Presenting Bank"; "Remitting Bank"

Section 4--105. "Depositary Bank"; "Intermediary Bank"; "Collecting

Bank"; "Payor Bank"; "Presenting Bank"; "Remitting

Bank".

In this Article unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) "Depositary bank" means the first bank to which an item is

transferred for collection even though it is also the payor bank;

(b) "Payor bank" means a bank by which an item is payable as drawn or

accepted;

(c) "Intermediary bank" means any bank to which an item is transferred

in course of collection except the depositary or payor bank;

(d) "Collecting bank" means any bank handling the item for collection

except the payor bank;

(e) "Presenting bank" means any bank presenting an item except a payor

bank;

(f) "Remitting bank" means any payor or intermediary bank remitting

for an item.

§ 4-106 — Separate Office of a Bank

Section 4--106. Separate Office of a Bank.

A branch or separate office of a bank is a separate bank for the

purpose of computing the time within which and determining the place at

or to which action may be taken or notices or orders shall be given

under this Article and under Article 3. The receipt of any notice or

order by or the knowledge of one branch or separate office of a bank is

not actual or constructive notice to or knowledge of any other branch or

office of the same bank and does not impair the right of another branch

or office to be a holder in due course of an item.

§ 4-107 — Time of Receipt of Items

Section 4--107. Time of Receipt of Items.

(1) For the purpose of allowing time to process items, prove balances

and make the necessary entries on its books to determine its position

for the day, a bank may fix an afternoon hour of two P.M. or later as a

cut-off hour for the handling of money and items and the making of

entries on its books.

(2) Any item or deposit of money received on any day after a cut-off

hour so fixed or after the close of the banking day may be treated as

being received at the opening of the next banking day.

§ 4-108 — Delays

Section 4--108. Delays.

(1) Unless otherwise instructed, a collecting bank in a good faith

effort to secure payment may, in the case of specific items and with or

without the approval of any person involved, waive, modify or extend

time limits imposed or permitted by this Act for a period not in excess

of an additional banking day without discharge of secondary parties and

without liability to its transferor or any prior party.

(2) Delay by a collecting bank or payor bank beyond time limits

prescribed or permitted by this Act or by instructions is excused if

caused by interruption of communication facilities, suspension of

payments by another bank, war, emergency conditions or other

circumstances beyond the control of the bank provided it exercises such

diligence as the circumstances require.

§ 4-109 — Process of Posting

Section 4--109. Process of Posting.

The "process of posting" means the usual procedure followed by a payor

bank in determining to pay an item and in recording the payment

including one or more of the following or other steps as determined by

the bank:

(a) verification of any signature;

(b) ascertaining that sufficient funds are available;

(c) affixing a "paid" or other stamp;

(d) entering a charge or entry to a customer's account;

(e) correcting or reversing an entry or erroneous action with respect

to the item.

PART 2 Collection of Items: Depositary and Collecting Banks

§ 4-201 — Presumption and Duration of Agency Status of Collecting Banks and Provisional Status of Credits; Applicability of Article; Item Indorsed ...

Section 4--201. Presumption and Duration of Agency Status of Collecting

Banks and Provisional Status of Credits; Applicability

of Article; Item Indorsed "Pay Any Bank".

(1) Unless a contrary intent clearly appears and prior to the time

that a settlement given by a collecting bank for an item is or becomes

final (subsection (3) of Section 4--211 and Sections 4--212 and 4--213)

the bank is an agent or sub-agent of the owner of the item and any

settlement given for the item is provisional. This provision applies

regardless of the form of indorsement or lack of indorsement and even

though credit given for the item is subject to immediate withdrawal as

of right or is in fact withdrawn; but the continuance of ownership of an

item by its owner and any rights of the owner to proceeds of the item

are subject to rights of a collecting bank such as those resulting from

outstanding advances on the item and valid rights of setoff. When an

item is handled by banks for purposes of presentment, payment and

collection, the relevant provisions of this Article apply even though

action of parties clearly establishes that a particular bank has

purchased the item and is the owner of it.

(2) After an item has been indorsed with the words "pay any bank" or

the like, only a bank may acquire the rights of a holder

(a) until the item has been returned to the customer initiating

collection; or

(b) until the item has been specially indorsed by a bank to a

person who is not a bank.

§ 4-202 — Responsibility for Collection; When Action Seasonable

Section 4--202. Responsibility for Collection; When Action Seasonable.

(1) A collecting bank must use ordinary care in

(a) presenting an item or sending it for presentment; and

(b) sending notice of dishonor or non-payment or returning an

item other than a documentary draft to the bank's transferor

or directly to the depositary bank under subsection (2) of

Section 4--212 after learning that the item has not been paid

or accepted, as the case may be; and

(c) settling for an item when the bank receives final settlement;

and

(d) making or providing for any necessary protest; and

(e) notifying its transferor of any loss or delay in transit

within a reasonable time after discovery thereof.

(2) A collecting bank taking proper action before its midnight

deadline following receipt of an item, notice or payment acts

seasonably; taking proper action within a reasonably longer time may be

seasonable but the bank has the burden of so establishing.

(3) Subject to subsection (1) (a), a bank is not liable for the

insolvency, neglect, misconduct, mistake or default of another bank or

person or for loss or destruction of an item in transit or in the

possession of others.

§ 4-203 — Effect of Instructions

Section 4--203. Effect of Instructions.

Subject to the provisions of Article 3 concerning conversion of

instruments (Section 3--419) and the provisions of both Article 3 and

this Article concerning restrictive indorsements only a collecting

bank's transferor can give instructions which affect the bank or

constitute notice to it and a collecting bank is not liable to prior

parties for any action taken pursuant to such instructions or in

accordance with any agreement with its transferor.

§ 4-204 — Methods of Sending and Presenting; Sending Direct to Payor Bank

Section 4--204. Methods of Sending and Presenting; Sending Direct to

Payor Bank.

(1) A collecting bank must send items by reasonably prompt method

taking into consideration any relevant instructions, the nature of the

item, the number of such items on hand, and the cost of collection

involved and the method generally used by it or others to present such

items.

(2) A collecting bank may send

(a) any item direct to the payor bank;

(b) any item to any non-bank payor if authorized by its

transferor; and

(c) any item other than documentary drafts to any non-bank payor,

if authorized by Federal Reserve regulation or operating

letter, clearing house rule or the like.

(3) Presentment may be made by a presenting bank at a place where the

payor bank has requested that presentment be made.

§ 4-205 — Supplying Missing Indorsement; No Notice From Prior Indorsement

Section 4--205. Supplying Missing Indorsement; No Notice From Prior

Indorsement.

(1) A depositary bank which has taken an item for collection may

supply any indorsement of the customer which is necessary to title

unless the item contains the words "payee's indorsement required" or the

like. In the absence of such a requirement a statement placed on the

item by the depositary bank to the effect that the item was deposited by

a customer or credited to his account is effective as the customer's

indorsement.

(2) An intermediary bank, or payor bank which is not a depositary

bank, is neither given notice nor otherwise affected by a restrictive

indorsement of any person except the bank's immediate transferor.

§ 4-206 — Transfer Between Banks

Section 4--206. Transfer Between Banks.

Any agreed method which identifies the transferor bank is sufficient

for the item's further transfer to another bank.

§ 4-207 — Warranties of Customer and Collecting Bank on Transfer or Presentment of Items; Time for Claims

Section 4--207. Warranties of Customer and Collecting Bank on Transfer

or Presentment of Items; Time for Claims.

(1) Each customer or collecting bank who obtains payment or acceptance

of an item and each prior customer and collecting bank warrants to the

payor bank or other payor who in good faith pays or accepts the item

that

(a) he has a good title to the item or is authorized to obtain

payment or acceptance on behalf of one who has a good title;

and

(b) he has no knowledge that the signature of the maker or drawer

is unauthorized, except that this warranty is not given by

any customer or collecting bank that is a holder in due

course and acts in good faith

(i) to a maker with respect to the maker's own signature; or

(ii) to a drawer with respect to the drawer's own signature,

whether or not the drawer is also the drawee; or

(iii) to an acceptor of an item if the holder in due course

took the item after the acceptance or obtained the

acceptance without knowledge that the drawer's signature

was unauthorized; and

(c) the item has not been materially altered, except that this

warranty is not given by any customer or collecting bank that

is a holder in due course and acts in good faith

(i) to the maker of a note; or

(ii) to the drawer of a draft whether or not the drawer is

also the drawee; or

(iii) to the acceptor of an item with respect to an alteration

made prior to the acceptance if the holder in due course

took the item after the acceptance, even though the

acceptance provided "payable as originally drawn" or

equivalent terms; or

(iv) to the acceptor of an item with respect to an alteration

made after the acceptance.

(2) Each customer and collecting bank who transfers an item and

receives a settlement or other consideration for it warrants to his

transferee and to any subsequent collecting bank who takes the item in

good faith that

(a) he has a good title to the item or is authorized to obtain

payment or acceptance on behalf of one who has a good title

and the transfer is otherwise rightful; and

(b) all signatures are genuine or authorized; and (c) the item

has not been materially altered; and

(d) no defense of any party is good against him; and

(e) he has no knowledge of any insolvency proceeding instituted

with respect to the maker or acceptor or the drawer of an

unaccepted item.

In addition each customer and collecting bank so transferring an item

and receiving a settlement or other consideration engages that upon

dishonor and any necessary notice of dishonor and protest he will take

up the item.

(3) The warranties and the engagement to honor set forth in the two

preceding subsections arise notwithstanding the absence of indorsement

or words of guaranty or warranty in the transfer or presentment and a

collecting bank remains liable for their breach despite remittance to

its transferor. Damages for breach of such warranties or engagement to

honor shall not exceed the consideration received by the customer or

collecting bank responsible plus finance charges and expenses related to

the item, if any

(4) Unless a claim for breach of warranty under this section is made

within a reasonable time after the person claiming learns of the breach,

the person liable is discharged to the extent of any loss caused by the

delay in making claim.

§ 4-208 — Security Interest of Collecting Bank in Items, Accompanying Documents and Proceeds

Section 4--208. Security Interest of Collecting Bank in Items,

Accompanying Documents and Proceeds.

(1) A bank has a security interest in an item and any accompanying

documents or the proceeds of either

(a) in case of an item deposited in an account to the extent to

which credit given for the item has been withdrawn or

applied;

(b) in case of an item for which it has given credit available

for withdrawal as of right, to the extent of the credit given

whether or not the credit is drawn upon and whether or not

there is a right of charge-back; or

(c) if it makes an advance on or against the item.

(2) When credit which has been given for several items received at one

time or pursuant to a single agreement is withdrawn or applied in part

the security interest remains upon all the items, any accompanying

documents or the proceeds of either. For the purpose of this section,

credits first given are first withdrawn.

(3) Receipt by a collecting bank of a final settlement for an item is

a realization on its security interest in the item, accompanying

documents and proceeds. To the extent and so long as the bank does not

receive final settlement for the item or give up possession of the item

or accompanying documents for purposes other than collection, the

security interest continues and is subject to the provisions of Article

9 except that

(a) no security agreement is necessary to make the security

interest enforceable ( Section 9--203 (b)(3)(A)); and

(b) no filing is required to perfect the security interest; and

(c) the security interest has priority over conflicting perfected

security interests in the item, accompanying documents or

proceeds.

§ 4-209 — When Bank Gives Value for Purposes of Holder in Due Course

Section 4--209. When Bank Gives Value for Purposes of Holder in Due

Course.

For purposes of determining its status as a holder in due course, the

bank has given value to the extent that it has a security interest in an

item provided that the bank otherwise complies with the requirements of

Section 3--302 on what constitutes a holder in due course.

§ 4-210 — Presentment by Notice of Item Not Payable by, Through or at a Bank; Liability of Secondary Parties

Section 4--210. Presentment by Notice of Item Not Payable by, Through or

at a Bank; Liability of Secondary Parties.

(1) Unless otherwise instructed, a collecting bank may present an item

not payable by, through or at a bank by sending to the party to accept

or pay a written notice that the bank holds the item for acceptance or

payment. The notice must be sent in time to be received on or before the

day when presentment is due and the bank must meet any requirement of

the party to accept or pay under Section 3--505 by the close of the

bank's next banking day after it knows of the requirement.

(2) Where presentment is made by notice and neither honor nor request

for compliance with a requirement under Section 3--505 is received by

the close of business on the day after maturity or in the case of demand

items by the close of business on the third banking day after notice was

sent, the presenting bank may treat the item as dishonored and charge

any secondary party by sending him notice of the facts.

§ 4-211 — Media of Remittance; Provisional and Final Settlement in Remittance Cases

Section 4--211. Media of Remittance; Provisional and Final Settlement in

Remittance Cases.

(1) A collecting bank may take in settlement of an item

(a) a check of the remitting bank or of another bank on any bank

except the remitting bank; or

(b) a cashier's check or similar primary obligation of a

remitting bank which is a member of or clears through a

member of the same clearing house or group as the collecting

bank; or

(c) appropriate authority to charge an account of the remitting

bank or of another bank with the collecting bank; or

(d) if the item is drawn upon or payable by a person other than a

bank, a cashier's check, certified check or other bank check

or obligation.

(2) If before its midnight deadline the collecting bank properly

dishonors a remittance check or authorization to charge on itself or

presents or forwards for collection a remittance instrument of or on

another bank which is of a kind approved by subsection (1) or has not

been authorized by it, the collecting bank is not liable to prior

parties in the event of the dishonor of such check, instrument or

authorization.

(3) A settlement for an item by means of a remittance instrument or

authorization to charge is or becomes a final settlement as to both the

person making and the person receiving the settlement

(a) if the remittance instrument or authorization to charge is of

a kind approved by subsection (1) or has not been authorized

by the person receiving the settlement and in either case the

person receiving the settlement acts seasonably before its

midnight deadline in presenting, forwarding for collection or

paying the instrument or authorization,--at the time the

remittance instrument or authorization is finally paid by the

payor by which it is payable;

(b) if the person receiving the settlement has authorized

remittance by a non-bank check or obligation or by a

cashier's check or similar primary obligation of or a check

upon the payor or other remitting bank which is not of a kind

approved by subsection (1) (b),--at the time of the receipt

of such remittance check or obligation; or

(c) if in a case not covered by sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) the

person receiving the settlement fails to seasonably present,

forward for collection, pay or return a remittance instrument

or authorization to it to charge before its midnight

deadline,--at such midnight deadline.

§ 4-212 — Right of Charge-Back or Refund

Section 4--212. Right of Charge-Back or Refund.

(1) If a collecting bank has made provisional settlement with its

customer for an item and itself fails by reason of dishonor, suspension

of payments by a bank or otherwise to receive a settlement for the item

which is or becomes final, the bank may revoke the settlement given by

it, charge back the amount of any credit given for the item to its

customer's account or obtain refund from its customer whether or not it

is able to return the items if by its midnight deadline or within a

longer reasonable time after it learns the facts it returns the item or

sends notification of the facts. These rights to revoke, charge-back and

obtain refund terminate if and when a settlement for the item received

by the bank is or becomes final (subsection (3) of Section 4--211 and

subsections (2) and (3) of Section 4--213).

(2) Within the time and manner prescribed by this section and Section

4--301, an intermediary or payor bank, as the case may be, may return an

unpaid item directly to the depositary bank and may send for collection

a draft on the depositary bank and obtain reimbursement. In such case,

if the depositary bank has received provisional settlement for the item,

it must reimburse the bank drawing the draft and any provisional credits

for the item between banks shall become and remain final.

(3) A depositary bank which is also the payor may charge-back the

amount of an item to its customer's account or obtain refund in

accordance with the section governing return of an item received by a

payor bank for credit on its books (Section 4--301).

(4) The right to charge-back is not affected by

(a) prior use of the credit given for the item; or

(b) failure by any bank to exercise ordinary care with respect to

the item but any bank so failing remains liable.

(5) A failure to charge-back or claim refund does not affect other

rights of the bank against the customer or any other party.

(6) If credit is given in dollars as the equivalent of the value of an

item payable in a foreign currency the dollar amount of any charge-back

or refund shall be calculated on the basis of the buying sight rate for

the foreign currency prevailing on the day when the person entitled to

the charge-back or refund learns that it will not receive payment in

ordinary course.

§ 4-213 — Final Payment of Item by Payor Bank; When Provisional Debits and Credits Become Final; When Certain Credits Become Available for Withdrawal

Section 4--213. Final Payment of Item by Payor Bank; When Provisional

Debits and Credits Become Final; When Certain Credits

Become Available for Withdrawal.

(1) An item is finally paid by a payor bank when the bank has done any

of the following, whichever happens first:

(a) paid the item in cash; or

(b) settled for the item without reserving a right to revoke the

settlement and without having such right under statute,

clearing house rule or agreement; or

(c) completed the process of posting the item to the indicated

account of the drawer, maker or other person to be charged

therewith; or

(d) made a provisional settlement for the item and failed to

revoke the settlement in the time and manner permitted by

statute, clearing house rule or agreement.

Upon a final payment under subparagraphs (b), (c) or (d) the payor bank

shall be accountable for the amount of the item.

(2) If provisional settlement for an item between the presenting and

payor banks is made through a clearing house or by debits or credits in

an account between them, then to the extent that provisional debits or

credits for the item are entered in accounts between the presenting and

payor banks or between the presenting and successive prior collecting

banks seriatim, they become final upon final payment of the item by the

payor bank.

(3) If a collecting bank receives a settlement for an item which is or

becomes final (subsection (3) of Section 4--211, subsection (2) of

Section 4--213) the bank is accountable to its customer for the amount

of the item and any provisional credit given for the item in an account

with its customer becomes final.

(4) Subject to any right of the bank to apply the credit to an

obligation of the customer, credit given by a bank for an item in an

account with its customer becomes available for withdrawal as of right

(a) in any case where the bank has received a provisional

settlement for the item,--when such settlement becomes final

and the bank has had a reasonable time to learn that the

settlement is final;

(b) in any case where the bank is both a depositary bank and a

payor bank and the item is finally paid,--at the opening of

the bank's second banking day following receipt of the item.

(5) A deposit of money in a bank is final when made but, subject to

any right of the bank to apply the deposit to an obligation of the

customer, the deposit becomes available for withdrawal as of right at

the opening of the bank's next banking day following receipt of the

deposit.

§ 4-214 — Insolvency and Preference

Section 4--214. Insolvency and Preference.

(1) Any item in or coming into the possession of a payor or collecting

bank which suspends payment and which item is not finally paid shall be

returned by the receiver, trustee or agent in charge of the closed bank

to the presenting bank or the closed bank's customer.

(2) If a payor bank finally pays an item and suspends payments without

making a settlement for the item with its customer or the presenting

bank which settlement is or becomes final, the owner of the item has a

preferred claim against the payor bank.

(3) If a payor bank gives or a collecting bank gives or receives a

provisional settlement for an item and thereafter suspends payments, the

suspension does not prevent or interfere with the settlement becoming

final if such finality occurs automatically upon the lapse of certain

time or the happening of certain events (subsection (3) of Section

4--211, subsections (1) (d), (2) and (3) of Section 4--213).

(4) If a collecting bank receives from subsequent parties settlement

for an item which settlement is or becomes final and suspends payments

without making a settlement for the item with its customer which is or

becomes final, the owner of the item has a preferred claim against such

collecting bank.

PART 3 Collection of Items: Payor Banks

§ 4-301 — Deferred Posting; Recovery of Payment by Return of Items; Time of Dishonor

Section 4--301. Deferred Posting; Recovery of Payment by Return of

Items; Time of Dishonor.

(1) Where an authorized settlement for a demand item (other than a

documentary draft) received by a payor bank otherwise than for immediate

payment over the counter has been made before midnight of the banking

day of receipt the payor bank may revoke the settlement and recover any

payment if before it has made final payment (subsection (1) of Section

4--213) and before its midnight deadline it

(a) returns the item; or

(b) sends written notice of dishonor or nonpayment if the item is

held for protest or is otherwise unavailable for return.

(2) If a demand item is received by a payor bank for credit on its

books it may return such item or send notice of dishonor and may revoke

any credit given or recover the amount thereof withdrawn by its

customer, if it acts within the time limit and in the manner specified

in the preceding subsection.

(3) Unless previous notice of dishonor has been sent an item is

dishonored at the time when for purposes of dishonor it is returned or

notice sent in accordance with this section.

(4) An item is returned:

(a) as to an item received through a clearing house, when it is

delivered to the presenting or last collecting bank or to the

clearing house or is sent or delivered in accordance with its

rules; or

(b) in all other cases, when it is sent or delivered to the

bank's customer or transferor or pursuant to his

instructions.

§ 4-302 — Payor Bank's Responsibility for Late Return of Item

Section 4--302. Payor Bank's Responsibility for Late Return of Item.

In the absence of a valid defense such as breach of a presentment

warranty (subsection (1) of Section 4--207), settlement effected or the

like, if an item is presented on and received by a payor bank the bank

is accountable for the amount of

(a) a demand item other than a documentary draft whether properly

payable or not if the bank, in any case where it is not also

the depositary bank, retains the item beyond midnight of the

banking day of receipt without settling for it or, regardless

of whether it is also the depositary bank, does not pay or

return the item or send notice of dishonor until after its

midnight deadline; or

(b) any other properly payable item unless within the time

allowed for acceptance or payment of that item the bank

either accepts or pays the item or returns it and

accompanying documents.

§ 4-303 — When Items Subject to Notice, Stop-Order, Legal Process or Setoff; Order in Which Items May Be Charged or Certified

Section 4--303. When Items Subject to Notice, Stop-Order, Legal Process

or Setoff; Order in Which Items May Be Charged or

Certified.

(1) Any knowledge, notice or stop-order received by, legal process

served upon or setoff exercised by a payor bank, whether or not

effective under other rules of law to terminate, suspend or modify the

bank's right or duty to pay an item or to charge its customer's account

for the item, comes too late to so terminate, suspend or modify such

right or duty if the knowledge, notice, stop-order or legal process is

received or served and a reasonable time for the bank to act thereon

expires or the setoff is exercised after the bank has done any of the

following:

(a) accepted or certified the item;

(b) paid the item in cash;

(c) settled for the item without reserving a right to revoke the

settlement and without having such right under statute,

clearing house rule or agreement;

(d) completed the process of posting the item to the indicated

account of the drawer, maker or other person to be charged

therewith or otherwise has evidenced by examination of such

indicated account and by action its decision to pay the item;

or

(e) become accountable for the amount of the item under

subsection (1) (d) of Section 4--213 and Section 4--302

dealing with the payor bank's responsibility for late return

of items.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (1) items may be accepted,

paid, certified or charged to the indicated account of its customer in

any order convenient to the bank.

PART 4 Relationship Between Payor Bank and Its Customer

§ 4-401 — When Bank May Charge Customer's Account

Section 4--401. When Bank May Charge Customer's Account.

(1) As against its customer, a bank may charge against his account any

item which is otherwise properly payable from that account even though

the charge creates an overdraft.

(2) A bank which in good faith makes payment to a holder may charge

the indicated account of its customer according to

(a) the original tenor of his altered item; or

(b) the tenor of his completed item, even though the bank knows

the item has been completed unless the bank has notice that

the completion was improper.

§ 4-402 — Bank's Liability to Customer for Wrongful Dishonor

Section 4--402. Bank's Liability to Customer for Wrongful Dishonor.

A payor bank is liable to its customer for damages proximately caused

by the wrongful dishonor of an item. When the dishonor occurs through

mistake liability is limited to actual damages proved. If so proximately

caused and proved damages may include damages for an arrest or

prosecution of the customer or other consequential damages. Whether any

consequential damages are proximately caused by the wrongful dishonor is

a question of fact to be determined in each case.

§ 4-403 — Customer's Right to Stop Payment; Burden of Proof of Loss

Section 4--403. Customer's Right to Stop Payment; Burden of Proof of

Loss.

(1) A customer may by order to his bank stop payment of any item

payable for his account but the order must be received at such time and

in such manner as to afford the bank a reasonable opportunity to act on

it prior to any action by the bank with respect to the item described in

Section 4--303.

(2) A remitter or payee of a cashier's check or certified check may by

order to the obligated bank stop payment of such a check, and a remitter

or payee of a teller's check may order the obligated bank to order the

payor bank to stop payment of such a check, at any time after ninety

days from the date of issuance of either a cashier's check or teller's

check, and date of certification of a certified check. The stop payment

is effective if either the remitter or payee delivers to the obligated

bank at a time and in a manner affording a reasonable opportunity to act

before any of the actions described in Section 4--303 (1) are taken: (i)

a written order to stop payment, which shall describe the item with

reasonable certainty, and (ii) an affidavit of the remitter or payee

containing an averment that the check was destroyed, its whereabouts

cannot be determined, or it is in the wrongful possession of an unknown

person or a person that cannot be found or is not amenable to service of

process.

(3) An oral order is binding upon the bank only for fourteen calendar

days unless confirmed in writing within that period. A written order is

effective for only six months unless renewed in writing.

(4) The burden of establishing the fact and amount of loss resulting

from the payment of an item contrary to a binding stop payment order is

on the customer, remitter or payee.

§ 4-404 — Bank Not Obligated to Pay Check More Than Six Months Old

Section 4--404. Bank Not Obligated to Pay Check More Than Six Months

Old.

A bank is under no obligation to a customer having a checking account

to pay a check, other than a certified check, which is presented more

than six months after its date, but it may charge its customer's account

for a payment made thereafter in good faith.

§ 4-405 — Death or Incompetence of Customer

Section 4--405. Death or Incompetence of Customer.

(1) A payor or collecting bank's authority to accept, pay or collect

an item or to account for proceeds of its collection if otherwise

effective is not rendered ineffective by incompetence of a customer of

either bank existing at the time the item is issued or its collection is

undertaken if the bank does not know of an adjudication of incompetence.

Neither death nor incompetence of a customer revokes such authority to

accept, pay, collect or account until the bank knows of the fact of

death or of an adjudication of incompetence and has reasonable

opportunity to act on it.

(2) Even with knowledge a bank may for ten days after the date of

death pay or certify checks drawn on or prior to that date unless

ordered to stop payment by a person claiming an interest in the account.

§ 4-406 — Customer's Duty to Discover and Report Unauthorized Signature or Alteration

Section 4--406. Customer's Duty to Discover and Report Unauthorized

Signature or Alteration.

(1) When a bank sends to its customer a statement of account

accompanied by items paid in good faith in support of the debit entries

or holds the statement and items pursuant to a request or instructions

of its customer or otherwise in a reasonable manner makes the statement

and items available to the customer, the customer must exercise

reasonable care and promptness to examine the statement and items to

discover his unauthorized signature or any alteration on an item and

must notify the bank promptly after discovery thereof.

(2) If the bank establishes that the customer failed with respect to

an item to comply with the duties imposed on the customer by subsection

(1) the customer is precluded from asserting against the bank

(a) his unauthorized signature or any alteration on the item if

the bank also establishes that it suffered a loss by reason

of such failure; and

(b) an unauthorized signature or alteration by the same wrongdoer

on any other item paid in good faith by the bank after the

first item and statement was available to the customer for a

reasonable period not exceeding fourteen calendar days and

before the bank receives notification from the customer of

any such unauthorized signature or alteration.

(3) The preclusion under subsection (2) does not apply if the customer

establishes lack of ordinary care on the part of the bank in paying the

item(s).

(4) Without regard to care or lack of care of either the customer or

the bank a customer who does not within one year from the time the

statement and items are made available to the customer (subsection (1))

discover and report his unauthorized signature or any alteration on the

face or back of the item or does not within three years from that time

discover and report any unauthorized indorsement is precluded from

asserting against the bank such unauthorized signature or indorsement or

such alteration.

(5) If under this section a payor bank has a valid defense against a

claim of a customer upon or resulting from payment of an item and waives

or fails upon request to assert the defense the bank may not assert

against any collecting bank or other prior party presenting or

transferring the item a claim based upon the unauthorized signature or

alteration giving rise to the customer's claim.

§ 4-407 — Payor Bank's Right to Subrogation on Improper Payment

Section 4--407. Payor Bank's Right to Subrogation on Improper Payment.

If a payor bank has paid an item over the stop payment order of the

drawer or maker or otherwise under circumstances giving a basis for

objection by the drawer or maker, to prevent unjust enrichment and only

to the extent necessary to prevent loss to the bank by reason of its

payment of the item, the payor bank shall be subrogated to the rights

(a) of any holder in due course on the item against the drawer or

maker; and

(b) of the payee or any other holder of the item against the

drawer or maker either on the item or under the transaction

out of which the item arose; and

(c) of the drawer or maker against the payee or any other holder

of the item with respect to the transaction out of which the

item arose.

§ 4-408 — Rights and Liabilities of Remitter or Payee With Respect to Cashier's Check, Teller's Check and Certified Check

Section 4--408. Rights and Liabilities of Remitter or Payee With Respect

to Cashier's Check, Teller's Check and Certified

Check.

(1) This section applies if a cashier's check, teller's check or

certified check is not presented for payment on or before ninety days

from the date of issuance of a cashier's check or teller's check, or the

date of certification of a certified check.

(2) The remitter or payee that causes payment of a cashier's check,

teller's check or certified check to be stopped pursuant to Section

4--403 (2) engages that upon dishonor of the check and any necessary

notice of dishonor he will pay, subject to defenses, the amount of the

check to any subsequent holder or indorser who takes it up.

(3) When a stop payment order pursuant to Section 4--403 (2) becomes

effective the obligated bank shall refund the amount of the item to the

remitter or payee that issued the stop payment order, and shall have no

further liability on the item.

PART 5 Collection of Documentary Drafts

§ 4-501 — Handling of Documentary Drafts; Duty to Send for Presentment and to Notify Customer of Dishonor

Section 4--501. Handling of Documentary Drafts; Duty to Send for

Presentment and to Notify Customer of Dishonor.

A bank which takes a documentary draft for collection must present or

send the draft and accompanying documents for presentment and upon

learning that the draft has not been paid or accepted in due course must

seasonably notify its customer of such fact even though it may have

discounted or bought the draft or extended credit available for

withdrawal as of right.

§ 4-502 — Presentment of "On Arrival" Drafts

Section 4--502. Presentment of "On Arrival" Drafts.

When a draft or the relevant instructions require presentment "on

arrival", "when goods arrive" or the like, the collecting bank need not

present until in its judgment a reasonable time for arrival of the goods

has expired. Refusal to pay or accept because the goods have not arrived

is not dishonor; the bank must notify its transferor of such refusal but

need not present the draft again until it is instructed to do so or

learns of the arrival of the goods.

§ 4-503 — Responsibility of Presenting Bank for Documents and Goods; Report of Reasons for Dishonor; Referee in Case of Need

Section 4--503. Responsibility of Presenting Bank for Documents and

Goods; Report of Reasons for Dishonor; Referee in Case

of Need.

Unless otherwise instructed and except as provided in Article 5 a bank

presenting a documentary draft

(a) must deliver the documents to the drawee on acceptance of the

draft if it is payable more than three days after presentment;

otherwise, only on payment; and

(b) upon dishonor, either in the case of presentment for acceptance or

presentment for payment, may seek and follow instructions from any

referee in case of need designated in the draft or if the presenting

bank does not choose to utilize his services it must use diligence and

good faith to ascertain the reason for dishonor, must notify its

transferor of the dishonor and of the results of its effort to ascertain

the reasons therefor and must request instructions.

But the presenting bank is under no obligation with respect to goods

represented by the documents except to follow any reasonable

instructions seasonably received; it has a right to reimbursement for

any expense incurred in following instructions and to prepayment of or

indemnity for such expenses.

§ 4-504 — Privilege of Presenting Bank to Deal With Goods; Security Interest for Expenses

Section 4--504. Privilege of Presenting Bank to Deal With Goods;

Security Interest for Expenses.

(1) A presenting bank which, following the dishonor of a documentary

draft, has seasonably requested instructions but does not receive them

within a reasonable time may store, sell, or otherwise deal with the

goods in any reasonable manner.

(2) For its reasonable expenses incurred by action under subsection

(1) the presenting bank has a lien upon the goods or their proceeds,

which may be foreclosed in the same manner as an unpaid seller's lien.

ARTICLE 4-A Funds Transfers

PART 1 Subject Matter and Definitions

§ 4-a-101 — Short Title

Section 4-A-101. Short Title.

This Article may be cited as uniform commercial code -- funds

transfers.

§ 4-a-102 — Subject Matter

Section 4-A-102. Subject Matter.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4-A-108, this Article applies

to funds transfers defined in Section 4-A-104.

§ 4-a-103 — Payment Order-Definitions

Section 4-A-103. Payment Order-Definitions.

(1) In this article:

(a) "Payment order" means an instruction of a sender to a

receiving bank, transmitted orally or in a record, to pay, or

to cause another bank to pay, a fixed or determinable amount

of money to a beneficiary if:

(i) the instruction does not state a condition to payment to

the beneficiary other than time of payment,

(ii) the receiving bank is to be reimbursed by debiting an

account of, or otherwise receiving payment from, the

sender, and

(iii) the instruction is transmitted by the sender directly to

the receiving bank or to an agent, funds transfer system,

or communication system for transmittal to the receiving

bank.

(b) "Beneficiary" means the person to be paid by the

beneficiary's bank.

(c) "Beneficiary's bank" means the bank identified in a payment

order in which an account of the beneficiary is to be

credited pursuant to the order or which otherwise is to make

payment to the beneficiary if the order does not provide for

payment to an account.

(d) "Receiving bank" means the bank to which the sender's

instruction is addressed.

(e) "Sender" means the person giving the instruction to the

receiving bank.

(2) If an instruction complying with paragraph (a) of subsection (1)

is to make more than one payment to a beneficiary, the instruction is a

separate payment order with respect to each payment.

(3) A payment order is issued when it is sent to the receiving bank.

§ 4-a-104 — Funds Transfer-Definitions

Section 4-A-104. Funds Transfer-Definitions.

In this article:

(1) "Funds transfer" means the series of transactions, beginning with

the originator's payment order, made for the purpose of making payment

to the beneficiary of the order. The term includes any payment order

issued by the originator's bank or an intermediary bank intended to

carry out the originator's payment order. A funds transfer is completed

by acceptance by the beneficiary's bank of a payment order for the

benefit of the beneficiary of the originator's payment order.

(2) "Intermediary bank" means a receiving bank other than the

originator's bank or the beneficiary's bank.

(3) "Originator" means the sender of the first payment order in a

funds transfer.

(4) "Originator's bank" means (a) the receiving bank to which the

payment order of the originator is issued if the originator is not a

bank, or (b) the originator if the originator is a bank.

§ 4-a-105 — Other Definitions

Section 4-A-105. Other Definitions.

(1) In this Article:

(a) "Authorized account" means a deposit account of a customer

in a bank designated by the customer as a source of payment

of payment orders issued by the customer to the bank. If a

customer does not so designate an account, any account of the

customer is an authorized account if payment of a payment

order from that account is not inconsistent with a

restriction on the use of that account.

(b) "Bank" means a person engaged in the business of banking and

includes a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit

union, and trust company. A branch or separate office of a

bank is a separate bank for purposes of this article.

(c) "Customer" means a person, including a bank, having an

account with a bank or from whom a bank has agreed to receive

payment orders.

(d) "Funds-transfer business day" of a receiving bank means the

part of a day during which the receiving bank is open for the

receipt, processing, and transmittal of payment orders and

cancellations and amendments of payment orders.

(e) "Funds-transfer system" means a wire transfer network,

automated clearing house, or other communication system of a

clearing house or other association of banks through which a

payment order by a bank may be transmitted to the bank to

which the order is addressed.

(f) "Good faith" means honesty in fact and the observance of

reasonable commercial standards of fair dealing.

(g) "Prove" with respect to a fact means to meet the burden of

establishing the fact (subsection (b)(8) of section 1--201).

(2) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in

which they appear are:

"Acceptance" Section 4-A-209

"Beneficiary" Section 4-A-103

"Beneficiary's bank" Section 4-A-103

"Executed" Section 4-A-301

"Execution date" Section 4-A-301

"Funds transfer" Section 4-A-104

"Funds-transfer system rule" Section 4-A-501

"Intermediary bank" Section 4-A-104

"Originator" Section 4-A-104

"Originator's bank" Section 4-A-104

"Payment by beneficiary's

bank to beneficiary" Section 4-A-405

"Payment by originator

to beneficiary" Section 4-A-406

"Payment by sender to

receiving bank" Section 4-A-403

"Payment date" Section 4-A-401

"Payment order" Section 4-A-103

"Receiving bank" Section 4-A-103

"Security procedure" Section 4-A-201

"Sender" Section 4-A-103

(3) The following definitions in Article 4 apply to this Article:

"Clearing house" Section 4-104

"Item" Section 4-104

"Suspends payments" Section 4-104

(4) In addition Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this Article.

§ 4-a-106 — Time Payment Order is Received

Section 4-A-106. Time Payment Order is Received.

(1) The time of receipt of a payment order or communication cancelling

or amending a payment order is determined by the rules applicable to

receipt of a notice stated in Section 1--202. A receiving bank may fix a

cut-off time or times on a funds-transfer business day for the receipt

and processing of payment orders and communications cancelling or

amending payment orders. Different cut-off times may apply to payment

orders, cancellations, or amendments, or to different categories of

payment orders, cancellations, or amendments. A cut-off time may apply

to senders generally or different cut-off times may apply to different

senders or categories of payment orders. If a payment order or

communication cancelling or amending a payment order is received after

the close of a funds-transfer business day or after the appropriate

cut-off time on a funds-transfer business day, the receiving bank may

treat the payment order or communication as received at the opening of

the next funds-transfer business day.

(2) If this Article refers to an execution date or payment date or

states a day on which a receiving bank is required to take action, and

the date or day does not fall on a funds-transfer business day, the next

day that is a funds-transfer business day is treated as the date or day

stated, unless the contrary is stated in this Article.

§ 4-a-107 — Federal Reserve Regulations and Operating Circulars

Section 4-A-107. Federal Reserve Regulations and Operating Circulars.

Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

and operating circulars of the Federal Reserve Banks supersede any

inconsistent provision of this Article to the extent of the

inconsistency.

§ 4-a-108 — Relationship to Electronic Fund Transfer Act

Section 4-A-108. Relationship to Electronic Fund Transfer Act.

(1) Except as provided in subsection (2) of this section, this Article

does not apply to a funds transfer any part of which is governed by the

Electronic Fund Transfer Act of 1978 (Title XX, Public Law 95-630, 92

Stat. 3728, 15 U.S.C. §1693 et seq.) as amended from time to time.

(2) This Article shall apply to a funds transfer that is a remittance

transfer as defined in the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C. Sec.

1693o-1) as amended from time to time unless the remittance transfer is

an electronic fund transfer as defined in the Electronic Fund Transfer

Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 1693a) as amended from time to time.

(3) In a funds transfer to which this Article applies, in the event of

an inconsistency between an applicable provision of this Article and an

applicable provision of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the provision

of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act governs to the extent of the

inconsistency.

PART 2 Issue and Acceptance of Payment Order

§ 4-a-201 — Security Procedure

Section 4-A-201. Security Procedure.

"Security procedure" means a procedure established by agreement of a

customer and a receiving bank for the purpose of (1) verifying that a

payment order or communication amending or cancelling a payment order is

that of the customer, or (2) detecting error in the transmission or the

content of the payment order or communication. A security procedure may

impose an obligation on the receiving bank or the customer and may

require the use of algorithms or other codes, identifying words,

numbers, symbols, sounds, biometrics, encryption, callback procedures,

or similar security devices. Comparison of a signature on a payment

order or communication with an authorized specimen signature of the

customer or requiring a payment order to be sent from a known email

address, IP address, or telephone number is not by itself a security

procedure.

§ 4-a-202 — Authorized and Verified Payment Orders

Section 4-A-202. Authorized and Verified Payment Orders.

(1) A payment order received by the receiving bank is the authorized

order of the person identified as sender if that person authorized the

order or is otherwise bound by it under the law of agency.

(2) If a bank and its customer have agreed that the authenticity of

payment orders issued to the bank in the name of the customer as sender

will be verified pursuant to a security procedure, a payment order

received by the receiving bank is effective as the order of the

customer, whether or not authorized, if (a) the security procedure is a

commercially reasonable method of providing security against

unauthorized payment orders, and (b) the bank proves that it accepted

the payment order in good faith and in compliance with the bank's

obligations under the security procedure and any agreement or

instruction of the customer, evidenced by a record, restricting

acceptance of payment orders issued in the name of the customer. The

bank is not required to follow an instruction that violates an agreement

with the customer, evidenced by a record, or notice of which is not

received at a time and in a manner affording the bank a reasonable

opportunity to act on it before the payment order is accepted.

(3) Commercial reasonableness of a security procedure is a question of

law to be determined by considering the wishes of the customer expressed

to the bank, the circumstances of the customer known to the bank,

including the size, type, and frequency of payment orders normally

issued by the customer to the bank, alternative security procedures

offered to the customer, and security procedures in general use by

customers and receiving banks similarly situated. A security procedure

is deemed to be commercially reasonable if (a) the security procedure

was chosen by the customer after the bank offered, and the customer

refused, a security procedure that was commercially reasonable for that

customer, and (b) the customer expressly agreed in a record to be bound

by any payment order, whether or not authorized, issued in its name and

accepted by the bank in compliance with the bank's obligations under the

security procedure chosen by the customer.

(4) The term "sender" in this Article includes the customer in whose

name a payment order is issued if the order is the authorized order of

the customer under subsection (1), or it is effective as the order of

the customer under subsection (2).

(5) This section applies to amendments and cancellations of payment

orders to the same extent it applies to payment orders.

(6) Except as provided in this section and in paragraph (a) of

subsection (l) of Section 4-A-203, rights and obligations arising under

this section or Section 4-A-203 may not be varied by agreement.

§ 4-a-203 — Unenforceability of Certain Verified Payment Orders

Section 4-A-203. Unenforceability of Certain Verified Payment Orders.

(1) If an accepted payment order is not, under subsection (1) of

Section 4-A-202, an authorized order of a customer identified as sender,

but is effective as an order of the customer pursuant to subsection (2)

of Section 4-A-202, the following rules apply:

(a) By express agreement evidenced by a record, the receiving

bank may limit the extent to which it is entitled to enforce

or retain payment of the payment order.

(b) The receiving bank is not entitled to enforce or retain

payment of the payment order if the customer proves that the

order was not caused, directly or indirectly, by a person (i)

entrusted at any time with duties to act for the customer

with respect to payment orders or the security procedure, or

(ii) who obtained access to transmitting facilities of the

customer or who obtained, from a source controlled by the

customer and without authority of the receiving bank,

information facilitating breach of the security procedure,

regardless of how the information was obtained or whether the

customer was at fault. Information includes any access

device, computer software, or the like.

(2) This section applies to amendments of payment orders to the same

extent it applies to payment orders.

§ 4-a-204 — Refund of Payment and Duty of Customer to Report With Respect to Unauthorized Payment Order

Section 4-A-204. Refund of Payment and Duty of Customer to Report With

Respect to Unauthorized Payment Order.

(1) If a receiving bank accepts a payment order issued in the name of

its customer as sender which is (a) not authorized and not effective as

the order of the customer under Section 4-A-202, or (b) not enforceable,

in whole or in part, against the customer under Section 4-A-203, the

bank shall refund any payment of the payment order received from the

customer to the extent the bank is not entitled to enforce payment and

shall pay interest on the refundable amount calculated from the date the

bank received payment to the date of the refund. However, the customer

is not entitled to interest from the bank on the amount to be refunded

if the customer fails to exercise ordinary care to determine that the

order was not authorized by the customer and to notify the bank of the

relevant facts within a reasonable time not exceeding ninety days after

the date the customer received notification from the bank that the order

was accepted or that the customer's account was debited with respect to

the order. The bank is not entitled to any recovery from the customer on

account of a failure by the customer to give notification as stated in

this section.

(2) Reasonable time under subsection (1) may be fixed by agreement as

stated in subsection (b) of Section 1--302, but the obligation of a

receiving bank to refund payment as stated in subsection (b) may not

otherwise be varied by agreement.

§ 4-a-205 — Erroneous Payment Orders

Section 4-A-205. Erroneous Payment Orders.

(1) If an accepted payment order was transmitted pursuant to a

security procedure for the detection of error and the payment order (i)

erroneously instructed payment to a beneficiary not intended by the

sender, (ii) erroneously instructed payment in an amount greater than

the amount intended by the sender, or (iii) was an erroneously

transmitted duplicate of a payment order previously sent by the sender,

the following rules apply:

(a) If the sender proves that the sender or a person acting on

behalf of the sender pursuant to Section 4-A-206 complied

with the security procedure and that the error would have

been detected if the receiving bank had also complied, the

sender is not obliged to pay the order to the extent stated

in paragraphs (b) and (c).

(b) If the funds transfer is completed on the basis of an

erroneous payment order described in clause (i) or (iii) of

subsection (1), the sender is not obliged to pay the order

and the receiving bank is entitled to recover from the

beneficiary any amount paid to the beneficiary to the extent

allowed by the law governing mistake and restitution.

(c) If the funds transfer is completed on the basis of a payment

order described in clause (ii) of subsection (1), the sender

is not obliged to pay the order to the extent the amount

received by the beneficiary is greater than the amount

intended by the sender. In that case, the receiving bank is

entitled to recover from the beneficiary the excess amount

received to the extent allowed by the law governing mistake

and restitution.

(2) If (i) the sender of an erroneous payment order described in

subsection (1) is not obliged to pay all or part of the order, and (ii)

the sender receives notification from the receiving bank that the order

was accepted by the bank or that the sender's account was debited with

respect to the order, the sender has a duty to exercise ordinary care,

on the basis of information available to the sender, to discover the

error with respect to the order and to advise the bank of the relevant

facts within a reasonable time, not exceeding ninety days, after the

bank's notification was received by the sender. If the bank proves that

the sender failed to perform that duty, the sender is liable to the bank

for the loss the bank proves it incurred as a result of the failure, but

the liability of the sender may not exceed the amount of the sender's

order.

(3) This section applies to amendments to payment orders to the same

extent it applies to payment orders.

§ 4-a-206 — Transmission of Payment Order Through Funds-Transfer or Other Communication System

Section 4-A-206. Transmission of Payment Order Through Funds-Transfer or

Other Communication System.

(1) If a payment order addressed to a receiving bank is transmitted to

a funds-transfer system or other third-party communication system for

transmittal to the bank, the system is deemed to be an agent of the

sender for the purpose of transmitting the payment order to the bank.

If there is a discrepancy between the terms of the payment order

transmitted to the system and the terms of the payment order transmitted

by the system to the bank, the terms of the payment order of the sender

are those transmitted by the system. This section does not apply to a

funds-transfer system of the Federal Reserve Banks.

(2) This section applies to cancellations and amendments of payment

orders to the same extent it applies to payment orders.

§ 4-a-207 — Misdescription of Beneficiary

Section 4-A-207. Misdescription of Beneficiary.

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if, in a payment order received by the

beneficiary's bank, the name, bank account number, or other

identification of the beneficiary refers to a nonexistent or

unidentifiable person or account, no person has rights as a beneficiary

of the order and acceptance of the order cannot occur.

(2) If a payment order received by the beneficiary's bank identifies

the beneficiary both by name and by an identifying or bank account

number and the name and number identify different persons, the following

rules apply:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (3), if the

beneficiary's bank does not know that the name and number

refer to different persons, it may rely on the number as the

proper identification of the beneficiary of the order. The

beneficiary's bank need not determine whether the name and

number refer to the same person.

(b) If the beneficiary's bank pays the person identified by name

or knows that the name and number identify different persons,

no person has rights as beneficiary except the person paid by

the beneficiary's bank if that person was entitled to receive

payment from the originator of the funds transfer. If no

person has rights as beneficiary, acceptance of the order

cannot occur.

(3) If (i) a payment order described in subsection (2) is accepted,

(ii) the originator's payment order described the beneficiary

inconsistently by name and number, and (iii) the beneficiary's bank pays

the person identified by number as permitted by paragraph (a) of

subsection (2), the following rules apply:

(a) If the originator is a bank, the originator is obliged to pay

its order.

(b) If the originator is not a bank and proves that the person

identified by number was not entitled to receive payment from

the originator, the originator is not obliged to pay its

order unless the originator's bank proves that the

originator, before acceptance of the originator's order, had

notice that payment of a payment order issued by the

originator might be made by the beneficiary's bank on the

basis of an identifying or bank account number even if it

identifies a person different from the named beneficiary.

Proof of notice may be made by any admissible evidence. The

originator's bank satisfies the burden of proof if it proves

that the originator, before the payment order was accepted,

signed a record stating the information to which the notice

relates.

(4) In a case governed by paragraph (a) of subsection (2), if the

beneficiary's bank rightfully pays the person identified by number and

that person was not entitled to receive payment from the originator, the

amount paid may be recovered from that person to the extent allowed by

the law governing mistake and restitution as follows:

(a) If the originator is obliged to pay its payment order as

stated in subsection (3), the originator has the right to

recover.

(b) If the originator is not a bank and is not obliged to pay its

payment order, the originator's bank has the right to

recover.

§ 4-a-208 — Misdescription of Intermediary Bank or Beneficiary's Bank

Section 4-A-208. Misdescription of Intermediary Bank or Beneficiary's

Bank.

(1) This subsection applies to a payment order identifying an

intermediary bank or the beneficiary's bank only by an identifying

number.

(a) The receiving bank may rely on the number as the proper

identification of the intermediary or beneficiary's bank and

need not determine whether the number identifies a bank.

(b) The sender is obliged to compensate the receiving bank for

any loss and expenses incurred by the receiving bank as a

result of its reliance on the number in executing or

attempting to execute the order.

(2) This subsection applies to a payment order identifying an

intermediary bank or the beneficiary's bank both by name and an

identifying number if the name and number identify different persons.

(a) If the sender is a bank, the receiving bank may rely on the

number as the proper identification of the intermediary or

beneficiary's bank if the receiving bank, when it executes

the sender's order, does not know that the name and number

identify different persons. The receiving bank need not

determine whether the name and number refer to the same

person or whether the number refers to a bank. The sender is

obliged to compensate the receiving bank for any loss and

expenses incurred by the receiving bank as a result of its

reliance on the number in executing or attempting to execute

the order.

(b) If the sender is not a bank and the receiving bank proves

that the sender, before the payment order was accepted, had

notice that the receiving bank might rely on the number as

the proper identification of the intermediary or

beneficiary's bank even if it identifies a person different

from the bank identified by name, the rights and obligations

of the sender and the receiving bank are governed by

paragraph (a) of subsection (2), as though the sender were a

bank. Proof of notice may be made by any admissible evidence.

The receiving bank satisfies the burden of proof if it proves

that the sender, before the payment order was accepted,

signed a record stating the information to which the notice

relates.

(c) Regardless of whether the sender is a bank, the receiving

bank may rely on the name as the proper identification of the

intermediary or beneficiary's bank if the receiving bank, at

the time it executes the sender's order, does not know that

the name and number identify different persons. The receiving

bank need not determine whether the name and number refer to

the same person.

(d) If the receiving bank knows that the name and number identify

different persons, reliance on either the name or the number

in executing the sender's payment order is a breach of the

obligation stated in paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of

Section 4-A-302.

§ 4-a-209 — Acceptance of Payment Order

Section 4-A-209. Acceptance of Payment Order.

(1) Subject to subsection (4), a receiving bank other than the

beneficiary's bank accepts a payment order when it executes the order.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), a beneficiary's bank accepts a

payment order at the earliest of the following times:

(a) when the bank (i) pays the beneficiary as stated in

subsection (1) or (2) of Section 4-A-405, or (ii) notifies

the beneficiary of receipt of the order or that the account

of the beneficiary has been credited with respect to the

order unless the notice indicates that the bank is rejecting

the order or that funds with respect to the order may not be

withdrawn or used until receipt of payment from the sender of

the order;

(b) when the bank receives payment of the entire amount of the

sender's order pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection

(1) of Section 4-A-403; or

(c) the opening of the next funds-transfer business day of the

bank following the payment date of the order if, at that

time, the amount of the sender's order is fully covered by a

withdrawable credit balance in an authorized account of the

sender or the bank has otherwise received full payment from

the sender, unless the order was rejected before that time or

is rejected within (i) one hour after that time, or (ii) one

hour after the opening of the next business day of the sender

following the payment date if that time is later. If notice

of rejection is received by the sender after the payment date

and the authorized account of the sender does not bear

interest, the bank is obliged to pay interest to the sender

on the amount of the order for the number of days elapsing

after the payment date to the day the sender receives notice

or learns that the order was not accepted, counting that day

as an elapsed day. If the withdrawable credit balance during

that period falls below the amount of the order, the amount

of interest payable is reduced accordingly.

(3) Acceptance of a payment order cannot occur before the order is

received by the receiving bank. Acceptance does not occur under

paragraph (b) or (c) of subsection (2) if the beneficiary of the payment

order does not have an account with the receiving bank, the account has

been closed, or the receiving bank is not permitted by law to receive

credits for the beneficiary's account.

(4) A payment order issued to the originator's bank cannot be accepted

until the payment date if the bank is the beneficiary's bank, or the

execution date if the bank is not the beneficiary's bank. If the

originator's bank executes the originator's payment order before the

execution date or pays the beneficiary of the originator's payment order

before the payment date and the payment order is subsequently cancelled

pursuant to subsection (2) of Section 4-A-211, the bank may recover from

the beneficiary any payment received to the extent allowed by the law

governing mistake and restitution.

§ 4-a-210 — Rejection of Payment Order

Section 4-A-210. Rejection of Payment Order.

(1) A payment order is rejected by the receiving bank by a notice of

rejection transmitted to the sender orally, or in a record. A notice of

rejection need not use any particular words and is sufficient if it

indicates that the receiving bank is rejecting the order or will not

execute or pay the order. Rejection is effective when the notice is

given if transmission is by a means that is reasonable in the

circumstances. If notice of rejection is given by a means that is not

reasonable, rejection is effective when the notice is received. If an

agreement of the sender and receiving bank establishes the means to be

used to reject a payment order, (i) any means complying with the

agreement is reasonable and (ii) any means not complying is not

reasonable unless no significant delay in receipt of the notice resulted

from the use of the noncomplying means.

(2) This subsection applies if a receiving bank other than the

beneficiary's bank fails to execute a payment order despite the

existence on the execution date of a withdrawable credit balance in an

authorized account of the sender sufficient to cover the order. If the

sender does not receive notice of rejection of the order on the

execution date and the authorized account of the sender does not bear

interest, the bank is obliged to pay interest to the sender on the

amount of the order for the number of days elapsing after the execution

date to the earlier of the day the order is cancelled pursuant to

subsection (4) of Section 4-A-211 or the day the sender receives notice

or learns that the order was not executed, counting the final day of the

period as an elapsed day. If the withdrawable credit balance during that

period falls below the amount of the order, the amount of interest is

reduced accordingly.

(3) If a receiving bank suspends payments, all unaccepted payment

orders issued to it are deemed rejected at the time the bank suspends

payments.

(4) Acceptance of a payment order precludes a later rejection of the

order. Rejection of a payment order precludes a later acceptance of the

order.

§ 4-a-211 — Cancellation and Amendment of Payment Order

Section 4-A-211. Cancellation and Amendment of Payment Order.

(1) A communication of the sender of a payment order cancelling or

amending the order may be transmitted to the receiving bank orally or in

a record. If a security procedure is in effect between the sender and

the receiving bank, the communication is not effective to cancel or

amend the order unless the communication is verified pursuant to the

security procedure or the bank agrees to the cancellation or amendment.

(2) Subject to subsection (1), a communication by the sender

cancelling or amending a payment order is effective to cancel or amend

the order if notice of the communication is received at a time and in a

manner affording the receiving bank a reasonable opportunity to act on

the communication before the bank accepts the payment order.

(3) After a payment order has been accepted, cancellation or amendment

of the order is not effective unless the receiving bank agrees or a

funds-transfer system rule allows cancellation or amendment without

agreement of the bank.

(a) With respect to a payment order accepted by a receiving bank

other than the beneficiary's bank, cancellation or amendment

is not effective unless a conforming cancellation or

amendment of the payment order issued by the receiving bank

is also made.

(b) With respect to a payment order accepted by the beneficiary's

bank, cancellation or amendment is not effective unless the

order was issued in execution of an unauthorized payment

order, or because of a mistake by a sender in the funds

transfer which resulted in the issuance of a payment order

(i) that is a duplicate of a payment order previously issued

by the sender, (ii) that orders payment to a beneficiary not

entitled to receive payment from the originator, or (iii)

that orders payment in an amount greater than the amount the

beneficiary was entitled to receive from the originator. If

the payment order is cancelled or amended, the beneficiary's

bank is entitled to recover from the beneficiary any amount

paid to the beneficiary to the extent allowed by the law

governing mistake and restitution.

(4) An unaccepted payment order is cancelled by operation of law at

the close of the fifth funds-transfer business day of the receiving bank

after the execution date or payment date of the order.

(5) A cancelled payment order cannot be accepted. If an accepted

payment order is cancelled, the acceptance is nullified and no person

has any right or obligation based on the acceptance. Amendment of a

payment order is deemed to be cancellation of the original order at the

time of amendment and issue of a new payment order in the amended form

at the same time.

(6) Unless otherwise provided in an agreement of the parties or in a

funds-transfer system rule, if the receiving bank, after accepting a

payment order, agrees to cancellation or amendment of the order by the

sender or is bound by a funds-transfer system rule allowing cancellation

or amendment without the bank's agreement, the sender, whether or not

cancellation or amendment is effective, is liable to the bank for any

loss and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the

bank as a result of the cancellation or amendment or attempted

cancellation or amendment.

(7) A payment order is not revoked by the death or legal incapacity of

the sender unless the receiving bank knows of the death or of an

adjudication of incapacity by a court of competent jurisdiction and has

reasonable opportunity to act before acceptance of the order.

(8) A funds-transfer system rule is not effective to the extent it

conflicts with paragraph (b) of subsection (3).

§ 4-a-212 — Liability and Duty of Receiving Bank Regarding Unaccepted Payment Order

Section 4-A-212. Liability and Duty of Receiving Bank Regarding

Unaccepted Payment Order.

If a receiving bank fails to accept a payment order that it is obliged

by express agreement to accept, the bank is liable for breach of the

agreement to the extent provided in the agreement or in this Article,

but does not otherwise have any duty to accept a payment order or,

before acceptance, to take any action, or refrain from taking action,

with respect to the order except as provided in this Article or by

express agreement. Liability based on acceptance arises only when

acceptance occurs as stated in Section 4-A-209, and liability is limited

to that provided in this Article. A receiving bank is not the agent of

the sender or beneficiary of the payment order it accepts, or of any

other party to the funds transfer, and the bank owes no duty to any

party to the funds transfer except as provided in this Article or by

express agreement.

PART 3 Execution of Sender's Payment Order By Receiving Bank

§ 4-a-301 — Execution and Execution Date

Section 4-A-301. Execution and Execution Date.

(1) A payment order is "executed" by the receiving bank when it issues

a payment order intended to carry out the payment order received by the

bank. A payment order received by the beneficiary's bank can be accepted

but cannot be executed.

(2) "Execution date" of a payment order means the day on which the

receiving bank may properly issue a payment order in execution of the

sender's order. The execution date may be determined by instruction of

the sender but cannot be earlier than the day the order is received and,

unless otherwise determined, is the day the order is received. If the

sender's instruction states a payment date, the execution date is the

payment date or an earlier date on which execution is reasonably

necessary to allow payment to the beneficiary on the payment date.

§ 4-a-302 — Obligations of Receiving Bank in Execution of Payment Order

Section 4-A-302. Obligations of Receiving Bank in Execution of Payment

Order.

(1) Except as provided in subsections (2) through (4); if the

receiving bank accepts a payment order pursuant to subsection (1) of

Section 4-A-209, the bank has the following obligations in executing the

order:

(a) The receiving bank is obliged to issue, on the execution

date, a payment order complying with the sender's order and

to follow the sender's instructions concerning (i) any

intermediary bank or funds-transfer system to be used in

carrying out the funds transfer, or (ii) the means by which

payment orders are to be transmitted in the funds transfer.

If the originator's bank issues a payment order to an

intermediary bank, the originator's bank is obliged to

instruct the intermediary bank according to the instruction

of the originator. An intermediary bank in the funds transfer

is similarly bound by an instruction given to it by the

sender of the payment order it accepts.

(b) If the sender's instruction states that the funds transfer is

to be carried out telephonically or by wire transfer or

otherwise indicates that the funds transfer is to be carried

out by the most expeditious means, the receiving bank is

obliged to transmit its payment order by the most expeditious

available means, and to instruct any intermediary bank

accordingly. If a sender's instruction states a payment date,

the receiving bank is obliged to transmit its payment order

at a time and by means reasonably necessary to allow payment

to the beneficiary on the payment date or as soon thereafter

as is feasible.

(2) Unless otherwise instructed, a receiving bank executing a payment

order may (i) use any funds-transfer system if use of that system is

reasonable in the circumstances, and (ii) issue a payment order to the

beneficiary's bank or to an intermediary bank through which a payment

order conforming to the sender's order can expeditiously be issued to

the beneficiary's bank if the receiving bank exercises ordinary care in

the selection of the intermediary bank. A receiving bank is not required

to follow an instruction of the sender designating a funds-transfer

system to be used in carrying out the funds transfer if the receiving

bank, in good faith, determines that it is not feasible to follow the

instruction or that following the instruction would unduly delay

completion of the funds transfer.

(3) Unless paragraph (b) of subsection (1) applies or the receiving

bank is otherwise instructed, the bank may execute a payment order by

transmitting its payment order by first class mail or by any means

reasonable in the circumstances. If the receiving bank is instructed to

execute the sender's order by transmitting its payment order by a

particular means, the receiving bank may issue its payment order by the

means stated or by any means as expeditious as the means stated.

(4) Unless instructed by the sender (i) the receiving bank may not

obtain payment of its charges for services and expenses in connection

with the execution of the sender's order by issuing a payment order in

an amount equal to the amount of the sender's order less the amount of

the charges, and (ii) may not instruct a subsequent receiving bank to

obtain payment of its charges in the same manner.

§ 4-a-303 — Erroneous Execution of Payment Order

Section 4-A-303. Erroneous Execution of Payment Order.

(1) A receiving bank that (i) executes the payment order of the sender

by issuing a payment order in an amount greater than the amount of the

sender's order, or (ii) issues a payment order in execution of the

sender's order and then issues a duplicate order, is entitled to payment

of the amount of the sender's order under subsection (3) of Section

4-A-402 if that subsection is otherwise satisfied. The bank is entitled

to recover from the beneficiary of the erroneous order the excess

payment received to the extent allowed by the law governing mistake and

restitution.

(2) A receiving bank that executes the payment order of the sender by

issuing a payment order in an amount less than the amount of the

sender's order is entitled to payment of the amount of the sender's

order under subsection (3) of Section 4-A-402 if (i) that subsection is

otherwise satisfied and (ii) the bank corrects its mistake by issuing an

additional payment order for the benefit of the beneficiary of the

sender's order. If the error is not corrected, the issuer of the

erroneous order is entitled to receive or retain payment from the sender

of the order it accepted only to the extent of the amount of the

erroneous order. This subsection does not apply if the receiving bank

executes the sender's payment order by issuing a payment order in an

amount less than the amount of the sender's order for the purpose of

obtaining payment of its charges for services and expenses pursuant to

instruction of the sender.

(3) If a receiving bank executes the payment order of the sender by

issuing a payment order to a beneficiary different from the beneficiary

of the sender's order and the funds transfer is completed on the basis

of that error, the sender of the payment order that was erroneously

executed and all previous senders in the funds transfer are not obliged

to pay the payment orders they issued. The issuer of the erroneous order

is entitled to recover from the beneficiary of the order the payment

received to the extent allowed by the law governing mistake and

restitution.

§ 4-a-304 — Duty of Sender to Report Erroneously Executed Payment Order

Section 4-A-304. Duty of Sender to Report Erroneously Executed Payment

Order.

If the sender of a payment order that is erroneously executed as

stated in Section 4-A-303 receives notification from the receiving bank

that the order was executed or that the sender's account was debited

with respect to the order, the sender has a duty to exercise ordinary

care to determine, on the basis of information available to the sender,

that the order was erroneously executed and to notify the bank of the

relevant facts within a reasonable time not exceeding ninety days after

the notification from the bank was received by the sender. If the sender

fails to perform that duty, the bank is not obliged to pay interest on

any amount refundable to the sender under subsection (4) of Section

4-A-402 for the period before the bank learns of the execution error.

The bank is not entitled to any recovery from the sender on account of a

failure by the sender to perform the duty stated in this section.

§ 4-a-305 — Liability for Late or Improper Execution or Failure to Execute Payment Order

Section 4-A-305. Liability for Late or Improper Execution or Failure to

Execute Payment Order.

(1) If a funds transfer is completed but execution of a payment order

by the receiving bank in breach of Section 4-A-302 results in delay in

payment to the beneficiary, the bank is obliged to pay interest to

either the originator or the beneficiary of the funds transfer for the

period of delay caused by the improper execution. Except as provided in

subsection (3), additional damages are not recoverable.

(2) If execution of a payment order by a receiving bank in breach of

Section 4-A-302 results in (i) noncompletion of the funds transfer, (ii)

failure to use an intermediary bank designated by the originator, or

(iii) issuance of a payment order that does not comply with the terms of

the payment order of the originator, the bank is liable to the

originator for its expenses in the funds transfer and for incidental

expenses and interest losses, to the extent not covered by subsection

(1), resulting from the improper execution. Except as provided in

subsection (3), additional damages are not recoverable.

(3) In addition to the amounts payable under subsections (1) and (2),

damages, including consequential damages, are recoverable to the extent

provided in an express agreement of the receiving bank, evidenced by a

record.

(4) If a receiving bank fails to execute a payment order it was

obliged by express agreement to execute, the receiving bank is liable to

the sender for its expenses in the transaction and for incidental

expenses and interest losses resulting from the failure to execute.

Additional damages, including consequential damages, are recoverable to

the extent provided in an express agreement of the receiving bank,

evidenced by a record, but are not otherwise recoverable.

(5) Reasonable attorney's fees are recoverable if demand for

compensation under subsection (1) or (2) is made and refused before an

action is brought on the claim. If a claim is made for breach of an

agreement under subsection (4) and the agreement does not provide for

damages, reasonable attorney's fees are recoverable if demand for

compensation under subsection (4) is made and refused before an action

is brought on the claim.

(6) Except as stated in this section, the liability of a receiving

bank under subsections (1) and (2) may not be varied by agreement.

PART 4 Payment

§ 4-a-401 — Payment Date

Section 4-A-401. Payment Date.

"Payment date" of a payment order means the day on which the amount of

the order is payable to the beneficiary by the beneficiary's bank. The

payment date may be determined by instruction of the sender but cannot

be earlier than the day the order is received by the beneficiary's bank

and, unless otherwise determined, is the day the order is received by

the beneficiary's bank.

§ 4-a-402 — Obligation of Sender to Pay Receiving Bank

Section 4-A-402. Obligation of Sender to Pay Receiving Bank.

(1) This section is subject to Sections 4-A-205 and 4-A-207.

(2) With respect to a payment order issued to the beneficiary's bank,

acceptance of the order by the bank obliges the sender to pay the bank

the amount of the order, but payment is not due until the payment date

of the order.

(3) This subsection is subject to subsection (5) and to Section

4-A-303. With respect to a payment order issued to a receiving bank

other than the beneficiary's bank, acceptance of the order by the

receiving bank obliges the sender to pay the bank the amount of the

sender's order. Payment by the sender is not due until the execution

date of the sender's order. The obligation of that sender to pay its

payment order is excused if the funds transfer is not completed by

acceptance by the beneficiary's bank of a payment order instructing

payment to the beneficiary of that sender's payment order.

(4) If the sender of a payment order pays the order and was not

obliged to pay all or part of the amount paid, the bank receiving

payment is obliged to refund payment to the extent the sender was not

obliged to pay. Except as provided in Sections 4-A-204 and 4-A-304,

interest is payable on the refundable amount from the date of payment.

(5) If a funds transfer is not completed as stated in subsection (3)

and an intermediary bank is obliged to refund payment as stated in

subsection (4) but is unable to do so because not permitted by

applicable law or because the bank suspends payments, a sender in the

funds transfer that executed a payment order in compliance with an

instruction, as stated in paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of Section

4-A-302, to route the funds transfer through that intermediary bank is

entitled to receive or retain payment from the sender of the payment

order that it accepted. The first sender in the funds transfer that

issued an instruction requiring routing through that intermediary bank

is subrogated to the right of the bank that paid the intermediary bank

to refund as stated in subsection (4).

(6) The right of the sender of a payment order to be excused from the

obligation to pay the order as stated in subsection (3) or to receive

refund under subsection (4) may not be varied by agreement.

§ 4-a-403 — Payment by Sender to Receiving Bank

Section 4-A-403. Payment by Sender to Receiving Bank.

(1) Payment of the sender's obligation under Section 4-A-402 to pay

the receiving bank occurs as follows:

(a) If the sender is a bank, payment occurs when the receiving

bank receives final settlement of the obligation through a

Federal Reserve Bank or through a funds-transfer system.

(b) If the sender is a bank and the sender (i) credited an

account of the receiving bank with the sender, or (ii) caused

an account of the receiving bank in another bank to be

credited, payment occurs when the credit is withdrawn or, if

not withdrawn, at midnight of the day on which the credit is

withdrawable and the receiving bank learns of that fact.

(c) If the receiving bank debits an account of the sender with

the receiving bank, payment occurs when the debit is made to

the extent the debit is covered by a withdrawable credit

balance in the account.

(2) If the sender and receiving bank are members of a funds-transfer

system that nets obligations multilaterally among participants, the

receiving bank receives final settlement when settlement is complete in

accordance with the rules of the system. The obligation of the sender to

pay the amount of a payment order transmitted through the funds-transfer

system may be satisfied, to the extent permitted by the rules of the

system, by setting off and applying against the sender's obligation the

right of the sender to receive payment from the receiving bank of the

amount of any other payment order transmitted to the sender by the

receiving bank through the funds-transfer system. The aggregate balance

of obligations owed by each sender to each receiving bank in the

funds-transfer system may be satisfied, to the extent permitted by the

rules of the system, by setting off and applying against that balance

the aggregate balance of obligations owed to the sender by other members

of the system. The aggregate balance is determined after the right of

setoff stated in the second sentence of this subsection has been

exercised.

(3) If two banks transmit payment orders to each other under an

agreement that settlement of the obligations of each bank to the other

under Section 4-A-402 will be made at the end of the day or other

period, the total amount owed with respect to all orders transmitted by

one bank shall be set off against the total amount owed with respect to

all orders transmitted by the other bank. To the extent of the setoff,

each bank has made payment to the other.

(4) In a case not covered by subsection (1), the time when payment of

the sender's obligation under subsection (2) or subsection (3) of

Section 4-A-402 occurs is governed by applicable principles of law that

determine when an obligation is satisfied.

§ 4-a-404 — Obligation of Beneficiary's Bank to Pay and Give Notice to Beneficiary

Section 4-A-404. Obligation of Beneficiary's Bank to Pay and Give Notice

to Beneficiary.

(1) Subject to subsection (5) of Section 4-A-211 and subsections (4)

and (5) of Section 4-A-405, if a beneficiary's bank accepts a payment

order, the bank is obliged to pay the amount of the order to the

beneficiary of the order. Payment is due on the payment date of the

order, but if acceptance occurs on the payment date after the close of

the funds-transfer business day of the bank, payment is due on the next

funds-transfer business day. If the bank refuses to pay after demand by

the beneficiary and receipt of notice of particular circumstances that

will give rise to consequential damages as a result of nonpayment, the

beneficiary may recover damages resulting from the refusal to pay to the

extent the bank had notice of the damages, unless the bank proves that

it did not pay because of a reasonable doubt concerning the right of the

beneficiary to payment.

(2) If a payment order accepted by the beneficiary's bank instructs

payment to an account of the beneficiary, the bank is obliged to notify

the beneficiary of receipt of the order before midnight of the next

funds-transfer business day following the payment date. If the payment

order does not instruct payment to an account of the beneficiary, the

bank is required to notify the beneficiary only if notice is required by

the order. Notice may be given by first class mail or any other means

reasonable in the circumstances. If the bank fails to give the required

notice, the bank is obliged to pay interest to the beneficiary on the

amount of the payment order from the day notice should have been given

until the day the beneficiary learned of receipt of the payment order by

the bank. No other damages are recoverable. Reasonable attorney's fees

are also recoverable if demand for interest is made and refused before

an action is brought on the claim.

(3) The right of a beneficiary to receive payment and damages as

stated in subsection (1) may not be varied by agreement or a

funds-transfer system rule. The right of a beneficiary to be notified as

stated in subsection (2) may be varied by agreement of the beneficiary

or by a funds-transfer system rule if the beneficiary is notified of the

rule before initiation of the funds transfer.

§ 4-a-405 — Payment by Beneficiary's Bank to Beneficiary

Section 4-A-405. Payment by Beneficiary's Bank to Beneficiary.

(1) If the beneficiary's bank credits an account of the beneficiary of

a payment order, payment of the bank's obligation under subsection (1)

of Section 4-A-404 occurs when and to the extent (i) the beneficiary is

notified of the right to withdraw the credit, (ii) the bank lawfully

applies the credit to a debt of the beneficiary, or (iii) funds with

respect to the order are otherwise made available to the beneficiary by

the bank.

(2) If the beneficiary's bank does not credit an account of the

beneficiary of a payment order, the time when payment of the bank's

obligation under subsection (1) of Section 4-A-404 occurs is governed by

principles of law that determine when an obligation is satisfied.

(3) Except as stated in subsections (4) and (5), if the beneficiary's

bank pays the beneficiary of a payment order under a condition to

payment or agreement of the beneficiary giving the bank the right to

recover payment from the beneficiary if the bank does not receive

payment of the order, the condition to payment or agreement is not

enforceable.

(4) A funds-transfer system rule may provide that payments made to

beneficiaries of funds transfers made through the system are provisional

until receipt of payment by the beneficiary's bank of the payment order

it accepted. A beneficiary's bank that makes a payment that is

provisional under the rule is entitled to refund from the beneficiary if

(i) the rule requires that both the beneficiary and the originator be

given notice of the provisional nature of the payment before the funds

transfer is initiated, (ii) the beneficiary, the beneficiary's bank and

the originator's bank agreed to be bound by the rule, and (iii) the

beneficiary's bank did not receive payment of the payment order that it

accepted. If the beneficiary is obliged to refund payment to the

beneficiary's bank, acceptance of the payment order by the beneficiary's

bank is nullified and no payment by the originator of the funds transfer

to the beneficiary occurs under Section 4-A-406.

(5) This subsection applies to a funds transfer that includes a

payment order transmitted over a funds-transfer system that (i) nets

obligations multilaterally among participants, and (ii) has in effect a

loss-sharing agreement among participants for the purpose of providing

funds necessary to complete settlement of the obligations of one or more

participants that do not meet their settlement obligations. If the

beneficiary's bank in the funds transfer accepts a payment order and the

system fails to complete settlement pursuant to its rules with respect

to any payment order in the funds transfer, (i) the acceptance by the

beneficiary's bank is nullified and no person has any right or

obligation based on the acceptance, (ii) the beneficiary's bank is

entitled to recover payment from the beneficiary, (iii) no payment by

the originator to the beneficiary occurs under Section 4-A-406, and (iv)

subject to subsection (5) of Section 4-A-402, each sender in the funds

transfer is excused from its obligation to pay its payment order under

subsection (3) of Section 4-A-402 because the funds transfer has not

been completed.

§ 4-a-406 — Payment by Originator to Beneficiary; Discharge of Underlying Obligation

Section 4-A-406. Payment by Originator to Beneficiary; Discharge of

Underlying Obligation.

(1) Subject to subsection (5) of Section 4-A-211 and subsections (4)

and (5) of Section 4-A-405, the originator of a funds transfer pays the

beneficiary of the originator's payment order (i) at the time a payment

order for the benefit of the beneficiary is accepted by the

beneficiary's bank in the funds transfer and (ii) in an amount equal to

the amount of the order accepted by the beneficiary's bank, but not more

than the amount of the originator's order.

(2) If payment under subsection (1) is made to satisfy an obligation,

the obligation is discharged to the same extent discharge would result

from payment to the beneficiary of the same amount in money, unless (i)

the payment under subsection (1) was made by a means prohibited by the

contract of the beneficiary with respect to the obligation, (ii) the

beneficiary, within a reasonable time after receiving notice of receipt

of the order by the beneficiary's bank, notified the originator of the

beneficiary's refusal of the payment, (iii) funds with respect to the

order were not withdrawn by the beneficiary or applied to a debt of the

beneficiary, and (iv) the beneficiary would suffer a loss that could

reasonably have been avoided if payment had been made by a means

complying with the contract. If payment by the originator does not

result in discharge under this section, the originator is subrogated to

the rights of the beneficiary to receive payment from the beneficiary's

bank under subsection (1) of Section 4-A-404.

(3) For the purpose of determining whether discharge of an obligation

occurs under subsection (2), if the beneficiary's bank accepts a payment

order in an amount equal to the amount of the originator's payment order

less charges of one or more receiving banks in the funds transfer,

payment to the beneficiary is deemed to be in the amount of the

originator's order unless upon demand by the beneficiary the originator

does not pay the beneficiary the amount of the deducted charges.

(4) Rights of the originator or of the beneficiary of a funds transfer

under this section may be varied only by agreement of the originator and

the beneficiary.

PART 5 Miscellaneous Provisions

§ 4-a-501 — Variation by Agreement and Effect of Funds-Transfer System Rule

Section 4-A-501. Variation by Agreement and Effect of Funds-Transfer

System Rule.

(1) Except as otherwise provided in this Article, the rights and

obligations of a party to a funds transfer may be varied by agreement of

the affected party.

(2) "Funds-transfer system rule" means a rule of an association of

banks (i) governing transmission of payment orders by means of a

funds-transfer system of the association or rights and obligations with

respect to those orders, or (ii) to the extent the rule governs rights

and obligations between banks that are parties to a funds transfer in

which a Federal Reserve Bank, acting as an intermediary bank, sends a

payment order to the beneficiary's bank. Except as otherwise provided in

this Article, a funds-transfer system rule governing rights and

obligations between participating banks using the system may be

effective even if the rule conflicts with this Article and indirectly

affects another party to the funds transfer who does not consent to the

rule. A funds-transfer system rule may also govern rights and

obligations of parties other than participating banks using the system

to the extent stated in subsection (3) of Section 4-A-404, subsection

(4) of Section 4-A-405, and subsection (3) of Section 4-A-507.

§ 4-a-502 — Creditor Process Served on Receiving Bank; Set Off by Beneficiary's Bank

Section 4-A-502. Creditor Process Served on Receiving Bank; Set Off by

Beneficiary's Bank.

(1) As used in this section, "creditor process" means levy,

attachment, garnishment, notice of lien, sequestration, or similar

process issued by or on behalf of a creditor or other claimant with

respect to an account.

(2) This subsection applies to creditor process with respect to an

authorized account of the sender of a payment order if the creditor

process is served on the receiving bank. For the purpose of determining

rights with respect to the creditor process, if the receiving bank

accepts the payment order the balance in the authorized account is

deemed to be reduced by the amount of the payment order to the extent

the bank did not otherwise receive payment of the order, unless the

creditor process is served at a time and in a manner affording the bank

a reasonable opportunity to act on it before the bank accepts the

payment order.

(3) If a beneficiary's bank has received a payment order for payment

to the beneficiary's account in the bank, the following rules apply:

(a) The bank may credit the beneficiary's account. The amount

credited may be set off against an obligation owed by the

beneficiary to the bank or may be applied to satisfy creditor

process served on the bank with respect to the account.

(b) The bank may credit the beneficiary's account and allow

withdrawal of the amount credited unless creditor process

with respect to the account is served at a time and in a

manner affording the bank a reasonable opportunity to act to

prevent withdrawal.

(c) If creditor process with respect to the beneficiary's account

has been served and the bank has had a reasonable opportunity

to act on it, the bank may not reject the payment order

except for a reason unrelated to the service of process.

(4) Creditor process with respect to a payment by the originator to

the beneficiary pursuant to a funds transfer may be served only on the

beneficiary's bank with respect to the debt owed by that bank to the

beneficiary. Any other bank served with the creditor process is not

obliged to act with respect to the process.

§ 4-a-503 — Injunction or Restraining Order With Respect to Funds Transfer

Section 4-A-503. Injunction or Restraining Order With Respect to Funds

Transfer.

For proper cause and in compliance with applicable law, a court may

restrain (i) a person from issuing a payment order to initiate a funds

transfer, (ii) an originator's bank from executing the payment order of

the originator, or (iii) the beneficiary's bank from releasing funds to

the beneficiary or the beneficiary from withdrawing the funds. A court

may not otherwise restrain a person from issuing a payment order, paying

or receiving payment of a payment order, or otherwise acting with

respect to a funds transfer.

§ 4-a-504 — Order in Which Items and Payment Orders May Be Charged to Account; Order of Withdrawals From Account

Section 4-A-504. Order in Which Items and Payment Orders May Be Charged

to Account; Order of Withdrawals From Account.

(1) If a receiving bank has received more than one payment order of

the sender or one or more payment orders and other items that are

payable from the sender's account, the bank may charge the sender's

account with respect to the various orders and items in any sequence.

(2) In determining whether a credit to an account has been withdrawn

by the holder of the account or applied to a debt of the holder of the

account, credits first made to the account are first withdrawn or

applied.

§ 4-a-505 — Preclusion of Objection to Debit of Customer's Account

Section 4-A-505. Preclusion of Objection to Debit of Customer's

Account.

If a receiving bank has received payment from its customer with

respect to a payment order issued in the name of the customer as sender

and accepted by the bank, and the customer received notification

reasonably identifying the order, the customer is precluded from

asserting that the bank is not entitled to retain the payment unless the

customer notifies the bank of the customer's objection to the payment

within one year after the notification was received by the customer.

§ 4-a-506 — Rate of Interest

Section 4-A-506. Rate of Interest.

(1) If, under this Article, a receiving bank is obliged to pay

interest with respect to a payment order issued to the bank, the amount

payable may be determined (i) by agreement of the sender and receiving

bank, or (ii) by a funds-transfer system rule if the payment order is

transmitted through a funds-transfer system.

(2) If the amount of interest is not determined by an agreement or

rule as stated in subsection (l), the amount is calculated by

multiplying the applicable Federal Funds rate by the amount on which

interest is payable, and then multiplying the product by the number of

days for which interest is payable. The applicable Federal Funds rate is

the average of the Federal Funds rates published by the Federal Reserve

Bank of New York for each of the days for which interest is payable

divided by 360. The Federal Funds rate for any day on which a published

rate is not available is the same as the published rate for the next

preceding day for which there is a published rate. If a receiving bank

that accepted a payment order is required to refund payment to the

sender of the order because the funds transfer was not completed, but

the failure to complete was not due to any fault by the bank, the

interest payable is reduced by a percentage equal to the reserve

requirement on deposits of the receiving bank.

§ 4-a-507 — Choice of Law

Section 4-A-507. Choice of Law.

(1) The following rules apply unless the affected parties otherwise

agree or subsection (3) applies:

(a) The rights and obligations between the sender of a payment

order and the receiving bank are governed by the law of the

jurisdiction in which the receiving bank is located.

(b) The rights and obligations between the beneficiary's bank and

the beneficiary are governed by the law of the jurisdiction

in which the beneficiary's bank is located.

(c) The issue of when payment is made pursuant to a funds

transfer by the originator to the beneficiary is governed by

the law of the jurisdiction in which the beneficiary's bank

is located.

(2) If the parties described in each paragraph of subsection (1) have

made an agreement selecting the law of a particular jurisdiction to

govern rights and obligations between each other, the law of that

jurisdiction governs those rights and obligations, whether or not the

payment order or the funds transfer bears a reasonable relation to that

jurisdiction.

(3) A funds-transfer system rule may select the law of a particular

jurisdiction to govern (i) rights and obligations between participating

banks with respect to payment orders transmitted or processed through

the system, or (ii) the rights and obligations of some or all parties to

a funds transfer any part of which is carried out by means of the

system. A choice of law made pursuant to clause (i) is binding on

participating banks. A choice of law made pursuant to clause (ii) is

binding on the originator, other sender, or a receiving bank having

notice that the funds-transfer system might be used in the funds

transfer and of the choice of law by the system when the originator,

other sender, or receiving bank issued or accepted a payment order. The

beneficiary of a funds transfer is bound by the choice of law if, when

the funds transfer is initiated, the beneficiary has notice that the

funds-transfer system might be used in the funds transfer and of the

choice of law by the system. The law of a jurisdiction selected pursuant

to this subsection may govern, whether or not that law bears a

reasonable relation to the matter in issue.

(4) In the event of inconsistency between an agreement under

subsection (2) and a choice-of-law rule under subsection (3), the

agreement under subsection (2) prevails.

(5) If a funds transfer is made by use of more than one funds-transfer

system and there is inconsistency between choice-of-law rules of the

systems, the matter in issue is governed by the law of the selected

jurisdiction that has the most significant relationship to the matter in

issue.

ARTICLE 5 Letters of Credit

§ 5-101 — Short title

Section 5--101. Short title.

This article may be cited as "Uniform Commercial Code--Letters of

Credit".

§ 5-102 — Definitions

Section 5--102. Definitions.

(a) In this article:

(1) "Adviser" means a person who, at the request of the issuer, a

confirmer, or another adviser, notifies or requests another

adviser to notify the beneficiary that a letter of credit has

been issued, confirmed, or amended.

(2) "Applicant" means a person at whose request or for whose

account a letter of credit is issued. The term includes a

person who requests an issuer to issue a letter of credit on

behalf of another if the person making the request undertakes

an obligation to reimburse the issuer.

(3) "Beneficiary" means a person who under the terms of a letter

of credit is entitled to have its complying presentation

honored. The term includes a person to whom drawing rights

have been transferred under a transferable letter of credit.

(4) "Confirmer" means a nominated person who undertakes, at the

request or with the consent of the issuer, to honor a

presentation under a letter of credit issued by another.

(5) "Dishonor" of a letter of credit means failure to timely

honor or to take an interim action, such as acceptance of a

draft, that may be required by the letter of credit.

(6) "Document" means a draft or other demand, document of title,

investment security, certificate, invoice, or other record,

statement, or representation of fact, law, right, or opinion:

(i) which is presented in a written or other medium permitted

by the letter of credit or, unless prohibited by the

letter of credit, by the standard practice referred to in

subsection (e) of section 5--108; and

(ii) which is capable of being examined for compliance with

the terms and conditions of the letter of credit. A

document may not be oral.

(7) "Good faith" means honesty in fact in the conduct or

transaction concerned.

(8) "Honor" of a letter of credit means performance of the

issuer's undertaking in the letter of credit to pay or

deliver an item of value. Unless the letter of credit

otherwise provides, "honor" occurs:

(i) upon payment,

(ii) if the letter of credit provides for acceptance, upon

acceptance of a draft and, at maturity, its payment, or

(iii) if the letter of credit provides for incurring a deferred

obligation, upon incurring the obligation and, at

maturity, its performance.

(9) "Issuer" means a bank or other person that issues a letter of

credit, but does not include an individual who makes an

engagement for personal, family, or household purposes.

(10) "Letter of credit" means a definite undertaking that

satisfies the requirements of section 5--104 by an issuer to

a beneficiary at the request or for the account of an

applicant or, in the case of a financial institution, to

itself or for its own account, to honor a documentary

presentation by payment or delivery of an item of value.

(11) "Nominated person" means a person whom the issuer:

(i) designates or authorizes to pay, accept, negotiate, or

otherwise give value under a letter of credit, and

(ii) undertakes by agreement or custom and practice to

reimburse.

(12) "Presentation" means delivery of a document to an issuer or

nominated person for honor or giving of value under a letter

of credit.

(13) "Presenter" means a person making a presentation as or on

behalf of a beneficiary or nominated person.

(14) "Record" means information that is inscribed on a tangible

medium, or that is stored in an electronic or other medium

and is retrievable in perceivable form.

(15) "Successor of a beneficiary" means a person who succeeds to

substantially all of the rights of a beneficiary by operation

of law, including a corporation with or into which the

beneficiary has been merged or consolidated, an

administrator, executor, personal representative, trustee in

bankruptcy, debtor in possession, liquidator, and receiver.

(b) Definitions in other articles applying to this article and the

sections in which they appear are:

"Accept" or "acceptance" Section 3--410

"Value" Sections 3--303, 4--209.

(c) Article 1 contains certain additional general definitions and

principles of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this

article.

§ 5-103 — Scope

Section 5--103. Scope.

(a) This article applies to letters of credit and to certain rights

and obligations arising out of transactions involving letters of credit.

(b) The statement of a rule in this article does not by itself

require, imply, or negate application of the same or a different rule to

a situation not provided for, or to a person not specified, in this

article.

(c) With the exception of this subsection, subsections (a) and (d) of

this section, paragraphs (9) and (10) of subsection (a) of section

5--102, subsection (d) of section 5--106, and subsection (d) of section

5--114, and except to the extent prohibited in section 1--302 and

subsection (d) of section 5--117, the effect of this article may be

varied by agreement or by a provision stated or incorporated by

reference in an undertaking. A term in an agreement or undertaking

generally excusing liability or generally limiting remedies for failure

to perform obligations is not sufficient to vary obligations prescribed

by this article.

(d) Rights and obligations of an issuer to a beneficiary or a

nominated person under a letter of credit are independent of the

existence, performance, or nonperformance of a contract or arrangement

out of which the letter of credit arises or which underlies it,

including contracts or arrangements between the issuer and the applicant

and between the applicant and the beneficiary.

§ 5-104 — Formal requirements

Section 5--104. Formal requirements.

A letter of credit, confirmation, advice, transfer, amendment, or

cancellation may be issued in any form that is a signed record.

§ 5-105 — Consideration

Section 5--105. Consideration.

Consideration is not required to issue, amend, transfer, or cancel a

letter of credit, advice, or confirmation.

§ 5-106 — Issuance, amendment, cancellation, and duration

Section 5--106. Issuance, amendment, cancellation, and duration.

(a) A letter of credit is issued and becomes enforceable according to

its terms against the issuer when the issuer sends or otherwise

transmits it to the person requested to advise or to the beneficiary. A

letter of credit is revocable only if it so provides.

(b) After a letter of credit is issued, rights and obligations of a

beneficiary, applicant, confirmer, and issuer are not affected by an

amendment or cancellation to which that person has not consented except

to the extent the letter of credit provides that it is revocable or that

the issuer may amend or cancel the letter of credit without that

consent.

(c) If there is no stated expiration date or other provision that

determines its duration, a letter of credit expires one year after its

stated date of issuance or, if none is stated, after the date on which

it is issued.

(d) A letter of credit that states that it is perpetual expires five

years after its stated date of issuance, or if none is stated, after the

date on which it is issued.

§ 5-107 — Confirmer, nominated person, and advisor

Section 5--107. Confirmer, nominated person, and advisor.

(a) A confirmer is directly obligated on a letter of credit and has

the rights and obligations of an issuer to the extent of its

confirmation. The confirmer also has rights against and obligations to

the issuer as if the issuer were an applicant and the confirmer had

issued the letter of credit at the request and for the account of the

issuer.

(b) A nominated person who is not a confirmer is not obligated to

honor or otherwise give value for a presentation.

(c) A person requested to advise may decline to act as an adviser. An

adviser that is not a confirmer is not obligated to honor or give value

for a presentation. An adviser undertakes to the issuer and to the

beneficiary accurately to advise the terms of the letter of credit,

confirmation, amendment, or advice received by that person and

undertakes to the beneficiary to check the apparent authenticity of the

request to advise. Even if the advice is inaccurate, the letter of

credit, confirmation, or amendment is enforceable as issued.

(d) A person who notifies a transferee beneficiary of the terms of a

letter of credit, confirmation, amendment, or advice has the rights and

obligations of an adviser under subsection (c) of this section. The

terms in the notice to the transferee beneficiary may differ from the

terms in any notice to the transferor beneficiary to the extent

permitted by the letter of credit, confirmation, amendment, or advice

received by the person who so notifies.

§ 5-108 — Issuer's rights and obligations

Section 5--108. Issuer's rights and obligations.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in section 5--109, an issuer shall

honor a presentation that, as determined by the standard practice

referred to in subsection (e) of this section, appears on its face

strictly to comply with the terms and conditions of the letter of

credit. Except as otherwise provided in section 5--113 and unless

otherwise agreed with the applicant, an issuer shall dishonor a

presentation that does not appear so to comply.

(b) An issuer has a reasonable time after presentation, but not beyond

the end of the seventh business day of the issue after the day of its

receipt of documents:

(1) to honor,

(2) if the letter of credit provides for honor to be completed

more than seven business days after presentation, to accept a

draft or incur a deferred obligation, or

(3) to give notice to the presenter of discrepancies in the

presentation.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of this section, an

issuer is precluded from asserting as a basis for dishonor any

discrepancy if timely notice is not given, or any discrepancy not stated

in the notice if timely notice is given.

(d) Failure to give the notice specified in subsection (b) of this

section or to mention fraud, forgery, or expiration in the notice does

not preclude the issuer from asserting as a basis for dishonor fraud or

forgery as described in subsection (a) of section 5--109 or expiration

of the letter of credit before presentation.

(e) An issuer shall observe standard practice of financial

institutions that regularly issue letters of credit.

(f) An issuer is not responsible for:

(1) the performance or nonperformance of the underlying contract,

arrangement, or transaction,

(2) an act or omission of others, or

(3) observance or knowledge of the usage of a particular trade

other than the standard practice referred to in subsection

(e) of this section.

(g) If an undertaking constituting a letter of credit under paragraph

(10) of subsection (a) of section 5--102 contains nondocumentary

conditions, an issuer shall disregard the nondocumentary conditions and

treat them as if they were not stated.

(h) An issuer that has dishonored a presentation shall return the

documents or hold them at the disposal of, and send advice to that

effect to, the presenter.

(i) An issuer that has honored a presentation as permitted or required

by this article:

(1) is entitled to be reimbursed by the applicant in immediately

available funds not later than the date of its payment of

funds;

(2) takes the documents free of claims of the beneficiary or

presenter;

(3) is precluded from asserting a right of recourse on a draft

under sections 3--414 and 3--415;

(4) except as otherwise provided in sections 5--110 and 5--117,

is precluded from restitution of money paid or other value

given by mistake to the extent the mistake concerns

discrepancies in the documents or tender which are apparent

on the face of the presentation; and

(5) is discharged to the extent of its performance under the

letter of credit unless the issuer honored a presentation in

which a required signature of a beneficiary was forged.

§ 5-109 — Fraud and forgery

Section 5--109. Fraud and forgery.

(a) If a presentation is made that appears on its face strictly to

comply with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit, but a

required document is forged or materially fraudulent, or honor of the

presentation would facilitate a material fraud by the beneficiary on the

issuer or applicant:

(1) The issuer shall honor the presentation, if honor is demanded

by:

(i) a nominated person who has given value in good faith and

without notice of forgery or material fraud,

(ii) a confirmer who has honored its confirmation in good

faith,

(iii) a holder in due course of a draft drawn under the letter

of credit which was taken after acceptance by the issuer

or nominated person, or

(iv) an assignee of the issuer's or nominated person's

deferred obligation that was taken for value and without

notice of forgery or material fraud after the obligation

was incurred by the issuer or nominated person; and

(2) The issuer, acting in good faith, may honor or dishonor the

presentation in any other case.

(b) If an applicant claims that a required document is forged or

materially fraudulent or that honor of the presentation would facilitate

a material fraud by the beneficiary on the issuer or applicant, a court

of competent jurisdiction may temporarily or permanently enjoin the

issuer from honoring a presentation or grant similar relief against the

issuer or other persons only if the court finds that:

(1) The relief is not prohibited under the law applicable to an

accepted draft or deferred obligation incurred by the issuer;

(2) A beneficiary, issuer, or nominated person who may be

adversely affected is adequately protected against loss that

it may suffer because the relief is granted;

(3) All of the conditions to entitle a person to the relief under

the law of this state have been met; and

(4) On the basis of the information submitted to the court, the

applicant is more likely than not to succeed under its claim

of forgery or material fraud and the person demanding honor

does not qualify for protection under paragraph (1) of

subsection (a) of this section.

§ 5-110 — Warranties

Section 5--110. Warranties.

(a) If its presentation is honored, the beneficiary warrants:

(1) To the issuer, any other person to whom presentation is made,

and the applicant that there is no fraud or forgery of the

kind described in subsection (a) of section 5--109; and

(2) To the applicant that the drawing does not violate any

agreement between the applicant and beneficiary or any other

agreement intended by them to be augmented by the letter of

credit.

(b) The warranties in subsection (a) of this section are in addition

to warranties arising under articles 3, 4, 7 and 8 because of the

presentation or transfer of documents covered by any of those articles.

§ 5-111 — Remedies

Section 5--111. Remedies.

(a) If an issuer wrongfully dishonors or repudiates its obligation to

pay money under a letter of credit before presentation, the beneficiary,

successor, or nominated person presenting on its own behalf may recover

from the issuer the amount that is the subject of the dishonor or

repudiation. If the issuer's obligation under the letter of credit is

not for the payment of money, the claimant may obtain specific

performance or, at the claimant's election, recover an amount equal to

the value of performance from the issuer. In either case, the claimant

may also recover incidental but not consequential damages. The claimant

is not obligated to take action to avoid damages that might be due from

the issuer under this subsection. If, although not obligated to do so,

the claimant avoids damages, the claimant's recovery from the issuer

must be reduced by the amount of damages avoided. The issuer has the

burden of proving the amount of damages avoided. In the case of

repudiation the claimant need not present any document.

(b) If an issuer wrongfully dishonors a draft or demand presented

under a letter of credit or honors a draft or demand in breach of its

obligation to the applicant, the applicant may recover damages resulting

from the breach, including incidental but not consequential damages,

less any amount saved as a result of the breach.

(c) If an adviser or nominated person other than a confirmer breaches

an obligation under this article or an issuer breaches an obligation not

covered in subsection (a) or (b) of this section, a person to whom the

obligation is owed may recover damages resulting from the breach,

including incidental but not consequential damages, less any amount

saved as a result of the breach. To the extent of the confirmation, a

confirmer has the liability of an issuer specified in this subsection

and subsections (a) and (b) of this section.

(d) An issuer, nominated person, or adviser who is found liable under

subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this section shall pay interest on the

amount owed thereunder from the date of wrongful dishonor or other

appropriate date.

(e) Damages that would otherwise be payable by a party for breach of

an obligation under this article may be liquidated by agreement or

undertaking, but only in an amount or by a formula that is reasonable in

light of the harm anticipated.

§ 5-112 — Transfer of letter of credit

Section 5--112. Transfer of letter of credit.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in section 5--113, unless a letter of

credit provides that it is transferable, the right of a beneficiary to

draw or otherwise demand performance under a letter of credit may not be

transferred.

(b) Even if a letter of credit provides that it is transferable, the

issuer may refuse to recognize or carry out a transfer if:

(1) the transfer would violate applicable law; or

(2) the transferor or transferee has failed to comply with any

requirement stated in the letter of credit or any other

requirement relating to transfer imposed by the issuer which

is within the standard practice referred to in subsection (e)

of section 5--108 or is otherwise reasonable under the

circumstances.

§ 5-113 — Transfer by operation of law

Section 5--113. Transfer by operation of law.

(a) A successor of a beneficiary may consent to amendments, sign and

present documents, and receive payment or other items of value in the

name of the beneficiary without disclosing its status as a successor.

(b) A successor of a beneficiary may consent to amendments, sign and

present documents, and receive payment or other items of value in its

own name as the disclosed successor of the beneficiary. Except as

otherwise provided in subsection (e) of this section, an issuer shall

recognize a disclosed successor of a beneficiary as beneficiary in full

substitution for its predecessor upon compliance with the requirements

for recognition by the issuer of a transfer of drawing rights by

operation of law under the standard practice referred to in subsection

(e) of section 5--108 or, in the absence of such a practice, compliance

with other reasonable procedures sufficient to protect the issuer.

(c) An issuer is not obliged to determine whether a purported

successor is a successor of a beneficiary or whether the signature of a

purported successor is genuine or authorized.

(d) Honor of a purported successor's apparently complying presentation

under subsection (a) or (b) of this section has the consequences

specified in subsection (i) of section 5--108 even if the purported

successor is not the successor of a beneficiary. Documents signed in the

name of the beneficiary or of a disclosed successor by a person who is

neither the beneficiary nor the successor of the beneficiary are forged

documents for the purposes of section 5--109.

(e) An issuer whose rights of reimbursement are not covered by

subsection (d) of this section or substantially similar law and any

confirmer or nominated person may decline to recognize a presentation

under subsection (b) of this section.

(f) A beneficiary whose name is changed after the issuance of a letter

of credit has the same rights and obligations as a successor of a

beneficiary under this section.

§ 5-114 — Assignment of proceeds

Section 5--114. Assignment of proceeds.

(a) In this section, "proceeds of a letter of credit" means the cash,

check, accepted draft, or other item of value paid or delivered upon

honor or giving of value by the issuer or any nominated person under the

letter of credit. The term does not include a beneficiary's drawing

rights or documents presented by the beneficiary.

(b) A beneficiary may assign its right to part or all of the proceeds

of a letter of credit. The beneficiary may do so before presentation as

a present assignment of its right to receive proceeds contingent upon

its compliance with the terms and conditions of the letter of credit.

(c) An issuer or nominated person need not recognize an assignment of

proceeds of a letter of credit until it consents to the assignment.

(d) An issuer or nominated person has no obligation to give or

withhold its consent to an assignment of proceeds of a letter of credit,

but consent may not be unreasonably withheld if the assignee possesses

and exhibits the letter of credit and presentation of the letter of

credit is a condition to honor.

(e) Rights of a transferee beneficiary or nominated person are

independent of the beneficiary's assignment of the proceeds of a letter

of credit and are superior to the assignee's right to the proceeds.

(f) Neither the rights recognized by this section between an assignee

and an issuer, transferee beneficiary, or nominated person nor the

issuer's or nominated person's payment of proceeds to an assignee or a

third person affect the rights between the assignee and any person other

than the issuer, transferee beneficiary, or nominated person. The mode

of creating and perfecting a security interest in or granting an

assignment of a beneficiary's rights to proceeds is governed by article

9 or other law. Against persons other than the issuer, transferee

beneficiary, or nominated person, the rights and obligations arising

upon the creation of a security interest or other assignment of a

beneficiary's right to proceeds and its perfection are governed by

article 9 or other law.

§ 5-115 — Statute of limitations

Section 5--115. Statute of limitations.

An action to enforce a right or obligation arising under this article

must be commenced within one year after the expiration date of the

relevant letter of credit or one year after the cause of action accrues,

whichever occurs later. A cause of action accrues when the breach

occurs, regardless of the aggrieved party's lack of knowledge of the

breach.

§ 5-116 — Choice of law and forum

Section 5--116. Choice of law and forum.

(a) The liability of an issuer, nominated person, or adviser for

action or omission is governed by the law of the jurisdiction chosen by

an agreement in the form of a record signed by the affected parties or

by a provision in the person's letter of credit, confirmation, or other

undertaking. The jurisdiction whose law is chosen need not bear any

relation to the transaction.

(b) Unless subsection (a) of this section applies, the liability of an

issuer, nominated person, or adviser for action or omission is governed

by the law of the jurisdiction in which the person is located. The

person is considered to be located at the address indicated in the

person's undertaking. If more than one address is indicated, the person

is considered to be located at the address from which the person's

undertaking was issued. For the purpose of jurisdiction, choice of law,

and recognition of interbranch letters of credit, but not enforcement of

a judgment, all branches of a bank are considered separate juridical

entities and a bank is considered to be located at the place where its

relevant branch is considered to be located under subsection (c).

(c) A branch of a bank is considered to be located at the address

indicated in the branch's undertaking. If more than one address is

indicated, the branch is considered to be located at the address from

which the undertaking was issued.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the liability of

an issuer, nominated person, or adviser is governed by any rules of

custom or practice, such as the uniform customs and practice for

documentary credits, to which the letter of credit, confirmation, or

other undertaking is expressly made subject. If (1) this article would

govern the liability of an issuer, nominated person, or adviser under

subsection (a) or (b) of this section, (2) the relevant undertaking

incorporates rules of custom or practice, and (3) there is conflict

between this article and those rules as applied to that undertaking,

those rules govern except to the extent of any conflict with the

nonvariable provisions specified in subsection (c) of section 5--103.

(e) If there is conflict between this article and article 3, 4, 4-A or

9, this article governs.

(f) The forum for settling disputes arising out of an undertaking

within this article may be chosen in the manner and with the binding

effect that governing law may be chosen in accordance with subsection

(a) of this section.

§ 5-117 — Subrogation of issuer, applicant, and nominated person

Section 5--117. Subrogation of issuer, applicant, and nominated person.

(a) An issuer that honors a beneficiary's presentation is subrogated

to the rights of the beneficiary to the same extent as if the issuer

were a secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to the

beneficiary and of the applicant to the same extent as if the issuer

were the secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to the

applicant.

(b) An applicant that reimburses an issuer is subrogated to the rights

of the issuer against any beneficiary, presenter, or nominated person to

the same extent as if the applicant were the secondary obligor of the

obligations owed to the issuer and has the rights of subrogation of the

issuer to the rights of the beneficiary stated in subsection (a) of this

section.

(c) A nominated person who pays or gives value against a draft or

demand presented under a letter of credit is subrogated to the rights

of:

(1) the issuer against the applicant to the same extent as if the

nominated person were a secondary obligor of the obligation

owed to the issuer by the applicant;

(2) the beneficiary to the same extent as if the nominated person

were a secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to

the beneficiary; and

(3) the applicant to the same extent as if the nominated person

were a secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to

the applicant.

(d) Notwithstanding any agreement or term to the contrary, the rights

of subrogation stated in subsections (a) and (b) of this section do not

arise until the issuer honors the letter of credit or otherwise pays and

the rights in subsection (c) of this section do not arise until the

nominated person pays or otherwise gives value. Until then, the issuer,

nominated person, and the applicant do not derive under this section

present or prospective rights forming the basis of a claim, defense, or

excuse.

§ 5-118 — Security Interest of Issuer or Nominated Person

Section 5--118. Security Interest of Issuer or Nominated Person.

(a) An issuer or nominated person has a security interest in a

document presented under a letter of credit and any identifiable

proceeds of the collateral to the extent that the issuer or nominated

person honors or gives value for the presentation.

(b) Subject to subsection (a), as long as and to the extent that an

issuer or nominated person has not been reimbursed or has not otherwise

recovered the value given with respect to a security interest in a

document under subsection (a), the security interest continues and is

subject to Article 9, but:

(1) a security agreement is not necessary to make the security

interest enforceable under Section 9--203(b)(3);

(2) if the document is presented in a medium other than a written

or other tangible medium, the security interest is perfected;

and

(3) if the document is presented in a written or other tangible

medium and is not a certificated security, chattel paper, a

document of title, an instrument, or a letter of credit, so

long as the debtor does not have possession of the document,

the security interest is perfected and has priority over a

conflicting security interest in the document.

§ 5-119 — Applicability

Section 5--119. Applicability.

This article applies to a letter of credit that is issued on or after

the effective date of this article. This article does not apply to a

transaction, event, obligation, or duty arising out of or associated

with a letter of credit that was issued before the effective date of

this article.

§ 5-120 — Savings clause

Section 5--120. Savings clause.

A transaction arising out of or associated with a letter of credit

that was issued before the effective date of this article and the

rights, obligations, and interests flowing from that transaction are

governed by any statute or other law amended or repealed by the chapter

of the laws which added this article as if repeal or amendment had not

occurred and may be terminated, completed, consummated, or enforced

under that statute or other law.

ARTICLE 7 Documents of Title

PART 1 General

§ 7-101 — Short title

Section 7--101. Short title.

This article may be cited as Uniform Commercial Code-Documents of

Title.

§ 7-102 — Definitions and Index of Definitions

Section 7--102. Definitions and Index of Definitions.

(a) In this article, unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) "Bailee" means a person that by a warehouse receipt, bill of

lading, or other document of title acknowledges possession of goods and

contracts to deliver them.

(2) "Carrier" means a person that issues a bill of lading.

(3) "Consignee" means a person named in a bill of lading to which or

to whose order the bill promises delivery.

(4) "Consignor" means a person named in a bill of lading as the person

from which the goods have been received for shipment.

(5) "Delivery order" means a record that contains an order to deliver

goods directed to a warehouse, carrier, or other person that in the

ordinary course of business issues warehouse receipts or bills of

lading.

(6) "Good faith" means honesty in fact and the observance of

reasonable commercial standards of fair dealing.

(7) "Goods" means all things that are treated as movable for the

purposes of a contract for storage or transportation.

(8) "Issuer" means a bailee that issues a document of title or, in the

case of an unaccepted delivery order, the person that orders the

possessor of goods to deliver. The term includes a person for which an

agent or employee purports to act in issuing a document if the agent or

employee has real or apparent authority to issue documents, even if the

issuer did not receive any goods, the goods were misdescribed, or in any

other respect the agent or employee violated the issuer's instructions.

(9) "Person entitled under the document" means the holder, in the case

of a negotiable document of title, or the person to which delivery of

the goods is to be made by the terms of, or pursuant to instructions in

a record under, a nonnegotiable document of title.

(10) {Reserved}.

(11) Reserved.

(12) "Shipper" means a person that enters into a contract of

transportation with a carrier.

(13) "Warehouse" means a person engaged in the business of storing

goods for hire.

(b) Definitions in other articles applying to this article and the

sections in which they appear are:

(1) "Contract for sale", Section 2--106.

(2) "Lessee in the ordinary course of business", Section 2A--103.

(3) "Receipt" of goods, Section 2--103.

(c) In addition, Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this article.

§ 7-103 — Relation of Article to Treaty or Statute

Section 7--103. Relation of Article to Treaty or Statute.

(a) This article is subject to any treaty or statute of the United

States or regulatory statute of this state to the extent the treaty,

statute, or regulatory statute is applicable.

(b) This article does not modify or repeal any law prescribing the

form or content of a document of title or the services or facilities to

be afforded by a bailee, or otherwise regulating a bailee's business in

respects not specifically treated in this article. However, violation of

such a law does not affect the status of a document of title that

otherwise is within the definition of a document of title.

(c) This article modifies, limits, and supersedes the federal

Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (15 U.S.C.

Section 7001, et. seq.) but does not modify, limit, or supersede Section

101(c) of that act (15 U.S.C. Section 7001(c)) or authorize electronic

delivery of any of the notices described in Section 103(b) of that act

(15 U.S.C. Section 7003(b)).

(d) To the extent there is a conflict between the Electronic

Signatures and Records Act (State Technology Law 301 et. Seq.) and this

article, this article governs.

§ 7-104 — Negotiable and Nonnegotiable Document of Title

Section 7--104. Negotiable and Nonnegotiable Document of Title.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (c), a document of

title is negotiable if by its terms the goods are to be delivered to

bearer or to the order of a named person.

(b) A document of title other than one described in subsection (a) is

nonnegotiable. A bill of lading that states that the goods are consigned

to a named person is not made negotiable by a provision that the goods

are to be delivered only against an order in a record signed by the same

or another named person.

(c) A document of title is nonnegotiable if, at the time it is issued,

the document has a conspicuous legend, however expressed, that it is

nonnegotiable.

§ 7-105 — Reissuance in Alternative Medium

Section 7--105. Reissuance in Alternative Medium.

(a) Upon request of a person entitled under an electronic document of

title, the issuer of the electronic document may issue a tangible

document of title as a substitute for the electronic document if:

(1) the person entitled under the electronic document surrenders

control of the document to the issuer; and

(2) the tangible document when issued contains a statement that it is

issued in substitution for the electronic document.

(b) Upon issuance of a tangible document of title in substitution for

an electronic document of title in accordance with subsection (a):

(1) the electronic document ceases to have any effect or validity; and

(2) the person that procured issuance of the tangible document

warrants to all subsequent persons entitled under the tangible document

that the warrantor was a person entitled under the electronic document

when the warrantor surrendered control of the electronic document to the

issuer.

(c) Upon request of a person entitled under a tangible document of

title, the issuer of the tangible document may issue an electronic

document of title as a substitute for the tangible document if:

(1) the person entitled under the tangible document surrenders

possession of the document to the issuer; and

(2) the electronic document when issued contains a statement that it

is issued in substitution for the tangible document.

(d) Upon issuance of an electronic document of title in substitution

for a tangible document of title in accordance with subsection (c):

(1) the tangible document ceases to have any effect or validity; and

(2) the person that procured issuance of the electronic document

warrants to all subsequent persons entitled under the electronic

document that the warrantor was a person entitled under the tangible

document when the warrantor surrendered possession of the tangible

document to the issuer.

§ 7-106 — Control of Electronic Document of Title

Section 7--106. Control of Electronic Document of Title.

(a) A person has control of an electronic document of title if a

system employed for evidencing the transfer of interests in the

electronic document reliably establishes that person as the person to

which the electronic document was issued or transferred.

(b) A system satisfies subsection (a), and a person has control of an

electronic document of title, if the document is created, stored and

transferred in a manner that:

(1) a single authoritative copy of the document exists which is

unique, identifiable, and, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs

(4), (5), and (6), unalterable;

(2) the authoritative copy identifies the person asserting control as:

(A) the person to which the document was issued; or

(B) if the authoritative copy indicates that the document has been

transferred, the person to which the document was most recently

transferred;

(3) the authoritative copy is communicated to and maintained by the

person asserting control or its designated custodian;

(4) copies or amendments that add or change an identified transferee

of the authoritative copy can be made only with the consent of the

person asserting control;

(5) each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is

readily identifiable as a copy that is not the authoritative copy; and

(6) any amendment of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as

authorized or unauthorized.

(c) A system satisfies subsection (a), and a person has control of an

electronic document of title, if an authoritative electronic copy of the

document, a record attached to or logically associated with the

electronic copy, or a system in which the electronic copy is recorded:

(1) enables the person readily to identify each electronic copy as

either an authoritative copy or a nonauthoritative copy;

(2) enables the person readily to identify itself in any way,

including by name, identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or

account number, as the person to which each authoritative electronic

copy was issued or transferred; and

(3) gives the person exclusive power, subject to subsection (d), to:

(A) prevent others from adding or changing the person to which each

authoritative electronic copy has been issued or transferred; and

(B) transfer control of each authoritative electronic copy.

(d) Subject to subsection (e), a power is exclusive under subsection

(c) (3) (A) even if:

(1) the authoritative electronic copy, a record attached to or

logically associated with the authoritative electronic copy, or a system

in which the authoritative electronic copy is recorded limits the use of

the document of title or has a protocol that is programmed to cause a

change, including a transfer or loss of control; or

(2) the power is shared with another person.

(e) A power of a person is not shared with another person under

subsection (d) (2) and the person's power is not exclusive if:

(1) the person can exercise the power only if the power also is

exercised by the other person; and

(2) the other person:

(A) can exercise the power without exercise of the power by the

person; or

(B) is the transferor to the person of an interest in the document of

title.

(f) If a person has the powers specified in subsection (c) (3) (A) and

(B), the powers are presumed to be exclusive.

(g) A person has control of an electronic document of title if another

person, other than the transferor to the person of an interest in the

document:

(1) has control of the document and acknowledges that it has control

on behalf of the person; or

(2) obtains control of the document after having acknowledged that it

will obtain control of the document on behalf of the person.

(h) A person that has control under this section is not required to

acknowledge that it has control on behalf of another person.

(i) If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain control on

behalf of another person, unless the person otherwise agrees or law

other than this article or Article 9 otherwise provides, the person does

not owe any duty to the other person and is not required to confirm the

acknowledgment to any other person.

PART 2 Warehouse Receipts: Special Provisions

§ 7-201 — Person That May Issue a Warehouse Receipt; Storage Under Bond

Section 7--201. Person That May Issue a Warehouse Receipt; Storage Under

Bond.

(a) A warehouse receipt may be issued by any warehouse.

(b) If goods, including distilled spirits and agricultural

commodities, are stored under a statute requiring a bond against

withdrawal or a license for the issuance of receipts in the nature of

warehouse receipts, a receipt issued for the goods is deemed to be a

warehouse receipt even if issued by a person that is the owner of the

goods and is not a warehouse.

§ 7-202 — Form of Warehouse Receipt; Effect of Omission

Section 7--202. Form of Warehouse Receipt; Effect of Omission.

(a) A warehouse receipt need not be in any particular form.

(b) Unless a warehouse receipt provides for each of the following, the

warehouse is liable for damages caused to a person injured by its

omission:

(1) a statement of the location of the warehouse facility where the

goods are stored;

(2) the date of issue of the receipt;

(3) the unique identification code of the receipt;

(4) a statement whether the goods received will be delivered to the

bearer, to a named person, or to a named person or its order;

(5) the rate of storage and handling charges, unless goods are stored

under a field warehousing arrangement, in which case a statement of that

fact is sufficient on a nonnegotiable receipt;

(6) a description of the goods or the packages containing them;

(7) the signature of the warehouse or its agent;

(8) if the receipt is issued for goods that the warehouse owns, either

solely, jointly, or in common with others, a statement of the fact of

that ownership; and

(9) a statement of the amount of advances made and of liabilities

incurred for which the warehouse claims a lien or security interest,

unless the precise amount of advances made or liabilities incurred, at

the time of the issue of the receipt, is unknown to the warehouse or to

its agent that issued the receipt, in which case a statement of the fact

that advances have been made or liabilities incurred and the purpose of

the advances or liabilities is sufficient.

(c) A warehouse may insert in its receipt any terms that are not

contrary to this Act and do not impair its obligation of delivery under

Section 7--403 or its duty of care under Section 7--204. Any contrary

provision is ineffective.

§ 7-203 — Liability for Nonreceipt or Misdescription

Section 7--203. Liability for Nonreceipt or Misdescription.

A party to, or purchaser for, value in good faith of a document of

title, other than a bill of lading, that relies upon the description of

the goods in the document may recover from the issuer damages caused by

the nonreceipt or misdescription of the goods, except to the extent

that:

(1) the document conspicuously indicates that the issuer does not know

whether all or part of the goods in fact were received or conform to the

description, such as a case in which the description is in terms of

marks or labels or kind, quantity, or condition, or the receipt or

description is qualified by "contents, condition, and quality unknown",

"said to contain", or words of similar import, if the indication is

true; or

(2) the party or purchaser otherwise has notice of the nonreceipt or

misdescription.

§ 7-204 — Duty of Care; Contractual Limitation of Warehouse's Liability

Section 7--204. Duty of Care; Contractual Limitation of Warehouse's

Liability.

(a) A warehouse is liable for damages for loss of or injury to the

goods caused by its failure to exercise care with regard to the goods

that a reasonably careful person would exercise under similar

circumstances. Unless otherwise agreed, the warehouse is not liable for

damages that could not have been avoided by the exercise of that care.

(b) Damages may be limited by a term in the warehouse receipt or

storage agreement limiting the amount of liability in case of loss or

damage beyond which the warehouse is not liable. Such a limitation is

not effective with respect to the warehouse's liability for conversion

to its own use. On request of the bailor in a record at the time of

signing the storage agreement or within a reasonable time after receipt

of the warehouse receipt, the warehouse's liability may be increased on

part or all of the goods covered by the storage agreement or the

warehouse receipt. In this event, increased rates may be charged based

on an increased valuation of the goods.

(c) Reasonable provisions as to the time and manner of presenting

claims and commencing actions based on the bailment may be included in

the warehouse receipt or storage agreement.

§ 7-205 — Title Under Warehouse Receipt Defeated in Certain Cases

Section 7--205. Title Under Warehouse Receipt Defeated in Certain Cases.

A buyer in ordinary course of business of fungible goods sold and

delivered by a warehouse that is also in the business of buying and

selling such goods takes the goods free of any claim under a warehouse

receipt even if the receipt is negotiable and has been duly negotiated.

§ 7-206 — Termination of Storage at Warehouse's Option

Section 7--206. Termination of Storage at Warehouse's Option.

(a) A warehouse, by giving notice to the person on whose account the

goods are held and any other person known to claim an interest in the

goods, may require payment of any charges and removal of the goods from

the warehouse at the termination of the period of storage fixed by the

document of title or, if a period is not fixed, within a stated period

not less than 30 days after the warehouse gives notice. If the goods are

not removed before the date specified in the notice, the warehouse may

sell them pursuant to Section 7--210.

(b) If a warehouse in good faith believes that goods are about to

deteriorate or decline in value to less than the amount of its lien

within the time provided in subsection (a) and Section 7--210, the

warehouse may specify in the notice given under subsection (a) any

reasonable shorter time for removal of the goods and, if the goods are

not removed, may sell them at public sale held not less than one week

after a single advertisement or posting.

(c) If, as a result of a quality or condition of the goods of which

the warehouse did not have notice at the time of deposit, the goods are

a hazard to other property, the warehouse facilities, or other persons,

the warehouse may sell the goods at public or private sale without

advertisement or posting on reasonable notification to all persons known

to claim an interest in the goods. If the warehouse, after a reasonable

effort, is unable to sell the goods, it may dispose of them in any

lawful manner and does not incur liability by reason of that

disposition.

(d) A warehouse shall deliver the goods to any person entitled to them

under this article upon due demand made at any time before sale or other

disposition under this section.

(e) A warehouse may satisfy its lien from the proceeds of any sale or

disposition under this section but shall hold the balance for delivery

on the demand of any person to which the warehouse would have been bound

to deliver the goods.

§ 7-207 — Goods Must Be Kept Separate; Fungible Goods

Section 7--207. Goods Must Be Kept Separate; Fungible Goods.

(a) Unless the warehouse receipt provides otherwise, a warehouse shall

keep separate the goods covered by each receipt so as to permit at all

times identification and delivery of those goods. However, different

lots of fungible goods may be commingled.

(b) If different lots of fungible goods are commingled, the goods are

owned in common by the persons entitled thereto and the warehouse is

severally liable to each owner for that owner's share. If, because of

overissue, a mass of fungible goods is insufficient to meet all the

receipts the warehouse has issued against it, the persons entitled

include all holders to which overissued receipts have been duly

negotiated.

§ 7-208 — Altered Warehouse Receipts

Section 7--208. Altered Warehouse Receipts.

If a blank in a negotiable tangible warehouse receipt has been filled

in without authority, a good-faith purchaser for value and without

notice of the lack of authority may treat the insertion as authorized.

Any other unauthorized alteration leaves any tangible or electronic

warehouse receipt enforceable against the issuer according to its

original tenor.

§ 7-209 — Lien of Warehouse

Section 7--209. Lien of Warehouse.

(a) A warehouse has a lien against the bailor on the goods covered by

a warehouse receipt or storage agreement or on the proceeds thereof in

its possession for charges for storage or transportation, including

demurrage and terminal charges, insurance, labor, or other charges,

present or future, in relation to the goods, and for expenses necessary

for preservation of the goods or reasonably incurred in their sale

pursuant to law. If the person on whose account the goods are held is

liable for similar charges or expenses in relation to other goods

whenever deposited and it is stated in the warehouse receipt or storage

agreement that a lien is claimed for charges and expenses in relation to

other goods, the warehouse also has a lien against the goods covered by

the warehouse receipt or storage agreement or on the proceeds thereof in

its possession for those charges and expenses, whether or not the other

goods have been delivered by the warehouse. However, as against a person

to which a negotiable warehouse receipt is duly negotiated, a

warehouse's lien is limited to charges in an amount or at a rate

specified in the warehouse receipt or, if no charges are so specified,

to a reasonable charge for storage of the specific goods covered by the

receipt subsequent to the date of the receipt.

(b) A warehouse may also reserve a security interest against the

bailor for the maximum amount specified on the receipt for charges other

than those specified in subsection (a), such as for money advanced and

interest. The security interest is governed by Article 9.

(c) A warehouse's lien for charges and expenses under subsection (a)

or a security interest under subsection (b) is also effective against

any person that so entrusted the bailor with possession of the goods

that a pledge of them by the bailor to a good-faith purchaser for value

would have been valid. However, the lien or security interest is not

effective against a person that before issuance of a document of title

had a legal interest or a perfected security interest in the goods and

that did not:

(1) deliver or entrust the goods or any document of title covering the

goods to the bailor or the bailor's nominee with:

(A) actual or apparent authority to ship, store, or sell;

(B) power to obtain delivery under Section 7--403; or

(C) power of disposition under Sections 2--403, 2A--304(2),

2A--305(2), 9--320, or 9--321(c) or other statute or rule of law; or

(2) acquiesce in the procurement by the bailor or its nominee of any

document.

(d) A warehouse's lien on household goods for charges and expenses in

relation to the goods under subsection (a) is also effective against all

persons if the depositor was the legal possessor of the goods at the

time of deposit. In this subsection, "household goods" means furniture,

furnishings, or personal effects used by the depositor in a dwelling.

(e) A warehouse loses its lien on any goods that it voluntarily

delivers or unjustifiably refuses to deliver.

§ 7-210 — Enforcement of Warehouse's Lien

Section 7--210. Enforcement of Warehouse's Lien.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b), a warehouse's lien

may be enforced by public or private sale of the goods, in bulk or in

packages, at any time or place and on any terms that are commercially

reasonable, after notifying all persons known to claim an interest in

the goods. The notification must include a statement of the amount due,

the nature of the proposed sale, and the time and place of any public

sale. The fact that a better price could have been obtained by a sale at

a different time or in a method different from that selected by the

warehouse is not of itself sufficient to establish that the sale was not

made in a commercially reasonable manner. The warehouse sells in a

commercially reasonable manner if the warehouse sells the goods in the

usual manner in any recognized market therefore, sells at the price

current in that market at the time of the sale, or otherwise sells in

conformity with commercially reasonable practices among dealers in the

type of goods sold. A sale of more goods than apparently necessary to be

offered to ensure satisfaction of the obligation is not commercially

reasonable, except in cases covered by the preceding sentence.

(b) A warehouse may enforce its lien on goods, other than goods stored

by a merchant in the course of its business, only if the following

requirements are satisfied:

(1) All persons known to claim an interest in the goods must be

notified.

(2) The notification must include an itemized statement of the claim,

a description of the goods subject to the lien, a demand for payment

within a specified time not less than ten days after receipt of the

notification, and a conspicuous statement that unless the claim is paid

within that time the goods will be advertised for sale and sold by

auction at a specified time and place.

(3) The sale must conform to the terms of the notification.

(4) The sale must be held at the nearest suitable place to where the

goods are held or stored.

(5) After the expiration of the time given in the notification, an

advertisement of the sale must be published once a week for two weeks

consecutively in a newspaper of general circulation where the sale is to

be held. The advertisement must include a description of the goods, the

name of the person on whose account the goods are being held, and the

time and place of the sale. The sale must take place at least fifteen

days after the first publication. If there is no newspaper of general

circulation where the sale is to be held, the advertisement must be

posted at least ten days before the sale in not fewer than six

conspicuous places in the neighborhood of the proposed sale.

(c) Before any sale pursuant to this section, any person claiming a

right in the goods may pay the amount necessary to satisfy the lien and

the reasonable expenses incurred in complying with this section. In that

event, the goods may not be sold but must be retained by the warehouse

subject to the terms of the receipt and this article.

(d) A warehouse may buy at any public sale held pursuant to this

section.

(e) A purchaser in good faith of goods sold to enforce a warehouse's

lien takes the goods free of any rights of persons against which the

lien was valid, despite the warehouse's noncompliance with this section.

(f) A warehouse may satisfy its lien from the proceeds of any sale

pursuant to this section but shall hold the balance, if any, for

delivery on demand to any person to which the warehouse would have been

bound to deliver the goods.

(g) The rights provided by this section are in addition to all other

rights allowed by law to a creditor against a debtor.

(h) If a lien is on goods stored by a merchant in the course of its

business, the lien may be enforced in accordance with subsection (a) or

(b).

(i) A warehouse is liable for damages caused by failure to comply with

the requirements for sale under this section and, in case of willful

violation, is liable for conversion.

PART 3 Bills of Lading: Special Provisions

§ 7-301 — Liability for Nonreceipt or Misdescription; "Said to Contain"; "Shipper's Weight, Load, and Count"; Improper Handling

Section 7--301. Liability for Nonreceipt or Misdescription; "Said to

Contain"; "Shipper's Weight, Load, and Count";

Improper Handling.

(a) A consignee of a nonnegotiable bill of lading which has given

value in good faith, or a holder to which a negotiable bill has been

duly negotiated, relying upon the description of the goods in the bill

or upon the date shown in the bill, may recover from the issuer damages

caused by the misdating of the bill or the nonreceipt or misdescription

of the goods, except to the extent that the bill indicates that the

issuer does not know whether any part or all of the goods in fact were

received or conform to the description, such as in a case in which the

description is in terms of marks or labels or kind, quantity, or

condition or the receipt or description is qualified by "contents or

condition of contents of packages unknown", "said to contain",

"shipper's weight, load, and count," or words of similar import, if that

indication is true.

(b) If goods are loaded by the issuer of a bill of lading:

(1) the issuer shall count the packages of goods if shipped in

packages and ascertain the kind and quantity if shipped in bulk; and

(2) words such as "shipper's weight, load, and count," or words of

similar import indicating that the description was made by the shipper

are ineffective except as to goods concealed in packages.

(c) If bulk goods are loaded by a shipper that makes available to the

issuer of a bill of lading adequate facilities for weighing those goods,

the issuer shall ascertain the kind and quantity within a reasonable

time after receiving the shipper's request in a record to do so. In that

case, "shipper's weight" or words of similar import are ineffective.

(d) The issuer of a bill of lading, by including in the bill the words

"shipper's weight, load, and count," or words of similar import, may

indicate that the goods were loaded by the shipper, and, if that

statement is true, the issuer is not liable for damages caused by the

improper loading. However, omission of such words does not imply

liability for damages caused by improper loading.

(e) A shipper guarantees to an issuer the accuracy at the time of

shipment of the description, marks, labels, number, kind, quantity,

condition, and weight, as furnished by the shipper, and the shipper

shall indemnify the issuer against damage caused by inaccuracies in

those particulars. This right of indemnity does not limit the issuer's

responsibility or liability under the contract of carriage to any person

other than the shipper.

§ 7-302 — Through Bills of Lading and Similar Documents of Title

Section 7--302. Through Bills of Lading and Similar Documents of Title.

(a) The issuer of a through bill of lading, or other document of title

embodying an undertaking to be performed in part by a person acting as

its agent or by a performing carrier, is liable to any person entitled

to recover on the bill or other document for any breach by the other

person or the performing carrier of its obligation under the bill or

other document. However, to the extent that the bill or other document

covers an undertaking to be performed overseas or in territory not

contiguous to the continental United States or an undertaking including

matters other than transportation, this liability for breach by the

other person or the performing carrier may be varied by agreement of the

parties.

(b) If goods covered by a through bill of lading or other document of

title embodying an undertaking to be performed in part by a person other

than the issuer are received by that person, the person is subject, with

respect to its own performance while the goods are in its possession, to

the obligation of the issuer. The person's obligation is discharged by

delivery of the goods to another person pursuant to the bill or other

document and does not include liability for breach by any other person

or by the issuer.

(c) The issuer of a through bill of lading or other document of title

described in subsection (a) is entitled to recover from the performing

carrier, or other person in possession of the goods when the breach of

the obligation under the bill or other document occurred:

(1) the amount it may be required to pay to any person entitled to

recover on the bill or other document for the breach, as may be

evidenced by any receipt, judgment, or transcript of judgment; and

(2) the amount of any expense reasonably incurred by the issuer in

defending any action commenced by any person entitled to recover on the

bill or other document for the breach.

§ 7-303 — Diversion; Reconsignment; Change of Instructions

Section 7--303. Diversion; Reconsignment; Change of Instructions.

(a) Unless the bill of lading otherwise provides, a carrier may

deliver the goods to a person or destination other than that stated in

the bill or may otherwise dispose of the goods, without liability for

misdelivery, on instructions from:

(1) the holder of a negotiable bill;

(2) the consignor on a nonnegotiable bill, even if the consignee has

given contrary instructions;

(3) the consignee on a nonnegotiable bill in the absence of contrary

instructions from the consignor, if the goods have arrived at the billed

destination or if the consignee is in possession of the tangible bill or

in control of the electronic bill; or

(4) the consignee on a nonnegotiable bill, if the consignee is

entitled as against the consignor to dispose of the goods.

(b) Unless instructions described in subsection (a) are included in a

negotiable bill of lading, a person to which the bill is duly negotiated

may hold the bailee according to the original terms.

§ 7-304 — Tangible Bills of Lading in a Set

Section 7--304. Tangible Bills of Lading in a Set.

(a) Except as customary in international transportation, a tangible

bill of lading may not be issued in a set of parts. The issuer is liable

for damages caused by violation of this subsection.

(b) If a tangible bill of lading is lawfully issued in a set of parts,

each of which contains an identification code and is expressed to be

valid only if the goods have not been delivered against any other part,

the whole of the parts constitutes one bill.

(c) If a tangible negotiable bill of lading is lawfully issued in a

set of parts and different parts are negotiated to different persons,

the title of the holder to which the first due negotiation is made

prevails as to both the document of title and the goods even if any

later holder may have received the goods from the carrier in good faith

and discharged the carrier's obligation by surrendering its part.

(d) A person that negotiates or transfers a single part of a tangible

bill of lading issued in a set is liable to holders of that part as if

it were the whole set.

(e) The bailee shall deliver in accordance with Part 4 of this article

against the first presented part of a tangible bill of lading lawfully

issued in a set. Delivery in this manner discharges the bailee's

obligation on the whole bill.

§ 7-305 — Destination Bills

Section 7--305. Destination Bills.

(a) Instead of issuing a bill of lading to the consignor at the place

of shipment, a carrier, at the request of the consignor, may procure the

bill to be issued at destination or at any other place designated in the

request.

(b) Upon request of any person entitled as against a carrier to

control the goods while in transit and on surrender of possession or

control of any outstanding bill of lading or other receipt covering the

goods, the issuer, subject to Section 7--105, may procure a substitute

bill to be issued at any place designated in the request.

§ 7-306 — Altered Bills of Lading

Section 7--306. Altered Bills of Lading.

An unauthorized alteration or filling in of a blank in a bill of

lading leaves the bill enforceable according to its original tenor.

§ 7-307 — Lien of Carrier

Section 7--307. Lien of Carrier.

(a) A carrier has a lien on the goods covered by a bill of lading or

on the proceeds thereof in its possession for charges after the date of

the carrier's receipt of the goods for storage or transportation,

including demurrage and terminal charges, and for expenses necessary for

preservation of the goods incident to their transportation or reasonably

incurred in their sale pursuant to law. However, against a purchaser for

value of a negotiable bill of lading, a carrier's lien is limited to

charges stated in the bill or the applicable tariffs or, if no charges

are stated, a reasonable charge.

(b) A lien for charges and expenses under subsection (a) on goods that

the carrier was required by law to receive for transportation is

effective against the consignor or any person entitled to the goods

unless the carrier had notice that the consignor lacked authority to

subject the goods to those charges and expenses. Any other lien under

subsection (a) is effective against the consignor and any person that

permitted the bailor to have control or possession of the goods unless

the carrier had notice that the bailor lacked authority.

(c) A carrier loses its lien on any goods that it voluntarily delivers

or unjustifiably refuses to deliver.

§ 7-308 — Enforcement of Carrier's Lien

Section 7--308. Enforcement of Carrier's Lien.

(a) A carrier's lien on goods may be enforced by public or private

sale of the goods, in bulk or in packages, at any time or place and on

any terms that are commercially reasonable, after notifying all persons

known to claim an interest in the goods. The notification must include a

statement of the amount due, the nature of the proposed sale, and the

time and place of any public sale. The fact that a better price could

have been obtained by a sale at a different time or in a method

different from that selected by the carrier is not of itself sufficient

to establish that the sale was not made in a commercially reasonable

manner. The carrier sells goods in a commercially reasonable manner if

the carrier sells the goods in the usual manner in any recognized market

therefor, sells at the price current in that market at the time of the

sale, or otherwise sells in conformity with commercially reasonable

practices among dealers in the type of goods sold. A sale of more goods

than apparently necessary to be offered to ensure satisfaction of the

obligation is not commercially reasonable, except in cases covered by

the preceding sentence.

(b) Before any sale pursuant to this section, any person claiming a

right in the goods may pay the amount necessary to satisfy the lien and

the reasonable expenses incurred in complying with this section. In that

event, the goods may not be sold but must be retained by the carrier,

subject to the terms of the bill of lading and this article.

(c) A carrier may buy at any public sale pursuant to this section.

(d) A purchaser in good faith of goods sold to enforce a carrier's

lien takes the goods free of any rights of persons against which the

lien was valid, despite the carrier's noncompliance with this section.

(e) A carrier may satisfy its lien from the proceeds of any sale

pursuant to this section but shall hold the balance, if any, for

delivery on demand to any person to which the carrier would have been

bound to deliver the goods.

(f) The rights provided by this section are in addition to all other

rights allowed by law to a creditor against a debtor.

(g) A carrier's lien may be enforced pursuant to either subsection (a)

or the procedure set forth in Section 7--210(b).

(h) A carrier is liable for damages caused by failure to comply with

the requirements for sale under this section and, in case of willful

violation, is liable for conversion.

§ 7-309 — Duty of Care; Contractual Limitation of Carrier's Liability

Section 7--309. Duty of Care; Contractual Limitation of Carrier's

Liability.

(a) A carrier that issues a bill of lading, whether negotiable or

nonnegotiable, shall exercise the degree of care in relation to the

goods which a reasonably careful person would exercise under similar

circumstances. This subsection does not affect any statute, regulation,

or rule of law that imposes liability upon a common carrier for damages

not caused by its negligence.

(b) Damages may be limited by a term in the bill of lading or in a

transportation agreement that the carrier's liability may not exceed a

value stated in the bill or transportation agreement if the carrier's

rates are dependent upon value and the consignor is afforded an

opportunity to declare a higher value and the consignor is advised of

the opportunity. However, such a limitation is not effective with

respect to the carrier's liability for conversion to its own use.

(c) Reasonable provisions as to the time and manner of presenting

claims and commencing actions based on the shipment may be included in a

bill of lading or a transportation agreement.

PART 4 Warehouse Receipts and Bills of Lading: General Obligations

§ 7-401 — Irregularities in Issue of Receipt or Bill or Conduct of Issuer

Section 7--401. Irregularities in Issue of Receipt or Bill or Conduct of

Issuer.

The obligations imposed by this article on an issuer apply to a

document of title even if:

(1) the document does not comply with the requirements of this article

or of any other statute, rule, or regulation regarding its issuance,

form, or content;

(2) the issuer violated laws regulating the conduct of its business;

(3) the goods covered by the document were owned by the bailee when

the document was issued; or

(4) the person issuing the document is not a warehouse but the

document purports to be a warehouse receipt.

§ 7-402 — Duplicate Document of Title; Overissue

Section 7--402. Duplicate Document of Title; Overissue.

A duplicate or any other document of title purporting to cover goods

already represented by an outstanding document of the same issuer does

not confer any right in the goods, except as provided in the case of

tangible bills of lading in a set of parts, overissue of documents for

fungible goods, substitutes for lost, stolen, or destroyed documents, or

substitute documents issued pursuant to Section 7--105. The issuer is

liable for damages caused by its overissue or failure to identify a

duplicate document by a conspicuous notation.

§ 7-403 — Obligation of Bailee to Deliver; Excuse

Section 7--403. Obligation of Bailee to Deliver; Excuse.

(a) A bailee shall deliver the goods to a person entitled under a

document of title if the person complies with subsections (b) and (c),

unless and to the extent that the bailee establishes any of the

following:

(1) delivery of the goods to a person whose receipt was rightful as

against the claimant;

(2) damage to or delay, loss, or destruction of the goods for which

the bailee is not liable;

(3) previous sale or other disposition of the goods in lawful

enforcement of a lien or on a warehouse's lawful termination of storage;

(4) the exercise by a seller of its right to stop delivery pursuant to

Section 2--705 or by a lessor of its right to stop delivery pursuant to

Section 2-A--526;

(5) a diversion, reconsignment, or other disposition pursuant to

Section 7--303;

(6) release, satisfaction, or any other personal defense against the

claimant; or

(7) any other lawful excuse.

(b) A person claiming goods covered by a document of title shall

satisfy the bailee's lien if the bailee so requests or if the bailee is

prohibited by law from delivering the goods until the charges are paid.

(c) Unless a person claiming the goods is a person against which the

document of title does not confer a right under Section 7--503(a):

(1) the person claiming under a document shall surrender possession or

control of any outstanding negotiable document covering the goods for

cancellation or indication of partial deliveries; and

(2) the bailee shall cancel the document or conspicuously indicate in

the document the partial delivery or the bailee is liable to any person

to which the document is duly negotiated.

§ 7-404 — No Liability for Good-Faith Delivery Pursuant to Document of Title

Section 7--404. No Liability for Good-Faith Delivery Pursuant to

Document of Title.

A bailee that in good faith has received goods and delivered or

otherwise disposed of the goods according to the terms of a document of

title or pursuant to this article is not liable for the goods even if:

(1) the person from which the bailee received the goods did not have

authority to procure the document or to dispose of the goods; or

(2) the person to which the bailee delivered the goods did not have

authority to receive the goods.

PART 5 Warehouse Receipts and Bills of Lading: Negotiation and Transfer

§ 7-501 — Form of Negotiation and Requirements of Due Negotiation

Section 7--501. Form of Negotiation and Requirements of Due Negotiation.

(a) The following rules apply to a negotiable tangible document of

title:

(1) If the document's original terms run to the order of a named

person, the document is negotiated by the named person's indorsement and

delivery. After the named person's indorsement in blank or to bearer,

any person may negotiate the document by delivery alone.

(2) If the document's original terms run to bearer, it is negotiated

by delivery alone.

(3) If the document's original terms run to the order of a named

person and it is delivered to the named person, the effect is the same

as if the document had been negotiated.

(4) Negotiation of the document after it has been indorsed to a named

person requires indorsement by the named person and delivery.

(5) A document is duly negotiated if it is negotiated in the manner

stated in this subsection to a holder that purchases it in good faith,

without notice of any defense against or claim to it on the part of any

person, and for value, unless it is established that the negotiation is

not in the regular course of business or financing or involves receiving

the document in settlement or payment of a monetary obligation.

(b) The following rules apply to a negotiable electronic document of

title:

(1) If the document's original terms run to the order of a named

person or to bearer, the document is negotiated by delivery of the

document to another person. Indorsement by the named person is not

required to negotiate the document.

(2) If the document's original terms run to the order of a named

person and the named person has control of the document, the effect is

the same as if the document had been negotiated.

(3) A document is duly negotiated if it is negotiated in the manner

stated in this subsection to a holder that purchases it in good faith,

without notice of any defense against or claim to it on the part of any

person, and for value, unless it is established that the negotiation is

not in the regular course of business or financing or involves taking

delivery of the document in settlement or payment of a monetary

obligation.

(c) Indorsement of a nonnegotiable document of title neither makes it

negotiable nor adds to the transferee's rights.

(d) The naming in a negotiable bill of lading of a person to be

notified of the arrival of the goods does not limit the negotiability of

the bill or constitute notice to a purchaser of the bill of any interest

of that person in the goods.

§ 7-502 — Rights Acquired by Due Negotiation

Section 7--502. Rights Acquired by Due Negotiation.

(a) Subject to Sections 7--205 and 7--503, a holder to which a

negotiable document of title has been duly negotiated acquires thereby:

(1) title to the document;

(2) title to the goods;

(3) all rights accruing under the law of agency or estoppel, including

rights to goods delivered to the bailee after the document was issued;

and

(4) the direct obligation of the issuer to hold or deliver the goods

according to the terms of the document free of any defense or claim by

the issuer except those arising under the terms of the document or under

this article, but in the case of a delivery order, the bailee's

obligation accrues only upon the bailee's acceptance of the delivery

order and the obligation acquired by the holder is that the issuer and

any indorser will procure the acceptance of the bailee.

(b) Subject to Section 7--503, title and rights acquired by due

negotiation are not defeated by any stoppage of the goods represented by

the document of title or by surrender of the goods by the bailee and are

not impaired even if:

(1) the due negotiation or any prior due negotiation constituted a

breach of duty;

(2) any person has been deprived of possession of a negotiable

tangible document or control of a negotiable electronic document by

misrepresentation, fraud, accident, mistake, duress, loss, theft, or

conversion; or

(3) a previous sale or other transfer of the goods or document has

been made to a third person.

§ 7-503 — Document of Title to Goods Defeated in Certain Cases

Section 7--503. Document of Title to Goods Defeated in Certain Cases.

(a) A document of title confers no right in goods against a person

that before issuance of the document had a legal interest or a perfected

security interest in the goods and that did not:

(1) deliver or entrust the goods or any document of title covering the

goods to the bailor or the bailor's nominee with:

(A) actual or apparent authority to ship, store, or sell;

(B) power to obtain delivery under Section 7--403; or

(C) power of disposition under Section 2--403, 2-A--304(2),

2-A--305(2), 9--320, or 9--321(c) or other statute or rule of law; or

(2) acquiesce in the procurement by the bailor or its nominee of any

document.

(b) Title to goods based upon an unaccepted delivery order is subject

to the rights of any person to which a negotiable warehouse receipt or

bill of lading covering the goods has been duly negotiated. That title

may be defeated under Section 7--504 to the same extent as the rights of

the issuer or a transferee from the issuer.

(c) Title to goods based upon a bill of lading issued to a freight

forwarder is subject to the rights of any person to which a bill issued

by the freight forwarder is duly negotiated. However, delivery by the

carrier in accordance with Part 4 of this article pursuant to its own

bill of lading discharges the carrier's obligation to deliver.

§ 7-504 — Rights Acquired in Absence of Due Negotiation; Effect of Diversion; Stoppage of Delivery

Section 7--504. Rights Acquired in Absence of Due Negotiation; Effect of

Diversion; Stoppage of Delivery.

(a) A transferee of a document of title, whether negotiable or

nonnegotiable, to which the document has been delivered but not duly

negotiated, acquires the title and rights that its transferor had or had

actual authority to convey.

(b) In the case of a transfer of a nonnegotiable document of title,

until but not after the bailee receives notice of the transfer, the

rights of the transferee may be defeated:

(1) by those creditors of the transferor which could treat the

transfer as void under Section 2--402 or 2-A--308;

(2) by a buyer from the transferor in ordinary course of business if

the bailee has delivered the goods to the buyer or received notification

of the buyer's rights;

(3) by a lessee from the transferor in ordinary course of business if

the bailee has delivered the goods to the lessee or received

notification of the lessee's rights; or

(4) as against the bailee, by good-faith dealings of the bailee with

the transferor.

(c) A diversion or other change of shipping instructions by the

consignor in a nonnegotiable bill of lading which causes the bailee not

to deliver the goods to the consignee defeats the consignee's title to

the goods if the goods have been delivered to a buyer in ordinary course

of business or a lessee in ordinary course of business and, in any

event, defeats the consignee's rights against the bailee.

(d) Delivery of the goods pursuant to a nonnegotiable document of

title may be stopped by a seller under Section 2--705 or a lessor under

Section 2-A--526, subject to the requirements of due notification in

those sections. A bailee that honors the seller's or lessor's

instructions is entitled to be indemnified by the seller or lessor

against any resulting loss or expense.

§ 7-505 — Indorser Not Guarantor for Other Parties

Section 7--505. Indorser Not Guarantor for Other Parties.

The indorsement of a tangible document of title issued by a bailee

does not make the indorser liable for any default by the bailee or

previous indorsers.

§ 7-506 — Delivery Without Indorsement: Right to Compel Indorsement

Section 7--506. Delivery Without Indorsement: Right to Compel

Indorsement.

The transferee of a negotiable tangible document of title has a

specifically enforceable right to have its transferor supply any

necessary indorsement, but the transfer becomes a negotiation only as of

the time the indorsement is supplied.

§ 7-507 — Warranties on Negotiation or Delivery of Document of Title

Section 7--507. Warranties on Negotiation or Delivery of Document of

Title.

If a person negotiates or delivers a document of title for value,

otherwise than as a mere intermediary under Section 7--508, unless

otherwise agreed, the transferor, in addition to any warranty made in

selling or leasing the goods, warrants to its immediate purchaser only

that:

(1) the document is genuine;

(2) the transferor does not have knowledge of any fact that would

impair the document's validity or worth; and

(3) the negotiation or delivery is rightful and fully effective with

respect to the title to the document and the goods it represents.

§ 7-508 — Warranties of Collecting Bank as to Documents of Title

Section 7--508. Warranties of Collecting Bank as to Documents of Title.

A collecting bank or other intermediary known to be entrusted with

documents of title on behalf of another or with collection of a draft or

other claim against delivery of documents warrants by the delivery of

the documents only its own good faith and authority even if the

collecting bank or other intermediary has purchased or made advances

against the claim or draft to be collected.

§ 7-509 — Adequate Compliance With Commercial Contract

Section 7--509. Adequate Compliance With Commercial Contract.

Whether a document of title is adequate to fulfill the obligations of

a contract for sale, a contract for lease, or the conditions of a letter

of credit is determined by Article 2, 2-A, or 5.

PART 6 Warehouse Receipts and Bills of Lading: Miscellaneous Provisions

§ 7-601 — Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Documents of Title

Section 7--601. Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Documents of Title.

(a) If a document of title is lost, stolen, or destroyed, a court may

order delivery of the goods or issuance of a substitute document and the

bailee may without liability to any person comply with the order. If the

document was negotiable, a court may not order delivery of the goods or

issuance of a substitute document without the claimant's posting

security unless it finds that any person that may suffer loss as a

result of nonsurrender of possession or control of the document is

adequately protected against the loss. If the document was

nonnegotiable, the court may require security. The court may also order

payment of the bailee's reasonable costs and attorney's fees in any

action under this subsection.

(b) A bailee that, without a court order, delivers goods to a person

claiming under a missing negotiable document of title is liable to any

person injured thereby. If the delivery is not in good faith, the bailee

is liable for conversion. Delivery in good faith is not conversion if

the claimant posts security with the bailee in an amount at least double

the value of the goods at the time of posting to indemnify any person

injured by the delivery which files a notice of claim within one year

after the delivery.

§ 7-602 — Judicial Process Against Goods Covered by Negotiable Document of Title

Section 7--602. Judicial Process Against Goods Covered by Negotiable

Document of Title.

Unless a document of title was originally issued upon delivery of the

goods by a person that did not have power to dispose of them, a lien

does not attach by virtue of any judicial process to goods in the

possession of a bailee for which a negotiable document of title is

outstanding unless possession or control of the document is first

surrendered to the bailee or the document's negotiation is enjoined. The

bailee may not be compelled to deliver the goods pursuant to process

until possession or control of the document is surrendered to the bailee

or to the court. A purchaser of the document for value without notice of

the process or injunction takes free of the lien imposed by judicial

process.

§ 7-603 — Conflicting Claims; Interpleader

Section 7--603. Conflicting Claims; Interpleader.

If more than one person claims title to or possession of the goods,

the bailee is excused from delivery until the bailee has a reasonable

time to ascertain the validity of the adverse claims or to commence an

action for interpleader. The bailee may assert an interpleader either in

defending an action for nondelivery of the goods or by original action.

ARTICLE 8 Investment Securities

PART 1 Short Title and General Matters

§ 8-101 — Short Title

Section 8--101. Short Title.

This Article may be cited as Uniform Commercial Code--Investment

Securities.

§ 8-102 — Definitions

Section 8--102. Definitions.

(a) In this Article:

(1) "Adverse claim" means a claim that a claimant has a property

interest in a financial asset and that it is a violation of

the rights of the claimant for another person to hold,

transfer, or deal with the financial asset.

(2) "Bearer form", as applied to a certificated security, means a

form in which the security is payable to the bearer of the

security certificate according to its terms but not by reason

of an indorsement.

(3) "Broker" means a person defined as a broker or dealer under

the federal securities laws, but without excluding a bank

acting in that capacity.

(4) "Certificated security" means a security that is represented

by a certificate.

(5) "Clearing corporation" means:

(i) a person that is registered as a "clearing agency"

pursuant to 15 United States Code § 78-c(a)(23), as

from time to time amended;

(ii) a federal reserve bank; or

(iii) any other person that provides clearance or settlement

services with respect to financial assets that would

require it to register as a clearing agency under the

federal securities laws but for an exclusion or

exemption from the registration requirement, if its

activities as a clearing corporation, including

promulgation of rules, are subject to regulation by a

federal or state governmental authority.

(6) "Communicate" means to:

(i) send a signed record; or

(ii) transmit information by any mechanism agreed upon by

the persons transmitting and receiving the information.

(7) "Entitlement holder" means a person identified in the records

of a securities intermediary as the person having a security

entitlement against the securities intermediary. If a person

acquires a security entitlement by virtue of Section

8--501(b)(2) or (3), that person is the entitlement holder.

(8) "Entitlement order" means a notification communicated to a

securities intermediary directing transfer or redemption of a

financial asset to which the entitlement holder has a

security entitlement.

(9) "Financial asset", except as otherwise provided in Section

8--103, means:

(i) a security;

(ii) an obligation of a person or a share, participation, or

other interest in a person or in property or an

enterprise of a person, which is, or is of a type,

dealt in or traded on financial markets, or which is

recognized in any area in which it is issued or dealt

in as a medium for investment; or

(iii) any property that is held by a securities intermediary

for another person in a securities account if the

securities intermediary has expressly agreed with the

other person that the property is to be treated as a

financial asset under this Article. As context

requires, the term means either the interest itself or

the means by which a person's claim to it is evidenced,

including a certificated or uncertificated security, a

security certificate, or a security entitlement.

(10) "Good faith", for purposes of the obligation of good faith in

the performance or enforcement of contracts or duties within

this Article, means honesty in fact and the observance of

reasonable commercial standards of fair dealing.

(11) "Indorsement" means a signature that alone or accompanied by

other words is made on a security certificate in registered

form or on a separate document for the purpose of assigning,

transferring, or redeeming the security or granting a power

to assign, transfer, or redeem it.

(12) "Instruction" means a notification communicated to the issuer

of an uncertificated security which directs that the transfer

of the security be registered or that the security be

redeemed.

(13) "Registered form", as applied to a certificated security,

means a form in which:

(i) the security certificate specifies a person entitled to

the security; and

(ii) a transfer of the security may be registered upon books

maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the

issuer, or the security certificate so states.

(14) "Securities intermediary" means:

(i) a clearing corporation; or

(ii) a person, including a bank or broker, that in the

ordinary course of its business maintains securities

accounts for others and is acting in that capacity.

(15) "Security", except as otherwise provided in Section 8--103,

means an obligation of an issuer or a share, participation,

or other interest in an issuer or in property or an

enterprise of an issuer:

(i) which is represented by a security certificate in

bearer or registered form, or the transfer of which may

be registered upon books maintained for that purpose by

or on behalf of the issuer;

(ii) which is one of a class or series or by its terms is

divisible into a class or series of shares,

participations, interests, or obligations; and

(iii) which:

(A) is, or is of a type, dealt in or traded on

securities exchanges or securities markets; or

(B) is a medium for investment and by its terms

expressly provides that it is a security governed

by this Article.

(16) "Security certificate" means a certificate representing a

security.

(17) "Security entitlement" means the rights and property interest

of an entitlement holder with respect to a financial asset

specified in Part 5.

(18) "Uncertificated security" means a security that is not repre-

sented by a certificate.

(b) Other definitions applying to this Article and the sections in

which they appear are:

"Appropriate person". Section 8--107.

"Control". Section 8--106.

"Controllable account". Section 9--102.

"Controllable electronic record". Section 12--102.

"Controllable payment intangible". Section 9--102.

"Delivery". Section 8--301.

"Investment company security". Section 8--103.

"Issuer". Section 8--201.

"Overissue". Section 8--210.

"Protected purchaser". Section 8--303.

"Securities account". Section 8--501.

(c) In addition, Article 1 contains general definitions and principles

of construction and interpretation applicable throughout this

Article.

(d) The characterization of a person, business, or transaction for

purposes of this Article does not determine the characterization

of the person, business, or transaction for purposes of any other

law, regulation, or rule.

(e) The following definitions in Article 9 apply to this article:

Cooperative interest Section 9--102(a)(27-d)

Cooperative organization Section 9--102(a)(27-e)

Cooperative record Section 9--102(a)(27-g)

§ 8-103 — Rules for Determining Whether Certain Obligations and Interests are Securities or Financial Assets

Section 8--103. Rules for Determining Whether Certain Obligations and

Interests are Securities or Financial Assets.

(a) A share or similar equity interest issued by a corporation,

business trust, joint stock company, or similar entity is a security.

(b) An "investment company security" is a security. "Investment

company security" means a share or similar equity interest issued by an

entity that is registered as an investment company under the federal

investment company laws, an interest in a unit investment trust that is

so registered, or a face-amount certificate issued by a face-amount

certificate company that is so registered. Investment company security

does not include an insurance policy or endowment policy or annuity

contract issued by an insurance company.

(c) An interest in a partnership or limited liability company is not a

security unless it is dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in

securities markets, its terms expressly provide that it is a security

governed by this Article, or it is an investment company security.

However, an interest in a partnership or limited liability company is a

financial asset if it is held in a securities account.

(d) A writing that is a security certificate is governed by this

Article and not by Article 3, even though it also meets the requirements

of that Article. However, a negotiable instrument governed by Article 3

is a financial asset if it is held in a securities account.

(e) An option or similar obligation issued by a clearing corporation

to its participants is not a security, but is a financial asset.

(f) A commodity contract, as defined in Section 9--102(a)(15), is not

a security or a financial asset.

(g) A document of title is not a financial asset unless Section

8--102(a)(9)(iii) applies.

(h) An obligation, share, participation, or interest does not satisfy

Section 8--102(a)(13)(ii) or 8--102(a)(15)(i) merely because the issuer

or a person acting on its behalf:

(1) maintains records of the owner thereof for a purpose other than

registration of transfer; or

(2) could, but does not, maintain books for the purpose of

registration of transfer.

(i) A controllable account, controllable electronic record, or

controllable payment intangible is not a financial asset unless Section

8--102(a)(9)(iii) applies.

§ 8-104 — Acquisition of Security or Financial Asset or Interest Therein

Section 8--104. Acquisition of Security or Financial Asset or Interest

Therein.

(a) A person acquires a security or an interest therein, under this

Article, if:

(1) the person is a purchaser to whom a security is delivered

pursuant to Section 8--301; or

(2) the person acquires a security entitlement to the security

pursuant to Section 8--501.

(b) A person acquires a financial asset, other than a security, or an

interest therein, under this Article, if the person acquires a security

entitlement to the financial asset.

(c) A person who acquires a security entitlement to a security or

other financial asset has the rights specified in Part 5, but is a

purchaser of any security, security entitlement, or other financial

asset held by the securities intermediary only to the extent provided in

Section 8--503.

(d) Unless the context shows that a different meaning is intended, a

person who is required by other law, regulation, rule, or agreement to

transfer, deliver, present, surrender, exchange, or otherwise put in the

possession of another person a security or financial asset satisfies

that requirement by causing the other person to acquire an interest in

the security or financial asset pursuant to subsection (a) or (b).

§ 8-105 — Notice of Adverse Claim

Section 8--105. Notice of Adverse Claim.

(a) A person has notice of an adverse claim if:

(1) the person knows of the adverse claim;

(2) the person is aware of facts sufficient to indicate that

there is a significant probability that the adverse claim

exists and deliberately avoids information that would

establish the existence of the adverse claim; or

(3) the person has a duty, imposed by statute or regulation, to

investigate whether an adverse claim exists, and the

investigation so required would establish the existence of

the adverse claim.

(b) Having knowledge that a financial asset or interest therein is or

has been transferred by a representative imposes no duty of inquiry into

the rightfulness of a transaction and is not notice of an adverse claim.

However, a person who knows that a representative has transferred a

financial asset or interest therein in a transaction that is, or whose

proceeds are being used, for the individual benefit of the

representative or otherwise in breach of duty has notice of an adverse

claim.

(c) An act or event that creates a right to immediate performance of

the principal obligation represented by a security certificate or sets a

date on or after which the certificate is to be presented or surrendered

for redemption or exchange does not itself constitute notice of an

adverse claim except in the case of a transfer more than:

(1) one year after a date set for presentment or surrender for

redemption or exchange; or

(2) six months after a date set for payment of money against

presentation or surrender of the certificate, if money was

available for payment on that date.

(d) A purchaser of a certificated security has notice of an adverse

claim if the security certificate:

(1) whether in bearer or registered form, has been indorsed "for

collection" or "for surrender" or for some other purpose not

involving transfer; or

(2) is in bearer form and has on it an unambiguous statement that

it is the property of a person other than the transferor, but

the mere writing of a name on the certificate is not such a

statement.

(e) Except as provided in section 9--516(e), filing of a financing

statement under Article 9 is not notice of an adverse claim to a

financial asset.

§ 8-106 — Control

Section 8--106. Control.

(a) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in bearer

form if the certificated security is delivered to the purchaser.

(b) A purchaser has "control" of a certificated security in registered

form if the certificated security is delivered to the purchaser, and:

(1) the certificate is indorsed to the purchaser or in blank by

an effective indorsement; or

(2) the certificate is registered in the name of the purchaser,

upon original issue or registration of transfer by the

issuer.

(c) A purchaser has "control" of an uncertificated security if:

(1) the uncertificated security is delivered to the purchaser; or

(2) the issuer has agreed that it will comply with instructions

originated by the purchaser without further consent by the

registered owner.

(d) A purchaser has "control" of a security entitlement if:

(1) the purchaser becomes the entitlement holder;

(2) the securities intermediary has agreed that it will comply

with entitlement orders originated by the purchaser without

further consent by the entitlement holder; or

(3) another person, other than the transferor to the purchaser of

an interest in the security entitlement:

(A) has control of the security entitlement and acknowledges that

it has control on behalf of the purchaser; or

(B) obtains control of the security entitlement after having

acknowledged that it will obtain control of the security

entitlement on behalf of the purchaser.

(e) If an interest in a security entitlement is granted by the

entitlement holder to the entitlement holder's own securities

intermediary, the securities intermediary has control.

(f) A purchaser who has satisfied the requirements of subsection (c)

or (d) has control even if the registered owner in the case of

subsection (c) or the entitlement holder in the case of subsection (d)

retains the right to make substitutions for the uncertificated security

or security entitlement, to originate instructions or entitlement orders

to the issuer or securities intermediary, or otherwise to deal with the

uncertificated security or security entitlement.

(g) An issuer or a securities intermediary may not enter into an

agreement of the kind described in subsection (c)(2) or (d)(2) without

the consent of the registered owner or entitlement holder, but an issuer

or a securities intermediary is not required to enter into such an

agreement even though the registered owner or entitlement holder so

directs. An issuer or securities intermediary that has entered into such

an agreement is not required to confirm the existence of the agreement

to another party unless requested to do so by the registered owner or

entitlement holder.

(h) Under subsection (c)(2) or (d)(2), authentication of a record does

not impose upon the issuer or securities intermediary any duty not

expressly agreed to by the issuer or securities intermediary in the

record.

(i) A purchaser has "control" under subsection (c)(2) or (d)(2) even

if any duty of the issuer or the securities intermediary to comply with

instructions or entitlement orders originated by the purchaser is

subject to any condition or conditions (other than further consent by

the registered owner or the entitlement holder).

(j) A person that has control under this section is not required to

acknowledge that it has control on behalf of a purchaser.

(k) If a person acknowledges that it has or will obtain control on

behalf of a purchaser, unless the person otherwise agrees or law other

than this article or Article 9 otherwise provides, the person does not

owe any duty to the purchaser and is not required to confirm the

acknowledgment to any other person.

§ 8-107 — Whether Indorsement, Instruction, or Entitlement Order is Effective

Section 8--107. Whether Indorsement, Instruction, or Entitlement Order

is Effective.

(a) "Appropriate person" means:

(1) with respect to an indorsement, the person specified by a

security certificate or by an effective special indorsement

to be entitled to the security;

(2) with respect to an instruction, the registered owner of an

uncertificated security;

(3) with respect to an entitlement order, the entitlement holder;

(4) if the person designated in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) is

deceased, the designated person's successor taking under

other law or the designated person's personal representative

acting for the estate of the decedent; or

(5) if the person designated in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) lacks

capacity, the designated person's guardian, conservator, or

other similar representative who has power under other law to

transfer the security or financial asset.

(b) An indorsement, instruction, or entitlement order is effective if:

(1) it is made by the appropriate person;

(2) it is made by a person who has power under the law of agency

to transfer the security or financial asset on behalf of the

appropriate person, including, in the case of an instruction

or entitlement order, a person who has control under Section

8--106(c)(2) or (d)(2); or

(3) the appropriate person has ratified it or is otherwise

precluded from asserting its ineffectiveness.

(c) An indorsement, instruction, or entitlement order made by a

representative is effective even if:

(1) the representative has failed to comply with a controlling

instrument or with the law of the State having jurisdiction

of the representative relationship, including any law

requiring the representative to obtain court approval of the

transaction; or

(2) the representative's action in making the indorsement,

instruction, or entitlement order or using the proceeds of

the transaction is otherwise a breach of duty.

(d) If a security is registered in the name of or specially indorsed

to a person described as a representative, or if a securities account is

maintained in the name of a person described as a representative, an

indorsement, instruction, or entitlement order made by the person is

effective even though the person is no longer serving in the described

capacity.

(e) Effectiveness of an indorsement, instruction, or entitlement order

is determined as of the date the indorsement, instruction, or

entitlement order is made, and an indorsement, instruction, or

entitlement order does not become ineffective by reason of any later

change of circumstances.

§ 8-108 — Warranties in Direct Holding

Section 8--108. Warranties in Direct Holding.

(a) A person who transfers a certificated security to a purchaser for

value warrants to the purchaser, and an indorser, if the transfer is by

indorsement, warrants to any subsequent purchaser, that:

(1) the certificate is genuine and has not been materially

altered;

(2) the transferor or indorser does not know of any fact that

might impair the validity of the security;

(3) there is no adverse claim to the security;

(4) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer;

(5) if the transfer is by indorsement, the indorsement is made by

an appropriate person, or if the indorsement is by an agent,

the agent has actual authority to act on behalf of the

appropriate person; and

(6) the transfer is otherwise effective and rightful.

(b) A person who originates an instruction for registration of

transfer of an uncertificated security to a purchaser for value warrants

to the purchaser that:

(1) the instruction is made by an appropriate person, or if the

instruction is by an agent, the agent has actual authority to

act on behalf of the appropriate person;

(2) the security is valid;

(3) there is no adverse claim to the security; and

(4) at the time the instruction is presented to the issuer:

(i) the purchaser will be entitled to the registration of

transfer;

(ii) the transfer will be registered by the issuer free from

all liens, security interests, restrictions, and claims

other than those specified in the instruction;

(iii) the transfer will not violate any restriction on

transfer; and

(iv) the requested transfer will otherwise be effective and

rightful.

(c) A person who transfers an uncertificated security to a purchaser

for value and does not originate an instruction in connection with the

transfer warrants that:

(1) the uncertificated security is valid;

(2) there is no adverse claim to the security;

(3) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer;

and

(4) the transfer is otherwise effective and rightful.

(d) A person who indorses a security certificate warrants to the

issuer that:

(1) there is no adverse claim to the security; and

(2) the indorsement is effective.

(e) A person who originates an instruction for registration of

transfer of an uncertificated security warrants to the issuer that:

(1) the instruction is effective; and

(2) at the time the instruction is presented to the issuer the

purchaser will be entitled to the registration of transfer.

(f) A person who presents a certificated security for registration of

transfer or for payment or exchange warrants to the issuer that the

person is entitled to the registration, payment, or exchange, but a

purchaser for value and without notice of adverse claims to whom

transfer is registered warrants only that the person has no knowledge of

any unauthorized signature in a necessary indorsement.

(g) If a person acts as agent of another in delivering a certificated

security to a purchaser, the identity of the principal was known to the

person to whom the certificate was delivered, and the certificate

delivered by the agent was received by the agent from the principal or

received by the agent from another person at the direction of the

principal, the person delivering the security certificate warrants only

that the delivering person has authority to act for the principal and

does not know of any adverse claim to the certificated security.

(h) A secured party who redelivers a security certificate received, or

after payment and on order of the debtor delivers the security

certificate to another person, makes only the warranties of an agent

under subsection (g).

(i) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (g), a broker acting

for a customer makes to the issuer and a purchaser the warranties

provided in subsections (a) through (f). A broker that delivers a

security certificate to its customer, or causes its customer to be

registered as the owner of an uncertificated security, makes to the

customer the warranties provided in subsection (a) or (b), and has the

rights and privileges of a purchaser under this section. The warranties

of and in favor of the broker acting as an agent are in addition to

applicable warranties given by and in favor of the customer.

§ 8-109 — Warranties in Indirect Holding

Section 8--109. Warranties in Indirect Holding.

(a) A person who originates an entitlement order to a securities

intermediary warrants to the securities intermediary that:

(1) the entitlement order is made by an appropriate person, or if

the entitlement order is by an agent, the agent has actual

authority to act on behalf of the appropriate person; and

(2) there is no adverse claim to the security entitlement.

(b) A person who delivers a security certificate to a securities

intermediary for credit to a securities account or originates an

instruction with respect to an uncertificated security directing that

the uncertificated security be credited to a securities account makes to

the securities intermediary the warranties specified in Section 8-108(a)

or (b).

(c) If a securities intermediary delivers a security certificate to

its entitlement holder or causes its entitlement holder to be registered

as the owner of an uncertificated security, the securities intermediary

makes to the entitlement holder the warranties specified in Section

8--108(a) or (b).

§ 8-110 — Applicability; Choice of Law

Section 8--110. Applicability; Choice of Law.

(a) The local law of the issuer's jurisdiction, as specified in

subsection (d), governs:

(1) the validity of a security;

(2) the rights and duties of the issuer with respect to

registration of transfer;

(3) the effectiveness of registration of transfer by the issuer;

(4) whether the issuer owes any duties to an adverse claimant to

a security; and

(5) whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a person to

whom transfer of a certificated or uncertificated security is

registered or a person who obtains control of an

uncertificated security.

(b) The local law of the securities intermediary's jurisdiction, as

specified in subsection (e), governs:

(1) acquisition of a security entitlement from the securities

intermediary;

(2) the rights and duties of the securities intermediary and

entitlement holder arising out of a security entitlement;

(3) whether the securities intermediary owes any duties to an

adverse claimant to a security entitlement; and

(4) whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a person who

acquires a security entitlement from the securities

intermediary or a person who purchases a security entitlement

or interest therein from an entitlement holder.

(c) Except with respect to cooperative interests, the local law of

the jurisdiction in which a security certificate is located at the time

of delivery governs whether an adverse claim can be asserted against a

person to whom the security certificate is delivered.

(d) "Issuer's jurisdiction" means the jurisdiction under which the

issuer of the security is organized or, if permitted by the law of that

jurisdiction, the law of another jurisdiction specified by the issuer.

An issuer organized under the law of this State may specify the law of

another jurisdiction as the law governing the matters specified in

subsection (a)(2) through (5).

(e) The following rules determine a "securities intermediary's

jurisdiction" for purposes of this section:

(1) If an agreement between the securities intermediary and its

entitlement holder governing the securities account expressly

provides that a particular jurisdiction is the securities

intermediary's jurisdiction for purposes of this part, this

article, or this act, that jurisdiction is the securities

intermediary's jurisdiction.

(2) If paragraph (1) does not apply and an agreement between the

securities intermediary and its entitlement holder governing

the securities account expressly provides that the agreement

is governed by the law of a particular jurisdiction, that

jurisdiction is the securities intermediary's jurisdiction.

(3) If neither paragraph (1) nor paragraph (2) apply and an

agreement between the securities intermediary and its

entitlement holder governing the securities account expressly

provides that the securities account is maintained at an

office in a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the

securities intermediary's jurisdiction.

(4) If none of the preceding paragraphs apply, the securities

intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which the

office identified in an account statement as the office

serving the entitlement holder's account is located.

(5) If none of the preceding paragraphs apply, the securities

intermediary's jurisdiction is the jurisdiction in which the

chief executive office of the securities intermediary is

located.

(f) A securities intermediary's jurisdiction is not determined by the

physical location of certificates representing financial assets, or by

the jurisdiction in which is organized the issuer of the financial asset

with respect to which an entitlement holder has a security entitlement,

or by the location of facilities for data processing or other record

keeping concerning the account.

(g) The local law of the issuer's jurisdiction or the securities

intermediary's jurisdiction governs a matter or transaction specified in

subsection (a) or (b) even if the matter or transaction does not bear

any relation to the jurisdiction.

§ 8-111 — Clearing Corporation Rules

Section 8--111. Clearing Corporation Rules.

A rule adopted by a clearing corporation governing rights and

obligations among the clearing corporation and its participants in the

clearing corporation is effective even if the rule conflicts with this

article and affects another party who does not consent to the rule.

§ 8-112 — Creditor's Legal Process

Section 8--112. Creditor's Legal Process.

(a) The interest of a debtor in a certificated security may be reached

by a creditor only by actual seizure of the security certificate by the

officer making the attachment or levy, except as otherwise provided in

subsection (d). However, a certificated security for which the

certificate has been surrendered to the issuer may be reached by a

creditor by legal process upon the issuer.

(b) The interest of a debtor in an uncertificated security may be

reached by a creditor only by legal process upon the issuer at its chief

executive office in the United States, except as otherwise provided in

subsection (d).

(c) The interest of a debtor in a security entitlement may be reached

by a creditor only by legal process upon the securities intermediary

with whom the debtor's securities account is maintained, except as

otherwise provided in subsection (d).

(d) The interest of a debtor in a certificated security for which the

certificate is in the possession of a secured party, or in an

uncertificated security registered in the name of a secured party, or a

security entitlement maintained in the name of a secured party, may be

reached by a creditor by legal process upon the secured party.

(e) A creditor whose debtor is the owner of a certificated security,

uncertificated security, or security entitlement is entitled to aid from

a court of competent jurisdiction, by injunction or otherwise, in

reaching the certificated security, uncertificated security, or security

entitlement or in satisfying the claim by means allowed at law or in

equity in regard to property that cannot readily be reached by other

legal process.

§ 8-113 — Statute of Frauds Generally Inapplicable

Section 8--113. Statute of Frauds Generally Inapplicable.

(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), a contract or modification

of a contract for the sale or purchase of a security is enforceable

whether or not there is a writing signed or record authenticated by a

party against whom enforcement is sought, even if the contract or

modification is not capable of performance within one year of its

making.

(b) A contract or modification of a contract for the sale or purchase

of a cooperative interest is void unless the contract or some note or

memorandum thereof, expressing the consideration, is in writing,

subscribed by the party to be charged, or by his lawful agency thereunto

authorized by writing.

§ 8-114 — Evidentiary Rules Concerning Certificated Securities

Section 8--114. Evidentiary Rules Concerning Certificated Securities.

The following rules apply in an action on a certificated security

against the issuer:

(1) Unless specifically denied in the pleadings, each signature on a

security certificate or in a necessary indorsement is admitted.

(2) If the effectiveness of a signature is put in issue, the burden of

establishing effectiveness is on the party claiming under the signature,

but the signature is presumed to be genuine or authorized.

(3) If signatures on a security certificate are admitted or

established, production of the certificate entitles a holder to recover

on it unless the defendant establishes a defense or a defect going to

the validity of the security.

(4) If it is shown that a defense or defect exists, the plaintiff has

the burden of establishing that the plaintiff or some person under whom

the plaintiff claims is a person against whom the defense or defect

cannot be asserted.

§ 8-115 — Securities Intermediary and Others Not Liable to Adverse Claimant

Section 8--115. Securities Intermediary and Others Not Liable to Adverse

Claimant.

A securities intermediary that has transferred a financial asset

pursuant to an effective entitlement order, or a broker or other agent

or bailee that has dealt with a financial asset at the direction of its

customer or principal, is not liable to a person having an adverse claim

to the financial asset, unless the securities intermediary, or broker or

other agent or bailee:

(1) took the action after it had been served with an injunction,

restraining order, or other legal process enjoining it from doing so,

issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, and had a reasonable

opportunity to act on the injunction, restraining order, or other legal

process; or

(2) acted in collusion with the wrongdoer in violating the rights of

the adverse claimant; or

(3) in the case of a security certificate that has been stolen, acted

with notice of the adverse claim.

§ 8-116 — Securities Intermediary as Purchaser for Value

Section 8--116. Securities Intermediary as Purchaser for Value.

A securities intermediary that receives a financial asset and

establishes a security entitlement to the financial asset in favor of an

entitlement holder is a purchaser for value of the financial asset. A

securities intermediary that acquires a security entitlement to a

financial asset from another securities intermediary acquires the

security entitlement for value if the securities intermediary acquiring

the security entitlement establishes a security entitlement to the

financial asset in favor of an entitlement holder.

PART 2 Issue and Issuer

§ 8-201 — Issuer

Section 8--201. Issuer.

(a) With respect to an obligation on or a defense to a security, an

"issuer" includes a person that:

(1) places or authorizes the placing of its name on a security

certificate, other than as authenticating trustee, registrar,

transfer agent, or the like, to evidence a share,

participation, or other interest in its property or in an

enterprise, or to evidence its duty to perform an obligation

represented by the certificate;

(2) creates a share, participation, or other interest in its

property or in an enterprise, or undertakes an obligation,

that is an uncertificated security;

(3) directly or indirectly creates a fractional interest in its

rights or property, if the fractional interest is represented

by a security certificate; or

(4) becomes responsible for, or in place of, another person

described as an issuer in this section.

(b) With respect to an obligation on or defense to a security, a

guarantor is an issuer to the extent of its guaranty, whether or not its

obligation is noted on a security certificate.

(c) With respect to a registration of a transfer, issuer means a

person on whose behalf transfer books are maintained.

§ 8-202 — Issuer's Responsibility and Defenses; Notice of Defect or Defense

Section 8--202. Issuer's Responsibility and Defenses; Notice of Defect

or Defense.

(a) Even against a purchaser for value and without notice, the terms

of a certificated security include terms stated on the certificate and

terms made part of the security by reference on the certificate to

another instrument, indenture, or document or to a constitution,

statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, or the like, to the extent

the terms referred to do not conflict with terms stated on the

certificate. A reference under this subsection does not of itself charge

a purchaser for value with notice of a defect going to the validity of

the security, even if the certificate expressly states that a person

accepting it admits notice. The terms of an uncertificated security

include those stated in any instrument, indenture, or document or in a

constitution, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, or the like,

pursuant to which the security is issued.

(b) The following rules apply if an issuer asserts that a security is

not valid:

(1) A security other than one issued by a government or

governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, even

though issued with a defect going to its validity, is valid

in the hands of a purchaser for value and without notice of

the particular defect unless the defect involves a violation

of a constitutional provision. In that case, the security is

valid in the hands of a purchaser for value and without

notice of the defect, other than one who takes by original

issue.

(2) Paragraph (1) applies to an issuer that is a government or

governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality only if

there has been substantial compliance with the legal

requirements governing the issue or the issuer has received a

substantial consideration for the issue as a whole or for the

particular security and a stated purpose of the issue is one

for which the issuer has power to borrow money or issue the

security.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8--205, lack of

genuineness of a certificated security is a complete defense, even

against a purchaser for value and without notice.

(d) All other defenses of the issuer of a security, including

nondelivery and conditional delivery of a security, are ineffective

against a purchaser for value who has taken the security without notice

of the particular defense.

(e) This section does not affect the right of a party to cancel a

contract for a security "when, as and if issued" or "when distributed"

in the event of a material change in the character of the security that

is the subject of the contract or in the plan or arrangement pursuant to

which the security is to be issued or distributed.

(f) If a security is held by a securities intermediary against whom an

entitlement holder has a security entitlement with respect to the

security, the issuer may not assert any defense that the issuer could

not assert if the entitlement holder held the security directly.

§ 8-203 — Staleness as Notice of Defect or Defense

Section 8--203. Staleness as Notice of Defect or Defense.

After an act or event, other than a call that has been revoked,

creating a right to immediate performance of the principal obligation

represented by a certificated security or setting a date on or after

which the security is to be presented or surrendered for redemption or

exchange, a purchaser is charged with notice of any defect in its issue

or defense of the issuer, if the act or event:

(1) requires the payment of money, the delivery of a certificated

security, the registration of transfer of an uncertificated security, or

any of them on presentation or surrender of the security certificate,

the money or security is available on the date set for payment or

exchange, and the purchaser takes the security more than one year after

that date; or

(2) is not covered by subsection (1) and the purchaser takes the

security more than two years after the date set for surrender or

presentation or the date on which performance became due.

§ 8-204 — Effect of Issuer's Restriction on Transfer

Section 8--204. Effect of Issuer's Restriction on Transfer.

A restriction on transfer of a security imposed by the issuer, even if

otherwise lawful, is ineffective against a person without knowledge of

the restriction unless:

(1) the security is certificated and the restriction is noted

conspicuously on the security certificate; or

(2) the security is uncertificated and the registered owner has been

notified of the restriction; or

(3) the restriction is on the transfer of a cooperative interest and

the restriction is set forth in the cooperative record.

§ 8-205 — Effect of Unauthorized Signature on Security Certificate

Section 8--205. Effect of Unauthorized Signature on Security

Certificate.

An unauthorized signature placed on a security certificate before or

in the course of issue is ineffective, but the signature is effective in

favor of a purchaser for value of the certificated security if the

purchaser is without notice of the lack of authority and the signing has

been done by:

(1) an authenticating trustee, registrar, transfer agent, or other

person entrusted by the issuer with the signing of the security

certificate or of similar security certificates, or the immediate

preparation for signing of any of them; or

(2) an employee of the issuer, or of any of the persons listed in

subsection (1), entrusted with responsible handling of the security

certificate.

§ 8-206 — Completion or Alteration of Security Certificate

Section 8--206. Completion or Alteration of Security Certificate.

(a) If a security certificate contains the signatures necessary to its

issue or transfer but is incomplete in any other respect:

(1) any person may complete it by filling in the blanks as

authorized; and

(2) even if the blanks are incorrectly filled in, the security

certificate as completed is enforceable by a purchaser who

took it for value and without notice of the incorrectness.

(b) A complete security certificate that has been improperly altered,

even if fraudulently, remains enforceable, but only according to its

original terms.

§ 8-207 — Rights and Duties of Issuer with respect to Registered Owners

Section 8--207. Rights and Duties of Issuer with respect to Registered

Owners.

(a) Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a

certificated security in registered form or of an instruction requesting

registration of transfer of an uncertificated security, the issuer or

indenture trustee may treat the registered owner as the person

exclusively entitled to vote, receive notifications, and otherwise

exercise all the rights and powers of an owner.

(b) This Article does not affect the liability of the registered owner

of a security for a call, assessment, or the like.

§ 8-208 — Effect of Signature of Authenticating Trustee, Registrar, or Transfer Agent

Section 8--208. Effect of Signature of Authenticating Trustee,

Registrar, or Transfer Agent.

(a) A person signing a security certificate as authenticating trustee,

registrar, transfer agent, or the like, warrants to a purchaser for

value of the certificated security, if the purchaser is without notice

of a particular defect, that:

(1) the certificate is genuine;

(2) the person's own participation in the issue of the security

is within the person's capacity and within the scope of the

authority received by the person from the issuer; and

(3) the person has reasonable grounds to believe that the

certificated security is in the form and within the amount

the issuer is authorized to issue.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed, a person signing under subsection (a)

does not assume responsibility for the validity of the security in other

respects.

§ 8-209 — Issuer's Lien

Section 8--209. Issuer's Lien.

A lien in favor of an issuer upon a certificated security is valid

against a purchaser only if the right of the issuer to the lien is noted

conspicuously on the security certificate or, in a case of a cooperative

interest, is set forth in the cooperative record.

§ 8-210 — Overissue

Section 8--210. Overissue.

(a) In this section, "overissue" means the issue of securities in

excess of the amount the issuer has corporate power to issue, but an

overissue does not occur if appropriate action has cured the overissue.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d), the

provisions of this Article which validate a security or compel its issue

or reissue do not apply to the extent that validation, issue, or reissue

would result in overissue.

(c) If an identical security not constituting an overissue is

reasonably available for purchase, a person entitled to issue or

validation may compel the issuer to purchase the security and deliver it

if certificated or register its transfer if uncertificated, against

surrender of any security certificate the person holds.

(d) If a security is not reasonably available for purchase, a person

entitled to issue or validation may recover from the issuer the price

the person or the last purchaser for value paid for it with interest

from the date of the person's demand.

PART 3 Transfer of Certificated and Uncertificated Securities

§ 8-301 — Delivery

Section 8--301. Delivery.

(a) Delivery of a certificated security to a purchaser occurs when:

(1) the purchaser acquires possession of the security

certificate;

(2) another person, other than a securities intermediary, either

acquires possession of the security certificate on behalf of

the purchaser or, having previously acquired possession of

the certificate, acknowledges that it holds for the

purchaser; or

(3) a securities intermediary acting on behalf of the purchaser

acquires possession of the security certificate, only if the

certificate is in registered form and is (i) registered in

the name of the purchaser, (ii) payable to the order of the

purchaser, or (iii) specially indorsed to the purchaser by an

effective indorsement and has not been indorsed to the

securities intermediary or in blank.

(b) Delivery of an uncertificated security to a purchaser occurs when:

(1) the issuer registers the purchaser as the registered owner,

upon original issue or registration of transfer; or

(2) another person, other than a securities intermediary, either

becomes the registered owner of the uncertificated security

on behalf of the purchaser or, having previously become the

registered owner, acknowledges that it holds for the

purchaser.

§ 8-302 — Rights of Purchaser

Section 8--302. Rights of Purchaser.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c), a

purchaser of a certificated or uncertificated security acquires all

rights in the security that the transferor had or had power to transfer.

(b) A purchaser of a limited interest acquires rights only to the

extent of the interest purchased.

(c) A purchaser of a certificated security who as a previous holder

had notice of an adverse claim does not improve its position by taking

from a protected purchaser.

§ 8-303 — Protected Purchaser

Section 8--303. Protected Purchaser.

(a) "Protected purchaser" means a purchaser of a certificated or

uncertificated security, or of an interest therein, who:

(1) gives value;

(2) does not have notice of any adverse claim to the security;

and

(3) obtains control of the certificated or uncertificated

security.

(b) A protected purchaser also acquires its interest in the security

free of any adverse claim.

§ 8-304 — Indorsement

Section 8--304. Indorsement.

(a) An indorsement may be in blank or special. An indorsement in

blank includes an indorsement to bearer. A special indorsement specifies

to whom a security is to be transferred or who has power to transfer it.

A holder may convert a blank indorsement to a special indorsement.

(b) An indorsement purporting to be only of part of a security

certificate representing units intended by the issuer to be separately

transferable is effective to the extent of the indorsement.

(c) An indorsement, whether special or in blank, does not constitute a

transfer until delivery of the certificate on which it appears or, if

the indorsement is on a separate document, until delivery of both the

document and the certificate.

(d) If a security certificate in registered form has been delivered to

a purchaser without a necessary indorsement, the purchaser may become a

protected purchaser only when the indorsement is supplied. However,

against a transferor, a transfer is complete upon delivery and the

purchaser has a specifically enforceable right to have any necessary

indorsement supplied.

(e) An indorsement of a security certificate in bearer form may give

notice of an adverse claim to the certificate, but it does not otherwise

affect a right to registration that the holder possesses.

(f) Unless otherwise agreed, a person making an indorsement assumes

only the obligations provided in Section 8--108 and not an obligation

that the security will be honored by the issuer.

§ 8-305 — Instruction

Section 8--305. Instruction.

(a) If an instruction has been originated by an appropriate person but

is incomplete in any other respect, any person may complete it as

authorized and the issuer may rely on it as completed, even though it

has been completed incorrectly.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed, a person initiating an instruction

assumes only the obligations imposed by Section 8--108 and not an

obligation that the security will be honored by the issuer.

§ 8-306 — Effect of Guaranteeing Signature, Indorsement, or Instruction

Section 8--306. Effect of Guaranteeing Signature, Indorsement, or

Instruction.

(a) A person who guarantees a signature of an indorser of a security

certificate warrants that at the time of signing:

(1) the signature was genuine;

(2) the signer was an appropriate person to indorse, or if the

signature is by an agent, the agent had actual authority to

act on behalf of the appropriate person; and

(3) the signer had legal capacity to sign.

(b) A person who guarantees a signature of the originator of an

instruction warrants that at the time of signing:

(1) the signature was genuine;

(2) the signer was an appropriate person to originate the

instruction, or if the signature is by an agent, the agent

had actual authority to act on behalf of the appropriate

person, if the person specified in the instruction as the

registered owner was, in fact, the registered owner, as to

which fact the signature guarantor does not make a warranty;

and

(3) the signer had legal capacity to sign.

(c) A person who specially guarantees the signature of an originator

of an instruction makes the warranties of a signature guarantor under

subsection (b) and also warrants that at the time the instruction is

presented to the issuer:

(1) the person specified in the instruction as the registered

owner of the uncertificated security will be the registered

owner; and

(2) the transfer of the uncertificated security requested in the

instruction will be registered by the issuer free from all

liens, security interests, restrictions, and claims other

than those specified in the instruction.

(d) A guarantor under subsections (a) and (b) or a special guarantor

under subsection (c) does not otherwise warrant the rightfulness of the

transfer.

(e) A person who guarantees an indorsement of a security certificate

makes the warranties of a signature guarantor under subsection (a) and

also warrants the rightfulness of the transfer in all respects.

(f) A person who guarantees an instruction requesting the transfer of

an uncertificated security makes the warranties of a special signature

guarantor under subsection (c) and also warrants the rightfulness of the

transfer in all respects.

(g) An issuer may not require a special guaranty of signature, a

guaranty of indorsement, or a guaranty of instruction as a condition to

registration of transfer.

(h) The warranties under this section are made to a person taking or

dealing with the security in reliance on the guaranty, and the guarantor

is liable to the person for loss resulting from their breach. An

indorser or originator of an instruction whose signature, indorsement,

or instruction has been guaranteed is liable to a guarantor for any loss

suffered by the guarantor as a result of breach of the warranties of the

guarantor.

§ 8-307 — Purchaser's Right to Requisites for Registration of Transfer

Section 8--307. Purchaser's Right to Requisites for Registration of

Transfer.

Unless otherwise agreed, the transferor of a security on due demand

shall supply the purchaser with proof of authority to transfer or with

any other requisite necessary to obtain registration of the transfer of

the security, but if the transfer is not for value, a transferor need

not comply unless the purchaser pays the necessary expenses. If the

transferor fails within a reasonable time to comply with the demand, the

purchaser may reject or rescind the transfer.

PART 4 Registration

§ 8-401 — Duty of Issuer to Register Transfer

Section 8--401. Duty of Issuer to Register Transfer.

(a) If a certificated security in registered form is presented to an

issuer with a request to register transfer or an instruction is

presented to an issuer with a request to register transfer of an

uncertificated security, the issuer shall register the transfer as

requested if:

(1) under the terms of the security the person seeking

registration of transfer is eligible to have the security

registered in its name;

(2) the indorsement or instruction is made by the appropriate

person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on

behalf of the appropriate person;

(3) reasonable assurance is given that the indorsement or

instruction is genuine and authorized (Section 8--402);

(4) any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has

been complied with;

(5) the transfer does not violate any restriction on transfer

imposed by the issuer in accordance with Section 8--204;

(6) a demand that the issuer not register transfer has not become

effective under Section 8--403, or the issuer has complied

with Section 8--403(b) but no legal process or indemnity bond

is obtained as provided in Section 8--403(d); and

(7) the transfer is in fact rightful or is to a protected

purchaser.

(b) If an issuer is under a duty to register a transfer of a security,

the issuer is liable to a person presenting a certificated security or

an instruction for registration or to the person's principal for loss

resulting from unreasonable delay in registration or failure or refusal

to register the transfer.

§ 8-402 — Assurance that Indorsement or Instruction is Effective

Section 8--402. Assurance that Indorsement or Instruction is Effective.

(a) An issuer may require the following assurance that each necessary

indorsement or each instruction is genuine and authorized:

(1) in all cases, a guaranty of the signature of the person

making an indorsement or originating an instruction

including, in the case of an instruction, reasonable

assurance of identity;

(2) if the indorsement is made or the instruction is originated

by an agent, appropriate assurance of actual authority to

sign;

(3) if the indorsement is made or the instruction is originated

by a fiduciary pursuant to Section 8--107(a)(4) or (a)(5),

appropriate evidence of appointment or incumbency;

(4) if there is more than one fiduciary, reasonable assurance

that all who are required to sign have done so; and

(5) if the indorsement is made or the instruction is originated

by a person not covered by another provision of this

subsection, assurance appropriate to the case corresponding

as nearly as may be to the provisions of this subsection.

(b) An issuer may elect to require reasonable assurance beyond that

specified in this section.

(c) In this section:

(1) "Guaranty of the signature" means a guaranty signed by or on

behalf of a person reasonably believed by the issuer to be

responsible. An issuer may adopt standards with respect to

responsibility if they are not manifestly unreasonable.

(2) "Appropriate evidence of appointment or incumbency" means:

(i) in the case of a fiduciary appointed or qualified by a

court, a certificate issued by or under the direction or

supervision of the court or an officer thereof and dated

within 6 months before the date of presentation for

transfer; or

(ii) in any other case, a copy of a document showing the

appointment or a certificate issued by or on behalf of a

person reasonably believed by an issuer to be responsible

or, in the absence of that document or certificate, other

evidence the issuer reasonably considers appropriate.

§ 8-403 — Demand that Issuer Not Register Transfer

Section 8--403. Demand that Issuer Not Register Transfer.

(a) A person who is an appropriate person to make an indorsement or

originate an instruction may demand that the issuer not register

transfer of a security by communicating to the issuer a notification

that identifies the registered owner and the issue of which the security

is a part and provides an address for communications directed to the

person making the demand. The demand is effective only if it is received

by the issuer at a time and in a manner affording the issuer reasonable

opportunity to act on it.

(b) If a certificated security in registered form is presented to an

issuer with a request to register transfer or an instruction is

presented to an issuer with a request to register transfer of an

uncertificated security after a demand that the issuer not register

transfer has become effective, the issuer shall promptly communicate, to

the person who initiated the demand at the address provided in the

demand and to the person who presented the security for registration of

transfer or initiated the instruction requesting registration of

transfer, a notification stating that:

(1) the certificated security has been presented for registration

of transfer or the instruction for registration of transfer

of the uncertificated security has been received;

(2) a demand that the issuer not register transfer had previously

been received; and

(3) the issuer will withhold registration of transfer for a

period of time stated in the notification in order to provide

the person who initiated the demand an opportunity to obtain

legal process or an indemnity bond.

(c) The period described in subsection (b)(3) may not exceed 30 days

after the date of communication of the notification. A shorter period

may be specified by the issuer if it is not manifestly unreasonable.

(d) An issuer is not liable to a person who initiated a demand that

the issuer not register transfer for any loss the person suffers as a

result of registration of a transfer pursuant to an effective

indorsement or instruction if the person who initiated the demand does

not, within the time stated in the issuer's communication, either:

(1) obtain an appropriate restraining order, injunction, or other

process from a court of competent jurisdiction enjoining the

issuer from registering the transfer; or

(2) file with the issuer an indemnity bond, sufficient in the

issuer's judgment to protect the issuer and any transfer

agent, registrar, or other agent of the issuer involved from

any loss it or they may suffer by refusing to register the

transfer.

(e) This section does not relieve an issuer from liability for

registering transfer pursuant to an indorsement or instruction that was

not effective.

§ 8-404 — Wrongful Registration

Section 8--404. Wrongful Registration.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8--406, an issuer is

liable for wrongful registration of transfer if the issuer has

registered a transfer of a security to a person not entitled to it, and

the transfer was registered:

(1) pursuant to an ineffective indorsement or instruction;

(2) after a demand that the issuer not register transfer became

effective under Section 8--403(a) and the issuer did not

comply with Section 8--403(b);

(3) after the issuer had been served with an injunction,

restraining order, or other legal process enjoining it from

registering the transfer, issued by a court of competent

jurisdiction, and the issuer had a reasonable opportunity to

act on the injunction, restraining order, or other legal

process; or

(4) by an issuer acting in collusion with the wrongdoer.

(b) An issuer that is liable for wrongful registration of transfer

under subsection (a) on demand shall provide the person entitled to the

security with a like certificated or uncertificated security, and any

payments or distributions that the person did not receive as a result of

the wrongful registration. If an overissue would result, the issuer's

liability to provide the person with a like security is governed by

Section 8--210.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection (a) or in a law

relating to the collection of taxes, an issuer is not liable to an owner

or other person suffering loss as a result of the registration of a

transfer of a security if registration was made pursuant to an effective

indorsement or instruction.

§ 8-405 — Replacement of Lost, Destroyed, or Wrongfully taken Security Certificate

Section 8--405. Replacement of Lost, Destroyed, or Wrongfully taken

Security Certificate.

(a) If an owner of a certificated security, whether in registered or

bearer form, claims that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or

wrongfully taken, the issuer shall issue a new certificate if the owner:

(1) so requests before the issuer has notice that the certificate

has been acquired by a protected purchaser;

(2) files with the issuer a sufficient indemnity bond; and

(3) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the

issuer.

(b) If, after the issue of a new security certificate, a protected

purchaser of the original certificate presents it for registration of

transfer, the issuer shall register the transfer unless an overissue

would result. In that case, the issuer's liability is governed by

Section 8--210. In addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, an

issuer may recover the new certificate from a person to whom it was

issued or any person taking under that person, except a protected

purchaser.

§ 8-406 — Obligation to Notify Issuer of Lost, Destroyed, or Wrongfully taken Security Certificate

Section 8--406. Obligation to Notify Issuer of Lost, Destroyed, or

Wrongfully taken Security Certificate.

If a security certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed, or

wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the issuer of that fact

within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of it and the issuer

registers a transfer of the security before receiving notification, the

owner may not assert against the issuer a claim for registering the

transfer under Section 8--404 or a claim to a new security certificate

under Section 8--405.

§ 8-407 — Authenticating Trustee, Transfer Agent, and Registrar

Section 8--407. Authenticating Trustee, Transfer Agent, and Registrar.

A person acting as authenticating trustee, transfer agent, registrar,

or other agent for an issuer in the registration of a transfer of its

securities, in the issue of new security certificates or uncertificated

securities, or in the cancellation of surrendered security certificates

has the same obligation to the holder or owner of a certificated or

uncertificated security with regard to the particular functions

performed as the issuer has in regard to those functions.

PART 5 Security Entitlements

§ 8-501 — Securities Account; Acquisition of Security Entitlement from Securities Intermediary

Section 8--501. Securities Account; Acquisition of Security Entitlement

from Securities Intermediary.

(a) "Securities account" means an account to which a financial asset

is or may be credited in accordance with an agreement under which the

person maintaining the account undertakes to treat the person for whom

the account is maintained as entitled to exercise the rights that

comprise the financial asset.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (d) and (e), a person

acquires a security entitlement if a securities intermediary:

(1) indicates by book entry that a financial asset has been

credited to the person's securities account;

(2) receives a financial asset from the person or acquires a

financial asset for the person and, in either case, accepts

it for credit to the person's securities account; or

(3) becomes obligated under other law, regulation, or rule to

credit a financial asset to the person's securities account.

(c) If a condition of subsection (b) has been met, a person has a

security entitlement even though the securities intermediary does not

itself hold the financial asset.

(d) If a securities intermediary holds a financial asset for another

person, and the financial asset is registered in the name of, payable to

the order of, or specially indorsed to the other person, and has not

been indorsed to the securities intermediary or in blank, the other

person is treated as holding the financial asset directly rather than as

having a security entitlement with respect to the financial asset.

(e) Issuance of a security is not establishment of a security

entitlement.

§ 8-502 — Assertion of Adverse Claim against Entitlement Holder

Section 8--502. Assertion of Adverse Claim against Entitlement Holder.

An action based on an adverse claim to a financial asset, whether

framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or

other theory, may not be asserted against a person who acquires a

security entitlement under Section 8--501 for value and without notice

of the adverse claim.

§ 8-503 — Property Interest of Entitlement Holder in Financial Asset held by Securities Intermediary

Section 8--503. Property Interest of Entitlement Holder in Financial

Asset held by Securities Intermediary.

(a) To the extent necessary for a securities intermediary to satisfy

all security entitlements with respect to a particular financial asset,

all interests in that financial asset held by the securities

intermediary are held by the securities intermediary for the entitlement

holders, are not property of the securities intermediary, and are not

subject to claims of creditors of the securities intermediary, except as

otherwise provided in Section 8--511.

(b) An entitlement holder's property interest with respect to a

particular financial asset under subsection (a) is a pro rata property

interest in all interests in that financial asset held by the securities

intermediary, without regard to the time the entitlement holder acquired

the security entitlement or the time the securities intermediary

acquired the interest in that financial asset.

(c) An entitlement holder's property interest with respect to a

particular financial asset under subsection (a) may be enforced against

the securities intermediary only by exercise of the entitlement holder's

rights under Sections 8--505 through 8--508.

(d) An entitlement holder's property interest with respect to a

particular financial asset under subsection (a) may be enforced against

a purchaser of the financial asset or interest therein only if:

(1) insolvency proceedings have been initiated by or against the

securities intermediary;

(2) the securities intermediary does not have sufficient

interests in the financial asset to satisfy the security

entitlements of all of its entitlement holders to that

financial asset;

(3) the securities intermediary violated its obligations under

Section 8--504 by transferring the financial asset or

interest therein to the purchaser; and

(4) the purchaser is not protected under subsection (e). The

trustee or other liquidator, acting on behalf of all

entitlement holders having security entitlements with respect

to a particular financial asset, may recover the financial

asset, or interest therein, from the purchaser. If the

trustee or other liquidator elects not to pursue that right,

an entitlement holder whose security entitlement remains

unsatisfied has the right to recover its interest in the

financial asset from the purchaser.

(e) An action based on the entitlement holder's property interest with

respect to a particular financial asset under subsection (a), whether

framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or

other theory, may not be asserted against any purchaser of a financial

asset or interest therein who gives value, obtains control, and does not

act in collusion with the securities intermediary in violating the

securities intermediary's obligations under Section 8--504.

§ 8-504 — Duty of Securities Intermediary to Maintain Financial Asset

Section 8--504. Duty of Securities Intermediary to Maintain Financial

Asset.

(a) A securities intermediary shall promptly obtain and thereafter

maintain a financial asset in a quantity corresponding to the aggregate

of all security entitlements it has established in favor of its

entitlement holders with respect to that financial asset. The securities

intermediary may maintain those financial assets directly or through one

or more other securities intermediaries.

(b) Except to the extent otherwise agreed by its entitlement holder, a

securities intermediary may not grant any security interests in a

financial asset it is obligated to maintain pursuant to subsection (a).

(c) A securities intermediary satisfies the duty in subsection (a) if:

(1) the securities intermediary acts with respect to the duty as

agreed upon by the entitlement holder and the securities

intermediary; or

(2) in the absence of agreement, the securities intermediary

exercises due care in accordance with reasonable commercial

standards to obtain and maintain the financial asset.

(d) This section does not apply to a clearing corporation that is

itself the obligor of an option or similar obligation to which its

entitlement holders have security entitlements.

§ 8-505 — Duty of Securities Intermediary with respect to Payments and Distributions

Section 8--505. Duty of Securities Intermediary with respect to Payments

and Distributions.

(a) A securities intermediary shall take action to obtain a payment or

distribution made by the issuer of a financial asset. A securities

intermediary satisfies the duty if:

(1) the securities intermediary acts with respect to the duty as

agreed upon by the entitlement holder and the securities

intermediary; or

(2) in the absence of agreement, the securities intermediary

exercises due care in accordance with reasonable commercial

standards to attempt to obtain the payment or distribution.

(b) A securities intermediary is obligated to its entitlement holder

for a payment or distribution made by the issuer of a financial asset if

the payment or distribution is received by the securities intermediary.

§ 8-506 — Duty of Securities Intermediary to Exercise Rights as directed by Entitlement Holder

Section 8--506. Duty of Securities Intermediary to Exercise Rights as

directed by Entitlement Holder.

A securities intermediary shall exercise rights with respect to a

financial asset if directed to do so by an entitlement holder. A

securities intermediary satisfies the duty if:

(1) the securities intermediary acts with respect to the duty as

agreed upon by the entitlement holder and the securities intermediary;

or

(2) in the absence of agreement, the securities intermediary either

places the entitlement holder in a position to exercise the rights

directly or exercises due care in accordance with reasonable commercial

standards to follow the direction of the entitlement holder.

§ 8-507 — Duty of Securities Intermediary to comply with Entitlement Order

Section 8--507. Duty of Securities Intermediary to comply with

Entitlement Order.

(a) A securities intermediary shall comply with an entitlement order

if the entitlement order is originated by the appropriate person, the

securities intermediary has had reasonable opportunity to assure itself

that the entitlement order is genuine and authorized, and the securities

intermediary has had reasonable opportunity to comply with the

entitlement order. A securities intermediary satisfies the duty if:

(1) the securities intermediary acts with respect to the duty as

agreed upon by the entitlement holder and the securities

intermediary; or

(2) in the absence of agreement, the securities intermediary

exercises due care in accordance with reasonable commercial

standards to comply with the entitlement order.

(b) If a securities intermediary transfers a financial asset pursuant

to an ineffective entitlement order, the securities intermediary shall

reestablish a security entitlement in favor of the person entitled to

it, and pay or credit any payments or distributions that the person did

not receive as a result of the wrongful transfer. If the securities

intermediary does not reestablish a security entitlement, the securities

intermediary is liable to the entitlement holder for damages.

§ 8-508 — Duty of Securities Intermediary to change Entitlement Holder's Position to Other Form of Security Holding

Section 8--508. Duty of Securities Intermediary to change Entitlement

Holder's Position to Other Form of Security Holding.

A securities intermediary shall act at the direction of an entitlement

holder to change a security entitlement into another available form of

holding for which the entitlement holder is eligible, or to cause the

financial asset to be transferred to a securities account of the

entitlement holder with another securities intermediary. A securities

intermediary satisfies the duty if:

(1) the securities intermediary acts as agreed upon by the

entitlement holder and the securities intermediary; or

(2) in the absence of agreement, the securities intermediary

exercises due care in accordance with reasonable commercial

standards to follow the direction of the entitlement holder.

§ 8-509 — Specification of Duties of Securities Intermediary by Other Statute or Regulation; Manner of Performance of Duties of Securities Intermed...

Section 8--509. Specification of Duties of Securities Intermediary by

Other Statute or Regulation; Manner of Performance of

Duties of Securities Intermediary and Exercise of

Rights of Entitlement Holder.

(a) If the substance of a duty imposed upon a securities intermediary

by Sections 8--504 through 8--508 is the subject of other statute,

regulation, or rule, compliance with that statute, regulation, or rule

satisfies the duty.

(b) To the extent that specific standards for the performance of the

duties of a securities intermediary or the exercise of the rights of an

entitlement holder are not specified by other statute, regulation, or

rule or by agreement between the securities intermediary and entitlement

holder, the securities intermediary shall perform its duties and the

entitlement holder shall exercise its rights in a commercially

reasonable manner.

(c) The obligation of a securities intermediary to perform the duties

imposed by Sections 8--504 through 8--508 is subject to:

(1) rights of the securities intermediary arising out of a

security interest under a security agreement with the

entitlement holder or otherwise; and

(2) rights of the securities intermediary under other law,

regulation, rule, or agreement to withhold performance of its

duties as a result of unfulfilled obligations of the

entitlement holder to the securities intermediary.

(d) Sections 8--504 through 8--508 do not require a securities

intermediary to take any action that is prohibited by other statute,

regulation, or rule.

§ 8-510 — Rights of Purchaser of Security Entitlement from Entitlement Holder

Section 8--510. Rights of Purchaser of Security Entitlement from

Entitlement Holder.

(a) In a case not covered by the priority rules in Article 9 or the

rules stated in subsection (c), an action based on an adverse claim to a

financial asset or security entitlement, whether framed in conversion,

replevin, constructive trust, equitable lien, or other theory, may not

be asserted against a person who purchases a security entitlement, or an

interest therein, from an entitlement holder if the purchaser gives

value, does not have notice of the adverse claim, and obtains control.

(b) If an adverse claim could not have been asserted against an

entitlement holder under Section 8--502, the adverse claim cannot be

asserted against a person who purchases a security entitlement, or an

interest therein, from the entitlement holder.

(c) In a case not covered by the priority rules in Article 9, a

purchaser for value of a security entitlement, or an interest therein,

who obtains control has priority over a purchaser of a security

entitlement, or an interest therein, who does not obtain control. Except

as otherwise provided in subsection (d), purchasers who have control

rank according to priority in time of:

(1) the purchaser's becoming the person for whom the securities

account, in which the security entitlement is carried, is

maintained, if the purchaser obtained control under Section

8--106(d)(1);

(2) the securities intermediary's agreement to comply with the

purchaser's entitlement orders with respect to security

entitlements carried or to be carried in the securities

account in which the security entitlement is carried, if the

purchaser obtained control under Section 8--106(d)(2); or

(3) if the purchaser obtained control through another person

under Section 8--106(d)(3), the time on which priority would

be based under this subsection if the other person were the

secured party.

(d) A securities intermediary as purchaser has priority over a

conflicting purchaser who has control unless otherwise agreed by the

securities intermediary.

§ 8-511 — Priority Among Security Interests and Entitlement Holders

Section 8--511. Priority Among Security Interests and Entitlement

Holders.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (b) and (c), if a

securities intermediary does not have sufficient interests in a

particular financial asset to satisfy both its obligations to

entitlement holders who have security entitlements to that financial

asset and its obligation to a creditor of the securities intermediary

who has a security interest in that financial asset, the claims of

entitlement holders, other than the creditor, have priority over the

claim of the creditor.

(b) A claim of a creditor of a securities intermediary who has a

security interest in a financial asset held by a securities intermediary

has priority over claims of the securities intermediary's entitlement

holders who have security entitlements with respect to that financial

asset if the creditor has control over the financial asset.

(c) If a clearing corporation does not have sufficient financial

assets to satisfy both its obligations to entitlement holders who have

security entitlements with respect to a financial asset and its

obligation to a creditor of the clearing corporation who has a security

interest in that financial asset, the claim of the creditor has priority

over the claims of entitlement holders.

PART 6 Transition Provisions For Revised Article 8 and For the Conforming Amendments to Articles 1, 5, 9

§ 8-601 — Savings Clause; Effect on Prior Perfected Security Interest

Section 8--601. Savings Clause; Effect on Prior Perfected Security

Interest.

(a) As used in this Part, the term "this Act" means that chapter of

the laws of 1997 which repealed former Article 8 of this code, added

this article to this code, and made conforming amendments to provisions

of other articles of this code.

(b) This Act does not affect an action or proceeding commenced before

this Act takes effect. An oral contract or a modification of contract

entered into before the date this Act takes effect does not become

enforceable by reason of operation of Section 8--113.

(c) If a security interest in a security is perfected at the date this

Act takes effect, and the action by which the security interest was

perfected would suffice to perfect a security interest under this Act,

no further action is required to continue perfection. If a security

interest in a security is perfected at the date this Act takes effect

but the action by which the security interest was perfected would not

suffice to perfect a security interest under this Act, the security

interest remains perfected for a period of 12 months after the effective

date of this Act and continues perfected thereafter if appropriate

action to perfect under this Act is taken within that period. If a

security interest is perfected at the date this Act takes effect and the

security interest can be perfected by filing under this Act, a financing

statement signed by the secured party instead of by the debtor may be

filed within that period to continue perfection or thereafter to

perfect.

§ 8-602 — Cross-References to former Article 8; Meaning or Interpretation

Section 8--602. Cross-References to former Article 8; Meaning or

Interpretation.

(a) Any reference made in law to a bond or other security or

instrument to be issued hereafter under the authority of such law as

being a negotiable instrument or security under former Article 8 of this

code shall be deemed to mean and refer to such bond or other security or

instrument issued on or after the effective date of this Act as being

one to be governed by the provisions of this new Article 8.

(b) The provisions of subsection (a) shall not be deemed to impair in

any manner the obligations of any bond or other security or instrument

previously issued and in existence on the effective date of this Act and

the same shall continue to be governed by its covenants. The provisions

of this Act shall apply to such previously issued and existing bond or

other security or instrument only to the extent that the provisions of

this Act can be harmonized with the provisions of covenants existing on

the effective date of this Act to which such bond or other security or

instrument is subject on such date, without impairing its obligations.

ARTICLE 9 Secured Transactions

PART 1 General Provisions

PART 2 Effectiveness of Security Agreement; Attachment of Security Interest; Rights of Parties to Security Agreement

SUBPART 1 Effectiveness and Attachment

§ 9-201 — General Effectiveness of Security Agreement

Section 9--201. General Effectiveness of Security Agreement.

(a) General effectiveness. Except as otherwise provided in this

chapter, a security agreement is effective according to its terms

between the parties, against purchasers of the collateral, and against

creditors.

(b) Applicable consumer laws and other law. A transaction subject to

this article is subject to:

(1) any applicable rule of law which establishes a different rule

for consumers;

(2) any other statute or regulation of this state which regulates

the rates, charges, agreements and practices for loans,

credit sales or other extensions of credit;

(3) any consumer protection statute or regulation of this state.

(c) Other applicable law controls. In case of conflict between this

article and a rule of law, statute, or regulation described in

subsection (b), the rule of law, statute, or regulation controls.

Failure to comply with a statute or regulation described in subsection

(b) has only the effect the statute or regulation specifies.

(d) Further deference to other applicable law. This article does not:

(1) validate any rate, charge, agreement, or practice that

violates a rule of law, statute, or regulation described in

subsection (b); or

(2) extend the application of the rule of law, statute, or

regulation to a transaction not otherwise subject to it.

§ 9-202 — Title to Collateral Immaterial

Section 9--202. Title to Collateral Immaterial.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to consignments or sales of

accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes, the

provisions of this article with regard to rights and obligations apply

whether title to collateral is in the secured party or the debtor.

§ 9-203 — Attachment and Enforceability of Security Interest; Proceeds; Supporting Obligations; Formal Requisites

Section 9--203. Attachment and Enforceability of Security Interest;

Proceeds; Supporting Obligations; Formal Requisites.

(a) Attachment. A security interest attaches to collateral when it

becomes enforceable against the debtor with respect to the collateral,

unless an agreement expressly postpones the time of attachment.

(b) Enforceability. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c)

through (i), a security interest is enforceable against the debtor and

third parties with respect to the collateral only if:

(1) value has been given;

(2) the debtor has rights in the collateral or the power to

transfer rights in the collateral to a secured party; and

(3) one of the following conditions is met:

(A) the debtor has signed a security agreement that provides

a description of the collateral and, if the security

interest covers timber to be cut, a description of the

land concerned;

(B) the collateral is not a certificated security and is in

the possession of the secured party under Section 9--313

pursuant to the debtor's security agreement;

(C) the collateral is a certificated security in registered

form and the security certificate has been delivered to

the secured party under Section 8--301 pursuant to the

debtor's security agreement;

(D) the collateral is controllable accounts, controllable

electronic records, controllable payment intangibles,

deposit accounts, electronic documents, electronic money,

investment property or letter-of-credit rights, and the

secured party has control under Section 7--106, 9--104,

9--105, 9--105A, 9--106, 9--107, or 9--107A pursuant to

the debtor's security agreement; or

(E) the collateral is chattel paper and the secured party has

possession and control under Section 9--314A pursuant to

the debtor's security agreement.

(c) Other UCC provisions. Subsection (b) is subject to Section 4--210

on the security interest of a collecting bank, Section 5--118 on the

security interest of a letter-of-credit issuer or nominated person,

Section 9--110 on a security interest arising under Article 2 or 2-A,

and Section 9--206 on security interests in investment property.

(d) When a person becomes bound by another person's security

agreement. A person becomes bound as debtor by a security agreement

entered into by another person if, by operation of law other than this

article or by contract:

(1) the security agreement becomes effective to create a security

interest in the person's property; or

(2) the person becomes generally obligated for the obligations of

the other person, including the obligation secured under the

security agreement, and acquires or succeeds to all or

substantially all of the assets of the other person.

(e) Effect of new debtor becoming bound. If a new debtor becomes bound

as debtor by a security agreement entered into by another person:

(1) the agreement satisfies subsection (b)(3) with respect to

existing or after-acquired property of the new debtor to the

extent the property is described in the agreement; and

(2) another agreement is not necessary to make a security

interest in the property enforceable.

(f) Proceeds and supporting obligations. The attachment of a security

interest in collateral gives the secured party the rights to proceeds

provided by Section 9--315 and is also attachment of a security interest

in a supporting obligation for the collateral.

(g) Lien securing right to payment. The attachment of a security

interest in a right to payment or performance secured by a security

interest or other lien on personal or real property is also attachment

of a security interest in the security interest, mortgage, or other

lien.

(h) Security entitlement carried in securities account. The attachment

of a security interest in a securities account is also attachment of a

security interest in the security entitlements carried in the securities

account.

(i) Commodity contracts carried in commodity account. The attachment

of a security interest in a commodity account is also attachment of a

security interest in the commodity contracts carried in the commodity

account.

§ 9-204 — After-acquired Property; Future Advances

Section 9--204. After-acquired Property; Future Advances.

(a) After-acquired collateral. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (b), a security agreement may create or provide for a

security interest in after-acquired collateral.

(b) When after-acquired property clause not effective. Subject to

subsection (b-1), a security interest does not attach under a term

constituting an after-acquired property clause to:

(1) consumer goods, other than an accession when given as

additional security, unless the debtor acquires rights in

them within 10 days after the secured party gives value; or

(2) a commercial tort claim.

(b-1) Limitation on subsection (b). Subsection (b) does not prevent a

security interest from attaching:

(1) to consumer goods as proceeds under Section 9--315(a) or

commingled goods under Section 9--336(c);

(2) to a commercial tort claim as proceeds under Section

9--315(a); or

(3) under an after-acquired property clause to property that is

proceeds of consumer goods or a commercial tort claim.

(c) Future advances and other value. A security agreement may provide

that collateral secures, or that accounts, chattel paper, payment

intangibles, or promissory notes are sold in connection with, future

advances or other value, whether or not the advances or value are given

pursuant to commitment.

§ 9-205 — Use or Disposition of Collateral Permissible

Section 9--205. Use or Disposition of Collateral Permissible.

(a) When security interest not invalid or fraudulent. A security

interest is not invalid or fraudulent against creditors solely because:

(1) the debtor has the right or ability to:

(A) use, commingle, or dispose of all or part of the

collateral, including returned or repossessed goods;

(B) collect, compromise, enforce, or otherwise deal with

collateral;

(C) accept the return of collateral or make repossessions; or

(D) use, commingle, or dispose of proceeds; or

(2) the secured party fails to require the debtor to account for

proceeds or replace collateral.

(b) Requirements of possession not relaxed. This section does not

relax the requirements of possession if attachment, perfection, or

enforcement of a security interest depends upon possession of the

collateral by the secured party.

§ 9-206 — Security Interest Arising in Purchase or Delivery of Financial Asset

Section 9--206. Security Interest Arising in Purchase or Delivery of

Financial Asset.

(a) Security interest when person buys through securities

intermediary. A security interest in favor of a securities intermediary

attaches to a person's security entitlement if:

(1) the person buys a financial asset through the securities

intermediary in a transaction in which the person is

obligated to pay the purchase price to the securities

intermediary at the time of the purchase; and

(2) the securities intermediary credits the financial asset to

the buyer's securities account before the buyer pays the

securities intermediary.

(b) Security interest secures obligation to pay for financial asset.

The security interest described in subsection (a) secures the person's

obligation to pay for the financial asset.

(c) Security interest in payment against delivery transaction. A

security interest in favor of a person that delivers a certificated

security or other financial asset represented by a writing attaches to

the security or other financial asset if:

(1) the security or other financial asset:

(A) in the ordinary course of business is transferred by

delivery with any necessary indorsement or assignment;

and

(B) is delivered under an agreement between persons in the

business of dealing with such securities or financial

assets; and

(2) the agreement calls for delivery against payment.

(d) Security interest secures obligation to pay for delivery. The

security interest described in subsection (c) secures the obligation to

make payment for the delivery.

SUBPART 2 Rights and Duties

§ 9-207 — Rights and Duties of Secured Party Having Possession or Control of Collateral

Section 9--207. Rights and Duties of Secured Party Having Possession or

Control of Collateral.

(a) Duty of care when secured party in possession. Except as otherwise

provided in subsection (d), a secured party shall use reasonable care in

the custody and preservation of collateral in the secured party's

possession. In the case of chattel paper or an instrument, reasonable

care includes taking necessary steps to preserve rights against prior

parties unless otherwise agreed.

(b) Expenses, risks, duties, and rights when secured party in

possession. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), if a secured

party has possession of collateral:

(1) reasonable expenses, including the cost of insurance and

payment of taxes or other charges, incurred in the custody,

preservation, use, or operation of the collateral are

chargeable to the debtor and are secured by the collateral;

(2) the risk of accidental loss or damage is on the debtor to the

extent of a deficiency in any effective insurance coverage;

(3) the secured party shall keep the collateral identifiable, but

fungible collateral may be commingled; and

(4) the secured party may use or operate the collateral:

(A) for the purpose of preserving the collateral or its

value;

(B) as permitted by an order of a court having competent

jurisdiction; or

(C) except in the case of consumer goods, in the manner and

to the extent agreed by the debtor.

(c) Duties and rights when secured party in possession or control.

Except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), a secured party having

possession of collateral or control of collateral under Section 7--106,

9--104, 9--105, 9--105A, 9--106, 9--107, or 9--107A:

(1) may hold as additional security any proceeds, except money or

funds, received from the collateral;

(2) shall apply money or funds received from the collateral to

reduce the secured obligation, unless remitted to the debtor;

and

(3) may create a security interest in the collateral.

(d) Buyer of certain rights to payment. If the secured party is a

buyer of accounts, chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory

notes or a consignor:

(1) subsection (a) does not apply unless the secured party is

entitled under an agreement:

(A) to charge back uncollected collateral; or

(B) otherwise to full or limited recourse against the debtor

or a secondary obligor based on the nonpayment or other

default of an account debtor or other obligor on the

collateral; and

(2) subsections (b) and (c) do not apply.

§ 9-208 — Additional Duties of Secured Party Having Control of Collateral

Section 9--208. Additional Duties of Secured Party Having Control of

Collateral.

(a) Applicability of section. This section applies to cases in which

there is no outstanding secured obligation and the secured party is not

committed to make advances, incur obligations, or otherwise give value.

(b) Duties of secured party after receiving demand from debtor. Within

10 days after receiving a signed demand by the debtor:

(1) a secured party having control of a deposit account under

Section 9--104(a)(2) shall send to the bank with which the

deposit account is maintained a signed record that releases

the bank from any further obligation to comply with

instructions originated by the secured party;

(2) a secured party having control of a deposit account under

Section 9--104(a)(3) shall:

(A) pay the debtor the balance on deposit in the deposit

account; or

(B) transfer the balance on deposit into a deposit account in

the debtor's name;

(3) a secured party, other than a buyer, having control under

Section 9--105 of an authoritative electronic copy of a

record evidencing chattel paper shall transfer control of the

electronic copy to debtor or a person designated by the

debtor;

(4) a secured party having control of investment property under

Section 8--106(d)(2) or 9--106(b) shall send to the

securities intermediary or commodity intermediary with which

the security entitlement or commodity contract is maintained

a signed record that releases the securities intermediary or

commodity intermediary from any further obligation to comply

with entitlement orders or directions originated by the

secured party;

(5) a secured party having control of a letter-of-credit right

under Section 9--107 shall send to each person having an

unfulfilled obligation to pay or deliver proceeds of the

letter-of-credit to the secured party a signed release from

any further obligation to pay or deliver proceeds of the

letter-of-credit to the secured party;

(6) a secured party having control under Section 7--106 of an

authoritative electronic copy of an electronic document of

title shall transfer control of the electronic copy to the

debtor or a person designated by the debtor;

(7) a secured party having control under Section 9--105A of

electronic money shall transfer control of the electronic

money to the debtor or a person designated by the debtor; and

(8) a secured party having control under Section 12--105 of a

controllable electronic record, other than a buyer of a

controllable account or controllable payment intangible

evidenced by the controllable electronic record, shall

transfer control of the controllable electronic record to the

debtor or a person designated by the debtor.

§ 9-209 — Duties of Secured Party If Account Debtor Has Been Notified of Assignment

Section 9--209. Duties of Secured Party If Account Debtor Has Been

Notified of Assignment.

(a) Applicability of section. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (c), this section applies if:

(1) there is no outstanding secured obligation; and

(2) the secured party is not committed to make advances, incur

obligations, or otherwise give value.

(b) Duties of secured party after receiving demand from debtor. Within

10 days after receiving a signed demand by the debtor, a secured party

shall send to an account debtor that has received notification under

Section 9--406(a) or 12--106(b) of an assignment to the secured party as

assignee a signed record that releases the account debtor from any

further obligation to the secured party.

(c) Inapplicability to sales. This section does not apply to an

assignment constituting the sale of an account, chattel paper, or

payment intangible.

§ 9-210 — Request for Accounting; Request Regarding List of Collateral or Statement of Account

Section 9--210. Request for Accounting; Request Regarding List of

Collateral or Statement of Account.

(a) Definitions in this section:

(1) "Request" means a record of a type described in paragraph

(2), (3), or (4).

(2) "Request for an accounting" means a record signed by a debtor

requesting that the recipient provide an accounting of the

unpaid obligations secured by collateral and reasonably

identifying the transaction or relationship that is the

subject of the request.

(3) "Request regarding a list of collateral" means a record

signed by a debtor requesting that the recipient approve or

correct a list of what the debtor believes to be the

collateral securing an obligation and reasonably identifying

the transaction or relationship that is the subject of the

request.

(4) "Request regarding a statement of account" means a record

signed by a debtor requesting that the recipient approve or

correct a statement indicating what the debtor believes to be

the aggregate amount of unpaid obligations secured by

collateral as of a specified date and reasonably identifying

the transaction or relationship that is the subject of the

request.

(b) Duty to respond to requests. Subject to subsections (c), (d), (e),

and (f), a secured party, other than a buyer of accounts, chattel paper,

payment intangibles, or promissory notes or a consignor, shall comply

with a request within 14 days after receipt:

(1) in the case of a request for an accounting, by signing and

sending to the debtor an accounting; and

(2) in the case of a request regarding a list of collateral or a

request regarding a statement of account, by signing and

sending to the debtor an approval or correction.

(c) Request regarding list of collateral; statement concerning type of

collateral. A secured party that claims a security interest in all of a

particular type of collateral owned by the debtor may comply with a

request regarding a list of collateral by sending to the debtor a signed

record including a statement to that effect within 14 days after

receipt.

(d) Request regarding list of collateral; no interest claimed. A

person that receives a request regarding a list of collateral, claims no

interest in the collateral when it receives the request, and claimed an

interest in the collateral at an earlier time shall comply with the

request within 14 days after receipt by sending to the debtor a signed

record:

(1) disclaiming any interest in the collateral; and

(2) if known to the recipient, providing the name and mailing

address of any assignee of or successor to the recipient's

interest in the collateral.

(e) Request for accounting or regarding statement of account; no

interest in obligation claimed. A person that receives a request for an

accounting or a request regarding a statement of account, claims no

interest in the obligations when it receives the request, and claimed an

interest in the obligations at an earlier time shall comply with the

request within 14 days after receipt by sending to the debtor a signed

record:

(1) disclaiming any interest in the obligations; and

(2) if known to the recipient, providing the name and mailing

address of any assignee of or successor to the recipient's

interest in the obligations.

(f) Charges for responses. A debtor is entitled without charge to one

response to a request under this section during any six-month period.

The secured party may require payment of a charge not exceeding $25 for

each additional response.

PART 3 Perfection and Priority

PART 4 Rights of Third Parties

§ 9-401 — Alienability of Debtor's Rights

Section 9--401. Alienability of Debtor's Rights.

(a) Other law governs alienability; exceptions. Except as otherwise

provided in subsection (b) and Sections 9--406, 9--407, 9--408, and

9--409, whether a debtor's rights in collateral may be voluntarily or

involuntarily transferred is governed by law other than this article.

(b) Agreement does not prevent transfer. An agreement between the

debtor and secured party which prohibits a transfer of the debtor's

rights in collateral or makes the transfer a default does not prevent

the transfer from taking effect.

§ 9-402 — Secured Party Not Obligated on Contract of Debtor or in Tort

Section 9--402. Secured Party Not Obligated on Contract of Debtor or in

Tort.

The existence of a security interest, agricultural lien, or authority

given to a debtor to dispose of or use collateral, without more, does

not subject a secured party to liability in contract or tort for the

debtor's acts or omissions.

§ 9-403 — Agreement Not to Assert Defenses Against Assignee

Section 9--403. Agreement Not to Assert Defenses Against Assignee.

(a) "Value." In this section, "value" has the meaning provided in

Section 3--303. In this section the meaning of "obligor" is not limited

to the meaning given it in Section 9--102(a)(59). In this section the

term "person entitled to enforce the instrument" means (i) the holder of

the instrument, (ii) a nonholder in possession of the instrument who has

the rights of a holder, or (iii) a person not in possession of the

instrument who is entitled to enforce the instrument pursuant to Article

3 of this chapter. A person may be a person entitled to enforce the

instrument even though the person is not the owner of the instrument or

is in wrongful possession of the instrument.

(b) Agreement not to assert claim or defense. Except as otherwise

provided in this section, an agreement between an account debtor and an

assignor not to assert against an assignee any claim or defense that the

account debtor may have against the assignor is enforceable by an

assignee that takes an assignment:

(1) for value;

(2) in good faith;

(3) without notice of a claim of a property or possessory right

to the property assigned; and

(4) without notice of:

(A) a defense of the obligor based on (i) infancy of the

obligor to the extent it is a defense to a simple

contract, (ii) duress, lack of legal capacity, or

illegality of the transaction which, under other law,

nullifies the obligation of the obligor, (iii) fraud that

induced the obligor to sign the instrument with neither

knowledge nor reasonable opportunity to learn of its

character or its essential terms, or (iv) discharge of

the obligor in solving proceedings;

(B) a defense of the obligor stated anywhere in Article 3 of

this chapter or a defense of the obligor that would be

available if the person entitled to enforce the

instrument were enforcing a right to payment under a

simple contract; and

(C) a claim in recoupment of the obligor against the assignor

if the claim arose from the transaction that gave rise to

the assigned obligation, but the claim of the obligor may

be asserted against an assignee only to reduce the amount

owing on the assigned obligation at the time the action

is brought.

(c) When subsection (b) not applicable. An assignee takes subject to

the defenses listed in paragraph (b)(4)(A), but is not subject to

defenses of the obligor stated in paragraph (b)(4)(B) or claims in

recoupment stated in paragraph (b)(4)(C) against a person other than the

enforcing assignee.

(d) Omission of required statement in consumer transaction. In a

consumer transaction, if a record evidences the account debtor's

obligation, law other than this article requires that the record include

a statement to the effect that the rights of an assignee are subject to

claims or defenses that the account debtor could assert against the

original obligee, and the record does not include such a statement:

(1) the record has the same effect as if the record included such

a statement; and

(2) the account debtor may assert against an assignee those

claims and defenses that would have been available if the

record included such a statement.

(e) Rule for individual under other law. This section is subject to

law other than this article which establishes a different rule for an

account debtor who is an individual and who incurred the obligation

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

(f) Other law not displaced. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (d), this section does not displace law other than this

article which gives effect to an agreement by an account debtor not to

assert a claim or defense against an assignee.

§ 9-404 — Rights Acquired by Assignee; Claims and Defenses Against Assignee

Section 9--404. Rights Acquired by Assignee; Claims and Defenses Against

Assignee.

(a) Assignee's rights subject to terms, claims, and defenses;

exceptions. Unless an account debtor has made an enforceable agreement

not to assert defenses or claims, and subject to subsections (b) through

(e), the rights of an assignee are subject to:

(1) all terms of the agreement between the account debtor and

assignor and any defense or claim in recoupment arising from

the transaction that gave rise to the contract; and

(2) any other defense or claim of the account debtor against the

assignor which accrues before the account debtor receives a

notification of the assignment signed by the assignor or the

assignee.

(b) Account debtor's claim reduces amount owed to assignee. Subject to

subsection (c) and except as otherwise provided in subsection (d), the

claim of an account debtor against an assignor may be asserted against

an assignee under subsection (a) only to reduce the amount the account

debtor owes.

(c) Rule for individual under other law. This section is subject to

law other than this article which establishes a different rule for an

account debtor who is an individual and who incurred the obligation

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

(d) Omission of required statement in consumer transaction. In a

consumer transaction, if a record evidences the account debtor's

obligation, law other than this article requires that the record include

a statement to the effect that the account debtor's recovery against an

assignee with respect to claims and defenses against the assignor may

not exceed amounts paid by the account debtor under the record, and the

record does not include such a statement, the extent to which a claim of

an account debtor against the assignor may be asserted against an

assignee is determined as if the record included such a statement.

(e) Inapplicability to health-care-insurance receivable. This section

does not apply to an assignment of a health-care-insurance receivable.

§ 9-405 — Modification of Assigned Contract

Section 9--405. Modification of Assigned Contract.

(a) Effect of modification on assignee. A modification of or

substitution for an assigned contract is effective against an assignee

if made in good faith. The assignee acquires corresponding rights under

the modified or substituted contract. The assignment may provide that

the modification or substitution is a breach of contract by the

assignor. This subsection is subject to subsections (b) through (d).

(b) Applicability of subsection (a). Subsection (a) applies to the

extent that:

(1) the right to payment or a part thereof under an assigned

contract has not been fully earned by performance; or

(2) the right to payment or a part thereof has been fully earned

by performance and the account debtor has not received

notification of the assignment under Section 9--406(a).

(c) Rule for individual under other law. This section is subject to

law other than this article which establishes a different rule for an

account debtor who is an individual and who incurred the obligation

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

(d) Inapplicability to health-care-insurance receivable. This section

does not apply to an assignment of a health-care-insurance receivable.

§ 9-406 — Discharge of Account Debtor; Notification of Assignment; Identification and Proof of Assignment; Restrictions on Assignment of Accounts, ...

Section 9--406. Discharge of Account Debtor; Notification of Assignment;

Identification and Proof of Assignment; Restrictions

on Assignment of Accounts, Chattel Paper, Payment

Intangibles, and Promissory Notes Ineffective.

(a) Discharge of account debtor; effect of notification. Subject to

subsections (b) through (i), an account debtor on an account, chattel

paper, or a payment intangible may discharge its obligation by paying

the assignor until, but not after, the account debtor receives a

notification, signed by the assignor or the assignee, that the amount

due or to become due has been assigned and that payment is to be made to

the assignee. After receipt of the notification, the account debtor may

discharge its obligation by paying the assignee and may not discharge

the obligation by paying the assignor.

(b) When notification ineffective. Subject to subsections (g) and (i),

notification is ineffective under subsection (a):

(1) if it does not reasonably identify the rights assigned;

(2) to the extent that an agreement between an account debtor and

a seller of a payment intangible limits the account debtor's

duty to pay a person other than the seller and the limitation

is effective under law other than this article; or

(3) at the option of an account debtor, if the notification

notifies the account debtor to make less than the full amount

of any installment or other periodic payment to the assignee,

even if:

(A) only a portion of the account, chattel paper, or payment

intangible has been assigned to that assignee;

(B) a portion has been assigned to another assignee; or

(C) the account debtor knows that the assignment to that

assignee is limited.

(c) Proof of assignment. Subject to subsections (g) and (i), if

requested by the account debtor, an assignee shall seasonably furnish

reasonable proof that the assignment has been made. Unless the assignee

complies, the account debtor may discharge its obligation by paying the

assignor, even if the account debtor has received a notification under

subsection (a).

(d) Term restricting assignment generally ineffective. For purposes of

this subsection, "promissory note" includes a negotiable instrument that

evidences chattel paper. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (e)

and Sections 2-A-303 and 9--407, and subject to subsection (g), a term

in an agreement between an account debtor and an assignor or in a

promissory note is ineffective to the extent that it:

(1) prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of the account

debtor or person obligated on the promissory note to the

assignment or transfer of, or the creation, attachment,

perfection, or enforcement of a security interest in, the

account, chattel paper, payment intangible, or promissory

note; or

(2) provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation,

attachment, perfection, or enforcement of the security

interest may give rise to a default, breach, right of

recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of

termination, or remedy under the account, chattel paper,

payment intangible, or promissory note.

(e) Inapplicability of subsection (d) to certain sales. Subsection (d)

does not apply to the sale of a payment intangible or promissory note.

(f) Subsection (b)(3) not waivable. Subject to subsections (g) and

(i), an account debtor may not waive or vary its option under subsection

(b)(3).

(g) Rule for individual under other law. This section is subject to a

rule of law, statute, rule or regulation other than this article which

establishes a different rule for an account debtor who is an individual

and who incurred the obligation primarily for personal, family, or

household purposes.

(h) Inapplicability. This section does not apply to:

(1) an assignment of a health care insurance receivable to the

extent such assignment conflicts with other law or the

parties have otherwise agreed in writing that such receivable

is non-assignable,

(2) a claim or right to receive compensation for injuries or

sickness as described in 26 U.S.C. § 104(a)(1) and (2), as

amended from time to time, or

(3) a claim or right to receive benefits under a special needs

trust as described in 42 U.S.C. § 1396p (d)(4), as amended

from time to time.

(i) Inapplicability of certain subsections. Subsections (a), (b), (c)

and (f) do not apply to a controllable account or controllable payment

intangible.

§ 9-407 — Restrictions on Creation or Enforcement of Security Interest in Leasehold Interest or in Lessor's Residual Interest

Section 9--407. Restrictions on Creation or Enforcement of Security

Interest in Leasehold Interest or in Lessor's Residual

Interest.

(a) Term restricting assignment generally ineffective. Except as

otherwise provided in subsection (b), a term in a lease agreement is

ineffective to the extent that it:

(1) prohibits, restricts, or requires the consent of a party to

the lease to the assignment or transfer of, or the creation,

attachment, perfection, or enforcement of a security interest

in, an interest of a party under the lease contract or in the

lessor's residual interest in the goods; or

(2) provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation,

attachment, perfection, or enforcement of the security

interest may give rise to a default, breach, right of

recoupment, claim, defense, termination, right of

termination, or remedy under the lease.

(b) Effectiveness of certain terms. Except as otherwise provided in

Section 2-A-303(7), a term described in subsection (a)(2) is effective

to the extent that there is:

(1) a transfer by the lessee of the lessee's right of possession

or use of the goods in violation of the term; or

(2) a delegation of a material performance of either party to the

lease contract in violation of the term.

(c) Security interest not material impairment. The creation,

attachment, perfection, or enforcement of a security interest in the

lessor's interest under the lease contract or the lessor's residual

interest in the goods is not a transfer that materially impairs the

lessee's prospect of obtaining return performance or materially changes

the duty of or materially increases the burden or risk imposed on the

lessee within the purview of Section 2-A-303(4) unless, and then only to

the extent that, enforcement actually results in a delegation of

material performance of the lessor.

§ 9-408 — Restrictions on Assignment of Promissory Notes, Health-care-insurance Receivables, and Certain General Intangibles Ineffective

Section 9--408. Restrictions on Assignment of Promissory Notes,

Health-care-insurance Receivables, and Certain General

Intangibles Ineffective.

(a) Term restricting assignment generally ineffective. Except as

otherwise provided in subsection (b), a term in a promissory note or in

an agreement between an account debtor and a debtor which relates to a

health-care-insurance receivable or a general intangible, including a

contract, permit, license, or franchise, and which term prohibits,

restricts, or requires the consent of the person obligated on the

promissory note or the account debtor to, the assignment or transfer of,

or creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest in, the

promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general

intangible, is ineffective to the extent that the term:

(1) would impair the creation, attachment, or perfection of a

security interest; or

(2) provides that the assignment or transfer or the creation,

attachment, or perfection of the security interest may give

rise to a default, breach, right of recoupment, claim,

defense, termination, right of termination, or remedy under

the promissory note, health-care-insurance receivable, or

general intangible.

(b) Applicability of subsection (a) to sales of certain rights to

payment. Subsection (a) applies to a security interest in a payment

intangible or promissory note only if the security interest arises out

of a sale of the payment intangible or promissory note.

(c) Limitation on ineffectiveness under subsection (a). To the extent

that a term in a promissory note or in an agreement between an account

debtor and a debtor which relates to a health-care-insurance receivable

or general intangible would be effective under law other than this

article but is ineffective under subsection (a), the creation,

attachment, or perfection of a security interest in the promissory note,

health-care-insurance receivable, or general intangible:

(1) is not enforceable against the person obligated on the

promissory note or the account debtor;

(2) does not impose a duty or obligation on the person obligated

on the promissory note or the account debtor;

(3) does not require the person obligated on the promissory note

or the account debtor to recognize the security interest, pay

or render performance to the secured party, or accept payment

or performance from the secured party;

(4) does not entitle the secured party to use or assign the

debtor's rights under the promissory note,

health-care-insurance receivable, or general intangible,

including any related information or materials furnished to

the debtor in the transaction giving rise to the promissory

note, health-care-insurance receivable, or general

intangible;

(5) does not entitle the secured party to use, assign, possess,

or have access to any trade secrets or confidential

information of the person obligated on the promissory note or

the account debtor; and

(6) does not entitle the secured party to enforce the security

interest in the promissory note, health-care-insurance

receivable, or general intangible.

(d) Inapplicability. This section does not apply to:

(1) a claim or right to receive compensation for injuries or

sickness as described in 26 U.S.C. § 104(a)(1) and (2), as

amended from time to time, or

(2) a claim or right to receive benefits under a special needs

trust as described in 42 U.S.C. § 1396p (d)(4), as amended

from time to time.

(e) "Promissory note". In this section, "promissory note" includes a

negotiable instrument that evidences chattel paper.

§ 9-409 — Restrictions on Assignment of Letter-of-credit Rights Ineffective

Section 9--409. Restrictions on Assignment of Letter-of-credit Rights

Ineffective.

(a) Term or law restricting assignment generally ineffective. A term

in a letter-of-credit or a rule of law, statute, regulation, custom, or

practice applicable to the letter of credit which prohibits, restricts,

or requires the consent of an applicant, issuer, or nominated person to

a beneficiary's assignment of or creation of a security interest in a

letter-of-credit right is ineffective to the extent that the term or

rule of law, statute, regulation, custom, or practice:

(1) would impair the creation, attachment, or perfection of a

security interest in the letter-of-credit right; or

(2) provides that the assignment or the creation, attachment, or

perfection of the security interest may give rise to a

default, breach, right of recoupment, claim, defense,

termination, right of termination, or remedy under the

letter-of-credit right.

(b) Limitation on ineffectiveness under subsection (a). To the extent

that a term in a letter-of-credit is ineffective under subsection (a)

but would be effective under law other than this article or a custom or

practice applicable to the letter-of-credit, to the transfer of a right

to draw or otherwise demand performance under the letter-of-credit, or

to the assignment of a right to proceeds of the letter-of-credit, the

creation, attachment, or perfection of a security interest in the

letter-of-credit right:

(1) is not enforceable against the applicant, issuer, nominated

person, or transferee beneficiary;

(2) imposes no duties or obligations on the applicant, issuer,

nominated person, or transferee beneficiary; and

(3) does not require the applicant, issuer, nominated person, or

transferee beneficiary to recognize the security interest,

pay or render performance to the secured party, or accept

payment or other performance from the secured party.

PART 5 Filing

SUBPART 1 Filing Office; Contents and Effectiveness of Financing Statement

§ 9-501 — Filing Office

Section 9--501. Filing Office.

(a) Filing offices. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b), if

the law of this state governs perfection of a security interest or

agricultural lien, the office in which to file a financing statement to

perfect the security interest or agricultural lien is:

(1) the office designated for the filing or recording of a record

of a mortgage on the related real property, if:

(A) the collateral is as-extracted collateral or timber to be

cut; or

(B) the financing statement is filed as a fixture filing and

the collateral is goods that are or are to become

fixtures; or

(C) the collateral is a cooperative interest; or

(2) the office of the secretary of state, in all other cases,

including a case in which the collateral is goods that are or

are to become fixtures and the financing statement is not

filed as a fixture filing.

(b) Filing office for transmitting utilities. The office in which to

file a financing statement to perfect a security interest in collateral,

including fixtures, of a transmitting utility is the office of the

secretary of state. The financing statement also constitutes a fixture

filing as to the collateral indicated in the financing statement which

is or is to become fixtures.

(c) The term "filing officer" or "recording officer" means the county

clerk of the county, except in the counties of Bronx, Kings, New York,

and Queens where it means the city register in the county; and the term

"filing officer" includes the secretary of state where a filing is made

in the department of state.

§ 9-502 — Contents of Financing Statement; Record of Mortgage as Financing Statement; Time of Filing Financing Statement; Contents of Cooperative A...

Section 9--502. Contents of Financing Statement; Record of Mortgage as

Financing Statement; Time of Filing Financing

Statement; Contents of Cooperative Addendum.

(a) Sufficiency of financing statement. Subject to subsection (b), a

financing statement is sufficient only if it:

(1) provides the name of the debtor;

(2) provides the name of the secured party or a representative of

the secured party;

(3) indicates the collateral covered by the financing statement;

and

(4) in the case of a cooperative interest, indicates the number

or other designation and the street address of the

cooperative unit.

(b) Real-property-related financing statements. Except as otherwise

provided in Section 9--501(b), to be sufficient, a financing statement

that covers as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, or which is

filed as a fixture filing and covers goods that are or are to become

fixtures, or, unless a cooperative addendum is filed, which covers a

cooperative interest, must satisfy subsection (a) and also:

(1) indicate that it covers this type of collateral;

(2) indicate that it is to be filed in the real property records;

(3) provide a description of the real property to which the

collateral is related, including the location of the real

estate by reference to a book and page number in a deed or

mortgage index maintained in the county clerk's office in the

county where the property is situate or by street and number

and town or city, or, if the real estate is in the city of

New York, by county, except that if the real estate is in the

city of New York or counties of Nassau or Onondaga, where the

block system of recording or registering and indexing

conveyances is in use, the statement must also specify the

block and lot number in which the real estate is situated;

and

(4) if the debtor does not have an interest of record in the real

property, provide the name of a record owner.

(c) Record of mortgage as financing statement. A record of a mortgage

is effective, from the date of recording, as a financing statement filed

as a fixture filing or as a financing statement covering as-extracted

collateral or timber to be cut only if:

(1) the record indicates the goods or accounts that it covers;

(2) the goods are or are to become fixtures related to the real

property described in the record or the collateral is related

to the real property described in the record and is

as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut;

(3) the record satisfies the requirements for a financing

statement in this section, but:

(A) the record need not indicate that it is to be filed in

the real property records; and

(B) the record sufficiently provides the name of a debtor who

is an individual if it provides the individual name of

the debtor or the surname and first personal name of the

debtor, even if the debtor is an individual to whom

Section 9--503(a)(4) applies; and

(4) the record is duly recorded.

(d) Filing before security agreement or attachment. A financing

statement may be filed before a security agreement is made or a security

interest otherwise attaches.

(e) Contents of cooperative addendum. A cooperative addendum is

sufficient only if it satisfies subsection (a) and also:

(1) if not filed simultaneously with the initial financing

statement, identifies, by its file number, the initial

financing statement to which the addendum relates;

(2) indicates the street address of the cooperative unit;

(3) indicates the county in which the cooperative unit is

located;

(4) indicates the city, town, or village in which the cooperative

unit is located;

(5) indicates the real property tax designation associated with

the real property in which the cooperative unit is located as

assigned by the local real property tax assessing authority;

and

(6) indicates the name of the cooperative organization.

§ 9-503 — Name of Debtor and Secured Party

Section 9--503. Name of Debtor and Secured Party.

(a) Sufficiency of debtor's name. A financing statement sufficiently

provides the name of the debtor:

(1) except as otherwise provided in paragraph (3), if the debtor

is a registered organization or the collateral is held in a

trust that is a registered organization, only if the

financing statement provides the name that is stated to be

the registered organization's name on the public organic

record most recently filed with or issued or enacted by the

registered organization's jurisdiction of organization which

purports to state, amend, or restate the registered

organization's name;

(2) subject to subsection (f), if the collateral is being

administered by the personal representative of a decedent,

only if the financing statement provides, as the name of the

debtor, the name of the decedent and, in a separate part of

the financing statement, indicates that the collateral is

being administered by a personal representative;

(3) if the collateral is held in a trust that is not a registered

organization, only if the financing statement:

(A) provides, as the name of the debtor:

(i) if the organic record of the trust specifies a name

for the trust, the name specified; or

(ii) if the organic record of the trust does not specify

a name for the trust, the name of the settlor or

testator; and

(B) in a separate part of the financing statement:

(i) if the name is provided in accordance with

subparagraph (A)(i), indicates that the collateral is

held in a trust; or

(ii) if the name is provided in accordance with

subparagraph (A)(ii), provides additional

information sufficient to distinguish the trust from

other trusts having one or more of the same settlors

or the same testator and indicates that the

collateral is held in a trust, unless the additional

information so indicates;

(4) subject to subsection (g), if the debtor is an individual to

whom this State has issued a driver's license or non-driver

photo identification card that has not expired, only if the

financing statement provides the name of the individual which

is indicated on the driver's license or non-driver photo

identification card;

(5) if the debtor is an individual to whom paragraph (4) does not

apply, only if the financing statement provides the

individual name of the debtor or the surname and first

personal name of the debtor; and

(6) in other cases:

(A) if the debtor has a name, only if the financing statement

provides the organizational name of the debtor; and

(B) if the debtor does not have a name, only if it provides

the names of the partners, members, associates, or other

persons comprising the debtor, in a manner that each name

provided would be sufficient if the person named were the

debtor.

(b) Additional debtor-related information. A financing statement that

provides the name of the debtor in accordance with subsection (a) is not

rendered ineffective by the absence of:

(1) a trade name or other name of the debtor; or

(2) unless required under subsection (a)(6)(B), names of

partners, members, associates, or other persons comprising

the debtor.

(c) Debtor's trade name insufficient. A financing statement that

provides only the debtor's trade name does not sufficiently provide the

name of the debtor.

(d) Representative capacity. Failure to indicate the representative

capacity of a secured party or representative of a secured party does

not affect the sufficiency of a financing statement.

(e) Multiple debtors and secured parties. A financing statement may

provide the name of more than one debtor and the name of more than one

secured party.

(f) Name of decedent. The name of the decedent indicated on the order

appointing the personal representative of the decedent issued by the

court having jurisdiction over the collateral is sufficient as the "name

of the decedent" under subsection (a)(2).

(g) Multiple driver's licenses. If this State has issued to an

individual more than one driver's license or non-driver photo

identification card of a kind described in subsection (a)(4), the one

that was issued most recently is the one to which subsection (a)(4)

refers.

(h) Definition. In this section, the "name of the settlor or testator"

means:

(1) if the settlor is a registered organization, the name that is

stated to be the settlor's name on the public organic record

most recently filed with or issued or enacted by the

settlor's jurisdiction of organization which purports to

state, amend, or restate the settlor's name; or

(2) in other cases, the name of the settlor or testator indicated

in the trust's organic record.

§ 9-504 — Indication of Collateral

Section 9--504. Indication of Collateral.

A financing statement sufficiently indicates the collateral that it

covers if the financing statement provides:

(1) a description of the collateral pursuant to Section 9--108; or

(2) an indication that the financing statement covers all assets or

all personal property.

§ 9-505 — Filing and Compliance with Other Statutes and Treaties for Consignments, Leases, Other Bailments, and Other Transactions

Section 9--505. Filing and Compliance with Other Statutes and Treaties

for Consignments, Leases, Other Bailments, and Other

Transactions.

(a) Use of terms other than "debtor" and "secured party." A consignor,

lessor, or other bailor of goods, a licensor, or a buyer of a payment

intangible or promissory note may file a financing statement, or may

comply with a statute or treaty described in Section 9--311(a), using

the terms "consignor", "consignee", "lessor", "lessee", "bailor",

"bailee", "licensor", "licensee", "owner", "registered owner", "buyer",

"seller", or words of similar import, instead of the terms "secured

party" and "debtor".

(b) Effect of financing statement under subsection (a). This part

applies to the filing of a financing statement under subsection (a) and,

as appropriate, to compliance that is equivalent to filing a financing

statement under Section 9--311(b), but the filing or compliance is not

of itself a factor in determining whether the collateral secures an

obligation. If it is determined for another reason that the collateral

secures an obligation, a security interest held by the consignor,

lessor, bailor, licensor, owner, or buyer which attaches to the

collateral is perfected by the filing or compliance.

§ 9-506 — Effect of Errors or Omissions

Section 9--506. Effect of Errors or Omissions.

(a) Minor errors and omissions. A financing statement substantially

satisfying the requirements of this part is effective, even if it has

minor errors or omissions, unless the errors or omissions make the

financing statement seriously misleading.

(b) Financing statement seriously misleading. Except as otherwise

provided in subsection (c), a financing statement that fails

sufficiently to provide the name of the debtor in accordance with

Section 9--503(a) is seriously misleading.

(c) Financing statement not seriously misleading. If a search of the

records of the filing office under the debtor's correct name, using the

filing office's standard search logic, if any, would disclose a

financing statement that fails sufficiently to provide the name of the

debtor in accordance with Section 9--503(a), the name provided does not

make the financing statement seriously misleading.

(d) "Debtor's correct name." For purposes of Section 9--508(b), the

"debtor's correct name" in subsection (c) means the correct name of the

new debtor.

§ 9-507 — Effect of Certain Events on Effectiveness of Financing Statement

Section 9--507. Effect of Certain Events on Effectiveness of Financing

Statement.

(a) Disposition. A filed financing statement remains effective with

respect to collateral that is sold, exchanged, leased, licensed, or

otherwise disposed of and in which a security interest or agricultural

lien continues, even if the secured party knows of or consents to the

disposition.

(b) Information becoming seriously misleading. Except as otherwise

provided in subsection (c) and Section 9--508, a financing statement is

not rendered ineffective if, after the financing statement is filed, the

information provided in the financing statement becomes seriously

misleading under Section 9--506.

(c) Change in debtor's name. If the name that a filed financing

statement provides for a debtor becomes insufficient as the name of the

debtor under Section 9--503(a) so that the financing statement becomes

seriously misleading under Section 9--506:

(1) the financing statement is effective to perfect a security

interest in collateral acquired by the debtor before, or

within four months after, the filed financing statement

becomes seriously misleading; and

(2) the financing statement is not effective to perfect a

security interest in collateral acquired by the debtor more

than four months after the filed financing statement becomes

seriously misleading, unless an amendment to the financing

statement which renders the financing statement not seriously

misleading is filed within four months after the financing

statement became seriously misleading.

§ 9-508 — Effectiveness of Financing Statement If New Debtor Becomes Bound by Security Agreement

Section 9--508. Effectiveness of Financing Statement If New Debtor

Becomes Bound by Security Agreement.

(a) Financing statement naming original debtor. Except as otherwise

provided in this section, a filed financing statement naming an original

debtor is effective to perfect a security interest in collateral in

which a new debtor has or acquires rights to the extent that the

financing statement would have been effective had the original debtor

acquired rights in the collateral.

(b) Financing statement becoming seriously misleading. If the

difference between the name of the original debtor and that of the new

debtor causes a filed financing statement that is effective under

subsection (a) to be seriously misleading under Section 9--506:

(1) the financing statement is effective to perfect a security

interest in collateral acquired by the new debtor before, and

within four months after, the new debtor becomes bound under

Section 9--203(d); and

(2) the financing statement is not effective to perfect a

security interest in collateral acquired by the new debtor

more than four months after the new debtor becomes bound

under Section 9--203(d) unless an initial financing statement

providing the name of the new debtor is filed before the

expiration of that time.

(c) When section not applicable. This section does not apply to

collateral as to which a filed financing statement remains effective

against the new debtor under Section 9--507(a).

§ 9-509 — Persons Entitled to File a Record

Section 9--509. Persons Entitled to File a Record.

(a) Person entitled to file record. A person may file an initial

financing statement, amendment that adds collateral covered by a

financing statement, or amendment that adds a debtor to a financing

statement only if:

(1) the debtor authorizes the filing in a signed record or

pursuant to subsection (b) or (c); or a security agreement as

authorization.

(2) the person holds an agricultural lien that has become

effective at the time of filing and the financing statement

covers only collateral in which the person holds an

agricultural lien.

(b) Security agreement as authorization. By signing or becoming bound

as debtor by a security agreement, a debtor or new debtor authorizes the

filing of an initial financing statement, and an amendment, covering:

(1) the collateral described in the security agreement; and

(2) property that becomes collateral under Section 9--315(a)(2),

whether or not the security agreement expressly covers

proceeds.

(c) Acquisition of collateral as authorization. By acquiring

collateral in which a security interest or agricultural lien continues

under Section 9--315(a)(1), a debtor authorizes the filing of an initial

financing statement, and an amendment, covering the collateral and

property that becomes collateral under Section 9--315(a)(2).

(d) Person entitled to file certain amendments. A person may file an

amendment other than an amendment that adds collateral covered by a

financing statement or an amendment that adds a debtor to a financing

statement only if:

(1) the secured party of record authorizes the filing; or

(2) the amendment is a termination statement for a financing

statement as to which the secured party of record has failed

to file or send a termination statement as required by

Section 9--513(a) or (c), the debtor authorizes the filing,

and the termination statement indicates that the debtor

authorized it to be filed.

(e) Multiple secured parties of record. If there is more than one

secured party of record for a financing statement, each secured party of

record may authorize the filing of an amendment under subsection (d).

§ 9-510 — Effectiveness of Filed Record

Section 9--510. Effectiveness of Filed Record.

(a) Filed record effective if authorized. A filed record is effective

only to the extent that it was filed by a person that may file it under

Section 9--509.

(b) Authorization by one secured party of record. A record authorized

by one secured party of record does not affect the financing statement

with respect to another secured party of record.

(c) Continuation statement not timely filed. A continuation statement

that is not filed within the six-month period prescribed by Section

9--515(d) is ineffective.

§ 9-511 — Secured Party of Record

Section 9--511. Secured Party of Record.

(a) Secured party of record. A secured party of record with respect to

a financing statement is a person whose name is provided as the name of

the secured party or a representative of the secured party in an initial

financing statement that has been filed. If an initial financing

statement is filed under Section 9--514(a), the assignee named in the

initial financing statement is the secured party of record with respect

to the financing statement.

(b) Amendment naming secured party of record. If an amendment of a

financing statement which provides the name of a person as a secured

party or a representative of a secured party is filed, the person named

in the amendment is a secured party of record. If an amendment is filed

under Section 9--514(b), the assignee named in the amendment is a

secured party of record.

(c) Amendment deleting secured party of record. A person remains a

secured party of record until the filing of an amendment of the

financing statement which deletes the person.

§ 9-512 — Amendment of Financing Statement

Section 9--512. Amendment of Financing Statement.

(a) Amendment of information in financing statement. Subject to

Section 9--509, a person may add or delete collateral covered by,

continue or terminate the effectiveness of, or, subject to subsection

(e), otherwise amend the information provided in, a financing statement

by filing an amendment that:

(1) identifies, by its file number, the initial financing

statement to which the amendment relates; and

(2) if the amendment relates to an initial financing statement

filed in a filing office described in Section 9--501(a)(1),

provides the date and time that the initial financing

statement was filed and the information specified in Section

9--502(b).

(b) Period of effectiveness not affected. Except as otherwise provided

in Section 9--515, the filing of an amendment does not extend the period

of effectiveness of the financing statement.

(c) Effectiveness of amendment adding collateral. A financing

statement that is amended by an amendment that adds collateral is

effective as to the added collateral only from the date of the filing of

the amendment.

(d) Effectiveness of amendment adding debtor. A financing statement

that is amended by an amendment that adds a debtor is effective as to

the added debtor only from the date of the filing of the amendment.

(e) Certain amendments ineffective. An amendment is ineffective to the

extent it:

(1) purports to delete all debtors and fails to provide the name

of a debtor to be covered by the financing statement; or

(2) purports to delete all secured parties of record and fails to

provide the name of a new secured party of record.

§ 9-513 — Termination Statement

Section 9--513. Termination Statement.

(a) Consumer goods. A secured party shall cause the secured party of

record for a financing statement to file a termination statement for the

financing statement if the financing statement covers consumer goods

and:

(1) there is no obligation secured by the collateral covered by

the financing statement and no commitment to make an advance,

incur an obligation, or otherwise give value; or

(2) the debtor did not authorize the filing of the initial

financing statement.

(b) Time for compliance with subsection (a). To comply with subsection

(a), a secured party shall cause the secured party of record to file the

termination statement:

(1) within one month after there is no obligation secured by the

collateral covered by the financing statement and no

commitment to make an advance, incur an obligation, or

otherwise give value; or

(2) if earlier, within 20 days after the secured party receives a

signed demand from a debtor.

(c) Other collateral. In cases not governed by subsection (a), within

20 days after a secured party receives a signed demand from a debtor,

the secured party shall cause the secured party of record for a

financing statement to send to the debtor a termination statement for

the financing statement or file the termination statement in the filing

office if:

(1) except in the case of a financing statement covering accounts

or chattel paper that has been sold or goods that are the

subject of a consignment, there is no obligation secured by

the collateral covered by the financing statement and no

commitment to make an advance, incur an obligation, or

otherwise give value;

(2) the financing statement covers accounts or chattel paper that

has been sold but as to which the account debtor or other

person obligated has discharged its obligation;

(3) the financing statement covers goods that were the subject of

a consignment to the debtor but are not in the debtor's

possession; or

(4) the debtor did not authorize the filing of the initial

financing statement.

(d) Effect of filing termination statement. Except as otherwise

provided in Section 9--510, upon the filing of a termination statement

with the filing office, the financing statement to which the termination

statement relates ceases to be effective. Except as otherwise provided

in Section 9--510, for purposes of Section 9--519(g), 9--522(a), and

9--523(c), the filing with the filing office of a termination statement

relating to a financing statement that indicates that the debtor is a

transmitting utility also causes the effectiveness of the financing

statement to lapse.

(e) Cooperative Interests.

(1) "Cooperative Interest Settlement" means the time and place at

which an owner of a cooperative interest transfers the

cooperative interest, or refinances or pays off the debt

secured by the cooperative interest.

(2) Upon an authenticated demand with sufficient notice by a

debtor, the secured party shall deliver to a cooperative

interest settlement a termination statement or partial

release and any component of the cooperative record of which

it took possession, which shall be released to the debtor

upon payment of the debt secured by the cooperative interest

and the discharge of any obligation of the secured party to

make further advances. Unless the secured party has agreed

otherwise or the cooperative interest settlement takes place

at the offices of the secured party, the secured party or its

agent shall be entitled to a reasonable fee for attendance at

the cooperative interest settlement.

(3) Upon payment of the debt secured by a cooperative interest

other than at a cooperative interest settlement and the

discharge of any obligation of the secured party to make

further advances, the secured party shall arrange for a

termination statement or partial release to be filed within

one month of receipt of the payment or discharge of the

obligation to make further advances, whichever is later, and

shall send to the debtor any component of the cooperative

record of which it took possession.

§ 9-514 — Assignment of Powers of Secured Party of Record

Section 9--514. Assignment of Powers of Secured Party of Record.

(a) Assignment reflected on initial financing statement. Except as

otherwise provided in subsection (c), an initial financing statement may

reflect an assignment of all of the secured party's power to authorize

an amendment to the financing statement by providing the name and

mailing address of the assignee as the name and address of the secured

party.

(b) Assignment of filed financing statement. Except as otherwise

provided in subsection (c), a secured party of record may assign of

record all or part of its power to authorize an amendment to a financing

statement by filing in the filing office an amendment of the financing

statement which:

(1) identifies, by its file number, the initial financing

statement to which it relates;

(2) provides the name of the assignor; and

(3) provides the name and mailing address of the assignee.

(c) Assignment of record of mortgage. An assignment of record of a

security interest in a fixture covered by a record of a mortgage which

is effective as a financing statement filed as a fixture filing under

Section 9--502(c) may be made only by an assignment of record of the

mortgage in the manner provided by law of this state other than this

chapter.

§ 9-515 — Duration and Effectiveness of Financing Statement; Effect of Lapsed Financing Statement

Section 9--515. Duration and Effectiveness of Financing Statement;

Effect of Lapsed Financing Statement.

(a) Five-year effectiveness. Except as otherwise provided in

subsections (b), (e), (f), (g), and (h), a filed financing statement is

effective for a period of five years after the date of filing.

(b) Public-financed or manufactured-home transaction. Except as

otherwise provided in subsections (e), (f), (g), and (h), an initial

financing statement filed in connection with a public-financed

transaction or manufactured-home transaction is effective for a period

of 30 years after the date of filing if it indicates that it is filed in

connection with a public-financed transaction or manufactured-home

transaction.

(c) Lapse and continuation of financing statement. The effectiveness

of a filed financing statement lapses on the expiration of the period of

its effectiveness unless before the lapse a continuation statement is

filed pursuant to subsection (d). Upon lapse, a financing statement

ceases to be effective and any security interest or agricultural lien

that was perfected by the financing statement becomes unperfected,

unless the security interest is perfected otherwise. If the security

interest or agricultural lien becomes unperfected upon lapse, it is

deemed never to have been perfected as against a purchaser of the

collateral for value.

(d) When continuation statement may be filed. A continuation statement

may be filed only within six months before the expiration of the

five-year period specified in subsection (a) or the thirty-year period

specified in subsection (b) or the fifty-year period specified in

subsection (h), whichever is applicable.

(e) Effect of filing continuation statement. Except as otherwise

provided in Section 9--510, upon timely filing of a continuation

statement, the effectiveness of the initial financing statement

continues for a period of five years commencing on the day on which the

financing statement would have become ineffective in the absence of the

filing. Upon the expiration of the five-year period, the financing

statement lapses in the same manner as provided in subsection (c),

unless, before the lapse, another continuation statement is filed

pursuant to subsection (d). Succeeding continuation statements may be

filed in the same manner to continue the effectiveness of the initial

financing statement.

(f) Transmitting utility financing statement. If a debtor is a

transmitting utility and a filed initial financing statement so

indicates, the financing statement is effective until a termination

statement is filed.

(g) Record of mortgage as financing statement. A record of a mortgage

that is effective as a financing statement filed as a fixture filing

under Section 9--502(c) remains effective as a financing statement filed

as a fixture filing until the mortgage is released or satisfied of

record or its effectiveness otherwise terminates as to the real

property.

(h) Cooperative interest transaction. An initial financing statement

covering a cooperative interest is effective for a period of 50 years

after the date of the filing of the initial financing statement if a

cooperative addendum is filed simultaneously with the initial financing

statement or is filed before the financing statement lapses.

§ 9-516 — What Constitutes Filing; Effectiveness of Filing

Section 9--516. What Constitutes Filing; Effectiveness of Filing.

(a) What constitutes filing. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (b), communication of a record to a filing office and tender

of the filing fee or acceptance of the record by the filing office

constitutes filing.

(b) Refusal to accept record; filing does not occur. Filing does not

occur with respect to a record that a filing office refuses to accept

because:

(1) the record is not communicated by a method or medium of

communication authorized by the filing office;

(2) an amount equal to or greater than the applicable filing fee

is not tendered;

(3) the filing office is unable to index the record because:

(A) in the case of an initial financing statement, the record

does not provide a name for the debtor;

(B) in the case of an amendment or correction statement, the

record:

(i) does not identify the initial financing statement as

required by Section 9--512 or 9--518, as applicable;

or

(ii) identifies an initial financing statement whose

effectiveness has lapsed under Section 9--515;

(C) in the case of an initial financing statement that

provides the name of a debtor identified as an individual

or an amendment that provides a name of a debtor

identified as an individual which was not previously

provided in the financing statement to which the record

relates, the record does not identify the debtor's last

name; or

(D) in the case of a record filed in the filing office

described in Section 9--501 (a) (1), the record does not

provide a sufficient description of the real property to

which it relates;

(4) in the case of an initial financing statement or an amendment

that adds a secured party of record, the record does not

provide a name and mailing address for the secured party of

record;

(5) in the case of an initial financing statement or an amendment

that provides a name of a debtor which was not previously

provided in the financing statement to which the amendment

relates, the record does not:

(A) provide a mailing address for the debtor; or

(B) indicate whether the debtor is an individual or an

organization;

(C) if the financing statement indicates that the debtor is

an organization, provide:

(i) a type of organization for the debtor, or

(ii) a jurisdiction of organization for the debtor; or

(6) in the case of an assignment reflected in an initial

financing statement under Section 9--514(a) or an amendment

filed under Section 9--514(b), the record does not provide a

name and mailing address for the assignee; or

(7) in the case of a continuation statement, the record is not

filed within the six-month period prescribed by Section

9--515(d).

(c) Rules applicable to subsection (b). For purposes of subsection

(b):

(1) a record does not provide information if the filing office is

unable to read or decipher the information; and

(2) a record that does not indicate that it is an amendment or

identify an initial financing statement to which it relates,

as required by Section 9--512, 9--514, or 9--518, is an

initial financing statement.

(d) Refusal to accept record; record effective as filed record. A

record that is communicated to the filing office with tender of the

filing fee, but which the filing office refuses to accept for a reason

other than one set forth in subsection (b), is effective as a filed

record except as against a purchaser of the collateral which gives value

in reasonable reliance upon the absence of the record from the files.

(e) Special rule for cooperative interests; record effective as

notice. A filing that includes a cooperative addendum covering a

cooperative interest constitutes notice of the existence of the security

interest in the cooperative interest as of the date of the filing of the

cooperative addendum, except as against a purchaser of the collateral

which gives value in reasonable reliance upon the absence of the record

from the files.

§ 9-517 — Effect of Indexing Errors

Section 9--517. Effect of Indexing Errors.

The failure of the filing office to index a record correctly does not

affect the effectiveness of the filed record.

§ 9-518 — Claim Concerning Inaccurate or Wrongfully Filed Record

Section 9--518. Claim Concerning Inaccurate or Wrongfully Filed Record.

(a) Correction statement. A person may file in the filing office a

correction statement with respect to a record indexed there under the

person's name if the person believes that the record is inaccurate or

was wrongfully filed.

(b) Sufficiency of correction statement. A correction statement must:

(1) identify the record to which it relates by:

(A) the file number assigned to the initial financing

statement to which the record relates; and

(B) if the correction statement relates to a record filed in

a filing office described in Section 9--501(a)(1), the

date and time that the initial financing statement was

filed and the information specified in Section 9--502(b);

(2) indicate that it is a correction statement; and

(3) provide the basis for the person's belief that the record is

inaccurate and indicate the manner in which the person

believes the record should be amended to cure any inaccuracy

or provide the basis for the person's belief that the record

was wrongfully filed.

(c) Record not affected by correction statement. The filing of a

correction statement does not affect the effectiveness of an initial

financing statement or other filed record.

(d) Special proceeding to redact or expunge a falsely filed or amended

financing statement. (1) Provided he or she is an employee of the state

or a political subdivision thereof, a person identified as a debtor in a

financing statement filed pursuant to this subpart may bring a special

proceeding against the named filer of such statement or any amendment

thereof to invalidate the filing or amendment thereof where such

statement was falsely filed or amended; except that an attorney who is

not an employee of the state or a political subdivision thereof may also

bring a special proceeding hereunder where he or she represents or has

represented the respondent therein in a criminal court. Such special

proceeding shall be governed by article four of the civil practice law

and rules, and shall be commenced in the supreme court of Albany county,

the county of the petitioner's residence or a county within the judicial

district in which any property covered by the financing statement is

located. No fee pursuant to article eighty of the civil practice law and

rules shall be collected in such special proceeding.

(2) The petition in a special proceeding hereunder shall plead that:

(A) the financing statement filed or amended by the respondent

pursuant to section 9--509 was falsely filed or amended to retaliate

for: (i) the performance of the petitioner's official duties in his or

her capacity as an employee of the state or a political subdivision

thereof, or (ii) in the case of a special proceeding brought by an

attorney who is not an employee of the state or a political subdivision

thereof, to retaliate for the performance of the petitioner's duties in

his or her capacity as an attorney for the respondent in a criminal

court; and

(B) such financing statement does not relate to an interest in a

consumer-goods transaction, a commercial transaction, or any other

actual transaction between the petitioner and the respondent; and

(C) the collateral covered in such financing statement is the property

of the petitioner; and

(D) prompt redaction or invalidation of the financing statement is

necessary to avert or mitigate prejudice to the petitioner.

(3) If the court makes a written finding that the allegations in

paragraph two of this subsection are established, the court shall order

the expungement of such statement or its redaction in the public records

in the office in which the financing statement is filed, as appropriate,

and may grant any additional relief authorized by section 9--625. In

such case, the court shall cause a copy of its order to be filed with

the secretary of state or other appropriate filing office pursuant to

this chapter. Upon a finding that the respondent has engaged in a

repeated pattern of false filings as found under this subsection, the

court also may enjoin the respondent from filing or amending any further

financing statement pursuant to this article without leave of the court.

If the respondent is incarcerated at the time the court issues an order

containing such an injunction, the court shall cause the head of the

correctional facility in which the respondent is incarcerated to receive

a copy of such determination. The head of such a facility shall cause a

copy of such order to be provided to the respondent. In any instances of

the issuance of such an injunction where the respondent has defaulted,

the court shall direct service of such injunction upon the respondent.

SUBPART 2 Duties and Operation of Filing Office

§ 9-519 — Numbering, Maintaining, and Indexing Records; Communicating Information Provided in Records

Section 9--519. Numbering, Maintaining, and Indexing Records;

Communicating Information Provided in Records.

(a) Filing office duties. For each record filed in a filing office,

the filing office shall:

(1) assign a unique number to the filed record;

(2) create a record that bears the number assigned to the filed

record and the date and time of filing;

(3) maintain the filed record for public inspection; and

(4) index the filed record in accordance with subsections (c),

(d), and (e).

(b) File number. A file number must include a digit that:

(1) is mathematically derived from or related to the other digits

of the file number; and

(2) aids the filing office in determining whether a number

communicated as the file number includes a single-digit or

transpositional error.

(c) Indexing: general. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (d)

and (e), the filing office shall:

(1) index an initial financing statement according to the name of

the debtor and index all filed records relating to the

initial financing statement in a manner that associates with

one another an initial financing statement and all filed

records relating to the initial financing statement; and

(2) index a record that provides a name of a debtor which was not

previously provided in the financing statement to which the

record relates also according to the name that was not

previously provided.

(d) Indexing: real-property-related financing statement. If a

financing statement is filed as a fixture filing or covers as-extracted

collateral, or timber to be cut, or a cooperative interest, the filing

office shall index it:

(1) under the names of the debtor and of each owner of record

shown on the financing statement as if they were the

mortgagors under a mortgage of the real property described;

and

(2) to the extent that the law of this state provides for

indexing of records of mortgages under the name of the

mortgagee, under the name of the secured party as if the

secured party were the mortgagee thereunder, and;

(3) if the real estate is in the City of New York or in Nassau,

Onondaga, or any other county where the block system of

recording or registering and indexing conveyances is in use,

according to the block in which the real estate is situated;

the filing officer may index such statements according to the

names of the record owners of the real estate in a single

consolidated index installed and maintained by him pursuant

to section five hundred twenty-nine of the county law.

(e) Indexing: real-property-related assignment. If a financing

statement is filed as a fixture filing or covers as-extracted

collateral, timber to be cut or a cooperative interest, the filing

office shall index an assignment filed under Section 9--514(a) or an

amendment filed under Section 9--514(b):

(1) under the name of the assignor as grantor; and

(2) to the extent that the law of this state provides for

indexing a record of the assignment of a mortgage under the

name of the assignee, under the name of the assignee; and

(3) if the real estate is in the City of New York or in Nassau,

Onondaga, or any other county where the block system of

recording or registering and indexing conveyances is in use,

according to the block in which the real estate is situated;

the filing officer may index such assignments according to

the names of the record owners of the real estate in a single

consolidated index installed and maintained by him pursuant

to section five hundred twenty-nine of the county law.

(f) Retrieval and association capability. The filing office shall

maintain a capability:

(1) to retrieve a record by the name of the debtor and:

(A) if the filing office is described in Section

9--501(a)(1), by the file number assigned to the initial

financing statement to which the record relates and the

date and time that the record was filed or recorded; or

(B) if the filing office is described in Section

9--501(a)(2), by the file number assigned to the initial

financing statement to which the record relates; and

(2) to associate and retrieve with one another an initial

financing statement and each filed record relating to the

initial financing statement; and

(3) if the real estate is in the City of New York or in Nassau,

Onondaga, or any other county where the block system of

recording or registering and indexing conveyances is in use,

to retrieve a record according to the block in which the real

estate is situated.

(g) Removal of debtor's name. The filing office may not remove a

debtor's name from the index until one year after the effectiveness of a

financing statement naming the debtor lapses under Section 9--515 with

respect to all secured parties of record.

(h) Timeliness of filing office performance. The filing office shall

perform the acts required by subsections (a) through (e) at the time and

in the manner prescribed by filing-office rule, but not later than two

business days after the filing office receives the record in question.

(i) Inapplicability to real-property-related filing office.

Subsections (b) and (h) do not apply to a filing office described in

Section 9--501(a)(1).

§ 9-520 — Acceptance and Refusal to Accept Record

Section 9--520. Acceptance and Refusal to Accept Record.

(a) Mandatory refusal to accept record. A filing office shall refuse

to accept a record for filing for a reason set forth in Section

9--516(b) and may refuse to accept a record for filing only for a reason

set forth in Section 9--516(b).

(b) Communication concerning refusal. If a filing office refuses to

accept a record for filing, it shall communicate to the person that

presented the record the fact of and reason for the refusal and the date

and time the record would have been filed had the filing office accepted

it. The communication must be made at the time and in the manner

prescribed by filing-office rule but, in the case of a filing office

described in Section 9--501(a)(2), in no event more than two business

days after the filing office receives the record.

(c) When filed financing statement effective. A filed financing

statement satisfying Section 9--502(a) and (b) is effective, even if the

filing office is required to refuse to accept it for filing under

subsection (a). However, Section 9--338 applies to a filed financing

statement providing information described in Section 9--516(b)(5) which

is incorrect at the time the financing statement is filed.

§ 9-521 — Uniform Form of Written Financing Statement; Amendment; and Cooperative Addendum

Section 9--521. Uniform Form of Written Financing Statement; Amendment;

and Cooperative Addendum.

(a) Initial financing statement form. A filing office that accepts

written records may not refuse to accept a written initial financing

statement in the form promulgated by the department of state except for

a reason as set forth in Section 9--516(b).

(b) Amendment form. A filing office that accepts written records may

not refuse to accept a written financing statement amendment in the form

promulgated by the department of state except for a reason as set forth

in Section 9--516 (b).

(c) Cooperative addendum form. A filing office that accepts written

records may not refuse to accept a written cooperative addendum in the

form promulgated by the department of state except for a reason as set

forth in Section 9--516 (b).

§ 9-522 — Maintenance and Destruction of Records

Section 9--522. Maintenance and Destruction of Records.

(a) Post-lapse maintenance and retrieval of information. The filing

office shall maintain a record of the information provided in a filed

financing statement for at least one year after the effectiveness of the

financing statement has lapsed under Section 9--515 with respect to all

secured parties of record. The record must be retrievable by using the

name of the debtor and:

(1) if the record was filed in the filing office described in

Section 9--501(a)(1), by using:

(A) the file number assigned to the initial financing

statement to which the record relates and the date and

time that the record was filed; and

(B) in the case of collateral which is a cooperative

interest, the real property tax designation associated

with the real property in which the cooperative unit is

located as assigned by the local real property tax

assessing authority; or

(2) if the record was filed in the filing office described in

Section 9--501(a)(2), by using the file number assigned to

the initial financing statement to which the record relates.

(b) Destruction of written records. Except to the extent that a

statute governing disposition of public records provides otherwise, the

filing office immediately may destroy any written record evidencing a

financing statement. However, if the filing office destroys a written

record, it shall maintain another record of the financing statement

which complies with subsection (a).

§ 9-523 — Information from Filing Office; Sale or License of Records

Section 9--523. Information from Filing Office; Sale or License of

Records.

(a) Acknowledgment of filing written record. If a person that files a

written record requests an acknowledgment of the filing, the filing

office shall send to the person an image of the record showing the

number assigned to the record pursuant to Section 9--519(a)(1) and the

date and time of the filing of the record. However, if the person

furnishes a copy of the record to the filing office, the filing office

may instead:

(1) note upon the copy the number assigned to the record pursuant

to Section 9--519 (a) (1) and the date and time of the filing

of the record; and

(2) send the copy to the person.

(b) Acknowledgment of filing other record. If a person files a record

other than a written record, the filing office shall communicate to the

person an acknowledgment that provides:

(1) the information in the record;

(2) the number assigned to the record pursuant to Section

9--519(a)(1); and

(3) the date and time of the filing of the record.

(c) Communication of requested information. The filing office shall

communicate or otherwise make available in a record the following

information to any person that requests it:

(1) whether there is on file on a date and time specified by the

filing office, but not a date earlier than three business

days before the filing office receives the request, any

financing statement that:

(A) designates a particular debtor or, if the request so

states, designates a particular debtor at the address

specified in the request;

(B) has not lapsed under Section 9--515 with respect to all

secured parties of record; and

(C) if the request so states, has lapsed under Section 9--515

and a record of which is maintained by the filing office

under Section 9--522(a);

(D) is filed in the filing office described in Section

9--501(a)(1), if the request indicates the real property

tax designation associated with the real property as

assigned by the local real property tax assessing

authority.

(2) the date and time of filing of each financing statement,

(3) the information provided in each financing statement,

(4) whether there is on file any notice of federal tax lien, or a

certificate or notice affecting such lien, on the date and

time specified in such record naming a particular debtor; and

(5) the date and time of filing of each such notice or

certificate of or affecting a federal tax lien.

(d) Medium for communicating information. In complying with its duty

under subsection (c), the filing office may communicate information in

any medium. However, if requested, the filing office shall communicate

information by issuing its written certificate.

(e) Timeliness of filing office performance. The filing office, except

by a filing office described in Section 9--501 (a) (1), shall perform

the acts required by subsections (a) through (d) at the time and in the

manner prescribed by filing-office rule, but not later than two business

days after the filing office receives the request.

(f) Public availability of records. At least weekly, the secretary of

state shall offer to sell or license to the public on a nonexclusive

basis, in bulk, copies of all records filed in it under this part, in

every medium from time to time available to the filing office.

§ 9-524 — Delay by Filing Office

Section 9--524. Delay by Filing Office.

Delay by the filing office beyond a time limit prescribed by this part

is excused if:

(a) the delay is caused by interruption of communication or computer

facilities, war, emergency conditions, failure of equipment, or other

circumstances beyond control of the filing office; and

(b) the filing office exercises reasonable diligence under the

circumstances.

§ 9-525 — Fees

Section 9--525. Fees.

Fees for filing and services under this chapter shall be determined in

accordance with section ninety-six-a of the executive law.

§ 9-526 — Filing-office Rules

Section 9--526. Filing-office Rules.

(a) Adoption of filing-office rules. The secretary of state shall

adopt and publish rules to implement this article. The filing-office

rules must be consistent with this article.

(b) Harmonization of rules. To keep the filing-office rules and

practices of the filing office in harmony with the rules and practices

of filing offices in other jurisdictions that enact substantially this

part, and to keep the technology used by the filing office compatible

with the technology used by filing offices in other jurisdictions that

enact substantially this part, the secretary of state, so far as is

consistent with the purposes, policies, and provisions of this article,

in adopting, amending, and repealing filing-office rules, shall:

(1) consult with filing offices in other jurisdictions that enact

substantially this part; and

(2) consult the most recent version of the Model Rules

promulgated by the International Association of Corporate

Administrators or any successor organization; and

(3) take into consideration the rules and practices of, and the

technology used by, filing offices in other jurisdictions

that enact substantially this part.

§ 9-527 — Duty to Report

Section 9--527. Duty to Report.

The secretary of state shall report to the governor, the temporary

president of the senate and the speaker of the assembly on the first day

of July, two thousand two, on the first day of July, two thousand three

and biennially on the first day of July thereafter, on the operation of

the filing office. In addition to a statement on the operation of the

filing office, the report shall contain a statement of the extent to

which:

(a) the filing office rules are not in harmony with the rules of the

filing offices in other jurisdictions that enact substantially this part

and the reasons for such variation; and

(b) the filing office rules are not in harmony with the most recent

version of the Model Rules promulgated by the International Association

of Corporate Administrators, or any successor organization, and the

reasons for these variations.

PART 6 Default

SUBPART 1 Default and Enforcement of Security Interest

§ 9-601 — Rights after Default; Judicial Enforcement; Consignor or Buyer of Accounts, Chattel Paper, Payment Intangibles, or Promissory Notes

Section 9--601. Rights after Default; Judicial Enforcement; Consignor or

Buyer of Accounts, Chattel Paper, Payment Intangibles,

or Promissory Notes.

(a) Rights of secured party after default. After default, a secured

party has the rights provided in this part and, except as otherwise

provided in Section 9--602, those provided by agreement of the parties.

A secured party:

(1) may reduce a claim to judgment, foreclose, or otherwise

enforce the claim, security interest, or agricultural lien by

any available judicial procedure; and

(2) if the collateral is documents, may proceed either as to the

documents or as to the goods they cover.

(b) Rights and duties of secured party in possession or control. A

secured party in possession of collateral or control of collateral under

Section 7--106, 9--104, 9--105, 9--105A, 9--106, 9--107, or 9--107A has

the rights and duties provided in Section 9--207.

(c) Rights cumulative; simultaneous exercise. The rights under

subsections (a) and (b) are cumulative and may be exercised

simultaneously.

(d) Rights of debtor and obligor. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (g) and Section 9--605, after default, a debtor and an

obligor have the rights provided in this part and by agreement of the

parties.

(e) Lien of levy after judgment. If a secured party has reduced its

claim to judgment, the lien of any levy that may be made upon the

collateral by virtue of an execution based upon the judgment relates

back to the earliest of:

(1) the date of perfection of the security interest or

agricultural lien in the collateral;

(2) the date of filing a financing statement covering the

collateral; or

(3) any date specified in a statute under which the agricultural

lien was created.

(f) Execution sale. A sale pursuant to an execution is a foreclosure

of the security interest or agricultural lien by judicial procedure

within the meaning of this section. A secured party may purchase at the

sale and thereafter hold the collateral free of any other requirements

of this article.

(g) Consignor or buyer of certain rights to payment. Except as

otherwise provided in Section 9--607(c), this part imposes no duties

upon a secured party that is a consignor or is a buyer of accounts,

chattel paper, payment intangibles, or promissory notes.

§ 9-602 — Waiver and Variance of Rights and Duties

Section 9--602. Waiver and Variance of Rights and Duties.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 9--624, to the extent that

they give rights to a debtor or obligor and impose duties on a secured

party, the debtor or obligor may not waive or vary the rules stated in

the following listed sections:

(a) Section 9--207 (b) (4) (C), which deals with use and operation of

the collateral by the secured party;

(b) Section 9--210, which deals with requests for an accounting and

requests concerning a list of collateral and statement of account;

(c) Section 9--607 (c), which deals with collection and enforcement of

collateral;

(d) Sections 9--608 (a) and 9--615 (c) to the extent that they deal

with application or payment of noncash proceeds of collection,

enforcement, or disposition;

(e) Sections 9--608 (a) and 9--615 (d) to the extent that they require

accounting for or payment of surplus proceeds of collateral;

(f) Section 9--609 to the extent that it imposes upon a secured party

that takes possession of collateral without judicial process the duty to

do so without breach of the peace;

(g) Sections 9--610 (b), 9--611, 9--613, and 9--614, which deal with

disposition of collateral;

(h) Section 9--615 (f), which deals with calculation of a deficiency

or surplus when a disposition is made to the secured party, a person

related to the secured party, or a secondary obligor;

(i) Section 9--616, which deals with explanation of the calculation of

a surplus or deficiency;

(j) Sections 9--620, 9--621, and 9--622, which deal with acceptance of

collateral in satisfaction of obligation;

(k) Section 9--623, which deals with redemption of collateral;

(l) Section 9--624, which deals with permissible waivers; and

(m) Sections 9--625 and 9--626, which deal with the secured party's

liability for failure to comply with this article.

§ 9-603 — Agreement on Standards Concerning Rights and Duties

Section 9--603. Agreement on Standards Concerning Rights and Duties.

(a) Agreed standards. The parties may determine by agreement the

standards measuring the fulfillment of the rights of a debtor or obligor

and the duties of a secured party under a rule stated in Section 9--602

if the standards are not manifestly unreasonable.

(b) Agreed standards inapplicable to breach of peace. Subsection (a)

does not apply to the duty under Section 9--609 to refrain from

breaching the peace.

§ 9-604 — Procedure If Security Agreement Covers Real Property, Fixtures, or Cooperative Interests

Section 9--604. Procedure If Security Agreement Covers Real Property,

Fixtures, or Cooperative Interests.

(a) Enforcement: personal and real property. If a security agreement

covers both personal and real property, a secured party may proceed:

(1) under this part as to the personal property without

prejudicing any rights with respect to the real property; or

(2) as to both the personal property and the real property in

accordance with the rights with respect to the real property,

in which case the other provisions of this part do not apply.

(b) Enforcement: fixtures. Subject to subsection (c), if a security

agreement covers goods that are or become fixtures, a secured party may

proceed:

(1) under this part; or

(2) in accordance with the rights with respect to real property,

in which case the other provisions of this part do not apply.

(c) Removal of fixtures. Subject to the other provisions of this part,

if a secured party holding a security interest in fixtures has priority

over all owners and encumbrancers of the real property, the secured

party, after default, may remove the collateral from the real property.

(d) Injury caused by removal. A secured party that removes collateral

shall promptly reimburse any encumbrancer or owner of the real property,

other than the debtor, for the cost of repair of any physical injury

caused by the removal. The secured party need not reimburse the

encumbrancer or owner for any diminution in value of the real property

caused by the absence of the goods removed or by any necessity of

replacing them. A person entitled to reimbursement may refuse permission

to remove until the secured party gives adequate assurance for the

performance of the obligation to reimburse.

(e) Enforcement: cooperative interests. A security interest in a

cooperative interest may be enforced only as provided in Section

9--601(a).

§ 9-605 — Unknown Debtor or Secondary Obligor

Section 9--605. Unknown Debtor or Secondary Obligor.

(a) In general: No duty owed by secured party. Except as provided in

subsection (b), a secured party does not owe a duty based on its status

as secured party:

(1) to a person that is a debtor or obligor, unless the secured party

knows:

(A) that the person is a debtor or obligor;

(B) the identity of the person; and

(C) how to communicate with the person; or

(2) to a secured party or lienholder that has filed a financing

statement against a person, unless the secured party knows:

(A) that the person is a debtor; and

(B) the identity of the person.

(b) Exception: Secured party owes duty to debtor or obligor. A secured

party owes a duty based on its status as a secured party to a person if,

at the time the secured party obtains control of collateral that is a

controllable account, controllable electronic record, or controllable

payment intangible or at the time the security interest attaches to the

collateral, whichever is later:

(1) the person is a debtor or obligor; and

(2) the secured party knows that the information in subsection

(a)(1)(A), (B), or (C) relating to the person is not provided by the

collateral, a record attached to or logically associated with the

collateral, or the system in which the collateral is recorded.

§ 9-606 — Time of Default for Agricultural Lien

Section 9--606. Time of Default for Agricultural Lien.

For purposes of this part, a default occurs in connection with an

agricultural lien at the time the secured party becomes entitled to

enforce the lien in accordance with the statute under which it was

created.

§ 9-607 — Collection and Enforcement by Secured Party

Section 9--607. Collection and Enforcement by Secured Party.

(a) Collection and enforcement generally. If so agreed, and in any

event after default, a secured party:

(1) may notify an account debtor or other person obligated on

collateral to make payment or otherwise render performance to

or for the benefit of the secured party;

(2) may take any proceeds to which the secured party is entitled

under Section 9--315;

(3) may enforce the obligations of an account debtor or other

person obligated on collateral and exercise the rights of the

debtor with respect to the obligation of the account debtor

or other person obligated on collateral to make payment or

otherwise render performance to the debtor, and with respect

to any property that secures the obligations of the account

debtor or other person obligated on the collateral;

(4) if it holds a security interest in a deposit account

perfected by control under Section 9--104 (a) (1), may apply

the balance of the deposit account to the obligation secured

by the deposit account; and

(5) if it holds a security interest in a deposit account

perfected by control under Section 9--104 (a) (2) or (3), may

instruct the bank to pay the balance of the deposit account

to or for the benefit of the secured party.

(b) Nonjudicial enforcement of mortgage. If necessary to enable a

secured party to exercise under subsection (a) (3) the right of a debtor

to enforce a mortgage nonjudicially, the secured party may record in the

office in which a record of the mortgage is recorded:

(1) a copy of the security agreement that creates or provides for

a security interest in the obligation secured by the

mortgage; and

(2) the secured party's sworn affidavit in recordable form

stating that:

(A) a default has occurred with respect to the obligation

secured by the mortgage; and

(B) the secured party is entitled to enforce the mortgage

nonjudicially.

(c) Commercially reasonable collection and enforcement. A secured

party shall proceed in a commercially reasonable manner if the secured

party:

(1) undertakes to collect from or enforce an obligation of an

account debtor or other person obligated on collateral; and

(2) is entitled to charge back uncollected collateral or

otherwise to full or limited recourse against the debtor or a

secondary obligor.

(d) Expenses of collection and enforcement. A secured party may deduct

from the collections made pursuant to subsection (c) reasonable expenses

of collection and enforcement, including reasonable attorney's fees and

legal expenses incurred by the secured party.

(e) Duties to secured party not affected. This section does not

determine whether an account debtor, bank, or other person obligated on

collateral owes a duty to a secured party.

§ 9-608 — Application of Proceeds of Collection or Enforcement; Liability for Deficiency and Right to Surplus

Section 9--608. Application of Proceeds of Collection or Enforcement;

Liability for Deficiency and Right to Surplus.

(a) Application of proceeds, surplus, and deficiency if obligation

secured. If a security interest or agricultural lien secures payment or

performance of an obligation, the following rules apply:

(1) A secured party shall apply or pay over for application the

cash proceeds of collection or enforcement under Section

9--607 in the following order to:

(A) the reasonable expenses of collection and enforcement

and, to the extent provided for by agreement and not

prohibited by law, reasonable attorney's fees and legal

expenses incurred by the secured party;

(B) the satisfaction of obligations secured by the security

interest or agricultural lien under which the collection

or enforcement is made; and

(C) the satisfaction of obligations secured by any

subordinate security interest in or other lien on the

collateral subject to the security interest or

agricultural lien under which the collection or

enforcement is made if the secured party receives a

signed demand for proceeds before distribution of the

proceeds is completed.

(2) If requested by a secured party, a holder of a subordinate

security interest or other lien shall furnish reasonable

proof of the interest or lien within a reasonable time.

Unless the holder complies, the secured party need not comply

with the holder's demand under paragraph (1)(C).

(3) A secured party need not apply or pay over for application

noncash proceeds of collection and enforcement under Section

9--607 unless the failure to do so would be commercially

unreasonable. A secured party that applies or pays over for

application noncash proceeds shall do so in a commercially

reasonable manner.

(4) A secured party shall account to and pay a debtor for any

surplus, and the obligor is liable for any deficiency.

(b) No surplus or deficiency in sales of certain rights to payment. If

the underlying transaction is a sale of accounts, chattel paper, payment

intangibles, or promissory notes, the debtor is not entitled to any

surplus, and the obligor is not liable for any deficiency.

§ 9-609 — Secured Party's Right to Take Possession after Default

Section 9--609. Secured Party's Right to Take Possession after Default.

(a) Possession; rendering equipment unusable; disposition on debtor's

premises. After default, a secured party:

(1) may take possession of the collateral; and

(2) without removal, may render equipment unusable and dispose of

collateral on a debtor's premises under Section 9--610.

(b) Judicial and nonjudicial process. A secured party may proceed

under subsection (a):

(1) pursuant to judicial process; or

(2) without judicial process, if it proceeds without breach of

the peace.

(c) Assembly of collateral. If so agreed, and in any event after

default, a secured party may require the debtor to assemble the

collateral and make it available to the secured party at a place to be

designated by the secured party which is reasonably convenient to both

parties.

§ 9-610 — Disposition of Collateral after Default

Section 9--610. Disposition of Collateral after Default.

(a) Disposition after default. After default, a secured party may

sell, lease, license, or otherwise dispose of any or all of the

collateral in its present condition or following any commercially

reasonable preparation or processing.

(b) Commercially reasonable disposition. Every aspect of a disposition

of collateral, including the method, manner, time, place, and other

terms, must be commercially reasonable. If commercially reasonable, a

secured party may dispose of collateral by public or private

proceedings, by one or more contracts, as a unit or in parcels, and at

any time and place and on any terms.

(c) Purchase by secured party. A secured party may purchase

collateral:

(1) at a public disposition; or

(2) at a private disposition only if the collateral is of a kind

that is customarily sold on a recognized market or the

subject of widely distributed standard price quotations.

(d) Warranties on disposition. A contract for sale, lease, license, or

other disposition includes the warranties relating to title, possession,

quiet enjoyment, and the like which by operation of law accompany a

voluntary disposition of property of the kind subject to the contract.

(e) Disclaimer of warranties. A secured party may disclaim or modify

warranties under subsection (d):

(1) in a manner that would be effective to disclaim or modify the

warranties in a voluntary disposition of property of the kind

subject to the contract of disposition; or

(2) by communicating to the purchaser a record evidencing the

contract for disposition and including an express disclaimer

or modification of the warranties.

(f) Record sufficient to disclaim warranties. A record is sufficient

to disclaim warranties under subsection (e) if it indicates "There is no

warranty relating to title, possession, quiet enjoyment, or the like in

this disposition" or uses words of similar import.

§ 9-611 — Notification Before Disposition of Collateral

Section 9--611. Notification Before Disposition of Collateral.

(a) "Notification date." In this section, "notification date" means

the earlier of the date on which:

(1) a secured party sends to the debtor and any secondary obligor

a signed notification of disposition; or

(2) the debtor and any secondary obligor waive the right to

notification.

(b) Notification of disposition required. Except as otherwise provided

in subsection (d), a secured party that disposes of collateral under

Section 9--610 shall send to the persons specified in subsection (c) a

reasonable signed notification of disposition.

(c) Persons to be notified. To comply with subsection (b), the secured

party shall send a signed notification of disposition to:

(1) the debtor;

(2) any secondary obligor; and

(3) if the collateral is other than consumer goods:

(A) any other person from which the secured party has

received, before the notification date, a signed

notification of a claim of an interest in the collateral;

(B) any other secured party or lienholder that, 10 days

before the notification date, held a security interest in

or other lien on the collateral perfected by the filing

of a financing statement that:

(i) identified the collateral;

(ii) was indexed under the debtor's name as of that date;

and

(iii) was filed in the office in which to file a

financing statement against the debtor covering the

collateral as of that date; and

(C) any other secured party that, 10 days before the

notification date, held a security interest in the

collateral perfected by compliance with a statute,

regulation, or treaty described in Section 9--311(a).

(d) Subsection (b) inapplicable: perishable collateral; recognized

market. Subsection (b) does not apply if the collateral is perishable or

threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold

on a recognized market.

(e) Compliance with subsection (c) (3) (B). A secured party complies

with the requirement for notification prescribed by subsection (c)

(3) (B) if:

(1) not later than twenty days or earlier than thirty days before

the notification date, the secured party requests, in a

commercially reasonable manner, information concerning

financing statements indexed under the debtor's name in the

office indicated in subsection (c) (3) (B); and

(2) before the notification date, the secured party:

(A) did not receive a response to the request for

information; or

(B) received a response to the request for information and

sent a signed notification of disposition to each secured

party or other lienholder named in that response whose

financing statement covered the collateral.

(f) Additional pre-disposition notice for cooperative interests.

(1) In addition to such other notification as may be required pursuant

to subsection (b) of this section and section 9-613 of this article, a

secured party whose collateral consists of a residential cooperative

interest used by the debtor and whose security interest in such

collateral secures an obligation incurred in connection with financing

or refinancing of the acquisition of such cooperative interest and who

proposes to dispose of such collateral after a default with respect to

such obligation, shall send to the debtor, not less than ninety days

prior to the date of the disposition of the cooperative interest, an

additional pre-disposition notice as provided herein.

(1-a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, with regard to a

reverse cooperative apartment unit loan, at least forty-five days before

a secured party, as defined under Section 9-102(a)(73), or its agent

takes any steps to dispose of its collateral, as provided for in Section

9-610, the secured party or its agent shall give notice to the borrower,

and separate notice to the borrower's designated third-party if one has

been designated in at least fourteen-point type except for the heading

which shall be in at least sixteen-point type. The notice shall include

the following:

YOU COULD LOSE YOUR COOPERATIVE APARTMENT UNIT TO FORECLOSURE. PLEASE

READ THE FOLLOWING NOTICE CAREFULLY.

Date

Borrower's address

Loan Number:

Property Address:

Dear Borrower(s) {or heirs of Debtor?}:

As of ___________, your reverse cooperative apartment unit loan is in

default. Under New York State Law, we are required to send you this

notice to inform you that you may be at risk of losing your home.

Your reverse loan is in default because you have not complied with the

following conditions of your loan:

_____ You are not occupying your cooperative apartment unit as your

primary residence

_____ You did not submit the required annual certificate of occupancy

_____ The named borrower on the reverse loan has died

_____ You did not pay maintenance on your unit to the cooperative

corporation, and {servicer} paid your maintenance for you on the

following date(s) in the following

amount(s):________________________________

____________________________________

_____ You did not make required repairs to your unit

If the claim is based on your failure to pay maintenance to the

cooperative corporation, you can cure this default by making the payment

of $____________ for the advances we made towards these payments on your

behalf.

You have the right to dispute the claims listed above by contacting us,

by calling ___________ or sending a letter to __________________. This

may include proof of payments made for water and sewer charges or a

current declaration page from your insurance company, or any other proof

to dispute the servicer's claim.

OPTIONS MAY BE AVAILABLE FOR YOU TO CURE YOUR DEFAULT. SOME OF THESE

OPTIONS ARE LISTED BELOW. YOU MAY CONTACT {SERVICER} AT {TOLL-FREE

NUMBER} TO DISCUSS YOUR OPTIONS.

If you are in default for failure to pay maintenance, you may qualify

for a re-payment plan to cure the default balance owed.

Attached to this notice is a list of New York approved housing

counseling agencies and legal services in your area which provide free

counseling. A statewide listing by county is also available at

https://www.dfs.ny.gov/consumers/

help_for_homeowners/new_york_state_non-

profit_housing_counseling_agencies. You may also call your local

Department of Aging for a referral or call 311 if you live in New York

City.

Qualified free help is available; watch out for companies or people who

charge a fee for these services.

You may also contact {SERVICER} directly at __________ and ask to

discuss all possible options to allow you to cure your default and

prevent the foreclosure of your home. While we cannot ensure that a

resolution is possible, we encourage you to take immediate steps to try

to achieve a resolution. The longer you wait, the fewer options you may

have.

If you have not taken any actions to resolve this matter within ninety

days from the date this notice was mailed, we will have the right to

take your cooperative shares from you.

If you need further information, please call the New York State

Department of Financial Services' toll-free helpline at 877-226-5697 or

visit the Department's website at http://www.dfs.ny.gov.

IMPORTANT: You have the right to remain in your unit until you receive a

court order telling you to leave the property. If a foreclosure action

is filed against you in court, you still have the right to remain in the

unit until a court orders you to leave. You legally remain the owner of

your cooperative shares and are responsible for the unit until the

shares are transferred to a new owner through a sale. However, there

will be no court proceeding before the shares are transferred to a new

owner. After the shares are transferred, the new owner may begin a court

proceeding to evict you from the unit.

This notice is not an eviction notice.

(2) The notice required by this subsection shall be in bold,

fourteen-point type and shall be printed on colored paper that is other

than the color of the notice required by subsection (b) of this section,

and the title of the notice shall be in bold, twenty-point type. The

notice shall be on its own page.

(3) The notice required by this subsection shall appear as follows:

Help for Homeowners at Risk of Foreclosure

New York State Law requires that we send you this information about the

foreclosure process. Please read it carefully.

Notice

You are in danger of losing your home. You are in default of your

obligations under the loan secured by your rights to your cooperative

apartment. It is important that you take action, if you wish to avoid

losing your home.

Sources of Information and Assistance

The State encourages you to become informed about your options, by

seeking assistance from an attorney, a legal aid office, or a government

agency or non-profit organization that provides counseling with respect

to home foreclosures.

To locate a housing counselor near you, you may call the toll-free

helpline maintained by the New York State Department of Financial

Services at (enter number) or visit the Department's

website at (enter web address).

One of these persons or organizations may be able to help you, including

trying to work with your lender to modify the loan to make it more

affordable.

Foreclosure rescue scams

Be careful of people who approach you with offers to "save" your home.

There are individuals who watch for notices of foreclosure actions or

collateral sales in order to unfairly profit from a homeowner's

distress. You should be extremely careful about any such promises and

any suggestions that you pay them a fee or sign any papers that transfer

rights of any kind to your cooperative apartment. State law requires

anyone offering such services for profit to enter into a contract which

fully describes the services they will perform and fees they will

charge, and which prohibits them from taking any money from you until

they have completed all such promised services.

(4) The department of financial services shall prescribe the telephone

number and web address to be included in the notice.

(5) The department of financial services shall post on its website or

otherwise make readily available the name and contact information of

government agencies or non-profit organizations that may be contacted

for information about the foreclosure process, including maintaining a

toll-free helpline to disseminate the information required by this

subsection.

§ 9-612 — Timeliness of Notification Before Disposition of Collateral

Section 9--612. Timeliness of Notification Before Disposition of

Collateral.

(a) Reasonable time is question of fact. Except as otherwise provided

in subsection (b), whether a notification is sent within a reasonable

time is a question of fact.

(b) 10-day period sufficient in non-consumer transaction. In a

transaction other than a consumer transaction, a notification of

disposition sent after default and 10 days or more before the earliest

time of disposition set forth in the notification is sent within a

reasonable time before the disposition.

§ 9-613 — Contents and Form of Notification Before Disposition of Collateral: General

Section 9--613. Contents and Form of Notification Before Disposition of

Collateral: General.

(a) Contents and form of notification. Except in a consumer-goods

transaction, the following rules apply:

(1) The contents of a notification of disposition are sufficient if

the notification:

(A) describes the debtor and the secured party;

(B) describes the collateral that is the subject of the intended

disposition;

(C) states the method of intended disposition;

(D) states that the debtor is entitled to an accounting of the

unpaid indebtedness and states the charge, if any, for an

accounting; and

(E) states the time and place of a public disposition or the time

after which any other disposition is to be made.

(2) Whether the contents of a notification that lacks any of the

information specified in subsection (a) are nevertheless sufficient is a

question of fact.

(3) The contents of a notification providing substantially the

information specified in subsection (a) are sufficient, even if the

notification includes:

(A) information not specified by subsection (a); or

(B) minor errors that are not seriously misleading.

(4) A particular phrasing of the notification is not required.

(5) The following form of notification and the form appearing in

Section 9--614(a)(3), when completed in accordance with the instructions

in subsection (b) and Section 9--614(b), each provides sufficient

information:

NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION OF COLLATERAL

To: (Name of debtor, obligor, or other person to which the

notification is sent)

From: (Name, address, and telephone number of secured party)

{1} Name of any debtor that is not an addressee: (Name of each debtor)

{2} We will sell (describe collateral) (to the highest qualified

bidder) at public sale. A sale could include a lease or license. The

sale will be held as follows:

(Date)

(Time)

(Place)

{3} We will sell (describe collateral) at private sale sometime after

(date). A sale could include a lease or license.

{4} You are entitled to an accounting of the unpaid indebtedness

secured by the property that we intend to sell or, as applicable, lease

or license.

{5} If you request an accounting you must pay a charge of $ (amount).

{6} You may request an accounting by calling us at (telephone number).

(End of Form)

(b) Instructions for form of notification. The following instructions

apply to the form of notification in subsection (a)(5):

(1) The instructions in this subsection refer to the numbers in braces

before items in the form of notification in subsection (a)(5). Do not

include the numbers or braces in the notification. The numbers and

braces are used only for the purpose of these instructions.

(2) Include and complete subsection (a)(5) item {1} only if there is a

debtor that is not an addressee of the notification and list the name or

names.

(3) Include and complete either item {2}, if the notification relates

to a public disposition of the collateral, or item {3}, if the

notification relates to a private disposition of the collateral. If item

{2} is included, include the words "to the highest qualified bidder"

only if applicable.

(4) Include and complete items {4} and {6}.

(5) Include and complete item {5} only if the sender will charge the

recipient for an accounting.

§ 9-614 — Contents and Form of Notification Before Disposition of Collateral: Consumer-goods Transaction

Section 9--614. Contents and Form of Notification Before Disposition of

Collateral: Consumer-goods Transaction.

(a) Contents and form of notification. In a consumer-goods

transaction, the following rules apply:

(1) A notification of disposition must provide the following

information:

(A) the information specified in Section 9--613(a);

(B) a description of any liability for a deficiency of the person

to which the notification is sent;

(C) a telephone number from which the amount that must be paid to

the secured party to redeem the collateral under Section

9--623 is available; and

(D) a telephone number or mailing address from which additional

information concerning the disposition and the obligation

secured is available.

(2) A particular phrasing of the notification is not required.

(3) The following form of notification, when completed in accordance

with the instructions in subsection (b), provides sufficient

information:

(Name and address of secured party)

(Date)

NOTICE OF OUR PLAN TO SELL PROPERTY

(Name and address of any obligor who is also a debtor)

Subject: (Identification of Transaction)

We have your (describe collateral), because you broke promises in our

agreement.

{1} We will sell (describe collateral) at public sale. A sale could

include a lease or license. The sale will be held as follows:

Date: ____________________

Time: ____________________

Place: ____________________

You may attend the sale and bring bidders if you want.

{2} We will sell (describe collateral) at private sale sometime after

(date). A sale could include a lease or license.

{3} The money that we get from the sale, after paying our costs, will

reduce the amount you owe. If we get less money than you owe, you (will

or will not, as applicable) still owe us the difference. If we get more

money than you owe, you will get the extra money, unless we must pay it

to someone else.

{4} You can get the property back at any time before we sell it by

paying us the full amount you owe, not just the past due payments,

including our expenses. To learn the exact amount you must pay, call us

at (telephone number).

{5} If you want us to explain to you in writing or in (description of

electronic record) (description of electronic record) how we have

figured the amount that you owe us,

{6} call us at (telephone number) or write us at (secured party's

address) or contact us by (description of electronic communication

method)

{7} and request a written explanation or an explanation in

(description of electronic record) an explanation in (description of

electronic record).

{8} We will charge you $ (amount) for the explanation if we sent you

another written explanation of the amount you owe us within the last six

months.

{9} If you need more information about the sale call us at (telephone

number) or write us at (secured party's address) or contact us by

(description of electronic communication method).

{10} We are sending this notice to the following other people who have

an interest in (describe collateral) or who owe money under your

agreement:

(Names of all other debtors and obligors, if any)

(End of Form)

(4) A notification in the form of paragraph (3) is sufficient, even if

additional information appears at the end of the form.

(5) A notification in the form of paragraph (3) is sufficient, even if

it includes errors in information not required by paragraph (3), unless

the error is misleading with respect to rights arising under this

article.

(6) If a notification under this section is not in the form of

paragraph (3), law other than this article determines the effect of

including information not required by paragraph (3).

(b) Instructions for form of notification. The following instructions

apply to the form of notification in subsection (a)(3):

(1) The instructions in this subsection refer to the numbers in braces

before items in the form of notification in subsection (a)(3). Do not

include the numbers or braces in the notification. The numbers and

braces are used only for the purpose of these instructions.

(2) Include and complete either item {1}, if the notification relates

to a public disposition of the collateral, or item {2}, if the

notification relates to a private disposition of the collateral.

(3) Include and complete items {3}, {4}, {5}, {6}, and {7}.

(4) In item {5}, include and complete any one of the three alternative

methods for the explanation--writing, writing or electronic record, or

electronic record.

(5) In item {6}, include the telephone number. In addition, the sender

may include and complete either or both of the two additional

alternative methods of communication--writing or electronic

communication-for the recipient of the notification to communicate with

the sender. Neither of the two additional methods of communication is

required to be included.

(6) In item {7}, include and complete the method or methods for the

explanation--writing, writing or electronic record, or electronic

record--included in item {5}.

(7) Include and complete item {8} only if a written explanation is

included in item {5} as a method for communicating the explanation and

the sender will charge the recipient for another written explanation.

(8) In item {9}, include either the telephone number or the address or

both the telephone number and the address. In addition, the sender may

include and complete the additional method of communication--electronic

communication--for the recipient of the notification to communicate with

the sender. The additional method of electronic communication is not

required to be included.

(9) If item {10} does not apply, insert "None" after "agreement:".

§ 9-615 — Application of Proceeds of Disposition; Liability for Deficiency and Right to Surplus

Section 9--615. Application of Proceeds of Disposition; Liability for

Deficiency and Right to Surplus.

(a) Application of proceeds. A secured party shall apply or pay over

for application the cash proceeds of disposition under Section 9--610 in

the following order to:

(1) the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for

disposition, processing, and disposing, and, to the extent

provided for by agreement and not prohibited by law,

reasonable attorney's fees and legal expenses incurred by the

secured party;

(1-a) in the case of a cooperative organization security

interest, the holder thereof in the amount secured thereby;

(2) the satisfaction of obligations secured by the security

interest or agricultural lien under which the disposition is

made;

(3) the satisfaction of obligations secured by any subordinate

security interest in or other subordinate lien on the

collateral if:

(A) the secured party receives from the holder of the

subordinate security interest or other lien a signed

demand for proceeds before distribution of the proceeds

is completed; and

(B) in a case in which a consignor has an interest in the

collateral, the subordinate security interest or other

lien is senior to the interest of the consignor; and

(4) a secured party that is a consignor of the collateral if the

secured party receives from the consignor a signed demand for

proceeds before distribution of the proceeds is completed.

(b) Proof of subordinate interest. If requested by a secured party, a

holder of a subordinate security interest or other lien shall furnish

reasonable proof of the interest or lien within a reasonable time.

Unless the holder does so, the secured party need not comply with the

holder's demand under subsection (a) (3).

(c) Application of noncash proceeds. A secured party need not apply or

pay over for application noncash proceeds of disposition under Section

9--610 unless the failure to do so would be commercially unreasonable. A

secured party that applies or pays over for application noncash proceeds

shall do so in a commercially reasonable manner.

(d) Surplus or deficiency if obligation secured. If the security

interest under which a disposition is made secures payment or

performance of an obligation, after making the payments and applications

required by subsection (a) and permitted by subsection (c):

(1) unless subsection (a)(4) requires the secured party to apply

or pay over cash proceeds to a consignor, the secured party

shall account to and pay a debtor for any surplus; and

(2) the obligor is liable for any deficiency.

(e) No surplus or deficiency in sales of certain rights to payment. If

the underlying transaction is a sale of accounts, chattel paper, payment

intangibles, or promissory notes:

(1) the debtor is not entitled to any surplus; and

(2) the obligor is not liable for any deficiency.

(f) Calculation of surplus or deficiency in disposition to person

related to secured party. The surplus or deficiency following a

disposition is calculated based on the amount of proceeds that would

have been realized in a disposition complying with this part to a

transferee other than the secured party, a person related to the secured

party, or a secondary obligor if:

(1) the transferee in the disposition is the secured party, a

person related to the secured party, or a secondary obligor;

and

(2) the amount of proceeds of the disposition is significantly

below the range of proceeds that a complying disposition to a

person other than the secured party, a person related to the

secured party, or a secondary obligor would have brought.

(g) Cash proceeds received by junior secured party. A secured party

that receives cash proceeds of a disposition in good faith and without

knowledge that the receipt violates the rights of the holder of a

security interest or other lien that is not subordinate to the security

interest or agricultural lien under which the disposition is made:

(1) takes the cash proceeds free of the security interest or

other lien;

(2) is not obligated to apply the proceeds of the disposition to

the satisfaction of obligations secured by the security

interest or other lien; and

(3) is not obligated to account to or pay the holder of the

security interest or other lien for any surplus.

§ 9-616 — Explanation of Calculation of Surplus or Deficiency

Section 9--616. Explanation of Calculation of Surplus or Deficiency.

(a) Definitions. In this section:

(1) "Explanation" means a record that:

(A) states the amount of the surplus or deficiency;

(B) provides an explanation in accordance with subsection (c)

of how the secured party calculated the surplus or

deficiency;

(C) states, if applicable, that future debits, credits,

charges, including additional credit service charges or

interest, rebates, and expenses may affect the amount of

the surplus or deficiency; and

(D) provides a telephone number or mailing address from which

additional information concerning the transaction is

available.

(2) "Request" means a record:

(A) signed by a debtor or consumer obligor;

(B) requesting that the recipient provide an explanation; and

(C) sent after disposition of the collateral under Section

9--610.

(b) Explanation of calculation. In a consumer-goods transaction in

which the debtor is entitled to a surplus or a consumer obligor is

liable for a deficiency under Section 9--615, the secured party shall:

(1) send an explanation to the debtor or consumer obligor, as

applicable, after the disposition and:

(A) before or when the secured party accounts to the debtor

and pays any surplus or first makes demand in a record on

the consumer obligor after the disposition for payment of

the deficiency; and

(B) within fourteen days after receipt of a request; or

(2) in the case of a consumer obligor who is liable for a

deficiency, within fourteen days after receipt of a request,

send to the consumer obligor a record waiving the secured

party's right to a deficiency.

(c) Required information. To comply with subsection (a)(1)(B), an

explanation must provide the following information in the following

order:

(1) the aggregate amount of obligations secured by the security

interest under which the disposition was made, and, if the

amount reflects a rebate of unearned interest or credit

service charge, an indication of that fact, calculated as of

a specified date:

(A) if the secured party takes or receives possession of the

collateral after default, not more than thirty-five days

before the secured party takes or receives possession; or

(B) if the secured party takes or receives possession of the

collateral before default or does not take possession of

the collateral, not more than thirty-five days before the

disposition;

(2) the amount of proceeds of the disposition;

(3) the aggregate amount of the obligations after deducting the

amount of proceeds;

(4) the amount, in the aggregate or by type, and types of

expenses, including expenses of retaking, holding, preparing

for disposition, processing, and disposing of the collateral,

and attorney's fees secured by the collateral which are known

to the secured party and relate to the current disposition;

(5) the amount, in the aggregate or by type, and types of

credits, including rebates of interest or credit service

charges, to which the obligor is known to be entitled and

which are not reflected in the amount in paragraph (1); and

(6) the amount of the surplus or deficiency.

(d) Substantial compliance. A particular phrasing of the explanation

is not required. An explanation complying substantially with the

requirements of subsection (a) is sufficient, even if it includes minor

errors that are not seriously misleading.

(e) Charges for responses. A debtor or consumer obligor is entitled

without charge to one response to a request under this section during

any six-month period in which the secured party did not send to the

debtor or consumer obligor an explanation pursuant to subsection (b)(1).

The secured party may require payment of a charge not exceeding 25

dollars for each additional response.

§ 9-617 — Rights of Transferee of Collateral

Section 9--617. Rights of Transferee of Collateral.

(a) Effects of disposition. A secured party's disposition of

collateral after default:

(1) transfers to a transferee for value all of the debtor's

rights in the collateral;

(2) discharges the security interest under which the disposition

is made; and

(3) discharges any subordinate security interest or other

subordinate lien other than liens created under any law of

this state that are not to be discharged.

(b) Rights of good-faith transferee. A transferee that acts in good

faith takes free of the rights and interests described in subsection

(a), even if the secured party fails to comply with this article or the

requirements of any judicial proceeding.

(c) Rights of other transferee. If a transferee does not take free of

the rights and interests described in subsection (a), the transferee

takes the collateral subject to:

(1) the debtor's rights in the collateral;

(2) the security interest or agricultural lien under which the

disposition is made; and

(3) any other security interest or other lien.

§ 9-618 — Rights and Duties of Certain Secondary Obligors

Section 9--618. Rights and Duties of Certain Secondary Obligors.

(a) Rights and duties of secondary obligor. A secondary obligor

acquires the rights and becomes obligated to perform the duties of the

secured party after the secondary obligor:

(1) receives an assignment of a secured obligation from the

secured party;

(2) receives a transfer of collateral from the secured party and

agrees to accept the rights and assume the duties of the secured

party; or

(3) is subrogated to the rights of a secured party with respect

to collateral.

(b) Effect of assignment, transfer, or subrogation. An assignment,

transfer, or subrogation described in subsection (a):

(1) is not a disposition of collateral under Section 9--610; and

(2) relieves the secured party of further duties under this

article.

§ 9-619 — Transfer of Record or Legal Title

Section 9--619. Transfer of Record or Legal Title.

(a) "Transfer statement." In this section, "transfer statement" means

a record signed by a secured party stating:

(1) that the debtor has defaulted in connection with an

obligation secured by specified collateral;

(2) that the secured party has exercised its post-default

remedies with respect to the collateral;

(3) that, by reason of the exercise, a transferee has acquired

the rights of the debtor in the collateral; and

(4) the name and mailing address of the secured party, debtor,

and transferee.

(b) Effect of transfer statement. A transfer statement entitles the

transferee to the transfer of record of all rights of the debtor in the

collateral specified in the statement in any official filing, recording,

registration, or certificate-of-title system covering the collateral. If

a transfer statement is presented with the applicable fee and request

form to the official or office responsible for maintaining the system,

the official or office shall:

(1) accept the transfer statement;

(2) promptly amend its records to reflect the transfer; and

(3) if applicable, issue a new appropriate certificate of title

in the name of the transferee.

(c) Transfer not a disposition; no relief of secured party's duties. A

transfer of the record or legal title to collateral to a secured party

under subsection (b) or otherwise is not of itself a disposition of

collateral under this article and does not of itself relieve the secured

party of its duties under this article.

§ 9-620 — Acceptance of Collateral in Full or Partial Satisfaction of Obligation; Compulsory Disposition of Collateral

Section 9--620. Acceptance of Collateral in Full or Partial Satisfaction

of Obligation; Compulsory Disposition of Collateral.

(a) Conditions to acceptance in satisfaction. Except as otherwise

provided in subsections (g) and (h), a secured party may accept

collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the obligation it secures

only if:

(1) the debtor consents to the acceptance under subsection (c);

(2) the secured party does not receive, within the time set forth

in subsection (d), a notification of objection to the

proposal authenticated by:

(A) a person to which the secured party was required to send

a proposal under Section 9--621; or

(B) any other person, other than the debtor, holding an

interest in the collateral subordinate to the security

interest that is the subject of the proposal;

(3) if the collateral is consumer goods, the collateral is not in

the possession of the debtor when the debtor consents to the

acceptance; and

(4) subsection (e) does not require the secured party to dispose

of the collateral or the debtor waives the requirement

pursuant to Section 9--624.

(b) Purported acceptance ineffective. A purported or apparent

acceptance of collateral under this section is ineffective unless:

(1) the secured party consents to the acceptance in an

authenticated record or sends a proposal to the debtor; and

(2) the conditions of subsection (a) are met.

(c) Debtor's consent. For purposes of this section:

(1) a debtor consents to an acceptance of collateral in partial

satisfaction of the obligation it secures only if the debtor

agrees to the terms of the acceptance in a record

authenticated after default; and

(2) a debtor consents to an acceptance of collateral in full

satisfaction of the obligation it secures only if the debtor

agrees to the terms of the acceptance in a record

authenticated after default or the secured party:

(A) sends to the debtor after default a proposal that is

unconditional or subject only to a condition that

collateral not in the possession of the secured party be

preserved or maintained;

(B) in the proposal, proposes to accept collateral in full

satisfaction of the obligation it secures; and

(C) does not receive a notification of objection

authenticated by the debtor within twenty days after the

proposal is sent.

(d) Effectiveness of notification. To be effective under subsection

(a)(2), a notification of objection must be received by the secured

party:

(1) in the case of a person to which the proposal was sent

pursuant to Section 9--621, within 20 days after notification

was sent to that person; and

(2) in other cases:

(A) within 20 days after the last notification was sent

pursuant to Section 9--621; or

(B) if a notification was not sent, before the debtor

consents to the acceptance under subsection (c).

(e) Mandatory disposition of consumer goods. A secured party that has

taken possession of collateral shall dispose of the collateral pursuant

to Section 9--610 within the time specified in subsection (f) if:

(1) sixty percent of the cash price has been paid in the case of

a purchase-money security interest in consumer goods; or

(2) sixty percent of the principal amount of the obligation

secured has been paid in the case of a non-purchase-money

security interest in consumer goods.

(f) Compliance with mandatory disposition requirement. To comply with

subsection (e), the secured party shall dispose of the collateral:

(1) within 90 days after taking possession; or

(2) within any longer period to which the debtor and all

secondary obligors have agreed in an agreement to that effect

entered into and authenticated after default.

(g) No partial satisfaction in consumer transaction. In a consumer

transaction, a secured party may not accept collateral in partial

satisfaction of the obligation it secures.

(h) Special provisions for cooperative interests. A secured party

whose collateral consists of a residential cooperative interest used by

the debtor and whose security interest in such collateral secures an

obligation incurred in connection with financing or refinancing of the

acquisition of such cooperative interest and who chooses to accept that

cooperative interest in full satisfaction of the debtor's obligation may

do so.

(1) If the secured party sends a proposal to take the cooperative

interest in full satisfaction of the debtor's obligation, the proposal

shall be accompanied by a notice in the form and manner prescribed in

subsection (f) of section 9-611 of this subpart, unless the secured

party has previously sent the debtor such notice. A debtor consents to

an acceptance of a cooperative interest in full satisfaction of the

obligation it secures only if the debtor agrees to the terms of the

proposal in a record authenticated after default.

(2) A debtor may propose to the secured party that it take the

cooperative interest in full satisfaction of the obligation it secures.

The proposal shall be ineffective unless the secured party consents to

the proposal in an authenticated record.

§ 9-621 — Notification of Proposal to Accept Collateral

Section 9--621. Notification of Proposal to Accept Collateral.

(a) Persons to which proposal to be sent. A secured party that desires

to accept collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the obligation

it secures shall send its proposal to:

(1) any person from which the secured party has received, before

the debtor consented to the acceptance, an authenticated

notification of a claim of an interest in the collateral;

(2) any other secured party or lienholder that, 10 days before

the debtor consented to the acceptance, held a security

interest in or other lien on the collateral perfected by the

filing of a financing statement that:

(A) identified the collateral;

(B) was indexed under the debtor's name as of that date; and

(C) was filed in the office or offices in which to file a

financing statement against the debtor covering the

collateral as of that date; and

(3) any other secured party that, 10 days before the debtor

consented to the acceptance, held a security interest in the

collateral perfected by compliance with a statute,

regulation, or treaty described in Section 9--311(a).

(b) Proposal to be sent to secondary obligor in partial satisfaction.

A secured party that desires to accept collateral in partial

satisfaction of the obligation it secures shall send its proposal to any

secondary obligor in addition to the persons described in subsection

(a).

§ 9-622 — Effect of Acceptance of Collateral

Section 9--622. Effect of Acceptance of Collateral.

(a) Effect of acceptance. A secured party's acceptance of collateral

in full or partial satisfaction of the obligation it secures:

(1) discharges the obligation to the extent consented to by the

debtor;

(2) transfers to the secured party all of a debtor's rights in

the collateral;

(3) discharges the security interest or agricultural lien that is

the subject of the debtor's consent and any subordinate

security interest or other subordinate lien; and

(4) terminates any other subordinate interest.

(b) Discharge of subordinate interest notwithstanding noncompliance. A

subordinate interest is discharged or terminated under subsection (a),

even if the secured party fails to comply with this article.

§ 9-623 — Right to Redeem Collateral

Section 9--623. Right to Redeem Collateral.

(a) Persons that may redeem. A debtor, any secondary obligor, or any

other secured party or lienholder may redeem collateral.

(b) Requirements for redemption. To redeem collateral, a person shall

tender:

(1) fulfillment of all obligations secured by the collateral; and

(2) the reasonable expenses and attorney's fees described in

Section 9--615(a)(1).

(c) When redemption may occur. A redemption may occur at any time

before a secured party:

(1) has collected collateral under Section 9--607;

(2) has disposed of collateral or entered into a contract for its

disposition under Section 9--610; or

(3) has accepted collateral in full or partial satisfaction of

the obligation it secures under Section 9--622.

§ 9-624 — Waiver

Section 9--624. Waiver.

(a) Waiver of disposition notification. A debtor or secondary obligor

may waive the right to notification of disposition of collateral under

Section 9--611 only by an agreement to that effect entered into and

authenticated after default.

(b) Waiver of mandatory disposition. A debtor may waive the right to

require disposition of collateral under Section 9--620 (e) only by an

agreement to that effect entered into and authenticated after default.

(c) Waiver of redemption right. Except in a consumer-goods

transaction, a debtor or secondary obligor may waive the right to redeem

collateral under Section 9--623 only by an agreement to that effect

entered into and authenticated after default.

SUBPART 2 Noncompliance With Article

§ 9-625 — Remedies for Secured Party's Failure to Comply with Article

Section 9--625. Remedies for Secured Party's Failure to Comply with

Article.

(a) Judicial orders concerning noncompliance. If it is established

that a secured party is not proceeding in accordance with this article,

a court may order or restrain collection, enforcement, or disposition of

collateral on appropriate terms and conditions.

(b) Damages for noncompliance. Subject to subsections (c), (d), and

(f), a person is liable for damages in the amount of any loss caused by

a failure to comply with this article. Loss caused by a failure to

comply may include loss resulting from the debtor's inability to obtain,

or increased costs of, alternative financing.

(c) Persons entitled to recover damages; statutory damages if

collateral is consumer goods. Except as otherwise provided in Section

9--628:

(1) a person that, at the time of the failure, was a debtor, was

an obligor, or held a security interest in or other lien on

the collateral may recover damages under subsection (b) for

its loss; and

(2) if the collateral is consumer goods, a person that was a

debtor or a secondary obligor at the time a secured party

failed to comply with this part may recover for that failure

in any event an amount not less than the credit service

charge plus 10 percent of the principal amount of the

obligation or the time-price differential plus 10 percent of

the cash price.

(d) Recovery when deficiency eliminated or reduced. A debtor whose

deficiency is eliminated under Section 9--626 may recover damages for

the loss of any surplus. However, a debtor or secondary obligor whose

deficiency is eliminated or reduced under Section 9--626 may not

otherwise recover under subsection (b) for noncompliance with the

provisions of this part relating to collection, enforcement,

disposition, or acceptance.

(e) Statutory damages: noncompliance with specified provisions. In

addition to any damages recoverable under subsection (b), the debtor,

consumer obligor, or person named as a debtor in a filed record, as

applicable, may recover five hundred dollars in each case from a person

that:

(1) fails to comply with Section 9--208;

(2) fails to comply with Section 9--209;

(3) files a record that the person is not entitled to file under

Section 9--509 (a);

(4) fails to cause the secured party of record to file or send a

termination statement as required by Section 9--513 (a), (c),

or (e);

(5) fails to comply with Section 9--616 (b) (1) and whose failure

is part of a pattern, or consistent with a practice, of

noncompliance; or

(6) fails to comply with Section 9--616 (b) (2).

(f) Statutory damages: noncompliance with Section 9--210. A debtor or

consumer obligor may recover damages under subsection (b) and, in

addition, five hundred dollars in each case from a person that, without

reasonable cause, fails to comply with a request under Section 9--210. A

recipient of a request under Section 9--210 which never claimed an

interest in the collateral or obligations that are the subject of a

request under that section has a reasonable excuse for failure to comply

with the request within the meaning of this subsection.

(g) Limitation of security interest: noncompliance with Section

9--210. If a secured party fails to comply with a request regarding a

list of collateral or a statement of account under Section 9--210, the

secured party may claim a security interest only as shown in the list or

statement included in the request as against a person that is reasonably

misled by the failure.

§ 9-626 — Action in Which Deficiency or Surplus is in Issue

Section 9--626. Action in Which Deficiency or Surplus is in Issue.

(a) Applicable rules if amount of deficiency or surplus is in issue.

In an action arising from a transaction, other than a consumer

transaction, in which the amount of a deficiency or surplus is in issue,

the following rules apply:

(1) A secured party need not prove compliance with the provisions

of this part relating to collection, enforcement,

disposition, or acceptance unless the debtor or a secondary

obligor places the secured party's compliance in issue.

(2) If the secured party's compliance is placed in issue, the

secured party has the burden of establishing that the

collection, enforcement, disposition, or acceptance was

conducted in accordance with this part.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in Section 9--628, if a secured

party fails to prove that the collection, enforcement,

disposition, or acceptance was conducted in accordance with

the provisions of this part relating to collection,

enforcement, disposition, or acceptance, the liability of a

debtor or a secondary obligor for a deficiency is limited to

an amount by which the sum of the secured obligation,

expenses, and attorney's fees exceeds the greater of:

(A) the proceeds of the collection, enforcement, disposition,

or acceptance; or

(B) the amount of proceeds that would have been realized had

the noncomplying secured party proceeded in accordance

with the provisions of this part relating to collection,

enforcement, disposition, or acceptance.

(4) For purposes of paragraph (3)(B), the amount of proceeds that

would have been realized is equal to the sum of the secured

obligation, expenses, and attorney's fees unless the secured

party proves that the amount is less than that sum.

(5) If a deficiency or surplus is calculated under Section

9--615(f), the debtor or obligor has the burden of

establishing that the amount of proceeds of the disposition

is significantly below the range of prices that a complying

disposition to a person other than the secured party, a

person related to the secured party, or a secondary obligor

would have brought.

(b) Non-consumer transactions; no inference. The limitation of the

rules in subsection (a) to transactions other than consumer transactions

is intended to leave to the court the determination of the proper rules

in consumer transactions. The court may not infer from that limitation

the nature of the proper rule in consumer transactions and may continue

to apply established approaches.

§ 9-627 — Determination of Whether Conduct Was Commercially Reasonable

Section 9--627. Determination of Whether Conduct Was Commercially

Reasonable.

(a) Greater amount obtainable under other circumstances; no preclusion

of commercial reasonableness. The fact that a greater amount could have

been obtained by a collection, enforcement, disposition, or acceptance

at a different time or in a different method from that selected by the

secured party is not of itself sufficient to preclude the secured party

from establishing that the collection, enforcement, disposition, or

acceptance was made in a commercially reasonable manner.

(b) Dispositions that are commercially reasonable. A disposition of

collateral is made in a commercially reasonable manner if the

disposition is made:

(1) in the usual manner on any recognized market;

(2) at the price current in any recognized market at the time of

the disposition; or

(3) otherwise in conformity with reasonable commercial practices

among dealers in the type of property that was the subject of

the disposition.

(c) Approval by court or on behalf of creditors. A collection,

enforcement, disposition, or acceptance is commercially reasonable if it

has been approved:

(1) in a judicial proceeding;

(2) by a bona fide creditors' committee;

(3) by a representative of creditors; or

(4) by an assignee for the benefit of creditors.

(d) Approval under subsection (c) not necessary; absence of approval

has no effect. Approval under subsection (c) need not be obtained, and

lack of approval does not mean that the collection, enforcement,

disposition, or acceptance is not commercially reasonable.

§ 9-628 — Nonliability and Limitation on Liability of Secured Party; Liability of Secondary Obligor

Section 9--628. Nonliability and Limitation on Liability of Secured

Party; Liability of Secondary Obligor.

(a) Limitation of liability of secured party for noncompliance with

article. Unless a secured party knows that a person is a debtor or

obligor, knows the identity of the person, and knows how to communicate

with the person:

(1) the secured party is not liable to the person, or to a

secured party or lienholder that has filed a financing

statement against the person, for failure to comply with this

article; and

(2) the secured party's failure to comply with this article does

not affect the liability of the person for a deficiency.

(b) Limitation of liability based on status as secured party. A

secured party is not liable because of its status as secured party:

(1) to a person that is a debtor or obligor, unless the secured

party knows:

(A) that the person is a debtor or obligor;

(B) the identity of the person; and

(C) how to communicate with the person; or

(2) to a secured party or lienholder that has filed a financing

statement against a person, unless the secured party knows:

(A) that the person is a debtor; and

(B) the identity of the person.

(c) Limitation of liability if reasonable belief that transaction not

a consumer-goods transaction or consumer transaction. A secured party is

not liable to any person, and a person's liability for a deficiency is

not affected, because of any act or omission arising out of the secured

party's reasonable belief that a transaction is not a consumer-goods

transaction or a consumer transaction or that goods are not consumer

goods, if the secured party's belief is based on its reasonable reliance

on:

(1) a debtor's representation concerning the purpose for which

collateral was to be used, acquired, or held; or

(2) an obligor's representation concerning the purpose for which

a secured obligation was incurred.

(d) Limitation of liability for statutory damages. A secured party is

not liable to any person under Section 9--625 (c) (2) for its failure to

comply with Section 9--616.

(e) Limitation of multiple liability for statutory damages. A secured

party is not liable under Section 9--625 (c) (2) more than once with

respect to any one secured obligation.

PART 7 Transition

§ 9-700 — Definitions

Section 9--700. Definitions.

The following words and terms when used in this part 7 shall have the

following meanings:

"Former Article 9." The provisions of article 9 of the Uniform

Commercial Code of this state as in effect before the effective date of

Revised Article 9.

"Revised Article 9." The provisions of article 9 of the Uniform

Commercial Code of this state, as amended by the chapter of the laws of

2001 which added these words and as they may be further amended.

§ 9-701 — Effective Date

Section 9--701. Effective Date.

Revised Article 9 takes effect on July 1, 2001.

§ 9-702 — Savings Clause

Section 9--702. Savings Clause.

(a) Pre-effective-date transactions or liens. Except as otherwise

provided in this part, Revised Article 9 applies to a transaction or

lien within its scope, even if the transaction or lien was entered into

or created before Revised Article 9 takes effect.

(b) Continuing validity. Except as otherwise provided in subsection

(c) and Sections 9--703 through 9--709:

(1) transactions and liens that were not governed by Former

Article 9, were validly entered into or created before

Revised Article 9 takes effect, and would be subject to

Revised Article 9 if they had been entered into or created

after Revised Article 9 takes effect, and the rights, duties,

and interests flowing from those transactions and liens

remain valid after Revised Article 9 takes effect; and

(2) the transactions and liens may be terminated, completed,

consummated, and enforced as required or permitted by Revised

Article 9 or by the law that otherwise would apply if Revised

Article 9 had not taken effect.

(c) Pre-effective-date proceedings. Revised Article 9 does not affect

an action, case, or proceeding commenced before Revised Article 9 takes

effect.

§ 9-703 — Security Interest Perfected Before Effective Date

Section 9--703. Security Interest Perfected Before Effective Date.

(a) Continuing priority over lien creditor: perfection requirements

satisfied. A security interest that is enforceable immediately before

Revised Article 9 takes effect and would have priority over the rights

of a person that becomes a lien creditor at that time is a perfected

security interest under Revised Article 9 if, when Revised Article 9

takes effect, the applicable requirements for enforceability and

perfection under Revised Article 9 are satisfied without further action.

(b) Continuing priority over lien creditor: perfection requirements

not satisfied. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9--705 and

subsection (c), if, immediately before this article takes effect, a

security interest is enforceable and would have priority over the rights

of a person that becomes a lien creditor at that time, but the

applicable requirements for enforceability or perfection under this

article are not satisfied when this article takes effect, the security

interest:

(1) is a perfected security interest for one year after this

article takes effect;

(2) remains enforceable thereafter only if the security interest

becomes enforceable under Section 9--203 before the year

expires; and

(3) remains perfected thereafter only if the applicable

requirements for perfection under this article are satisfied

before the year expires.

(c) Special rule for cooperative interests: perfection requirements

not satisfied. If, immediately before Revised Article 9 takes effect, a

security interest in a cooperative interest is enforceable and would

have priority over the rights of a person that becomes a lien creditor

at that time, but the applicable requirements for perfection under

Revised Article 9 are not satisfied when Revised Article 9 takes effect,

the security interest:

(1) is a perfected security interest for 5 years after Revised

Article 9 takes effect; and

(2) remains perfected thereafter only if the applicable

requirements for perfection under Revised Article 9 are

satisfied before the 5 years expire.

§ 9-704 — Security Interest Unperfected Before Effective Date

Section 9--704. Security Interest Unperfected Before Effective Date.

A security interest that is enforceable immediately before Revised

Article 9 takes effect but which would be subordinate to the rights of a

person that becomes a lien creditor at that time:

(a) remains an enforceable security interest for one year after

Revised Article 9 takes effect;

(b) remains enforceable thereafter if the security interest becomes

enforceable under Section 9--203 when Revised Article 9 takes effect or

within one year thereafter; and

(c) becomes perfected:

(1) without further action, when Revised Article 9 takes effect

if the applicable requirements for perfection under Revised

Article 9 are satisfied before or at that time; or

(2) when the applicable requirements for perfection are satisfied

if the requirements are satisfied after that time.

§ 9-705 — Effectiveness of Action Taken Before Effective Date

Section 9--705. Effectiveness of Action Taken Before Effective Date.

(a) Pre-effective-date action; one-year perfection period unless

reperfected. If action, other than the filing of a financing statement,

is taken before Revised Article 9 takes effect and the action would have

resulted in priority of a security interest over the rights of a person

that becomes a lien creditor had the security interest become

enforceable before Revised Article 9 takes effect, the action is

effective to perfect a security interest that attaches under Revised

Article 9 within one year after Revised Article 9 takes effect. An

attached security interest becomes unperfected one year after Revised

Article 9 takes effect unless the security interest becomes a perfected

security interest under Revised Article 9 before the expiration of that

period.

(b) Pre-effective-date filing. The filing of a financing statement

before Revised Article 9 takes effect is effective to perfect a security

interest to the extent the filing would satisfy the applicable

requirements for perfection under Revised Article 9.

(c) Pre-effective-date filing in jurisdiction formerly governing

perfection. Revised Article 9 does not render ineffective an effective

financing statement that, before Revised Article 9 takes effect, is

filed and satisfies the applicable requirements for perfection under the

law of the jurisdiction governing perfection as provided in Former

Section 9--103. However, except as otherwise provided in subsections (d)

and (e) and Section 9--706, the financing statement ceases to be

effective at the earlier of:

(1) the time the financing statement would have ceased to be

effective under the law of the jurisdiction in which it is

filed; or

(2) June thirtieth, 2006.

(d) Continuation statement. The filing of a continuation statement

after Revised Article 9 takes effect does not continue the effectiveness

of the financing statement filed before Revised Article 9 takes effect.

However, upon the timely filing of a continuation statement after

Revised Article 9 takes effect and in accordance with the law of the

jurisdiction governing perfection as provided in Part 3, the

effectiveness of a financing statement filed in the same office in that

jurisdiction before Revised Article 9 takes effect continues for the

period provided by the law of that jurisdiction.

(e) Application of subsection (c) (2) to transmitting utility

financing statement. Subsection (c) (2) applies to a financing statement

that, before Revised Article 9 takes effect, is filed against a

transmitting utility and satisfies the applicable requirements for

perfection under the law of the jurisdiction governing perfection as

provided in Former Section 9--103 only to the extent that Part 3

provides that the law of a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in

which the financing statement is filed governs perfection of a security

interest in collateral covered by the financing statement.

(f) Application of Part 5. A financing statement that includes a

financing statement filed before Revised Article 9 takes effect and a

continuation statement filed after Revised Article 9 takes effect is

effective only to the extent that it satisfies the requirements of Part

5 for an initial financing statement.

§ 9-706 — When Initial Financing Statement Suffices to Continue Effectiveness of Financing Statement

Section 9--706. When Initial Financing Statement Suffices to Continue

Effectiveness of Financing Statement.

(a) Initial financing statement in lieu of continuation statement. The

filing of an initial financing statement in the office specified in

Section 9--501 continues the effectiveness of a financing statement

filed before Revised Article 9 takes effect if:

(1) the filing of an initial financing statement in that office

would be effective to perfect a security interest under

Revised Article 9;

(2) the pre-effective-date financing statement was filed in an

office in another state or another office in this state; and

(3) the initial financing statement satisfies subsection (c).

(b) Period of continued effectiveness. The filing of an initial

financing statement under subsection (a) continues the effectiveness of

the pre-effective-date financing statement:

(1) if the initial financing statement is filed before Revised

Article 9 takes effect, for the period provided in Former

Section 9--403 with respect to a financing statement; and

(2) if the initial financing statement is filed after Revised

Article 9 takes effect, for the period provided in Section

9--515 with respect to an initial financing statement.

(c) Requirements for initial financing statement under subsection (a).

To be effective for purposes of subsection (a), an initial financing

statement must:

(1) satisfy the requirements of Part 5 for an initial financing

statement;

(2) identify the pre-effective-date financing statement by

indicating the office in which the financing statement was

filed and providing the dates of filing and file numbers, if

any, of the financing statement and of the most recent

continuation statement filed with respect to the financing

statement; and

(3) indicate that the pre-effective-date financing statement

remains effective.

§ 9-707 — Amendment of Pre-effective-date Financing Statement

Section 9--707. Amendment of Pre-effective-date Financing Statement.

(a) "Pre-effective-date financing statement". In this section,

"pre-effective-date financing statement" means a financing statement

filed before Revised Article 9 takes effect.

(b) Applicable law. After Revised Article 9 takes effect, a person may

add or delete collateral covered by, continue or terminate the

effectiveness of, or otherwise amend the information provided in, a

pre-effective-date financing statement only in accordance with the law

of the jurisdiction governing perfection as provided in Part 3. However,

the effectiveness of a pre-effective-date financing statement also may

be terminated in accordance with the law of the jurisdiction in which

the financing statement is filed.

(c) Method of amending: general rule. Except as otherwise provided in

subsection (d), if the law of this state governs perfection of a

security interest, the information in a pre-effective-date financing

statement may be amended after Revised Article 9 takes effect only if:

(1) the pre-effective-date financing statement and an amendment

are filed in the office specified in Section 9--501;

(2) an amendment is filed in the office specified in Section

9--501 concurrently with, or after the filing in that office

of, an initial financing statement that satisfies Section

9--706 (c); or

(3) an initial financing statement that provides the information

as amended and satisfies Section 9--706 (c) is filed in the

office specified in Section 9--501.

(d) Method of amending: continuation. If the law of this state governs

perfection of a security interest, the effectiveness of a

pre-effective-date financing statement may be continued only under

Section 9--705 (d) and (f) or 9--706.

(e) Method of amending: additional termination rule. Whether or not

the law of this state governs perfection of a security interest, the

effectiveness of a pre-effective-date financing statement filed in this

state may be terminated after Revised Article 9 takes effect by filing a

termination statement in the office in which the pre-effective-date

financing statement is filed, unless an initial financing statement that

satisfies Section 9--706 (c) has been filed in the office specified by

the law of the jurisdiction governing perfection as provided in Part 3

as the office in which to file a financing statement.

§ 9-708 — Persons Entitled to File Initial Financing Statement or Continuation Statement

Section 9--708. Persons Entitled to File Initial Financing Statement or

Continuation Statement.

A person may file an initial financing statement or a continuation

statement under this part if:

(a) the secured party of record authorizes the filing; and

(b) the filing is necessary under this part:

(1) to continue the effectiveness of a financing statement filed

before Revised Article 9 takes effect; or

(2) to perfect or continue the perfection of a security interest.

§ 9-709 — Priority

Section 9--709. Priority.

(a) Law governing priority. Revised Article 9 determines the priority

of conflicting claims to collateral. However, if the relative priorities

of the claims were established before Revised Article 9 takes effect,

Former Article 9 determines priority.

(b) Priority if security interest becomes enforceable under Section

9--203. For purposes of Section 9--322(a), the priority of a security

interest that becomes enforceable under Section 9--203 of Revised

Article 9 dates from the time Revised Article 9 takes effect if the

security interest is perfected under Revised Article 9 by the filing of

a financing statement before Revised Article 9 takes effect which would

not have been effective to perfect the security interest under Former

Article 9. This subsection does not apply to conflicting security

interests each of which is perfected by the filing of such a financing

statement.

§ 9-710 — Transitional Provision for Maintaining and Searching Local-Filing Office Records

Section 9--710. Transitional Provision for Maintaining and Searching

Local-Filing Office Records.

(a) In this Section:

(1) "Local-filing office" means a filing office, other than the

department of state, that is designated as the proper place

to file a financing statement under Section 9-401 of Former

Article 9. The term applies only with respect to a record

that covers a type of collateral as to which the filing

office is designated in that section as the proper place to

file.

(2) "Former-Article-9 records" means:

(A) financing statements and other records that have been

filed in a local-filing office before the effective date

of this Article, and that are, or upon processing and

indexing will be, reflected in the index maintained, as

of the effective date of this Article, by the

local-filing office for financing statements and other

records filed in the local-filing office before the

effective date of this Article, and

(B) the index as of the day before the effective date of this

Article.

The term does not include records presented to a local-filing

office for filing after the effective date of this

Article, whether or not the records relate to financing

statements filed in the local-filing office before the

effective date of this Article.

(3) "Cooperative interest", "mortgage", "as-extracted

collateral", "fixture filing", "goods" and "fixtures" have

the meanings set forth in this Article.

(b) A local-filing office must not accept for filing a record

presented on or after the effective date of this Article, whether or not

the record relates to a financing statement filed in the local-filing

office before the effective date of this Article.

(c) Until at least seven years after the effective date of this

Article, each local-filing office shall maintain all former-Article-9

records in accordance with Former Article 9. A former-Article-9 record

that is not reflected on the index maintained on the day before the

effective date of this Article by the local-filing office must be

processed and indexed as soon as practicable but in any event no later

than thirty days after the effective date of this Article.

(d) Until at least seven years after the effective date of this

Article, each local-filing office shall respond to requests for

information with respect to former-Article-9 records relating to a

debtor and issue certificates, in accordance with Former Article 9. The

fees charged for responding to requests for information relating to a

debtor and issuing certificates with respect to former-Article-9 records

shall be the fees in effect under Former Article 9 on the day before the

effective date of this Article, unless a different fee is later

determined in accordance with section ninety-six-a of the executive law.

(e) Subsequent to seven years after the effective date of this

Article, each local-filing office may remove and destroy, in accordance

with any then applicable record retention law of this state, all

former-Article-9 records, including the related index.

(f) This section shall not apply, with respect to financing statements

and other records, to a filing office in which mortgages or records of

mortgages on real property are required to be filed or recorded, if:

(1) the collateral is timber to be cut or as-extracted

collateral; or

(2) the record is or relates to a financing statement filed as a

fixture filing and the collateral is goods that are or are to

become fixtures; or

(3) the collateral is a cooperative interest.

ARTICLE 11 Provisions For Transition From Original Article 9 to Revised Article

§ 11-101 — Definitions

Section 11--101. Definitions.

As used in this Article 11:

(a) The term "Original Article 9" means Article 9 of the uniform

commercial code as enacted by chapter five hundred fifty-three of the

laws of nineteen hundred sixty-two and as amended by chapter eight

hundred ninety-nine of the laws of nineteen hundred seventy.

(b) The term "Revised Article 9" means Article 9 of the uniform

commercial code as amended by the act enacting this Article.

§ 11-102 — Preservation of Old Transition Provision

Section 11--102. Preservation of Old Transition Provision.

The provisions of Article 10 of the uniform commercial code as enacted

by chapter five hundred fifty-three of the laws of nineteen hundred

sixty-two and as last amended by chapter eight hundred sixty-eight of

the laws of nineteen hundred sixty-five shall continue to apply to

Revised Article 9 and for this purpose Original Article 9 and Revised

Article 9 shall be considered one continuous statute.

§ 11-103 — Transition to Revised Article 9--General Rule

Section 11--103. Transition to Revised Article 9--General Rule.

Transactions validly entered into after September twenty-seventh,

nineteen hundred sixty-four and before the effective date of Revised

Article 9, and which were subject to the provisions of Original Article

9 and which would be subject to Revised Article 9 if they had been

entered into on or after the effective date of Revised Article 9 and the

rights, duties and interests flowing from such transactions remain valid

after the latter date and may be terminated, completed, consummated or

enforced as required or permitted by Revised Article 9. Security

interests arising out of such transactions which are perfected when

Revised Article 9 becomes effective shall remain perfected until they

lapse as provided in Revised Article 9, and may be continued as

permitted by the Revised Article 9, except as provided in Section

11-105.

§ 11-104 — Transition Provision on Change of Requirement of Filing

Section 11--104. Transition Provision on Change of Requirement of

Filing.

A security interest for the perfection of which filing or the taking

of possession was required under Original Article 9 and which attached

prior to the effective date of Revised Article 9 but was not perfected

shall be deemed perfected on the effective date of Revised Article 9 if

Revised Article 9 permits perfection without filing or authorizes filing

in the office or offices where a prior ineffective filing was made.

§ 11-105 — Transition Provision on Change of Place of Filing

Section 11--105. Transition Provision on Change of Place of Filing.

(1) A financing statement or continuation statement filed prior to the

effective date of Revised Article 9 which shall not have lapsed prior to

the effective date of Revised Article 9 shall remain effective for the

period provided in Original Article 9, but not less than five years

after the filing.

(2) With respect to any collateral acquired by the debtor subsequent

to the effective date of Revised Article 9, any effective financing

statement or continuation statement described in this section shall

apply only if the filing or filings are in the office or offices that

would be appropriate to perfect the security interests in the new

collateral under Revised Article 9.

(3) The effectiveness of any financing statement or continuation

statement filed prior to the effective date of Revised Article 9 may be

continued by a continuation statement as permitted by Revised Article 9,

except that if Revised Article 9 requires a filing in an office where

there was no previous financing statement, a new financing statement

conforming to Section 11-106 shall be filed in that office.

(4) If the record of a mortgage of real estate would have been

effective as a fixture filing of goods described therein if Revised

Article 9 had been in effect on the date of recording the mortgage, the

mortgage shall be deemed effective as a fixture filing as to such goods

under subsection (6) of Section 9-402 of Revised Article 9 on the

effective date of Revised Article 9.

§ 11-106 — Required Refilings

Section 11--106. Required Refilings.

(1) If a security interest is perfected or has priority when the act

enacting this Article takes effect as to all persons or as to certain

persons without any filing or recording, and if the filing of a

financing statement would be required for the perfection or priority of

the security interest against those persons under Revised Article 9, the

perfection and priority rights of the security interest continue until

three years after the effective date of Revised Article 9. The

perfection will then lapse unless a financing statement is filed as

provided in subsection (2) or unless the security interest is perfected

otherwise than by filing.

(2) A financing statement may be filed within six months before the

perfection of a security interest would otherwise lapse. Any such

financing statement may be signed by either the debtor or the secured

party. It must identify the security agreement, statement or notice

however denominated in any statute or other law repealed or modified by

the act enacting this Article, state the office where and the date when

the last filing, refiling or recording, if any, was made with respect

thereto, and the filing number, if any, or book and page, if any, of

recording and further state that the security agreement, statement or

notice, however denominated, in another filing office under the uniform

commercial code or under any statute or other law repealed or modified

by the act enacting this Article is still effective. Section 9-401 and

Section 9-103 determine the proper place to file such a financing

statement. Except as specified in this subsection, the provisions of

subsection (3) of Section 9-403 for continuation statements apply to

such a financing statement.

§ 11-107 — Transition Provisions as to Priorities

Section 11--107. Transition Provisions as to Priorities.

Except as otherwise provided in this Article, Original Article 9 shall

apply to any questions of priority if the positions of the parties were

fixed prior to the effective date of Revised Article 9. In other cases

questions of priority shall be determined by Revised Article 9.

§ 11-108 — Presumption that Rule of Law Continues Unchanged

Section 11--108. Presumption that Rule of Law Continues Unchanged.

Unless a change in law has clearly been made, the provisions of

Revised Article 9 shall be deemed declaratory of the meaning of Original

Article 9.

ARTICLE 12 Controllable Electronic Records

§ 12-101 — Short title

Section 12--101. Short title.

This article may be cited as Uniform Commercial Code--Controllable

Electronic Records.

§ 12-102 — Definitions

Section 12--102. Definitions.

(a) In this article:

(1) "Controllable electronic record" means a record stored in an

electronic medium that can be subjected to control under Section 12-105.

The term does not include a controllable account, a controllable payment

intangible, a deposit account, an electronic copy of a record evidencing

chattel paper, an electronic document of title, electronic money,

investment property, or a transferable record.

(2) "Qualifying purchaser" means a purchaser of a controllable

electronic record or an interest in a controllable electronic record

that obtains control of the controllable electronic record for value, in

good faith, and without notice of a claim of a property right in the

controllable electronic record. In the case of a controllable electronic

record that would be a "draft" or a "note", as those terms are defined

in Section 3--104, if the controllable electronic record were a signed

writing, Section 3--304(7) applies to the determination of whether a

purchaser obtains control of the controllable electronic record without

notice of a claim of a property right in it as if the reference in that

subsection to "the instrument" referred to the controllable electronic

record. The preceding sentence applies even if the controllable

electronic record contains a term by which an obligor or account debtor

on the controllable account or controllable payment intangible evidenced

by the controllable electronic record waives or agrees not to assert

against an assignee of the controllable electronic record any claim or

defense that the obligor or account debtor may have against the

assignor.

(3) "Transferable record" means an electronic record that either:

(A) is a "transferable record" under Section 201(a)(1) of the

Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, 15 U.S.C.

Section 7021(a)(1), as amended; or,

(B) is governed by the law of any State that has enacted or adopted

the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act substantially as approved and

recommended for enactment in all the States by the National Conference

of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws in 1999 and is a "transferable

record" under Section 16(a) of that Act.

(4) "Value" has the meaning provided in Section 3-303(a), as if

references in that subsection to an "instrument" were references to a

controllable account, controllable electronic record, or controllable

payment intangible.

(b) Definitions in other articles. The following definitions in other

articles apply to this article:

(1) The definitions in Article 9 of "account debtor", "controllable

account", "controllable payment intangible", "chattel paper", "deposit

account", "electronic money", and "investment property" apply to this

article.

(2) Article 1 contains general definitions and principles of

construction and interpretation applicable throughout this article.

§ 12-103 — Relation to Article 9 and Consumer Laws

Section 12--103. Relation to Article 9 and Consumer Laws.

(a) Article 9 governs in case of conflict. If there is conflict

between this article and Article 9, Article 9 governs.

(b) Applicable consumer law and other laws. A transaction subject to

this article is subject to any applicable rule of law that establishes a

different rule for consumers, including Article 22-A of the General

Business Law and chapter 5 of title 20 of the New York City

Administrative Code.

(c) Enforceability or effectiveness. If an electronic record is a

controllable electronic record under this article, Section 307.2 of the

Electronic Signatures and Records Act (State Technology Law 301 et seq.)

shall not impair the enforceability or effectiveness of such electronic

record under this article nor shall such Act cause such controllable

electronic record to be governed by Article 3 rather than this article,

except to the extent the electronic record expressly provides otherwise

or was created prior to the effective date of this article.

§ 12-104 — Rights in Controllable Account, Controllable Electronic Record, and Controllable Payment Intangible

Section 12--104. Rights in Controllable Account, Controllable Electronic

Record, and Controllable Payment Intangible.

(a) Applicability of section to controllable account and controllable

payment intangible. This section applies to the acquisition and purchase

of rights in a controllable account or controllable payment intangible,

including the rights and benefits under subsections (c), (d), (e), (g),

and (h) of a purchaser and qualifying purchaser, in the same manner this

section applies to a controllable electronic record.

(b) Control of controllable account and controllable payment

intangible. To determine whether a purchaser of a controllable account

or a controllable payment intangible is a qualifying purchaser, the

purchaser obtains control of the account or payment intangible if it

obtains control of the controllable electronic record that evidences the

account or payment intangible.

(c) Applicability of other law to acquisition of rights. Except as

provided in this section, law other than this article determines whether

a person acquires a right in a controllable electronic record and the

right the person acquires.

(d) Shelter principle and purchase of limited interest. A purchaser of

a controllable electronic record acquires all rights in the controllable

electronic record that the transferor had or had power to transfer,

except that a purchaser of a limited interest in a controllable

electronic record acquires rights only to the extent of the interest

purchased.

(e) Rights of qualifying purchaser. A qualifying purchaser acquires

its rights in the controllable electronic record free of a claim of a

property right in the controllable electronic record.

(f) Limitation of rights of qualifying purchaser in other property.

Except as provided in subsections (a) and (e) for a controllable account

and a controllable payment intangible or law other than this article, a

qualifying purchaser takes a right to payment, right to performance, or

other interest in property evidenced by the controllable electronic

record subject to a claim of a property right in the right to payment,

right to performance, or other interest in property.

(g) No-action protection for qualifying purchaser. An action may not

be asserted against a qualifying purchaser based on both a purchase by

the qualifying purchaser of a controllable electronic record and a claim

of a property right in another controllable electronic record, whether

the action is framed in conversion, replevin, constructive trust,

equitable lien, or other theory.

(h) Filing not notice. Filing of a financing statement under Article 9

is not notice of a claim of a property right in a controllable

electronic record.

§ 12-105 — Control of Controllable Electronic Record

Section 12--105. Control of Controllable Electronic Record.

(a) General rule: control of controllable electronic record. A person

has control of a controllable electronic record if the electronic

record, a record attached to or logically associated with the electronic

record, or a system in which the electronic record is recorded:

(1) gives the person:

(A) power to avail itself of substantially all the benefit from the

electronic record; and

(B) exclusive power, subject to subsection (b), to:

(i) prevent others from availing themselves of substantially all the

benefit from the electronic record; and

(ii) transfer control of the electronic record to another person or

cause another person to obtain control of another controllable

electronic record as a result of the transfer of the electronic record;

and

(2) enables the person readily to identify itself in any way,

including by name, identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or

account number, as having the powers specified in paragraph (1).

(b) Meaning of exclusive. Subject to subsection (c), a power is

exclusive under subsection (a)(1)(B)(i) and (ii) even if:

(1) the controllable electronic record, a record attached to or

logically associated with the electronic record, or a system in which

the electronic record is recorded limits the use of the electronic

record or has a protocol programmed to cause a change, including a

transfer or loss of control or a modification of benefits afforded by

the electronic record; or

(2) the power is shared with another person.

(c) When power not shared with another person. A power of a person is

not shared with another person under subsection (b)(2) and the person's

power is not exclusive if:

(1) the person can exercise the power only if the power also is

exercised by the other person; and

(2) the other person:

(A) can exercise the power without exercise of the power by the

person; or

(B) is the transferor to the person of an interest in the controllable

electronic record or a controllable account or controllable payment

intangible evidenced by the controllable electronic record.

(d) Presumption of exclusivity of certain powers. If a person has the

powers specified in subsection (a)(1)(B)(i) and (ii), the powers are

presumed to be exclusive.

(e) Control through another person. A person has control of a

controllable electronic record if another person, other than the

transferor to the person of an interest in the controllable electronic

record or a controllable account or controllable payment intangible

evidenced by the controllable electronic record:

(1) has control of the electronic record and acknowledges that it has

control on behalf of the person; or

(2) obtains control of the electronic record after having acknowledged

that it will obtain control of the electronic record on behalf of the

person.

(f) No requirement to acknowledge. A person that has control under

this section is not required to acknowledge that it has control on

behalf of another person.

(g) No duties or confirmation. If a person acknowledges that it has or

will obtain control on behalf of another person, unless the person

otherwise agrees or law other than this article or Article 9 otherwise

provides, the person does not owe any duty to the other person and is

not required to confirm the acknowledgment to any other person.

§ 12-106 — Discharge of Account Debtor on Controllable Account or Controllable Payment Intangible

Section 12--106. Discharge of Account Debtor on Controllable Account or

Controllable Payment Intangible.

(a) Discharge of account debtor. An account debtor on a controllable

account or controllable payment intangible may discharge its obligation

by paying:

(1) the person having control of the controllable electronic record

that evidences the controllable account or controllable payment

intangible; or

(2) except as provided in subsection (b), a person that formerly had

control of the controllable electronic record.

(b) Content and effect of notification. Subject to subsection (d), the

account debtor may not discharge its obligation by paying a person that

formerly had control of the controllable electronic record if the

account debtor receives a notification that:

(1) is signed by a person that formerly had control or the person to

which control was transferred;

(2) reasonably identifies the controllable account or controllable

payment intangible;

(3) notifies the account debtor that control of the controllable

electronic record that evidences the controllable account or

controllable payment intangible was transferred;

(4) identifies the transferee, in any reasonable way, including by

name, identifying number, cryptographic key, office, or account number;

and

(5) provides a commercially reasonable method by which the account

debtor is to pay the transferee.

(c) Discharge following effective notification. After receipt of a

notification that complies with subsection (b), the account debtor may

discharge its obligation by paying in accordance with the notification

and may not discharge the obligation by paying a person that formerly

had control.

(d) When notification ineffective. Subject to subsection (h),

notification is ineffective under subsection (b):

(1) unless, before the notification is sent, the account debtor and

the person that, at that time, had control of the controllable

electronic record that evidences the controllable account or

controllable payment intangible agree in a signed record to a

commercially reasonable method by which a person may furnish reasonable

proof that control has been transferred;

(2) to the extent an agreement between the account debtor and seller

of a payment intangible limits the account debtor's duty to pay a person

other than the seller and the limitation is effective under law other

than this article; or

(3) at the option of the account debtor, if the notification notifies

the account debtor to:

(A) divide a payment;

(B) make less than the full amount of an installment or other periodic

payment; or

(C) pay any part of a payment by more than one method or to more than

one person.

(e) Proof of transfer of control. Subject to subsection (h), if

requested by the account debtor, the person giving the notification

under subsection (b) seasonably shall furnish reasonable proof, using

the method in the agreement referred to in subsection (d)(1), that

control of the controllable electronic record has been transferred.

Unless the person complies with the request, the account debtor may

discharge its obligation by paying a person that formerly had control,

even if the account debtor has received a notification under subsection

(b).

(f) What constitutes reasonable proof. A person furnishes reasonable

proof under subsection (e) that control has been transferred if the

person demonstrates, using the method in the agreement referred to in

subsection (d)(1), that the transferee has the power to:

(1) avail itself of substantially all the benefit from the

controllable electronic record;

(2) prevent others from availing themselves of substantially all the

benefit from the controllable electronic record; and

(3) transfer the powers specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) to another

person.

(g) Rights not waivable. Subject to subsection (h), an account debtor

may not waive or vary its rights under subsections (d)(1) and (e) or its

option under subsection (d)(3).

(h) Rule for individual under other law. This section is subject to

law other than this article which establishes a different rule for an

account debtor who is an individual and who incurred the obligation

primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.

§ 12-107 — Governing Law

Section 12--107. Governing Law.

(a) Governing law: general rule. Except as provided in subsection (b),

the local law of a controllable electronic record's jurisdiction governs

a matter covered by this article.

(b) Governing law: Section 12--106. For a controllable electronic

record that evidences a controllable account or controllable payment

intangible, the local law of the controllable electronic record's

jurisdiction governs a matter covered by Section 12--106 unless an

effective agreement determines that the local law of another

jurisdiction governs.

(c) Controllable electronic record's jurisdiction. The following rules

determine a controllable electronic record's jurisdiction under this

section:

(1) If the controllable electronic record, or a record attached to or

logically associated with the controllable electronic record and readily

available for review, expressly provides that a particular jurisdiction

is the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction for purposes of

this article, that jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's

jurisdiction.

(2) If paragraph (1) does not apply and the rules of the system in

which the controllable electronic record is recorded are readily

available for review and expressly provide that a particular

jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction for

purposes of this article, that jurisdiction is the controllable

electronic record's jurisdiction.

(3) If paragraphs (1) and (2) do not apply and the controllable

electronic record, or a record attached to or logically associated with

the controllable electronic record and readily available for review,

expressly provides that the controllable electronic record is governed

by the law of a particular jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the

controllable electronic record's jurisdiction.

(4) If paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) do not apply and the rules of the

system in which the controllable electronic record is recorded are

readily available for review and expressly provide that the controllable

electronic record or the system is governed by the law of a particular

jurisdiction, that jurisdiction is the controllable electronic record's

jurisdiction.

(5) If paragraphs (1) through (4) do not apply, the controllable

electronic record's jurisdiction is the District of Columbia.

(d) Applicability of Article 12. If subsection (c)(5) applies and

Article 12 is not in effect in the District of Columbia without material

modification, the governing law for a matter covered by this article is

the law of the District of Columbia as though Article 12 were in effect

in the District of Columbia without material modification. In this

subsection, "Article 12" means Article 12 of Uniform Commercial Code

Amendments (2022).

(e) Relation of matter or transaction to controllable electronic

record's jurisdiction not necessary. To the extent subsections (a) and

(b) provide that the local law of the controllable electronic record's

jurisdiction governs a matter covered by this article, that law governs

even if the matter or a transaction to which the matter relates does not

bear any relation to the controllable electronic record's jurisdiction.

(f) Rights of purchasers determined at time of purchase. The rights

acquired under Section 12--104 by a purchaser or qualifying purchaser

are governed by the law applicable under this section at the time of

purchase.

ARTICLE 12-A Transitional Provisions For Uniform Commercial Code Amendments

PART 1 General Provisions and Definitions

§ 12-a-101 — Title

Section 12-A-101. Title. This article may be cited as Transitional

Provisions for the 2025 Uniform Commercial Code

Amendments.

§ 12-a-102 — Definitions

Section 12-A-102. Definitions.

(a) Article A Definitions. In this article:

(1) "Adjustment date" means the date that is one year after the

effective date.

(2) "Article 12" means Article 12 of this code.

(3) "Article 12 property" means a controllable account, controllable

electronic record, or controllable payment intangible.

(4) "Effective date" means the date determined pursuant to section 88

of the UCC Revision Act.

(5) "Revised UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as amended by the

UCC Revision Act.

(6) "UCC Revision Act" means the chapter of the laws of two thousand

twenty-five that added this article and article 12 to the Uniform

Commercial Code.

(b) Definitions in other articles. The following definitions in other

articles of this code apply to this article.

"Controllable account". Section 9--102.

"Controllable electronic record". Section 12--102.

"Controllable payment intangible". Section 9--102.

"Electronic money". Section 9--102.

"Financing statement". Section 9--102.

(c) Article 1 definitions and principles. Article 1 contains general

definitions and principles of construction and interpretation applicable

throughout this article.

PART 2 General Transitional Provision

§ 12-a-201 — Saving Clause

Section 12-A-201. Saving Clause.

Except as provided in Part 3, a transaction validly entered into

before the effective date of this article and the rights, duties, and

interests flowing from the transaction remain valid thereafter and may

be terminated, completed, consummated, or enforced as required or

permitted by law other than the Uniform Commercial Code or, if

applicable, the Uniform Commercial Code as though the UCC Revision Act

had not taken effect.

PART 3 Transitional Provisions For Articles 9 and 12

§ 12-a-301 — Saving Clause

Section 12-A-301. Saving Clause.

(a) Pre-effective-date transaction, lien, or interest. Except as

provided in this part, Article 9 as amended by the UCC Revision Act and

Article 12 apply to a transaction, lien, or other interest in property,

even if the transaction, lien, or interest was entered into, created, or

acquired before the effective date.

(b) Continuing validity. Except as provided in subsection (c) and

Sections 12-A-302 through 12-A-306:

(1) a transaction, lien, or interest in property that was validly

entered into, created, or transferred before the effective date of the

UCC Revision Act and was not governed by the Uniform Commercial Code,

but would be subject to Article 9 as amended by the UCC Revision Act or

Article 12 if it had been entered into, created, or transferred on or

after the effective date, including the rights, duties, and interests

flowing from the transaction, lien, or interest, remains valid on and

after the effective date of the UCC Revision Act; and

(2) the transaction, lien, or interest may be terminated, completed,

consummated, and enforced as required or permitted by the revised UCC or

by the law that would apply if the UCC Revision Act had not taken

effect.

(c) Pre-effective-date proceeding. The UCC Revision Act does not

affect an action, case, or proceeding commenced before the effective

date of the UCC Revision Act.

§ 12-a-302 — Security Interest Perfected Before Effective Date

Section 12-A-302. Security Interest Perfected Before Effective Date.

(a) Continuing perfection: perfection requirements satisfied. A

security interest that is enforceable and perfected immediately before

the effective date of the UCC Revision Act is a perfected security

interest under the revised UCC if, on the effective date of the UCC

Revision Act, the requirements for enforceability and perfection under

the revised UCC are satisfied without further action.

(b) Continuing perfection: enforceability or perfection requirements

not satisfied. If a security interest is enforceable and perfected

immediately before the effective date of the UCC Revision Act, but the

requirements for enforceability or perfection under the revised UCC are

not satisfied on the effective date of the UCC Revision Act, the

security interest:

(1) is a perfected security interest until the earlier of the time

perfection would have ceased under the law in effect immediately before

the effective date of the UCC Revision Act or the adjustment date;

(2) remains enforceable thereafter only if the security interest

satisfies the requirements for enforceability under Section 9--203, as

amended by the UCC Revision Act; and

(3) remains perfected thereafter only if the requirements for

perfection under the revised UCC are satisfied before the time specified

in paragraph (1).

§ 12-a-303 — Security Interest Unperfected Before Effective Date

Section 12-A-303. Security Interest Unperfected Before Effective Date.

A security interest that is enforceable immediately before the

effective date of the UCC Revision Act but is unperfected at that time:

(1) remains an enforceable security interest until the adjustment

date;

(2) remains enforceable thereafter if the security interest becomes

enforceable under Section 9--203, as amended by the UCC Revision Act, on

the effective date of the UCC Revision Act or before the adjustment

date; and

(3) becomes perfected:

(A) without further action, on the effective date of the UCC Revision

Act if the requirements for perfection under the revised UCC are

satisfied before or at that time; or

(B) when the requirements for perfection are satisfied if the

requirements are satisfied after that time.

§ 12-a-304 — Effectiveness of Actions Taken Before Effective Date

Section 12-A-304. Effectiveness of Actions Taken Before Effective Date.

(a) Pre-effective-date action; attachment and perfection before

adjustment date. If action, other than the filing of a financing

statement, is taken before the effective date of the UCC Revision Act

and the action would have resulted in perfection of the security

interest had the security interest become enforceable before the

effective date of the UCC Revision Act, the action is effective to

perfect a security interest that attaches under the revised UCC before

the adjustment date. An attached security interest becomes unperfected

on the adjustment date unless the security interest becomes a perfected

security interest under the revised UCC before the adjustment date.

(b) Pre-effective-date filing. The filing of a financing statement

before the effective date of the UCC Revision Act is effective to

perfect a security interest on the effective date of this article to the

extent the filing would satisfy the requirements for perfection under

the revised UCC.

(c) Pre-effective-date enforceability action. The taking of an action

before the effective date of the UCC Revision Act is sufficient for the

enforceability of a security interest on the effective date of the UCC

Revision Act if the action would satisfy the requirements for

enforceability under the revised UCC.

§ 12-a-306 — Priority of Claims When Priority Rules of Article 9 Do Not Apply

Section 12-A-306. Priority of Claims When Priority Rules of Article 9

Do Not Apply.

(a) Determination of priority. Subject to subsections (b) and (c),

Article 12 determines the priority of conflicting claims to Article 12

property when the priority rules of Article 9 as amended by the UCC

Revision Act do not apply.

(b) Established priorities. Subject to subsection (c), when the

priority rules of Article 9 as amended by the UCC Revision Act do not

apply and the priorities of claims to Article 12 property were

established before the effective date of the UCC Revision Act, law other

than Article 12 determines priority.

(c) Determination of certain priorities on adjustment date. When the

priority rules of Article 9 as amended by the UCC Revision Act do not

apply, to the extent the priorities determined by the revised UCC modify

the priorities established before the effective date of the UCC Revision

Act, the priorities of claims to Article 12 property established before

the effective date of of the UCC Revision Act cease to apply on the

adjustment date.

ARTICLE 13 Effective Date and Repealer

§ 13-101 — Application of Act

Section 13--101. Application of Act.

This Act applies to transactions entered into and events occurring on

and after the effective date specified in Section 10-105 of this Act.

§ 13-102 — Laws Repealed; Provision for Transition

Section 13--102. Laws Repealed; Provision for Transition.

(1) Of the laws enumerated in the schedule hereto annexed following

Section 10-105 of this Act and subject to the provisions of this

Article, that portion specified in the last column is hereby REPEALED.

(2) Transactions validly entered into before the effective date

specified in Section 10-105 of this Act and the rights, duties and

interests flowing from them remain valid thereafter and may be

terminated, completed, consummated or enforced as required or permitted

by any statute or other law repealed or modified by this Act as though

such repeal or modification had not occurred; provided, however, that

the perfection of a security interest, as defined in this Act (Section

1-201) and however denominated in any law repealed or modified by this

Act,

(a) which was perfected when this Act takes effect by a filing,

refiling or recording under a law repealed by this Act and

requiring a further filing, refiling or recording to continue

its perfection, continues until and will lapse on the date

provided by the law so repealed for such further filing,

refiling or recording;

(b) which was perfected when this Act takes effect by a filing,

refiling or recording under a law repealed by this Act and

requiring no further filing, refiling or recording to

continue its perfection, continues until and will lapse

twelve months after the date this Act takes effect;

(c) which was perfected when this Act takes effect without any

filing, refiling or recording, and for the perfection of

which the filing of a financing statement would be required

if this Act applied, continues until and will lapse twelve

months after this Act takes effect if the security interest

is in accounts or, otherwise, thirty-six months after this

Act takes effect; unless, in each case, a continuation

statement is filed by the secured party before the perfection

of the security interest would otherwise lapse. Any such

continuation statement must be signed by the secured party,

identify the security agreement, statement or notice, however

denominated in any statute or other law repealed or modified

by this Act, state the office where and the date when the

last filing, refiling or recording, if any, was made with

respect thereto, and the filing number, if any, or book and

page, if any, of recording and further state that the

security agreement, statement or notice, however, denominated

in any statute or other law repealed or modified by this Act,

is still effective. Section 9--501 determines the proper

place to file such a continuation statement. Except as

specified in this subsection and except that the perfection

of the security interest will lapse five years after the

filing of a continuation statement in accordance with this

subsection unless another continuation statement is filed

within six months prior to such lapse, the provisions of

Section 9--515 apply to such a continuation statement.

(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2):

(a) The perfection of a security interest, however denominated in

any law repealed by this Act, which was perfected when this

Act takes effect by a filing, refiling or recording under a

law repealed by this Act, and for the perfection of which, if

this Act applied, no filing of a financing statement would be

required, continues under this Act.

(b) A security interest, however denominated in any law repealed

by this Act, which was not perfected when this Act takes

effect but which could have been perfected before this Act

takes effect by a filing, refiling or recording under a law

repealed by this Act, and which, if this Act applied, could

be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under

this Act, may be perfected by the filing of a financing

statement in accordance with this Act.

(c) A security interest, however denominated in any law repealed

or modified by this Act, which was not perfected when this

Act takes effect but which could have been perfected before

this Act takes effect by the secured party's taking

possession of the collateral under a law repealed or modified

by this Act, and which, if this Act applied, could be

perfected by the secured party's taking possession of the

collateral, may be perfected by the secured party's taking

possession of the collateral in accordance with this Act.

(d) A continuation statement heretofore filed in accordance with

subsection (2) except for having been filed more than twelve

months before the perfection of the security interest would

otherwise lapse shall be deemed to have been filed in

accordance with subsection (2).

(e) A security interest which was perfected when this Act took

effect and the perfection of which was or is continued by the

filing of a continuation statement in accordance with

subsection (2) is a perfected security interest for the

purposes of Section 9--310.

(f) After September first, nineteen hundred sixty-five, no

further filing shall be made in accordance with any statute

repealed by this Act with respect to a security interest

perfected when this Act takes effect, except that a

certificate of payment or other satisfaction or discharge of

a conditional sale contract or a certificate of payment or

satisfaction of a chattel mortgage may be filed in accordance

with section seventy-two of the personal property law or

section two hundred thirty-eight of the lien law,

respectively, both repealed by this Act.

§ 13-103 — Inconsistent Laws; Which Law Governs

Section 13--103. Inconsistent Laws; Which Law Governs.

If any other provision of law is inconsistent with this Act, this Act

shall govern unless this Act or such inconsistent provision of law

specifically provides otherwise.

§ 13-104 — Laws Not Repealed

Section 13--104. Laws Not Repealed.

The Article on Documents of Title (Article 7) does not repeal or

modify any laws prescribing the form or contents of documents of title

or the services or facilities to be afforded by bailees, or otherwise

regulating bailees' businesses in respects not specifically dealt with

herein; but the fact that such laws are violated does not affect the

status of a document of title which otherwise complies with the

definition of a document of title (Section 1--201).

§ 13-105 — Effective Date

Section 13--105. Effective Date.

This Act shall take effect September twenty-seventh, nineteen hundred

sixty-four.